diff options
| author | Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> | 2018-02-05 20:13:20 +0100 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Matthias Clasen <mclasen@redhat.com> | 2018-02-06 01:16:32 -0500 |
| commit | 4c150d8eb518c35c484802e5cd7da572e4030f25 (patch) | |
| tree | 8867f973fd6c9737b5d7f05d6945817f354a37e2 /gtk | |
| parent | 2616e6857cc136c654b64dd16839ddf89f4b5c62 (diff) | |
| download | gtk+-4c150d8eb518c35c484802e5cd7da572e4030f25.tar.gz | |
The big versioning cleanup
Remove all the old 2.x and 3.x version annotations.
GTK+ 4 is a new start, and from the perspective of a
GTK+ 4 developer all these APIs have been around since
the beginning.
Diffstat (limited to 'gtk')
317 files changed, 799 insertions, 6172 deletions
diff --git a/gtk/a11y/gtkcellaccessibleparent.h b/gtk/a11y/gtkcellaccessibleparent.h index b928e733d9..7cece0e778 100644 --- a/gtk/a11y/gtkcellaccessibleparent.h +++ b/gtk/a11y/gtkcellaccessibleparent.h @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ void gtk_cell_accessible_parent_activate (GtkCellAccessibleParent *p GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_cell_accessible_parent_edit (GtkCellAccessibleParent *parent, GtkCellAccessible *cell); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_cell_accessible_parent_update_relationset (GtkCellAccessibleParent *parent, GtkCellAccessible *cell, AtkRelationSet *relationset); diff --git a/gtk/a11y/gtkflowboxaccessible.h b/gtk/a11y/gtkflowboxaccessible.h index 51945721e3..f22ea0663b 100644 --- a/gtk/a11y/gtkflowboxaccessible.h +++ b/gtk/a11y/gtkflowboxaccessible.h @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ struct _GtkFlowBoxAccessibleClass GtkContainerAccessibleClass parent_class; }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_flow_box_accessible_get_type (void); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/a11y/gtkflowboxchildaccessible.h b/gtk/a11y/gtkflowboxchildaccessible.h index 0a52d3366d..5da596a236 100644 --- a/gtk/a11y/gtkflowboxchildaccessible.h +++ b/gtk/a11y/gtkflowboxchildaccessible.h @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ struct _GtkFlowBoxChildAccessibleClass GtkContainerAccessibleClass parent_class; }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_flow_box_child_accessible_get_type (void); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/a11y/gtklistboxrowaccessible.h b/gtk/a11y/gtklistboxrowaccessible.h index 5b6bba92ba..95c9030891 100644 --- a/gtk/a11y/gtklistboxrowaccessible.h +++ b/gtk/a11y/gtklistboxrowaccessible.h @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ struct _GtkListBoxRowAccessibleClass GtkContainerAccessibleClass parent_class; }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_list_box_row_accessible_get_type (void); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/a11y/gtkpopoveraccessible.h b/gtk/a11y/gtkpopoveraccessible.h index 8dcbd34fa6..539449e4d3 100644 --- a/gtk/a11y/gtkpopoveraccessible.h +++ b/gtk/a11y/gtkpopoveraccessible.h @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ struct _GtkPopoverAccessibleClass GtkContainerAccessibleClass parent_class; }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_popover_accessible_get_type (void); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/a11y/gtkstackaccessible.h b/gtk/a11y/gtkstackaccessible.h index ebd8ab48a5..11862bbc85 100644 --- a/gtk/a11y/gtkstackaccessible.h +++ b/gtk/a11y/gtkstackaccessible.h @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ struct _GtkStackAccessibleClass GtkContainerAccessibleClass parent_class; }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_stack_accessible_get_type (void); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c b/gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c index 14fad51835..e3fdb5d742 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c +++ b/gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c @@ -336,8 +336,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass) * which is to call gtk_show_uri_on_window(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the link has been activated - * - * Since: 2.24 */ signals[ACTIVATE_LINK] = g_signal_new (I_("activate-link"), @@ -353,8 +351,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass) * * The name of the program. * If this is not set, it defaults to g_get_application_name(). - * - * Since: 2.12 */ props[PROP_NAME] = g_param_spec_string ("program-name", @@ -367,8 +363,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass) * GtkAboutDialog:version: * * The version of the program. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ props[PROP_VERSION] = g_param_spec_string ("version", @@ -381,8 +375,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass) * GtkAboutDialog:copyright: * * Copyright information for the program. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ props[PROP_COPYRIGHT] = g_param_spec_string ("copyright", @@ -397,8 +389,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass) * Comments about the program. This string is displayed in a label * in the main dialog, thus it should be a short explanation of * the main purpose of the program, not a detailed list of features. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ props[PROP_COMMENTS] = g_param_spec_string ("comments", @@ -422,8 +412,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass) * The text may contain links in this format <http://www.some.place/> * and email references in the form <mail-to@some.body>, and these will * be converted into clickable links. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ props[PROP_LICENSE] = g_param_spec_string ("license", @@ -443,8 +431,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass) * The text may contain links in this format <http://www.some.place/> * and email references in the form <mail-to@some.body>, and these will * be converted into clickable links. - * - * Since: 3.90 */ props[PROP_SYSTEM_INFORMATION] = g_param_spec_string ("system-information", @@ -471,8 +457,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass) * For any other #GtkLicense value, the contents of the * #GtkAboutDialog:license property are also set by this property as * a side effect. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ props[PROP_LICENSE_TYPE] = g_param_spec_enum ("license-type", @@ -487,8 +471,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass) * * The URL for the link to the website of the program. * This should be a string starting with "http://. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ props[PROP_WEBSITE] = g_param_spec_string ("website", @@ -501,8 +483,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass) * GtkAboutDialog:website-label: * * The label for the link to the website of the program. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ props[PROP_WEBSITE_LABEL] = g_param_spec_string ("website-label", @@ -517,8 +497,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass) * The authors of the program, as a %NULL-terminated array of strings. * Each string may contain email addresses and URLs, which will be displayed * as links, see the introduction for more details. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ props[PROP_AUTHORS] = g_param_spec_boxed ("authors", @@ -533,8 +511,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass) * The people documenting the program, as a %NULL-terminated array of strings. * Each string may contain email addresses and URLs, which will be displayed * as links, see the introduction for more details. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ props[PROP_DOCUMENTERS] = g_param_spec_boxed ("documenters", @@ -549,8 +525,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass) * The people who contributed artwork to the program, as a %NULL-terminated * array of strings. Each string may contain email addresses and URLs, which * will be displayed as links, see the introduction for more details. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ props[PROP_ARTISTS] = g_param_spec_boxed ("artists", @@ -565,8 +539,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass) * Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable. * The string may contain email addresses and URLs, which will be displayed * as links, see the introduction for more details. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ props[PROP_TRANSLATOR_CREDITS] = g_param_spec_string ("translator-credits", @@ -580,8 +552,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass) * * A logo for the about box. If it is %NULL, the default window icon * set with gtk_window_set_default_icon() will be used. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ props[PROP_LOGO] = g_param_spec_object ("logo", @@ -595,8 +565,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass) * * A named icon to use as the logo for the about box. This property * overrides the #GtkAboutDialog:logo property. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ props[PROP_LOGO_ICON_NAME] = g_param_spec_string ("logo-icon-name", @@ -609,8 +577,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_class_init (GtkAboutDialogClass *klass) * GtkAboutDialog:wrap-license: * * Whether to wrap the text in the license dialog. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ props[PROP_WRAP_LICENSE] = g_param_spec_boolean ("wrap-license", @@ -1108,8 +1074,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_show (GtkWidget *widget) * * Returns: The program name. The string is owned by the about * dialog and must not be modified. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ const gchar * gtk_about_dialog_get_program_name (GtkAboutDialog *about) @@ -1152,8 +1116,6 @@ update_name_version (GtkAboutDialog *about) * * Sets the name to display in the about dialog. * If this is not set, it defaults to g_get_application_name(). - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_about_dialog_set_program_name (GtkAboutDialog *about, @@ -1184,8 +1146,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_program_name (GtkAboutDialog *about, * * Returns: The version string. The string is owned by the about * dialog and must not be modified. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ const gchar * gtk_about_dialog_get_version (GtkAboutDialog *about) @@ -1201,8 +1161,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_version (GtkAboutDialog *about) * @version: (allow-none): the version string * * Sets the version string to display in the about dialog. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_about_dialog_set_version (GtkAboutDialog *about, @@ -1232,8 +1190,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_version (GtkAboutDialog *about, * * Returns: The copyright string. The string is owned by the about * dialog and must not be modified. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ const gchar * gtk_about_dialog_get_copyright (GtkAboutDialog *about) @@ -1250,8 +1206,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_copyright (GtkAboutDialog *about) * * Sets the copyright string to display in the about dialog. * This should be a short string of one or two lines. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_about_dialog_set_copyright (GtkAboutDialog *about, @@ -1291,8 +1245,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_copyright (GtkAboutDialog *about, * * Returns: The comments. The string is owned by the about * dialog and must not be modified. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ const gchar * gtk_about_dialog_get_comments (GtkAboutDialog *about) @@ -1309,8 +1261,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_comments (GtkAboutDialog *about) * * Sets the comments string to display in the about dialog. * This should be a short string of one or two lines. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_about_dialog_set_comments (GtkAboutDialog *about, @@ -1348,8 +1298,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_comments (GtkAboutDialog *about, * * Returns: The license information. The string is owned by the about * dialog and must not be modified. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ const gchar * gtk_about_dialog_get_license (GtkAboutDialog *about) @@ -1367,8 +1315,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_license (GtkAboutDialog *about) * Sets the license information to be displayed in the secondary * license dialog. If @license is %NULL, the license button is * hidden. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_about_dialog_set_license (GtkAboutDialog *about, @@ -1453,8 +1399,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_system_information (GtkAboutDialog *about, * automatically wrapped. * * Returns: %TRUE if the license text is wrapped - * - * Since: 2.8 */ gboolean gtk_about_dialog_get_wrap_license (GtkAboutDialog *about) @@ -1471,8 +1415,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_wrap_license (GtkAboutDialog *about) * * Sets whether the license text in @about is * automatically wrapped. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ void gtk_about_dialog_set_wrap_license (GtkAboutDialog *about, @@ -1502,8 +1444,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_wrap_license (GtkAboutDialog *about, * * Returns: The website URL. The string is owned by the about * dialog and must not be modified. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ const gchar * gtk_about_dialog_get_website (GtkAboutDialog *about) @@ -1519,8 +1459,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_website (GtkAboutDialog *about) * @website: (allow-none): a URL string starting with "http://" * * Sets the URL to use for the website link. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_about_dialog_set_website (GtkAboutDialog *about, @@ -1550,8 +1488,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_website (GtkAboutDialog *about, * * Returns: The label used for the website link. The string is * owned by the about dialog and must not be modified. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ const gchar * gtk_about_dialog_get_website_label (GtkAboutDialog *about) @@ -1567,8 +1503,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_website_label (GtkAboutDialog *about) * @website_label: the label used for the website link * * Sets the label to be used for the website link. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_about_dialog_set_website_label (GtkAboutDialog *about, @@ -1600,8 +1534,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_website_label (GtkAboutDialog *about, * Returns: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer none): A * %NULL-terminated string array containing the authors. The array is * owned by the about dialog and must not be modified. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ const gchar * const * gtk_about_dialog_get_authors (GtkAboutDialog *about) @@ -1618,8 +1550,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_authors (GtkAboutDialog *about) * * Sets the strings which are displayed in the authors tab * of the secondary credits dialog. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_about_dialog_set_authors (GtkAboutDialog *about, @@ -1651,8 +1581,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_authors (GtkAboutDialog *about, * Returns: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer none): A * %NULL-terminated string array containing the documenters. The * array is owned by the about dialog and must not be modified. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ const gchar * const * gtk_about_dialog_get_documenters (GtkAboutDialog *about) @@ -1669,8 +1597,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_documenters (GtkAboutDialog *about) * * Sets the strings which are displayed in the documenters tab * of the credits dialog. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_about_dialog_set_documenters (GtkAboutDialog *about, @@ -1702,8 +1628,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_documenters (GtkAboutDialog *about, * Returns: (array zero-terminated=1) (transfer none): A * %NULL-terminated string array containing the artists. The array is * owned by the about dialog and must not be modified. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ const gchar * const * gtk_about_dialog_get_artists (GtkAboutDialog *about) @@ -1720,8 +1644,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_artists (GtkAboutDialog *about) * * Sets the strings which are displayed in the artists tab * of the secondary credits dialog. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_about_dialog_set_artists (GtkAboutDialog *about, @@ -1752,8 +1674,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_artists (GtkAboutDialog *about, * * Returns: The translator credits string. The string is * owned by the about dialog and must not be modified. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ const gchar * gtk_about_dialog_get_translator_credits (GtkAboutDialog *about) @@ -1784,8 +1704,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_translator_credits (GtkAboutDialog *about) * purpose, since translators will already know the purpose of that msgid, and * since #GtkAboutDialog will detect if “translator-credits” is untranslated * and hide the tab. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_about_dialog_set_translator_credits (GtkAboutDialog *about, @@ -1816,8 +1734,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_translator_credits (GtkAboutDialog *about, * Returns: (transfer none): the texture displayed as logo. The * texture is owned by the about dialog. If you want to keep a * reference to it, you have to call g_object_ref() on it. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ GdkTexture * gtk_about_dialog_get_logo (GtkAboutDialog *about) @@ -1842,8 +1758,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_logo (GtkAboutDialog *about) * Sets the surface to be displayed as logo in the about dialog. * If it is %NULL, the default window icon set with * gtk_window_set_default_icon() will be used. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_about_dialog_set_logo (GtkAboutDialog *about, @@ -1890,8 +1804,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_logo (GtkAboutDialog *about, * Returns: the icon name displayed as logo. The string is * owned by the dialog. If you want to keep a reference * to it, you have to call g_strdup() on it. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ const gchar * gtk_about_dialog_get_logo_icon_name (GtkAboutDialog *about) @@ -1916,8 +1828,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_logo_icon_name (GtkAboutDialog *about) * Sets the surface to be displayed as logo in the about dialog. * If it is %NULL, the default window icon set with * gtk_window_set_default_icon() will be used. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_about_dialog_set_logo_icon_name (GtkAboutDialog *about, @@ -2464,8 +2374,6 @@ populate_system_page (GtkAboutDialog *about) * Creates a new #GtkAboutDialog. * * Returns: a newly created #GtkAboutDialog - * - * Since: 2.6 */ GtkWidget * gtk_about_dialog_new (void) @@ -2495,8 +2403,6 @@ close_cb (GtkAboutDialog *about, * This is a convenience function for showing an application’s about box. * The constructed dialog is associated with the parent window and * reused for future invocations of this function. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_show_about_dialog (GtkWindow *parent, @@ -2554,8 +2460,6 @@ gtk_show_about_dialog (GtkWindow *parent, * * This function overrides the license set using * gtk_about_dialog_set_license(). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_about_dialog_set_license_type (GtkAboutDialog *about, @@ -2627,8 +2531,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_set_license_type (GtkAboutDialog *about, * Retrieves the license set using gtk_about_dialog_set_license_type() * * Returns: a #GtkLicense value - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkLicense gtk_about_dialog_get_license_type (GtkAboutDialog *about) @@ -2645,8 +2547,6 @@ gtk_about_dialog_get_license_type (GtkAboutDialog *about) * @people: (array zero-terminated=1): The people who belong to that section * * Creates a new section in the Credits page. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ void gtk_about_dialog_add_credit_section (GtkAboutDialog *about, diff --git a/gtk/gtkaboutdialog.h b/gtk/gtkaboutdialog.h index 67be928d91..2d2cb7f4cd 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkaboutdialog.h +++ b/gtk/gtkaboutdialog.h @@ -54,18 +54,16 @@ typedef struct _GtkAboutDialogPrivate GtkAboutDialogPrivate; * @GTK_LICENSE_BSD: The BSD standard license * @GTK_LICENSE_MIT_X11: The MIT/X11 standard license * @GTK_LICENSE_ARTISTIC: The Artistic License, version 2.0 - * @GTK_LICENSE_GPL_2_0_ONLY: The GNU General Public License, version 2.0 only. Since 3.12. - * @GTK_LICENSE_GPL_3_0_ONLY: The GNU General Public License, version 3.0 only. Since 3.12. - * @GTK_LICENSE_LGPL_2_1_ONLY: The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 2.1 only. Since 3.12. - * @GTK_LICENSE_LGPL_3_0_ONLY: The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 3.0 only. Since 3.12. - * @GTK_LICENSE_AGPL_3_0: The GNU Affero General Public License, version 3.0 or later. Since: 3.22. - * @GTK_LICENSE_AGPL_3_0_ONLY: The GNU Affero General Public License, version 3.0 only. + * @GTK_LICENSE_GPL_2_0_ONLY: The GNU General Public License, version 2.0 only + * @GTK_LICENSE_GPL_3_0_ONLY: The GNU General Public License, version 3.0 only + * @GTK_LICENSE_LGPL_2_1_ONLY: The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 2.1 only + * @GTK_LICENSE_LGPL_3_0_ONLY: The GNU Lesser General Public License, version 3.0 only + * @GTK_LICENSE_AGPL_3_0: The GNU Affero General Public License, version 3.0 or later + * @GTK_LICENSE_AGPL_3_0_ONLY: The GNU Affero General Public License, version 3.0 only * * The type of license for an application. * * This enumeration can be expanded at later date. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ typedef enum { GTK_LICENSE_UNKNOWN, @@ -209,7 +207,7 @@ const gchar * gtk_about_dialog_get_logo_icon_name (GtkAboutDialog GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_about_dialog_set_logo_icon_name (GtkAboutDialog *about, const gchar *icon_name); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_about_dialog_add_credit_section (GtkAboutDialog *about, const gchar *section_name, const gchar **people); diff --git a/gtk/gtkaccelgroup.c b/gtk/gtkaccelgroup.c index 676c800a91..f93c233a5d 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkaccelgroup.c +++ b/gtk/gtkaccelgroup.c @@ -252,8 +252,6 @@ gtk_accel_group_new (void) * * Returns: %TRUE if there are 1 or more locks on the @accel_group, * %FALSE otherwise. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ gboolean gtk_accel_group_get_is_locked (GtkAccelGroup *accel_group) @@ -271,8 +269,6 @@ gtk_accel_group_get_is_locked (GtkAccelGroup *accel_group) * @accel_group. For example, #GDK_CONTROL_MASK, #GDK_SHIFT_MASK, etc. * * Returns: the modifier mask for this accel group. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ GdkModifierType gtk_accel_group_get_modifier_mask (GtkAccelGroup *accel_group) @@ -1188,8 +1184,6 @@ is_keycode (const gchar *string) * * If the parse fails, @accelerator_key, @accelerator_mods and * @accelerator_codes will be set to 0 (zero). - * - * Since: 3.4 */ void gtk_accelerator_parse_with_keycode (const gchar *accelerator, @@ -1469,8 +1463,6 @@ gtk_accelerator_parse (const gchar *accelerator, * should use gtk_accelerator_parse() instead. * * Returns: a newly allocated accelerator name. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ gchar * gtk_accelerator_name_with_keycode (GdkDisplay *display, @@ -1656,8 +1648,6 @@ gtk_accelerator_name (guint accelerator_key, * should use gtk_accelerator_parse() instead. * * Returns: a newly-allocated string representing the accelerator. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ gchar * gtk_accelerator_get_label_with_keycode (GdkDisplay *display, @@ -1693,8 +1683,6 @@ gtk_accelerator_get_label_with_keycode (GdkDisplay *display, * which can be used to represent the accelerator to the user. * * Returns: a newly-allocated string representing the accelerator. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ gchar* gtk_accelerator_get_label (guint accelerator_key, diff --git a/gtk/gtkaccelgroup.h b/gtk/gtkaccelgroup.h index d63a65df15..bdb4d29888 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkaccelgroup.h +++ b/gtk/gtkaccelgroup.h @@ -78,8 +78,6 @@ typedef gboolean (*GtkAccelGroupActivate) (GtkAccelGroup *accel_group, * @key: * @closure: * @data: (closure): - * - * Since: 2.2 */ typedef gboolean (*GtkAccelGroupFindFunc) (GtkAccelKey *key, GClosure *closure, @@ -202,7 +200,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_accelerator_parse (const gchar *accelerator, guint *accelerator_key, GdkModifierType *accelerator_mods); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_accelerator_parse_with_keycode (const gchar *accelerator, guint *accelerator_key, guint **accelerator_codes, @@ -210,7 +208,7 @@ void gtk_accelerator_parse_with_keycode (const gchar *accelerator, GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gchar* gtk_accelerator_name (guint accelerator_key, GdkModifierType accelerator_mods); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gchar* gtk_accelerator_name_with_keycode (GdkDisplay *display, guint accelerator_key, guint keycode, @@ -218,7 +216,7 @@ gchar* gtk_accelerator_name_with_keycode (GdkDisplay *display, GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gchar* gtk_accelerator_get_label (guint accelerator_key, GdkModifierType accelerator_mods); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gchar* gtk_accelerator_get_label_with_keycode (GdkDisplay *display, guint accelerator_key, guint keycode, diff --git a/gtk/gtkaccellabel.c b/gtk/gtkaccellabel.c index 4188f8140d..ad9f205cfb 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkaccellabel.c +++ b/gtk/gtkaccellabel.c @@ -962,8 +962,6 @@ gtk_accel_label_refetch (GtkAccelLabel *accel_label) * used regardless of any associated accel closure or widget. * * Providing an @accelerator_key of 0 removes the manual setting. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ void gtk_accel_label_set_accel (GtkAccelLabel *accel_label, @@ -986,8 +984,6 @@ gtk_accel_label_set_accel (GtkAccelLabel *accel_label, * * Gets the keyval and modifier mask set with * gtk_accel_label_set_accel(). - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_accel_label_get_accel (GtkAccelLabel *accel_label, diff --git a/gtk/gtkaccellabel.h b/gtk/gtkaccellabel.h index d10004c161..3a834bbce4 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkaccellabel.h +++ b/gtk/gtkaccellabel.h @@ -95,27 +95,27 @@ void gtk_accel_label_set_accel_closure (GtkAccelLabel *accel_label, GClosure *accel_closure); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_accel_label_refetch (GtkAccelLabel *accel_label); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_accel_label_set_accel (GtkAccelLabel *accel_label, guint accelerator_key, GdkModifierType accelerator_mods); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_accel_label_get_accel (GtkAccelLabel *accel_label, guint *accelerator_key, GdkModifierType *accelerator_mods); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_accel_label_set_label (GtkAccelLabel *accel_label, const char *text); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL const char * gtk_accel_label_get_label (GtkAccelLabel *accel_label); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_accel_label_set_use_underline (GtkAccelLabel *accel_label, gboolean setting); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_accel_label_get_use_underline (GtkAccelLabel *accel_label); diff --git a/gtk/gtkaccelmap.c b/gtk/gtkaccelmap.c index c63586dcec..bbb2dd2bc8 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkaccelmap.c +++ b/gtk/gtkaccelmap.c @@ -946,8 +946,6 @@ _gtk_accel_map_remove_group (const gchar *accel_path, * locking the #GtkAccelGroup containing them. For runtime accelerator * changes to be possible, both the accelerator path and its #GtkAccelGroup * have to be unlocked. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_accel_map_lock_path (const gchar *accel_path) @@ -973,8 +971,6 @@ gtk_accel_map_lock_path (const gchar *accel_path) * * Undoes the last call to gtk_accel_map_lock_path() on this @accel_path. * Refer to gtk_accel_map_lock_path() for information about accelerator path locking. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_accel_map_unlock_path (const gchar *accel_path) @@ -1006,8 +1002,6 @@ gtk_accel_map_class_init (GtkAccelMapClass *accel_map_class) * The path is also used as the detail for the signal, * so it is possible to connect to * changed::`accel_path`. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ accel_map_signals[CHANGED] = g_signal_new (I_("changed"), G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (accel_map_class), @@ -1035,8 +1029,6 @@ static GtkAccelMap *accel_map; * other accelerator map functions. * * Returns: (transfer none): the global #GtkAccelMap object - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkAccelMap * gtk_accel_map_get (void) diff --git a/gtk/gtkaccessible.c b/gtk/gtkaccessible.c index fdf2ef7add..e5693c0599 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkaccessible.c +++ b/gtk/gtkaccessible.c @@ -167,8 +167,6 @@ gtk_accessible_class_init (GtkAccessibleClass *klass) * It is the caller’s responsibility to ensure that when @widget * is destroyed, the widget is unset by calling this function * again with @widget set to %NULL. - * - * Since: 2.22 */ void gtk_accessible_set_widget (GtkAccessible *accessible, @@ -206,8 +204,6 @@ gtk_accessible_set_widget (GtkAccessible *accessible, * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): pointer to the #GtkWidget * corresponding to the #GtkAccessible, or %NULL. - * - * Since: 2.22 */ GtkWidget* gtk_accessible_get_widget (GtkAccessible *accessible) diff --git a/gtk/gtkactionable.c b/gtk/gtkactionable.c index e515af241b..f25cfd92dd 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkactionable.c +++ b/gtk/gtkactionable.c @@ -42,8 +42,6 @@ * the “win.” or “app.” prefix that are associated with the #GtkApplicationWindow * or #GtkApplication, but other action groups that are added with * gtk_widget_insert_action_group() will be consulted as well. - * - * Since: 3.4 **/ /** @@ -87,8 +85,6 @@ gtk_actionable_default_init (GtkActionableInterface *iface) * See gtk_actionable_set_action_name() for more information. * * Returns: (nullable): the action name, or %NULL if none is set - * - * Since: 3.4 **/ const gchar * gtk_actionable_get_action_name (GtkActionable *actionable) @@ -115,8 +111,6 @@ gtk_actionable_get_action_name (GtkActionable *actionable) * containing #GtkApplicationWindow or its associated #GtkApplication, * respectively. This is the same form used for actions in the #GMenu * associated with the window. - * - * Since: 3.4 **/ void gtk_actionable_set_action_name (GtkActionable *actionable, @@ -137,8 +131,6 @@ gtk_actionable_set_action_name (GtkActionable *actionable, * See gtk_actionable_set_action_target_value() for more information. * * Returns: (transfer none): the current target value - * - * Since: 3.4 **/ GVariant * gtk_actionable_get_action_target_value (GtkActionable *actionable) @@ -169,12 +161,10 @@ gtk_actionable_get_action_target_value (GtkActionable *actionable) * will be associated with the same action, but with a different target * value for that action. Clicking on a particular button will activate * the action with the target of that button, which will typically cause - * the action’s state to change to that value. Since the action’s state + * the action’s state to change to that value. Since the action’s state * is now equal to the target value of the button, the button will now * be rendered as active (and the other buttons, with different targets, * rendered inactive). - * - * Since: 3.4 **/ void gtk_actionable_set_action_target_value (GtkActionable *actionable, @@ -201,8 +191,6 @@ gtk_actionable_set_action_target_value (GtkActionable *actionable, * If you are setting a string-valued target and want to set the action * name at the same time, you can use * gtk_actionable_set_detailed_action_name (). - * - * Since: 3.4 **/ void gtk_actionable_set_action_target (GtkActionable *actionable, @@ -232,8 +220,6 @@ gtk_actionable_set_action_target (GtkActionable *actionable, * @detailed_action_name must be of the form `"action::target"` where * `action` is the action name and `target` is the string to use * as the target.) - * - * Since: 3.4 **/ void gtk_actionable_set_detailed_action_name (GtkActionable *actionable, diff --git a/gtk/gtkactionable.h b/gtk/gtkactionable.h index 4501d9b5ff..af42e5e1d4 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkactionable.h +++ b/gtk/gtkactionable.h @@ -51,27 +51,27 @@ struct _GtkActionableInterface GVariant *target_value); }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_actionable_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL const gchar * gtk_actionable_get_action_name (GtkActionable *actionable); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_actionable_set_action_name (GtkActionable *actionable, const gchar *action_name); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GVariant * gtk_actionable_get_action_target_value (GtkActionable *actionable); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_actionable_set_action_target_value (GtkActionable *actionable, GVariant *target_value); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_actionable_set_action_target (GtkActionable *actionable, const gchar *format_string, ...); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_actionable_set_detailed_action_name (GtkActionable *actionable, const gchar *detailed_action_name); diff --git a/gtk/gtkactionbar.c b/gtk/gtkactionbar.c index e9b4cd567c..a567240560 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkactionbar.c +++ b/gtk/gtkactionbar.c @@ -461,8 +461,6 @@ gtk_action_bar_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface) * * Adds @child to @action_bar, packed with reference to the * start of the @action_bar. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_action_bar_pack_start (GtkActionBar *action_bar, @@ -480,8 +478,6 @@ gtk_action_bar_pack_start (GtkActionBar *action_bar, * * Adds @child to @action_bar, packed with reference to the * end of the @action_bar. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_action_bar_pack_end (GtkActionBar *action_bar, @@ -498,8 +494,6 @@ gtk_action_bar_pack_end (GtkActionBar *action_bar, * @center_widget: (allow-none): a widget to use for the center * * Sets the center widget for the #GtkActionBar. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_action_bar_set_center_widget (GtkActionBar *action_bar, @@ -517,8 +511,6 @@ gtk_action_bar_set_center_widget (GtkActionBar *action_bar, * Retrieves the center bar widget of the bar. * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the center #GtkWidget or %NULL. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ GtkWidget * gtk_action_bar_get_center_widget (GtkActionBar *action_bar) @@ -536,8 +528,6 @@ gtk_action_bar_get_center_widget (GtkActionBar *action_bar) * Creates a new #GtkActionBar widget. * * Returns: a new #GtkActionBar - * - * Since: 3.12 */ GtkWidget * gtk_action_bar_new (void) @@ -556,8 +546,6 @@ gtk_action_bar_new (void) * * Note: this does not show or hide @action_bar in the #GtkWidget:visible sense, * so revealing has no effect if #GtkWidget:visible is %FALSE. - * - * Since: 3.90 */ void gtk_action_bar_set_revealed (GtkActionBar *action_bar, @@ -582,8 +570,6 @@ gtk_action_bar_set_revealed (GtkActionBar *action_bar, * Gets the value of the #GtkActionBar:revealed property. * * Returns: the current value of the #GtkActionBar:revealed property. - * - * Since: 3.90 */ gboolean gtk_action_bar_get_revealed (GtkActionBar *action_bar) diff --git a/gtk/gtkactionbar.h b/gtk/gtkactionbar.h index dca84da264..a694da7bdb 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkactionbar.h +++ b/gtk/gtkactionbar.h @@ -57,27 +57,27 @@ struct _GtkActionBarClass void (*_gtk_reserved4) (void); }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_action_bar_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget *gtk_action_bar_new (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget *gtk_action_bar_get_center_widget (GtkActionBar *action_bar); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_action_bar_set_center_widget (GtkActionBar *action_bar, GtkWidget *center_widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_action_bar_pack_start (GtkActionBar *action_bar, GtkWidget *child); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_action_bar_pack_end (GtkActionBar *action_bar, GtkWidget *child); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_action_bar_set_revealed (GtkActionBar *action_bar, gboolean revealed); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_action_bar_get_revealed (GtkActionBar *action_bar); diff --git a/gtk/gtkadjustment.c b/gtk/gtkadjustment.c index 6e34181f47..2d24c604a5 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkadjustment.c +++ b/gtk/gtkadjustment.c @@ -135,8 +135,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_class_init (GtkAdjustmentClass *class) * GtkAdjustment:value: * * The value of the adjustment. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ adjustment_props[PROP_VALUE] = g_param_spec_double ("value", @@ -150,8 +148,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_class_init (GtkAdjustmentClass *class) * GtkAdjustment:lower: * * The minimum value of the adjustment. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ adjustment_props[PROP_LOWER] = g_param_spec_double ("lower", @@ -168,8 +164,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_class_init (GtkAdjustmentClass *class) * Note that values will be restricted by * `upper - page-size` if the page-size * property is nonzero. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ adjustment_props[PROP_UPPER] = g_param_spec_double ("upper", @@ -183,8 +177,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_class_init (GtkAdjustmentClass *class) * GtkAdjustment:step-increment: * * The step increment of the adjustment. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ adjustment_props[PROP_STEP_INCREMENT] = g_param_spec_double ("step-increment", @@ -198,8 +190,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_class_init (GtkAdjustmentClass *class) * GtkAdjustment:page-increment: * * The page increment of the adjustment. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ adjustment_props[PROP_PAGE_INCREMENT] = g_param_spec_double ("page-increment", @@ -216,8 +206,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_class_init (GtkAdjustmentClass *class) * Note that the page-size is irrelevant and should be set to zero * if the adjustment is used for a simple scalar value, e.g. in a * #GtkSpinButton. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ adjustment_props[PROP_PAGE_SIZE] = g_param_spec_double ("page-size", @@ -588,8 +576,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_animate_to_value (GtkAdjustment *adjustment, * Retrieves the minimum value of the adjustment. * * Returns: The current minimum value of the adjustment - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ gdouble gtk_adjustment_get_lower (GtkAdjustment *adjustment) @@ -619,8 +605,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_get_lower (GtkAdjustment *adjustment) * Alternatively, using a single g_object_set() for all the properties * to change, or using gtk_adjustment_configure() has the same effect * of compressing #GtkAdjustment::changed emissions. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ void gtk_adjustment_set_lower (GtkAdjustment *adjustment, @@ -641,8 +625,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_set_lower (GtkAdjustment *adjustment, * Retrieves the maximum value of the adjustment. * * Returns: The current maximum value of the adjustment - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ gdouble gtk_adjustment_get_upper (GtkAdjustment *adjustment) @@ -667,8 +649,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_get_upper (GtkAdjustment *adjustment) * See gtk_adjustment_set_lower() about how to compress multiple * emissions of the #GtkAdjustment::changed signal when setting * multiple adjustment properties. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ void gtk_adjustment_set_upper (GtkAdjustment *adjustment, @@ -689,8 +669,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_set_upper (GtkAdjustment *adjustment, * Retrieves the step increment of the adjustment. * * Returns: The current step increment of the adjustment. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ gdouble gtk_adjustment_get_step_increment (GtkAdjustment *adjustment) @@ -712,8 +690,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_get_step_increment (GtkAdjustment *adjustment) * See gtk_adjustment_set_lower() about how to compress multiple * emissions of the #GtkAdjustment::changed signal when setting * multiple adjustment properties. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ void gtk_adjustment_set_step_increment (GtkAdjustment *adjustment, @@ -734,8 +710,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_set_step_increment (GtkAdjustment *adjustment, * Retrieves the page increment of the adjustment. * * Returns: The current page increment of the adjustment - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ gdouble gtk_adjustment_get_page_increment (GtkAdjustment *adjustment) @@ -757,8 +731,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_get_page_increment (GtkAdjustment *adjustment) * See gtk_adjustment_set_lower() about how to compress multiple * emissions of the #GtkAdjustment::changed signal when setting * multiple adjustment properties. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ void gtk_adjustment_set_page_increment (GtkAdjustment *adjustment, @@ -779,8 +751,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_set_page_increment (GtkAdjustment *adjustment, * Retrieves the page size of the adjustment. * * Returns: The current page size of the adjustment - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ gdouble gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (GtkAdjustment *adjustment) @@ -802,8 +772,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (GtkAdjustment *adjustment) * See gtk_adjustment_set_lower() about how to compress multiple * emissions of the GtkAdjustment::changed signal when setting * multiple adjustment properties. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ void gtk_adjustment_set_page_size (GtkAdjustment *adjustment, @@ -833,8 +801,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_set_page_size (GtkAdjustment *adjustment, * #GtkAdjustment::changed signal. See gtk_adjustment_set_lower() * for an alternative way of compressing multiple emissions of * #GtkAdjustment::changed into one. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ void gtk_adjustment_configure (GtkAdjustment *adjustment, @@ -936,8 +902,6 @@ gtk_adjustment_clamp_page (GtkAdjustment *adjustment, * Gets the smaller of step increment and page increment. * * Returns: the minimum increment of @adjustment - * - * Since: 3.2 */ gdouble gtk_adjustment_get_minimum_increment (GtkAdjustment *adjustment) diff --git a/gtk/gtkadjustment.h b/gtk/gtkadjustment.h index 8f6b4bb5fd..3c4bf7c6d6 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkadjustment.h +++ b/gtk/gtkadjustment.h @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ void gtk_adjustment_configure (GtkAdjustment *adjustment, gdouble step_increment, gdouble page_increment, gdouble page_size); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gdouble gtk_adjustment_get_minimum_increment (GtkAdjustment *adjustment); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkappchooser.c b/gtk/gtkappchooser.c index 30c88e2e97..35fc9cdbf2 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkappchooser.c +++ b/gtk/gtkappchooser.c @@ -86,8 +86,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_default_init (GtkAppChooserIface *iface) * Returns the current value of the #GtkAppChooser:content-type property. * * Returns: the content type of @self. Free with g_free() - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gchar * gtk_app_chooser_get_content_type (GtkAppChooser *self) @@ -111,8 +109,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_get_content_type (GtkAppChooser *self) * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): a #GAppInfo for the currently selected * application, or %NULL if none is selected. Free with g_object_unref() - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GAppInfo * gtk_app_chooser_get_app_info (GtkAppChooser *self) @@ -125,8 +121,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_get_app_info (GtkAppChooser *self) * @self: a #GtkAppChooser * * Reloads the list of applications. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_app_chooser_refresh (GtkAppChooser *self) diff --git a/gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c b/gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c index 90838d1d83..7e3ac0eee0 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c +++ b/gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c @@ -626,8 +626,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_button_class_init (GtkAppChooserButtonClass *klass) * The #GtkAppChooserButton:show-default-item property determines * whether the dropdown menu should show the default application * on top for the provided content type. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ properties[PROP_SHOW_DEFAULT_ITEM] = g_param_spec_boolean ("show-default-item", @@ -765,8 +763,6 @@ real_insert_separator (GtkAppChooserButton *self, * that can handle content of the given type. * * Returns: a newly created #GtkAppChooserButton - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkWidget * gtk_app_chooser_button_new (const gchar *content_type) @@ -784,8 +780,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_button_new (const gchar *content_type) * * Appends a separator to the list of applications that is shown * in the popup. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_app_chooser_button_append_separator (GtkAppChooserButton *self) @@ -811,8 +805,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_button_append_separator (GtkAppChooserButton *self) * #GtkAppChooserButton::custom-item-activated signal, to add a * callback for the activation of a particular custom item in the list. * See also gtk_app_chooser_button_append_separator(). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_app_chooser_button_append_custom_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self, @@ -839,8 +831,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_button_append_custom_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self, * * Use gtk_app_chooser_refresh() to bring the selection * to its initial state. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_app_chooser_button_set_active_custom_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self, @@ -869,8 +859,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_button_set_active_custom_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self, * property. * * Returns: the value of #GtkAppChooserButton:show-dialog-item - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gboolean gtk_app_chooser_button_get_show_dialog_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self) @@ -887,8 +875,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_button_get_show_dialog_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self) * * Sets whether the dropdown menu of this button should show an * entry to trigger a #GtkAppChooserDialog. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_app_chooser_button_set_show_dialog_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self, @@ -912,8 +898,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_button_set_show_dialog_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self, * property. * * Returns: the value of #GtkAppChooserButton:show-default-item - * - * Since: 3.2 */ gboolean gtk_app_chooser_button_get_show_default_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self) @@ -930,8 +914,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_button_get_show_default_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self) * * Sets whether the dropdown menu of this button should show the * default application for the given content type at top. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ void gtk_app_chooser_button_set_show_default_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self, diff --git a/gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.h b/gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.h index e737e04bb5..1add19afd1 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.h +++ b/gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.h @@ -98,10 +98,10 @@ void gtk_app_chooser_button_set_heading (GtkAppChooserButton *self GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL const gchar * gtk_app_chooser_button_get_heading (GtkAppChooserButton *self); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_app_chooser_button_set_show_default_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self, gboolean setting); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_app_chooser_button_get_show_default_item (GtkAppChooserButton *self); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c b/gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c index 87c548e75c..ae6527e532 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c +++ b/gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c @@ -704,8 +704,6 @@ set_parent_and_flags (GtkWidget *dialog, * to allow the user to select an application for it. * * Returns: a newly created #GtkAppChooserDialog - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_app_chooser_dialog_new (GtkWindow *parent, @@ -735,8 +733,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_dialog_new (GtkWindow *parent, * to allow the user to select an application for it. * * Returns: a newly created #GtkAppChooserDialog - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_app_chooser_dialog_new_for_content_type (GtkWindow *parent, @@ -763,8 +759,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_dialog_new_for_content_type (GtkWindow *parent, * Returns the #GtkAppChooserWidget of this dialog. * * Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkAppChooserWidget of @self - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkWidget * gtk_app_chooser_dialog_get_widget (GtkAppChooserDialog *self) diff --git a/gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c b/gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c index a704671e73..e396d05cf8 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c +++ b/gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c @@ -1260,8 +1260,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_iface_init (GtkAppChooserIface *iface) * that can handle content of the given type. * * Returns: a newly created #GtkAppChooserWidget - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkWidget * gtk_app_chooser_widget_new (const gchar *content_type) @@ -1278,8 +1276,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_new (const gchar *content_type) * * Sets whether the app chooser should show the default handler * for the content type in a separate section. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_show_default (GtkAppChooserWidget *self, @@ -1305,8 +1301,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_show_default (GtkAppChooserWidget *self, * property. * * Returns: the value of #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-default - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gboolean gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_show_default (GtkAppChooserWidget *self) @@ -1323,8 +1317,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_show_default (GtkAppChooserWidget *self) * * Sets whether the app chooser should show recommended applications * for the content type in a separate section. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_show_recommended (GtkAppChooserWidget *self, @@ -1350,8 +1342,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_show_recommended (GtkAppChooserWidget *self, * property. * * Returns: the value of #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-recommended - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gboolean gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_show_recommended (GtkAppChooserWidget *self) @@ -1368,8 +1358,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_show_recommended (GtkAppChooserWidget *self) * * Sets whether the app chooser should show related applications * for the content type in a separate section. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_show_fallback (GtkAppChooserWidget *self, @@ -1395,8 +1383,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_show_fallback (GtkAppChooserWidget *self, * property. * * Returns: the value of #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-fallback - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gboolean gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_show_fallback (GtkAppChooserWidget *self) @@ -1413,8 +1399,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_show_fallback (GtkAppChooserWidget *self) * * Sets whether the app chooser should show applications * which are unrelated to the content type. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_show_other (GtkAppChooserWidget *self, @@ -1440,8 +1424,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_show_other (GtkAppChooserWidget *self, * property. * * Returns: the value of #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-other - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gboolean gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_show_other (GtkAppChooserWidget *self) @@ -1458,8 +1440,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_show_other (GtkAppChooserWidget *self) * * Sets whether the app chooser should show all applications * in a flat list. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_show_all (GtkAppChooserWidget *self, @@ -1485,8 +1465,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_show_all (GtkAppChooserWidget *self, * property. * * Returns: the value of #GtkAppChooserWidget:show-all - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gboolean gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_show_all (GtkAppChooserWidget *self) @@ -1529,8 +1507,6 @@ gtk_app_chooser_widget_set_default_text (GtkAppChooserWidget *self, * that can handle the content type. * * Returns: the value of #GtkAppChooserWidget:default-text - * - * Since: 3.0 */ const gchar * gtk_app_chooser_widget_get_default_text (GtkAppChooserWidget *self) diff --git a/gtk/gtkapplication.c b/gtk/gtkapplication.c index cfe0b2b3a1..91b14af558 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkapplication.c +++ b/gtk/gtkapplication.c @@ -600,8 +600,6 @@ gtk_application_class_init (GtkApplicationClass *class) * * Emitted when a #GtkWindow is added to @application through * gtk_application_add_window(). - * - * Since: 3.2 */ gtk_application_signals[WINDOW_ADDED] = g_signal_new (I_("window-added"), GTK_TYPE_APPLICATION, G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST, @@ -618,8 +616,6 @@ gtk_application_class_init (GtkApplicationClass *class) * Emitted when a #GtkWindow is removed from @application, * either as a side-effect of being destroyed or explicitly * through gtk_application_remove_window(). - * - * Since: 3.2 */ gtk_application_signals[WINDOW_REMOVED] = g_signal_new (I_("window-removed"), GTK_TYPE_APPLICATION, G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST, @@ -632,8 +628,6 @@ gtk_application_class_init (GtkApplicationClass *class) * GtkApplication:register-session: * * Set this property to %TRUE to register with the session manager. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ gtk_application_props[PROP_REGISTER_SESSION] = g_param_spec_boolean ("register-session", @@ -697,8 +691,6 @@ gtk_application_class_init (GtkApplicationClass *class) * GTK+ 3.6 or later. * * Returns: a new #GtkApplication instance - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkApplication * gtk_application_new (const gchar *application_id, @@ -732,8 +724,6 @@ gtk_application_new (const gchar *application_id, * * GTK+ will keep the @application running as long as it has * any windows. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_application_add_window (GtkApplication *application, @@ -767,8 +757,6 @@ gtk_application_add_window (GtkApplication *application, * * The application may stop running as a result of a call to this * function. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_application_remove_window (GtkApplication *application, @@ -797,8 +785,6 @@ gtk_application_remove_window (GtkApplication *application, * deletion. * * Returns: (element-type GtkWindow) (transfer none): a #GList of #GtkWindow - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ GList * gtk_application_get_windows (GtkApplication *application) @@ -820,8 +806,6 @@ gtk_application_get_windows (GtkApplication *application) * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the window with ID @id, or * %NULL if there is no window with this ID - * - * Since: 3.6 */ GtkWindow * gtk_application_get_window_by_id (GtkApplication *application, @@ -854,8 +838,6 @@ gtk_application_get_window_by_id (GtkApplication *application, * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the active window, or %NULL if * there isn't one. - * - * Since: 3.6 **/ GtkWindow * gtk_application_get_active_window (GtkApplication *application) @@ -914,8 +896,6 @@ gtk_application_update_accels (GtkApplication *application) * replaced with your own. * * Returns: %TRUE if you should set an app menu - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ gboolean gtk_application_prefers_app_menu (GtkApplication *application) @@ -948,8 +928,6 @@ gtk_application_prefers_app_menu (GtkApplication *application) * * Use the base #GActionMap interface to add actions, to respond to the user * selecting these menu items. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ void gtk_application_set_app_menu (GtkApplication *application, @@ -980,8 +958,6 @@ gtk_application_set_app_menu (GtkApplication *application, * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the application menu of @application * or %NULL if no application menu has been set. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ GMenuModel * gtk_application_get_app_menu (GtkApplication *application) @@ -1014,8 +990,6 @@ gtk_application_get_app_menu (GtkApplication *application) * * Use the base #GActionMap interface to add actions, to respond to the * user selecting these menu items. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ void gtk_application_set_menubar (GtkApplication *application, @@ -1045,8 +1019,6 @@ gtk_application_set_menubar (GtkApplication *application, * gtk_application_set_menubar(). * * Returns: (transfer none): the menubar for windows of @application - * - * Since: 3.4 */ GMenuModel * gtk_application_get_menubar (GtkApplication *application) @@ -1067,8 +1039,6 @@ gtk_application_get_menubar (GtkApplication *application) * marked as idle (and possibly locked) * * Types of user actions that may be blocked by gtk_application_inhibit(). - * - * Since: 3.4 */ /** @@ -1105,8 +1075,6 @@ gtk_application_get_menubar (GtkApplication *application) * request. It should be used as an argument to gtk_application_uninhibit() * in order to remove the request. If the platform does not support * inhibiting or the request failed for some reason, 0 is returned. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ guint gtk_application_inhibit (GtkApplication *application, @@ -1128,8 +1096,6 @@ gtk_application_inhibit (GtkApplication *application, * * Removes an inhibitor that has been established with gtk_application_inhibit(). * Inhibitors are also cleared when the application exits. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ void gtk_application_uninhibit (GtkApplication *application, @@ -1170,8 +1136,6 @@ gtk_application_get_application_accels (GtkApplication *application) * * Returns: (transfer full): a %NULL-terminated array of strings, * free with g_strfreev() when done - * - * Since: 3.12 */ gchar ** gtk_application_list_action_descriptions (GtkApplication *application) @@ -1198,8 +1162,6 @@ gtk_application_list_action_descriptions (GtkApplication *application) * * For the @detailed_action_name, see g_action_parse_detailed_name() and * g_action_print_detailed_name(). - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_application_set_accels_for_action (GtkApplication *application, @@ -1234,8 +1196,6 @@ gtk_application_set_accels_for_action (GtkApplication *application, * * Returns: (transfer full): accelerators for @detailed_action_name, as * a %NULL-terminated array. Free with g_strfreev() when no longer needed - * - * Since: 3.12 */ gchar ** gtk_application_get_accels_for_action (GtkApplication *application, @@ -1270,8 +1230,6 @@ gtk_application_get_accels_for_action (GtkApplication *application, * If you are unsure, check it with gtk_accelerator_parse() first. * * Returns: (transfer full): a %NULL-terminated array of actions for @accel - * - * Since: 3.14 */ gchar ** gtk_application_get_actions_for_accel (GtkApplication *application, @@ -1326,8 +1284,6 @@ gtk_application_handle_window_map (GtkApplication *application, * * Returns: (transfer none): Gets the menu with the * given id from the automatically loaded resources - * - * Since: 3.14 */ GMenu * gtk_application_get_menu_by_id (GtkApplication *application, diff --git a/gtk/gtkapplication.h b/gtk/gtkapplication.h index badb3f0338..e59b6116a9 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkapplication.h +++ b/gtk/gtkapplication.h @@ -89,15 +89,15 @@ void gtk_application_remove_window (GtkApplication *application, GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GList * gtk_application_get_windows (GtkApplication *application); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GMenuModel * gtk_application_get_app_menu (GtkApplication *application); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_application_set_app_menu (GtkApplication *application, GMenuModel *app_menu); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GMenuModel * gtk_application_get_menubar (GtkApplication *application); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_application_set_menubar (GtkApplication *application, GMenuModel *menubar); @@ -109,42 +109,42 @@ typedef enum GTK_APPLICATION_INHIBIT_IDLE = (1 << 3) } GtkApplicationInhibitFlags; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL guint gtk_application_inhibit (GtkApplication *application, GtkWindow *window, GtkApplicationInhibitFlags flags, const gchar *reason); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_application_uninhibit (GtkApplication *application, guint cookie); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWindow * gtk_application_get_window_by_id (GtkApplication *application, guint id); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWindow * gtk_application_get_active_window (GtkApplication *application); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gchar ** gtk_application_list_action_descriptions (GtkApplication *application); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gchar ** gtk_application_get_accels_for_action (GtkApplication *application, const gchar *detailed_action_name); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gchar ** gtk_application_get_actions_for_accel (GtkApplication *application, const gchar *accel); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_application_set_accels_for_action (GtkApplication *application, const gchar *detailed_action_name, const gchar * const *accels); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_application_prefers_app_menu (GtkApplication *application); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GMenu * gtk_application_get_menu_by_id (GtkApplication *application, const gchar *id); diff --git a/gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c b/gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c index 0d2304a4d6..ec6fcb3268 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c +++ b/gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c @@ -846,8 +846,6 @@ gtk_application_window_class_init (GtkApplicationWindowClass *class) * Creates a new #GtkApplicationWindow. * * Returns: a newly created #GtkApplicationWindow - * - * Since: 3.4 */ GtkWidget * gtk_application_window_new (GtkApplication *application) @@ -867,8 +865,6 @@ gtk_application_window_new (GtkApplication *application) * and menubar as needed. * * Returns: %TRUE if @window will display a menubar when needed - * - * Since: 3.4 */ gboolean gtk_application_window_get_show_menubar (GtkApplicationWindow *window) @@ -883,8 +879,6 @@ gtk_application_window_get_show_menubar (GtkApplicationWindow *window) * * Sets whether the window will display a menubar for the app menu * and menubar as needed. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ void gtk_application_window_set_show_menubar (GtkApplicationWindow *window, @@ -913,8 +907,6 @@ gtk_application_window_set_show_menubar (GtkApplicationWindow *window, * * Returns: the unique ID for @window, or `0` if the window * has not yet been added to a #GtkApplication - * - * Since: 3.6 */ guint gtk_application_window_get_id (GtkApplicationWindow *window) @@ -953,8 +945,6 @@ show_help_overlay (GSimpleAction *action, * it. * * @window takes resposibility for destroying @help_overlay. - * - * Since: 3.20 */ void gtk_application_window_set_help_overlay (GtkApplicationWindow *window, @@ -995,8 +985,6 @@ gtk_application_window_set_help_overlay (GtkApplicationWindow *window, * a prior call to gtk_application_window_set_help_overlay(). * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the help overlay associated with @window, or %NULL - * - * Since: 3.20 */ GtkShortcutsWindow * gtk_application_window_get_help_overlay (GtkApplicationWindow *window) diff --git a/gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.h b/gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.h index abe41c9403..7f243ee555 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.h +++ b/gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.h @@ -65,24 +65,24 @@ struct _GtkApplicationWindowClass gpointer padding[14]; }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_application_window_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_application_window_new (GtkApplication *application); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_application_window_set_show_menubar (GtkApplicationWindow *window, gboolean show_menubar); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_application_window_get_show_menubar (GtkApplicationWindow *window); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL guint gtk_application_window_get_id (GtkApplicationWindow *window); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_application_window_set_help_overlay (GtkApplicationWindow *window, GtkShortcutsWindow *help_overlay); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkShortcutsWindow * gtk_application_window_get_help_overlay (GtkApplicationWindow *window); diff --git a/gtk/gtkassistant.c b/gtk/gtkassistant.c index e6b5b497ef..0487a8da7e 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkassistant.c +++ b/gtk/gtkassistant.c @@ -407,8 +407,6 @@ gtk_assistant_class_init (GtkAssistantClass *class) * @assistant: the #GtkAssistant * * The ::cancel signal is emitted when then the cancel button is clicked. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ signals[CANCEL] = g_signal_new (I_("cancel"), @@ -429,8 +427,6 @@ gtk_assistant_class_init (GtkAssistantClass *class) * * A handler for this signal can do any preparations which are * necessary before showing @page. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ signals[PREPARE] = g_signal_new (I_("prepare"), @@ -456,8 +452,6 @@ gtk_assistant_class_init (GtkAssistantClass *class) * %GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_PROGRESS after the confirmation page and handle * this operation within the #GtkAssistant::prepare signal of the progress * page. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ signals[APPLY] = g_signal_new (I_("apply"), @@ -475,8 +469,6 @@ gtk_assistant_class_init (GtkAssistantClass *class) * The ::close signal is emitted either when the close button of * a summary page is clicked, or when the apply button in the last * page in the flow (of type %GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CONFIRM) is clicked. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ signals[CLOSE] = g_signal_new (I_("close"), @@ -507,8 +499,6 @@ gtk_assistant_class_init (GtkAssistantClass *class) * * For technical reasons, this property is declared as an integer * property, but you should only set it to %TRUE or %FALSE. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_USE_HEADER_BAR, @@ -522,8 +512,6 @@ gtk_assistant_class_init (GtkAssistantClass *class) * GtkAssistant:page-type: * * The type of the assistant page. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gtk_container_class_install_child_property (container_class, CHILD_PROP_PAGE_TYPE, @@ -538,8 +526,6 @@ gtk_assistant_class_init (GtkAssistantClass *class) * GtkAssistant:title: * * The title of the page. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gtk_container_class_install_child_property (container_class, CHILD_PROP_PAGE_TITLE, @@ -555,8 +541,6 @@ gtk_assistant_class_init (GtkAssistantClass *class) * Setting the "complete" child property to %TRUE marks a page as * complete (i.e.: all the required fields are filled out). GTK+ uses * this information to control the sensitivity of the navigation buttons. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gtk_container_class_install_child_property (container_class, CHILD_PROP_PAGE_COMPLETE, @@ -1398,8 +1382,6 @@ gtk_assistant_remove (GtkContainer *container, * Creates a new #GtkAssistant. * * Returns: a newly created #GtkAssistant - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkWidget* gtk_assistant_new (void) @@ -1420,8 +1402,6 @@ gtk_assistant_new (void) * Returns: The index (starting from 0) of the current * page in the @assistant, or -1 if the @assistant has no pages, * or no current page. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gint gtk_assistant_get_current_page (GtkAssistant *assistant) @@ -1451,8 +1431,6 @@ gtk_assistant_get_current_page (GtkAssistant *assistant) * Note that this will only be necessary in custom buttons, * as the @assistant flow can be set with * gtk_assistant_set_forward_page_func(). - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_assistant_set_current_page (GtkAssistant *assistant, @@ -1500,8 +1478,6 @@ gtk_assistant_set_current_page (GtkAssistant *assistant, * * This function is for use when creating pages of the * #GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CUSTOM type. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_assistant_next_page (GtkAssistant *assistant) @@ -1525,8 +1501,6 @@ gtk_assistant_next_page (GtkAssistant *assistant) * * This function is for use when creating pages of the * #GTK_ASSISTANT_PAGE_CUSTOM type. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_assistant_previous_page (GtkAssistant *assistant) @@ -1563,8 +1537,6 @@ gtk_assistant_previous_page (GtkAssistant *assistant) * Returns the number of pages in the @assistant * * Returns: the number of pages in the @assistant - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gint gtk_assistant_get_n_pages (GtkAssistant *assistant) @@ -1588,8 +1560,6 @@ gtk_assistant_get_n_pages (GtkAssistant *assistant) * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the child widget, or %NULL * if @page_num is out of bounds - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkWidget* gtk_assistant_get_nth_page (GtkAssistant *assistant, @@ -1625,8 +1595,6 @@ gtk_assistant_get_nth_page (GtkAssistant *assistant, * Prepends a page to the @assistant. * * Returns: the index (starting at 0) of the inserted page - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gint gtk_assistant_prepend_page (GtkAssistant *assistant, @@ -1646,8 +1614,6 @@ gtk_assistant_prepend_page (GtkAssistant *assistant, * Appends a page to the @assistant. * * Returns: the index (starting at 0) of the inserted page - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gint gtk_assistant_append_page (GtkAssistant *assistant, @@ -1669,8 +1635,6 @@ gtk_assistant_append_page (GtkAssistant *assistant, * Inserts a page in the @assistant at a given position. * * Returns: the index (starting from 0) of the inserted page - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gint gtk_assistant_insert_page (GtkAssistant *assistant, @@ -1755,8 +1719,6 @@ gtk_assistant_insert_page (GtkAssistant *assistant, * or -1 to remove the last page * * Removes the @page_num’s page from @assistant. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ void gtk_assistant_remove_page (GtkAssistant *assistant, @@ -1787,8 +1749,6 @@ gtk_assistant_remove_page (GtkAssistant *assistant, * Setting @page_func to %NULL will make the assistant to * use the default forward function, which just goes to the * next visible page. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_assistant_set_forward_page_func (GtkAssistant *assistant, @@ -1843,8 +1803,6 @@ add_to_action_area (GtkAssistant *assistant, * @child: a #GtkWidget * * Adds a widget to the action area of a #GtkAssistant. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_assistant_add_action_widget (GtkAssistant *assistant, @@ -1877,8 +1835,6 @@ gtk_assistant_add_action_widget (GtkAssistant *assistant, * @child: a #GtkWidget * * Removes a widget from the action area of a #GtkAssistant. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_assistant_remove_action_widget (GtkAssistant *assistant, @@ -1912,8 +1868,6 @@ gtk_assistant_remove_action_widget (GtkAssistant *assistant, * * The title is displayed in the header area of the assistant * when @page is the current page. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_assistant_set_page_title (GtkAssistant *assistant, @@ -1951,8 +1905,6 @@ gtk_assistant_set_page_title (GtkAssistant *assistant, * Gets the title for @page. * * Returns: the title for @page - * - * Since: 2.10 */ const gchar* gtk_assistant_get_page_title (GtkAssistant *assistant, @@ -1982,8 +1934,6 @@ gtk_assistant_get_page_title (GtkAssistant *assistant, * Sets the page type for @page. * * The page type determines the page behavior in the @assistant. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_assistant_set_page_type (GtkAssistant *assistant, @@ -2030,8 +1980,6 @@ gtk_assistant_set_page_type (GtkAssistant *assistant, * Gets the page type of @page. * * Returns: the page type of @page - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkAssistantPageType gtk_assistant_get_page_type (GtkAssistant *assistant, @@ -2062,8 +2010,6 @@ gtk_assistant_get_page_type (GtkAssistant *assistant, * * This will make @assistant update the buttons state * to be able to continue the task. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_assistant_set_page_complete (GtkAssistant *assistant, @@ -2104,8 +2050,6 @@ gtk_assistant_set_page_complete (GtkAssistant *assistant, * Gets whether @page is complete. * * Returns: %TRUE if @page is complete. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_assistant_get_page_complete (GtkAssistant *assistant, @@ -2134,8 +2078,6 @@ gtk_assistant_get_page_complete (GtkAssistant *assistant, * * Sets whether the assistant is adding padding around * the page. - * - * Since: 3.18 */ void gtk_assistant_set_page_has_padding (GtkAssistant *assistant, @@ -2174,7 +2116,6 @@ gtk_assistant_set_page_has_padding (GtkAssistant *assistant, * Gets whether page has padding. * * Returns: %TRUE if @page has padding - * Since: 3.18 */ gboolean gtk_assistant_get_page_has_padding (GtkAssistant *assistant, @@ -2208,8 +2149,6 @@ gtk_assistant_get_page_has_padding (GtkAssistant *assistant, * One situation where it can be necessary to call this * function is when changing a value on the current page * affects the future page flow of the assistant. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_assistant_update_buttons_state (GtkAssistant *assistant) @@ -2232,8 +2171,6 @@ gtk_assistant_update_buttons_state (GtkAssistant *assistant) * or undone. For example, showing a progress page to track * a long-running, unreversible operation after the user has * clicked apply on a confirmation page. - * - * Since: 2.22 */ void gtk_assistant_commit (GtkAssistant *assistant) diff --git a/gtk/gtkassistant.h b/gtk/gtkassistant.h index 933a75d8af..5d5629a9f1 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkassistant.h +++ b/gtk/gtkassistant.h @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_assistant_insert_page (GtkAssistant *assistant, GtkWidget *page, gint position); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_assistant_remove_page (GtkAssistant *assistant, gint page_num); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL @@ -202,11 +202,11 @@ void gtk_assistant_update_buttons_state (GtkAssistant *assista GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_assistant_commit (GtkAssistant *assistant); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_assistant_set_page_has_padding (GtkAssistant *assistant, GtkWidget *page, gboolean has_padding); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_assistant_get_page_has_padding (GtkAssistant *assistant, GtkWidget *page); diff --git a/gtk/gtkbbox.c b/gtk/gtkbbox.c index 5a2203792e..743ed18f8a 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkbbox.c +++ b/gtk/gtkbbox.c @@ -344,8 +344,6 @@ gtk_button_box_get_layout (GtkButtonBox *widget) * Returns whether @child should appear in a secondary group of children. * * Returns: whether @child should appear in a secondary group of children. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_button_box_get_child_secondary (GtkButtonBox *widget, @@ -1056,8 +1054,6 @@ gtk_button_box_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget, * Creates a new #GtkButtonBox. * * Returns: a new #GtkButtonBox. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkWidget * gtk_button_box_new (GtkOrientation orientation) @@ -1076,8 +1072,6 @@ gtk_button_box_new (GtkOrientation orientation) * sizing. * * Returns: %TRUE if the child is not subject to homogenous sizing - * - * Since: 3.2 */ gboolean gtk_button_box_get_child_non_homogeneous (GtkButtonBox *widget, @@ -1096,8 +1090,6 @@ gtk_button_box_get_child_non_homogeneous (GtkButtonBox *widget, * @non_homogeneous: the new value * * Sets whether the child is exempted from homogeous sizing. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ void gtk_button_box_set_child_non_homogeneous (GtkButtonBox *widget, diff --git a/gtk/gtkbbox.h b/gtk/gtkbbox.h index a191feb3ca..c8bcf2e1eb 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkbbox.h +++ b/gtk/gtkbbox.h @@ -116,10 +116,10 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_button_box_set_child_secondary (GtkButtonBox *widget, GtkWidget *child, gboolean is_secondary); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_button_box_get_child_non_homogeneous (GtkButtonBox *widget, GtkWidget *child); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_button_box_set_child_non_homogeneous (GtkButtonBox *widget, GtkWidget *child, gboolean non_homogeneous); diff --git a/gtk/gtkbindings.c b/gtk/gtkbindings.c index 4234db7c7b..72ef46c7ed 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkbindings.c +++ b/gtk/gtkbindings.c @@ -833,8 +833,6 @@ gtk_binding_entry_clear_internal (GtkBindingSet *binding_set, * Install a binding on @binding_set which causes key lookups * to be aborted, to prevent bindings from lower priority sets * to be activated. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_binding_entry_skip (GtkBindingSet *binding_set, @@ -1391,8 +1389,6 @@ create_signal_scanner (void) * * Returns: %G_TOKEN_NONE if the signal was successfully parsed and added, * the expected token otherwise - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GTokenType gtk_binding_entry_add_signal_from_string (GtkBindingSet *binding_set, @@ -1574,8 +1570,6 @@ gtk_bindings_activate (GObject *object, * @event, and if one was found, activate it. * * Returns: %TRUE if a matching key binding was found - * - * Since: 2.4 */ gboolean gtk_bindings_activate_event (GObject *object, diff --git a/gtk/gtkborder.c b/gtk/gtkborder.c index 54f4e73278..434f38e864 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkborder.c +++ b/gtk/gtkborder.c @@ -33,8 +33,6 @@ * * Returns: (transfer full): a newly allocated #GtkBorder-struct. * Free with gtk_border_free() - * - * Since: 2.14 */ GtkBorder * gtk_border_new (void) diff --git a/gtk/gtkbox.c b/gtk/gtkbox.c index 55681262bf..3567ecbe5f 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkbox.c +++ b/gtk/gtkbox.c @@ -1332,8 +1332,6 @@ gtk_box_init (GtkBox *box) * Creates a new #GtkBox. * * Returns: a new #GtkBox. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ GtkWidget* gtk_box_new (GtkOrientation orientation, @@ -1478,8 +1476,6 @@ gtk_box_get_spacing (GtkBox *box) * and the baseline is not allocated by the parent then * @position is used to allocate the baseline wrt the * extra space available. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_box_set_baseline_position (GtkBox *box, @@ -1506,8 +1502,6 @@ gtk_box_set_baseline_position (GtkBox *box, * Gets the value set by gtk_box_set_baseline_position(). * * Returns: the baseline position - * - * Since: 3.10 **/ GtkBaselinePosition gtk_box_get_baseline_position (GtkBox *box) diff --git a/gtk/gtkbox.h b/gtk/gtkbox.h index 64539d9a2b..57c47bbc04 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkbox.h +++ b/gtk/gtkbox.h @@ -93,10 +93,10 @@ void gtk_box_set_spacing (GtkBox *box, gint spacing); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_box_get_spacing (GtkBox *box); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_box_set_baseline_position (GtkBox *box, GtkBaselinePosition position); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkBaselinePosition gtk_box_get_baseline_position (GtkBox *box); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL diff --git a/gtk/gtkbuildable.c b/gtk/gtkbuildable.c index d16e008c93..0be820373a 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkbuildable.c +++ b/gtk/gtkbuildable.c @@ -54,8 +54,6 @@ gtk_buildable_default_init (GtkBuildableInterface *iface) * @name: name to set * * Sets the name of the @buildable object. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ void gtk_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable, @@ -88,8 +86,6 @@ gtk_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable, * used to construct the @buildable. * * Returns: the name set with gtk_buildable_set_name() - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ const gchar * gtk_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable) @@ -116,8 +112,6 @@ gtk_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable) * * Adds a child to @buildable. @type is an optional string * describing how the child should be added. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ void gtk_buildable_add_child (GtkBuildable *buildable, @@ -144,8 +138,6 @@ gtk_buildable_add_child (GtkBuildable *buildable, * @value: value of property * * Sets the property name @name to @value on the @buildable object. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ void gtk_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable, @@ -177,8 +169,6 @@ gtk_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable, * Note that this will be called once for each time * gtk_builder_add_from_file() or gtk_builder_add_from_string() * is called on a builder. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ void gtk_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable, @@ -206,8 +196,6 @@ gtk_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable, * specified in the UI definition. * * Returns: (transfer full): the constructed child - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ GObject * gtk_buildable_construct_child (GtkBuildable *buildable, @@ -240,8 +228,6 @@ gtk_buildable_construct_child (GtkBuildable *buildable, * * Returns: %TRUE if a object has a custom implementation, %FALSE * if it doesn't. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ gboolean gtk_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable, @@ -274,8 +260,6 @@ gtk_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable, * * This is called at the end of each custom element handled by * the buildable. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ void gtk_buildable_custom_tag_end (GtkBuildable *buildable, @@ -305,8 +289,6 @@ gtk_buildable_custom_tag_end (GtkBuildable *buildable, * * This is similar to gtk_buildable_parser_finished() but is * called once for each custom tag handled by the @buildable. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ void gtk_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable, @@ -334,8 +316,6 @@ gtk_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable, * Get the internal child called @childname of the @buildable object. * * Returns: (transfer none): the internal child of the buildable object - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ GObject * gtk_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable, diff --git a/gtk/gtkbuilder.c b/gtk/gtkbuilder.c index a548f00582..c492da1e4e 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkbuilder.c +++ b/gtk/gtkbuilder.c @@ -274,8 +274,6 @@ gtk_builder_class_init (GtkBuilderClass *klass) * have been marked as translatable in interface descriptions. * If the translation domain is %NULL, #GtkBuilder uses gettext(), * otherwise g_dgettext(). - * - * Since: 2.12 */ builder_props[PROP_TRANSLATION_DOMAIN] = g_param_spec_string ("translation-domain", @@ -1021,8 +1019,6 @@ _gtk_builder_finish (GtkBuilder *builder) * gtk_builder_new_from_resource() or gtk_builder_new_from_string(). * * Returns: a new (empty) #GtkBuilder object - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ GtkBuilder * gtk_builder_new (void) @@ -1053,8 +1049,6 @@ gtk_builder_new (void) * thing to do when an error is detected is to call g_error(). * * Returns: A positive value on success, 0 if an error occurred - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ guint gtk_builder_add_from_file (GtkBuilder *builder, @@ -1118,8 +1112,6 @@ gtk_builder_add_from_file (GtkBuilder *builder, * #GtkTreeModel), you have to explicitly list all of them in @object_ids. * * Returns: A positive value on success, 0 if an error occurred - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ guint gtk_builder_add_objects_from_file (GtkBuilder *builder, @@ -1242,8 +1234,6 @@ gtk_builder_extend_with_template (GtkBuilder *builder, * to call g_error(). * * Returns: A positive value on success, 0 if an error occurred - * - * Since: 3.4 **/ guint gtk_builder_add_from_resource (GtkBuilder *builder, @@ -1319,8 +1309,6 @@ gtk_builder_add_from_resource (GtkBuilder *builder, * #GtkTreeModel), you have to explicitly list all of them in @object_ids. * * Returns: A positive value on success, 0 if an error occurred - * - * Since: 3.4 **/ guint gtk_builder_add_objects_from_resource (GtkBuilder *builder, @@ -1398,8 +1386,6 @@ gtk_builder_add_objects_from_resource (GtkBuilder *builder, * to call g_error(). * * Returns: A positive value on success, 0 if an error occurred - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ guint gtk_builder_add_from_string (GtkBuilder *builder, @@ -1453,8 +1439,6 @@ gtk_builder_add_from_string (GtkBuilder *builder, * #GtkTreeModel), you have to explicitly list all of them in @object_ids. * * Returns: A positive value on success, 0 if an error occurred - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ guint gtk_builder_add_objects_from_string (GtkBuilder *builder, @@ -1501,8 +1485,6 @@ gtk_builder_add_objects_from_string (GtkBuilder *builder, * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the object named @name or %NULL if * it could not be found in the object tree. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ GObject * gtk_builder_get_object (GtkBuilder *builder, @@ -1525,8 +1507,6 @@ gtk_builder_get_object (GtkBuilder *builder, * Returns: (element-type GObject) (transfer container): a newly-allocated #GSList containing all the objects * constructed by the #GtkBuilder instance. It should be freed by * g_slist_free() - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ GSList * gtk_builder_get_objects (GtkBuilder *builder) @@ -1551,8 +1531,6 @@ gtk_builder_get_objects (GtkBuilder *builder) * * Sets the translation domain of @builder. * See #GtkBuilder:translation-domain. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ void gtk_builder_set_translation_domain (GtkBuilder *builder, @@ -1577,8 +1555,6 @@ gtk_builder_set_translation_domain (GtkBuilder *builder, * * Returns: the translation domain. This string is owned * by the builder object and must not be modified or freed. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ const gchar * gtk_builder_get_translation_domain (GtkBuilder *builder) @@ -1596,8 +1572,6 @@ gtk_builder_get_translation_domain (GtkBuilder *builder) * * Add @object to the @builder object pool so it can be referenced just like any * other object built by builder. - * - * Since: 3.8 **/ void gtk_builder_expose_object (GtkBuilder *builder, @@ -1682,8 +1656,6 @@ gtk_builder_connect_signals_default (GtkBuilder *builder, * On Linux and Unices, this is not necessary; applications should instead * be compiled with the -Wl,--export-dynamic CFLAGS, and linked against * gmodule-export-2.0. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ void gtk_builder_connect_signals (GtkBuilder *builder, @@ -1723,8 +1695,6 @@ gtk_builder_connect_signals (GtkBuilder *builder, * could be useful where the programmer wants more control over the signal * connection process. Note that this function can only be called once, * subsequent calls will do nothing. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ /** @@ -1736,8 +1706,6 @@ gtk_builder_connect_signals (GtkBuilder *builder, * This function can be thought of the interpreted language binding * version of gtk_builder_connect_signals(), except that it does not * require GModule to function correctly. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_builder_connect_signals_full (GtkBuilder *builder, @@ -1824,8 +1792,6 @@ gtk_builder_connect_signals_full (GtkBuilder *builder, * #GError from the #GTK_BUILDER_ERROR domain. * * Returns: %TRUE on success - * - * Since: 2.12 */ gboolean gtk_builder_value_from_string (GtkBuilder *builder, @@ -1901,8 +1867,6 @@ gtk_builder_value_from_string (GtkBuilder *builder, * #GError from the #GTK_BUILDER_ERROR domain. * * Returns: %TRUE on success - * - * Since: 2.12 */ gboolean gtk_builder_value_from_string_type (GtkBuilder *builder, @@ -2420,8 +2384,6 @@ error: * * Returns: the #GType found for @type_name or #G_TYPE_INVALID * if no type was found - * - * Since: 2.12 */ GType gtk_builder_get_type_from_name (GtkBuilder *builder, @@ -2507,8 +2469,6 @@ _gtk_builder_get_template_type (GtkBuilder *builder) * for any callback symbols that are added. Using this method allows for better * encapsulation as it does not require that callback symbols be declared in * the global namespace. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_builder_add_callback_symbol (GtkBuilder *builder, @@ -2535,8 +2495,6 @@ gtk_builder_add_callback_symbol (GtkBuilder *builder, * * A convenience function to add many callbacks instead of calling * gtk_builder_add_callback_symbol() for each symbol. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_builder_add_callback_symbols (GtkBuilder *builder, @@ -2584,8 +2542,6 @@ gtk_builder_add_callback_symbols (GtkBuilder *builder, * using gtk_builder_connect_signals_full() * * Returns: (nullable): The callback symbol in @builder for @callback_name, or %NULL - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GCallback gtk_builder_lookup_callback_symbol (GtkBuilder *builder, @@ -2612,8 +2568,6 @@ gtk_builder_lookup_callback_symbol (GtkBuilder *builder, * user interface descriptions that are shipped as part of your program. * * Returns: a #GtkBuilder containing the described interface - * - * Since: 3.10 **/ GtkBuilder * gtk_builder_new_from_file (const gchar *filename) @@ -2639,8 +2593,6 @@ gtk_builder_new_from_file (const gchar *filename) * description, then the program will be aborted. * * Returns: a #GtkBuilder containing the described interface - * - * Since: 3.10 **/ GtkBuilder * gtk_builder_new_from_resource (const gchar *resource_path) @@ -2671,8 +2623,6 @@ gtk_builder_new_from_resource (const gchar *resource_path) * from untrusted sources. * * Returns: a #GtkBuilder containing the interface described by @string - * - * Since: 3.10 **/ GtkBuilder * gtk_builder_new_from_string (const gchar *string, @@ -2697,8 +2647,6 @@ gtk_builder_new_from_string (const gchar *string, * * You only need this function if there is more than one #GApplication * in your process. @application cannot be %NULL. - * - * Since: 3.10 **/ void gtk_builder_set_application (GtkBuilder *builder, @@ -2728,8 +2676,6 @@ gtk_builder_set_application (GtkBuilder *builder, * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the application being used by the builder, * or %NULL - * - * Since: 3.10 **/ GtkApplication * gtk_builder_get_application (GtkBuilder *builder) diff --git a/gtk/gtkbuilder.h b/gtk/gtkbuilder.h index 959d7cffac..bf5017180d 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkbuilder.h +++ b/gtk/gtkbuilder.h @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ guint gtk_builder_add_objects_from_file (GtkBuilder *builder, const gchar *filename, gchar **object_ids, GError **error); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL guint gtk_builder_add_objects_from_resource(GtkBuilder *builder, const gchar *resource_path, gchar **object_ids, @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ GObject* gtk_builder_get_object (GtkBuilder *builder, const gchar *name); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GSList* gtk_builder_get_objects (GtkBuilder *builder); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_builder_expose_object (GtkBuilder *builder, const gchar *name, GObject *object); @@ -186,32 +186,32 @@ gboolean gtk_builder_value_from_string_type (GtkBuilder *builder, const gchar *string, GValue *value, GError **error); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkBuilder * gtk_builder_new_from_file (const gchar *filename); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkBuilder * gtk_builder_new_from_resource (const gchar *resource_path); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkBuilder * gtk_builder_new_from_string (const gchar *string, gssize length); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_builder_add_callback_symbol (GtkBuilder *builder, const gchar *callback_name, GCallback callback_symbol); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_builder_add_callback_symbols (GtkBuilder *builder, const gchar *first_callback_name, GCallback first_callback_symbol, ...) G_GNUC_NULL_TERMINATED; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GCallback gtk_builder_lookup_callback_symbol (GtkBuilder *builder, const gchar *callback_name); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_builder_set_application (GtkBuilder *builder, GtkApplication *application); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkApplication * gtk_builder_get_application (GtkBuilder *builder); @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ GtkApplication * gtk_builder_get_application (GtkBuilder *builder); #define GTK_BUILDER_WARN_INVALID_CHILD_TYPE(object, type) \ g_warning ("'%s' is not a valid child type of '%s'", type, g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (object))) -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL guint gtk_builder_extend_with_template (GtkBuilder *builder, GtkWidget *widget, GType template_type, const gchar *buffer, diff --git a/gtk/gtkbutton.c b/gtk/gtkbutton.c index 6f46594ac3..0d58e66ce8 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkbutton.c +++ b/gtk/gtkbutton.c @@ -622,8 +622,6 @@ gtk_button_new_with_label (const gchar *label) * will be updated appropriately. * * Returns: a new #GtkButton displaying the themed icon - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GtkWidget* gtk_button_new_from_icon_name (const gchar *icon_name) @@ -1086,8 +1084,6 @@ gtk_button_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget, * Adds a #GtkImage with the given icon name as a child. The icon will be * of size %GTK_ICON_SIZE_BUTTON. If @button already contains a child widget, * that child widget will be removed and replaced with the image. - * - * Since: 3.90 */ void gtk_button_set_icon_name (GtkButton *button, @@ -1129,8 +1125,6 @@ gtk_button_set_icon_name (GtkButton *button, * Returns the icon name set via gtk_button_set_icon_name(). * * Returns: (nullable): The icon name set via gtk_button_set_icon_name() - * - * Since: 3.90 */ const char * gtk_button_get_icon_name (GtkButton *button) diff --git a/gtk/gtkbutton.h b/gtk/gtkbutton.h index 2bd236c417..6be47145fc 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkbutton.h +++ b/gtk/gtkbutton.h @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_button_new (void); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_button_new_with_label (const gchar *label); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_button_new_from_icon_name (const gchar *icon_name); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_button_new_with_mnemonic (const gchar *label); @@ -111,10 +111,10 @@ void gtk_button_set_use_underline (GtkButton *button, GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_button_get_use_underline (GtkButton *button); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_button_set_icon_name (GtkButton *button, const char *icon_name); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL const char * gtk_button_get_icon_name (GtkButton *button); diff --git a/gtk/gtkcalendar.c b/gtk/gtkcalendar.c index 2d03959496..5bbb6cac19 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcalendar.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcalendar.c @@ -433,8 +433,6 @@ gtk_calendar_class_init (GtkCalendarClass *class) * GtkCalendar:show-heading: * * Determines whether a heading is displayed. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_SHOW_HEADING, @@ -448,8 +446,6 @@ gtk_calendar_class_init (GtkCalendarClass *class) * GtkCalendar:show-day-names: * * Determines whether day names are displayed. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_SHOW_DAY_NAMES, @@ -462,8 +458,6 @@ gtk_calendar_class_init (GtkCalendarClass *class) * GtkCalendar:no-month-change: * * Determines whether the selected month can be changed. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_NO_MONTH_CHANGE, @@ -477,8 +471,6 @@ gtk_calendar_class_init (GtkCalendarClass *class) * GtkCalendar:show-week-numbers: * * Determines whether week numbers are displayed. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_SHOW_WEEK_NUMBERS, @@ -493,8 +485,6 @@ gtk_calendar_class_init (GtkCalendarClass *class) * * Width of a detail cell, in characters. * A value of 0 allows any width. See gtk_calendar_set_detail_func(). - * - * Since: 2.14 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_DETAIL_WIDTH_CHARS, @@ -509,8 +499,6 @@ gtk_calendar_class_init (GtkCalendarClass *class) * * Height of a detail cell, in rows. * A value of 0 allows any width. See gtk_calendar_set_detail_func(). - * - * Since: 2.14 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_DETAIL_HEIGHT_ROWS, @@ -526,8 +514,6 @@ gtk_calendar_class_init (GtkCalendarClass *class) * Determines whether details are shown directly in the widget, or if they are * available only as tooltip. When this property is set days with details are * marked. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_SHOW_DETAILS, @@ -3107,8 +3093,6 @@ gtk_calendar_new (void) * Returns the current display options of @calendar. * * Returns: the display options. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkCalendarDisplayOptions gtk_calendar_get_display_options (GtkCalendar *calendar) @@ -3125,8 +3109,6 @@ gtk_calendar_get_display_options (GtkCalendar *calendar) * * Sets display options (whether to display the heading and the month * headings). - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_calendar_set_display_options (GtkCalendar *calendar, @@ -3344,8 +3326,6 @@ gtk_calendar_mark_day (GtkCalendar *calendar, * Returns if the @day of the @calendar is already marked. * * Returns: whether the day is marked. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gboolean gtk_calendar_get_day_is_marked (GtkCalendar *calendar, @@ -3439,8 +3419,6 @@ gtk_calendar_get_date (GtkCalendar *calendar, * The size of the details area can be restricted by setting the * #GtkCalendar:detail-width-chars and #GtkCalendar:detail-height-rows * properties. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ void gtk_calendar_set_detail_func (GtkCalendar *calendar, @@ -3473,8 +3451,6 @@ gtk_calendar_set_detail_func (GtkCalendar *calendar, * * Updates the width of detail cells. * See #GtkCalendar:detail-width-chars. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ void gtk_calendar_set_detail_width_chars (GtkCalendar *calendar, @@ -3501,8 +3477,6 @@ gtk_calendar_set_detail_width_chars (GtkCalendar *calendar, * * Updates the height of detail cells. * See #GtkCalendar:detail-height-rows. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ void gtk_calendar_set_detail_height_rows (GtkCalendar *calendar, @@ -3529,8 +3503,6 @@ gtk_calendar_set_detail_height_rows (GtkCalendar *calendar, * Queries the width of detail cells, in characters. * See #GtkCalendar:detail-width-chars. * - * Since: 2.14 - * * Returns: The width of detail cells, in characters. */ gint @@ -3548,8 +3520,6 @@ gtk_calendar_get_detail_width_chars (GtkCalendar *calendar) * Queries the height of detail cells, in rows. * See #GtkCalendar:detail-width-chars. * - * Since: 2.14 - * * Returns: The height of detail cells, in rows. */ gint diff --git a/gtk/gtkcalendar.h b/gtk/gtkcalendar.h index 8c4870bf3c..bff8623b87 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcalendar.h +++ b/gtk/gtkcalendar.h @@ -84,8 +84,6 @@ typedef enum * specified day. Examples for such details are holidays or appointments. The * function returns %NULL when no information is available. * - * Since: 2.14 - * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): Newly allocated string with Pango markup * with details for the specified day or %NULL. */ diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellarea.c b/gtk/gtkcellarea.c index f1b4224732..bccaa06efa 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcellarea.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcellarea.c @@ -679,8 +679,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_init (GtkCellAreaClass *class) * @is_expanded: whether the view is currently showing the children of this row * * This signal is emitted whenever applying attributes to @area from @model - * - * Since: 3.0 */ cell_area_signals[SIGNAL_APPLY_ATTRIBUTES] = g_signal_new (I_("apply-attributes"), @@ -708,8 +706,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_init (GtkCellAreaClass *class) * * Indicates that editing has started on @renderer and that @editable * should be added to the owning cell-layouting widget at @cell_area. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ cell_area_signals[SIGNAL_ADD_EDITABLE] = g_signal_new (I_("add-editable"), @@ -733,8 +729,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_init (GtkCellAreaClass *class) * * Indicates that editing finished on @renderer and that @editable * should be removed from the owning cell-layouting widget. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ cell_area_signals[SIGNAL_REMOVE_EDITABLE] = g_signal_new (I_("remove-editable"), @@ -761,8 +755,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_init (GtkCellAreaClass *class) * currently focused renderer did not change, this is * because focus may change to the same renderer in the * same cell area for a different row of data. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ cell_area_signals[SIGNAL_FOCUS_CHANGED] = g_signal_new (I_("focus-changed"), @@ -780,8 +772,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_init (GtkCellAreaClass *class) * GtkCellArea:focus-cell: * * The cell in the area that currently has focus - * - * Since: 3.0 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_FOCUS_CELL, @@ -798,8 +788,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_init (GtkCellAreaClass *class) * * This property is read-only and only changes as * a result of a call gtk_cell_area_activate_cell(). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_EDITED_CELL, @@ -816,8 +804,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_init (GtkCellAreaClass *class) * * This property is read-only and only changes as * a result of a call gtk_cell_area_activate_cell(). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_EDIT_WIDGET, @@ -1605,8 +1591,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_buildable_custom_tag_end (GtkBuildable *buildable, * @renderer: the #GtkCellRenderer to add to @area * * Adds @renderer to @area with the default child cell properties. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_add (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -1624,8 +1608,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_add (GtkCellArea *area, * @renderer: the #GtkCellRenderer to remove from @area * * Removes @renderer from @area. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_remove (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -1682,8 +1664,6 @@ get_has_renderer (GtkCellRenderer *renderer, * Checks if @area contains @renderer. * * Returns: %TRUE if @renderer is in the @area. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gboolean gtk_cell_area_has_renderer (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -1706,8 +1686,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_has_renderer (GtkCellArea *area, * @callback_data: user provided data pointer * * Calls @callback for every #GtkCellRenderer in @area. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_foreach (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -1732,8 +1710,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_foreach (GtkCellArea *area, * * Calls @callback for every #GtkCellRenderer in @area with the * allocated rectangle inside @cell_area. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_foreach_alloc (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -1767,8 +1743,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_foreach_alloc (GtkCellArea *area, * Delegates event handling to a #GtkCellArea. * * Returns: %TRUE if the event was handled by @area. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gint gtk_cell_area_event (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -1809,8 +1783,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_event (GtkCellArea *area, * * Snapshots @area’s cells according to @area’s layout onto at * the given coordinates. - * - * Since: 3.90 */ void gtk_cell_area_snapshot (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -1864,8 +1836,6 @@ get_cell_allocation (GtkCellRenderer *renderer, * * Derives the allocation of @renderer inside @area if @area * were to be renderered in @cell_area. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_get_cell_allocation (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -1922,8 +1892,6 @@ get_cell_by_position (GtkCellRenderer *renderer, * returns the full cell allocation for it inside @cell_area. * * Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkCellRenderer at @x and @y. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkCellRenderer * gtk_cell_area_get_cell_at_position (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -1967,8 +1935,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_cell_at_position (GtkCellArea *area, * which was used to request the size of those rows of data). * * Returns: (transfer full): a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext which can be used with @area. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkCellAreaContext * gtk_cell_area_create_context (GtkCellArea *area) @@ -1996,8 +1962,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_create_context (GtkCellArea *area) * to be displayed. * * Returns: (transfer full): a newly created #GtkCellAreaContext copy of @context. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkCellAreaContext * gtk_cell_area_copy_context (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -2017,8 +1981,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_copy_context (GtkCellArea *area, * or a width-for-height layout. * * Returns: The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by @area. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkSizeRequestMode gtk_cell_area_get_request_mode (GtkCellArea *area) @@ -2044,8 +2006,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_request_mode (GtkCellArea *area) * to check the @minimum_width and @natural_width of this call but rather to * consult gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width() after a series of * requests. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -2084,8 +2044,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width (GtkCellArea *area, * requested with gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width() again and then * the full width of the requested rows checked again with * gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width(). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height_for_width (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -2120,8 +2078,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height_for_width (GtkCellArea *area, * to check the @minimum_height and @natural_height of this call but rather to * consult gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height() after a series of * requests. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -2160,8 +2116,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height (GtkCellArea *area, * requested with gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height() again and then * the full height of the requested rows checked again with * gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height(). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -2193,8 +2147,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkCellArea *area, * * Connects an @attribute to apply values from @column for the * #GtkTreeModel in use. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_attribute_connect (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -2262,8 +2214,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_attribute_connect (GtkCellArea *area, * Disconnects @attribute for the @renderer in @area so that * attribute will no longer be updated with values from the * model. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_attribute_disconnect (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -2308,8 +2258,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_attribute_disconnect (GtkCellArea *area, * or -1 if the attribute is not mapped. * * Returns: the model column, or -1 - * - * Since: 3.14 */ gint gtk_cell_area_attribute_get_column (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -2349,8 +2297,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_attribute_get_column (GtkCellArea *area, * * Applies any connected attributes to the renderers in * @area by pulling the values from @tree_model. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_apply_attributes (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -2380,8 +2326,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_apply_attributes (GtkCellArea *area, * Returns: The current #GtkTreePath string for the current * attributes applied to @area. This string belongs to the area and * should not be freed. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ const gchar * gtk_cell_area_get_current_path_string (GtkCellArea *area) @@ -2406,8 +2350,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_current_path_string (GtkCellArea *area) * @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the property * * Installs a cell property on a cell area class. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_class_install_cell_property (GtkCellAreaClass *aclass, @@ -2445,8 +2387,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_install_cell_property (GtkCellAreaClass *aclass, * * Returns: (transfer none): the #GParamSpec of the child property * or %NULL if @aclass has no child property with that name. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GParamSpec* gtk_cell_area_class_find_cell_property (GtkCellAreaClass *aclass, @@ -2471,8 +2411,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_find_cell_property (GtkCellAreaClass *aclass, * Returns: (array length=n_properties) (transfer container): a newly * allocated %NULL-terminated array of #GParamSpec*. The array * must be freed with g_free(). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GParamSpec** gtk_cell_area_class_list_cell_properties (GtkCellAreaClass *aclass, @@ -2502,8 +2440,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_class_list_cell_properties (GtkCellAreaClass *aclass, * * Adds @renderer to @area, setting cell properties at the same time. * See gtk_cell_area_add() and gtk_cell_area_cell_set() for more details. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_add_with_properties (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -2542,8 +2478,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_add_with_properties (GtkCellArea *area, * with @first_prop_name * * Sets one or more cell properties for @cell in @area. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_cell_set (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -2570,8 +2504,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_cell_set (GtkCellArea *area, * optionally by more name/return location pairs, followed by %NULL * * Gets the values of one or more cell properties for @renderer in @area. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_cell_get (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -2643,8 +2575,6 @@ area_set_cell_property (GtkCellArea *area, * with @first_prop_name * * Sets one or more cell properties for @renderer in @area. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_cell_set_valist (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -2705,8 +2635,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_cell_set_valist (GtkCellArea *area, * optionally by more name/return location pairs, followed by %NULL * * Gets the values of one or more cell properties for @renderer in @area. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_cell_get_valist (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -2764,8 +2692,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_cell_get_valist (GtkCellArea *area, * @value: the value to set the cell property to * * Sets a cell property for @renderer in @area. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_cell_set_property (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -2802,8 +2728,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_cell_set_property (GtkCellArea *area, * @value: a location to return the value * * Gets the value of a cell property for @renderer in @area. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_cell_get_property (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -2873,8 +2797,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_cell_get_property (GtkCellArea *area, * after applying new attributes to @area. * * Returns: whether @area can do anything when activated. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gboolean gtk_cell_area_is_activatable (GtkCellArea *area) @@ -2898,8 +2820,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_is_activatable (GtkCellArea *area) * to how it lays out cells. * * Returns: %TRUE if focus remains inside @area as a result of this call. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gboolean gtk_cell_area_focus (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -2925,8 +2845,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_focus (GtkCellArea *area, * can also activate a widget if it currently has the focus. * * Returns: Whether @area was successfully activated. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gboolean gtk_cell_area_activate (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -2953,8 +2871,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_activate (GtkCellArea *area, * #GtkCellAreaClass.focus() or #GtkCellAreaClass.event(), * however it can also be used to implement functions such * as gtk_tree_view_set_cursor_on_cell(). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_set_focus_cell (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -2995,8 +2911,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_set_focus_cell (GtkCellArea *area, * Retrieves the currently focused cell for @area * * Returns: (transfer none): the currently focused cell in @area. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkCellRenderer * gtk_cell_area_get_focus_cell (GtkCellArea *area) @@ -3027,8 +2941,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_focus_cell (GtkCellArea *area) * * Events handled by focus siblings can also activate the given * focusable @renderer. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_add_focus_sibling (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -3072,8 +2984,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_add_focus_sibling (GtkCellArea *area, * * Removes @sibling from @renderer’s focus sibling list * (see gtk_cell_area_add_focus_sibling()). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_remove_focus_sibling (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -3111,8 +3021,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_remove_focus_sibling (GtkCellArea *area, * (see gtk_cell_area_add_focus_sibling()). * * Returns: %TRUE if @sibling is a focus sibling of @renderer - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gboolean gtk_cell_area_is_focus_sibling (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -3150,8 +3058,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_is_focus_sibling (GtkCellArea *area, * * Returns: (element-type GtkCellRenderer) (transfer none): A #GList of #GtkCellRenderers. * The returned list is internal and should not be freed. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ const GList * gtk_cell_area_get_focus_siblings (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -3182,8 +3088,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_focus_siblings (GtkCellArea *area, * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the #GtkCellRenderer for which @renderer * is a sibling, or %NULL. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkCellRenderer * gtk_cell_area_get_focus_from_sibling (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -3325,8 +3229,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_set_edit_widget (GtkCellArea *area, * being edited. * * Returns: (transfer none): The currently edited #GtkCellRenderer - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkCellRenderer * gtk_cell_area_get_edited_cell (GtkCellArea *area) @@ -3348,8 +3250,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_edited_cell (GtkCellArea *area) * to edit the currently edited cell. * * Returns: (transfer none): The currently active #GtkCellEditable widget - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkCellEditable * gtk_cell_area_get_edit_widget (GtkCellArea *area) @@ -3379,8 +3279,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_get_edit_widget (GtkCellArea *area) * implementation. * * Returns: whether cell activation was successful - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gboolean gtk_cell_area_activate_cell (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -3476,8 +3374,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_activate_cell (GtkCellArea *area, * edit widget. * * See gtk_cell_area_get_edited_cell() and gtk_cell_area_get_edit_widget(). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_stop_editing (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -3532,8 +3428,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_stop_editing (GtkCellArea *area, * This is a convenience function for #GtkCellArea implementations * to get the inner area where a given #GtkCellRenderer will be * rendered. It removes any padding previously added by gtk_cell_area_request_renderer(). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_inner_cell_area (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -3576,8 +3470,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_inner_cell_area (GtkCellArea *area, * function to request size and then use gtk_cell_area_inner_cell_area() * at render and event time since this function will add padding * around the cell for focus painting. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_request_renderer (GtkCellArea *area, diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellarea.h b/gtk/gtkcellarea.h index ac1fc19b0e..966d6e0a02 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcellarea.h +++ b/gtk/gtkcellarea.h @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ gint gtk_cell_area_event (GtkCellArea GdkEvent *event, const GdkRectangle *cell_area, GtkCellRendererState flags); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_cell_area_snapshot (GtkCellArea *area, GtkCellAreaContext *context, GtkWidget *widget, @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_cell_area_attribute_disconnect (GtkCellArea *area, GtkCellRenderer *renderer, const gchar *attribute); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_cell_area_attribute_get_column (GtkCellArea *area, GtkCellRenderer *renderer, const gchar *attribute); diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellareabox.c b/gtk/gtkcellareabox.c index 7ea9851db4..9060212783 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcellareabox.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcellareabox.c @@ -301,8 +301,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_class_init (GtkCellAreaBoxClass *class) * GtkCellAreaBox:spacing: * * The amount of space to reserve between cells. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_SPACING, @@ -320,8 +318,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_class_init (GtkCellAreaBoxClass *class) * * Whether the cell renderer should receive extra space * when the area receives more than its natural size. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gtk_cell_area_class_install_cell_property (area_class, CELL_PROP_EXPAND, @@ -336,8 +332,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_class_init (GtkCellAreaBoxClass *class) * GtkCellAreaBox:align: * * Whether the cell renderer should be aligned in adjacent rows. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gtk_cell_area_class_install_cell_property (area_class, CELL_PROP_ALIGN, @@ -353,8 +347,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_class_init (GtkCellAreaBoxClass *class) * * Whether the cell renderer should require the same size * for all rows for which it was requested. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gtk_cell_area_class_install_cell_property (area_class, CELL_PROP_FIXED_SIZE, @@ -370,8 +362,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_class_init (GtkCellAreaBoxClass *class) * * A GtkPackType indicating whether the cell renderer is packed * with reference to the start or end of the area. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gtk_cell_area_class_install_cell_property (area_class, CELL_PROP_PACK_TYPE, @@ -2119,8 +2109,6 @@ _gtk_cell_area_box_group_visible (GtkCellAreaBox *box, * Creates a new #GtkCellAreaBox. * * Returns: a newly created #GtkCellAreaBox - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkCellArea * gtk_cell_area_box_new (void) @@ -2141,8 +2129,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_new (void) * * The @renderer is packed after any other #GtkCellRenderer packed * with reference to the start of @box. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_box_pack_start (GtkCellAreaBox *box, @@ -2186,8 +2172,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_pack_start (GtkCellAreaBox *box, * * The @renderer is packed after (away from end of) any other * #GtkCellRenderer packed with reference to the end of @box. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_box_pack_end (GtkCellAreaBox *box, @@ -2225,8 +2209,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_pack_end (GtkCellAreaBox *box, * Gets the spacing added between cell renderers. * * Returns: the space added between cell renderers in @box. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gint gtk_cell_area_box_get_spacing (GtkCellAreaBox *box) @@ -2242,8 +2224,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_box_get_spacing (GtkCellAreaBox *box) * @spacing: the space to add between #GtkCellRenderers * * Sets the spacing to add between cell renderers in @box. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_box_set_spacing (GtkCellAreaBox *box, diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c b/gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c index e8ae95e1c2..36691235df 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c @@ -106,8 +106,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_class_init (GtkCellAreaContextClass *class) * GtkCellAreaContext:area: * * The #GtkCellArea this context was created by - * - * Since: 3.0 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_CELL_AREA, @@ -123,8 +121,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_class_init (GtkCellAreaContextClass *class) * The minimum width for the #GtkCellArea in this context * for all #GtkTreeModel rows that this context was requested * for using gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width(). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_MIN_WIDTH, @@ -140,8 +136,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_class_init (GtkCellAreaContextClass *class) * The natural width for the #GtkCellArea in this context * for all #GtkTreeModel rows that this context was requested * for using gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width(). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_NAT_WIDTH, @@ -157,8 +151,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_class_init (GtkCellAreaContextClass *class) * The minimum height for the #GtkCellArea in this context * for all #GtkTreeModel rows that this context was requested * for using gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height(). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_MIN_HEIGHT, @@ -174,8 +166,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_class_init (GtkCellAreaContextClass *class) * The natural height for the #GtkCellArea in this context * for all #GtkTreeModel rows that this context was requested * for using gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height(). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_NAT_HEIGHT, @@ -327,8 +317,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_real_allocate (GtkCellAreaContext *context, * compute a proper allocation. * * Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkCellArea this context was created by. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkCellArea * gtk_cell_area_context_get_area (GtkCellAreaContext *context) @@ -423,8 +411,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_allocate (GtkCellAreaContext *context, * * After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever * requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are 0. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width (GtkCellAreaContext *context, @@ -457,8 +443,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width (GtkCellAreaContext *context, * * After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever * requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are 0. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height (GtkCellAreaContext *context, @@ -492,8 +476,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height (GtkCellAreaContext *context, * * After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever * requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are -1. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height_for_width (GtkCellAreaContext *context, @@ -524,8 +506,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_height_for_width (GtkCellAreaContext *contex * * After gtk_cell_area_context_reset() is called and/or before ever * requesting the size of a #GtkCellArea, the returned values are -1. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkCellAreaContext *context, @@ -553,8 +533,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkCellAreaContext *contex * If the context was not allocated in width or height, or if the * context was recently reset with gtk_cell_area_context_reset(), * the returned value will be -1. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_context_get_allocation (GtkCellAreaContext *context, @@ -587,8 +565,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_get_allocation (GtkCellAreaContext *context, * the request process over a series of #GtkTreeModel rows to * progressively push the requested width over a series of * gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_width() requests. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_context_push_preferred_width (GtkCellAreaContext *context, @@ -633,8 +609,6 @@ gtk_cell_area_context_push_preferred_width (GtkCellAreaContext *context, * the request process over a series of #GtkTreeModel rows to * progressively push the requested height over a series of * gtk_cell_area_get_preferred_height() requests. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_area_context_push_preferred_height (GtkCellAreaContext *context, diff --git a/gtk/gtkcelleditable.c b/gtk/gtkcelleditable.c index 1b0266503d..204b5717f7 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcelleditable.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcelleditable.c @@ -43,8 +43,6 @@ gtk_cell_editable_default_init (GtkCellEditableInterface *iface) * GtkCellEditable:editing-canceled: * * Indicates whether editing on the cell has been canceled. - * - * Since: 2.20 */ g_object_interface_install_property (iface, g_param_spec_boolean ("editing-canceled", diff --git a/gtk/gtkcelllayout.c b/gtk/gtkcelllayout.c index 241f467c28..a48f76a365 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcelllayout.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcelllayout.c @@ -358,8 +358,6 @@ gtk_cell_layout_default_get_cells (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout) * is divided evenly between cells for which @expand is %TRUE. * * Note that reusing the same cell renderer is not supported. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_cell_layout_pack_start (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout, @@ -383,8 +381,6 @@ gtk_cell_layout_pack_start (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout, * divided evenly between cells for which @expand is %TRUE. * * Note that reusing the same cell renderer is not supported. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_cell_layout_pack_end (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout, @@ -403,8 +399,6 @@ gtk_cell_layout_pack_end (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout, * * Unsets all the mappings on all renderers on @cell_layout and * removes all renderers from @cell_layout. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_cell_layout_clear (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout) @@ -447,8 +441,6 @@ gtk_cell_layout_set_attributesv (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout, * The attributes should be in attribute/column order, as in * gtk_cell_layout_add_attribute(). All existing attributes are * removed, and replaced with the new attributes. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout, @@ -478,8 +470,6 @@ gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout, * @attribute is the parameter on @cell to be set from the value. So for * example if column 2 of the model contains strings, you could have the * “text” attribute of a #GtkCellRendererText get its values from column 2. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_cell_layout_add_attribute (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout, @@ -510,8 +500,6 @@ gtk_cell_layout_add_attribute (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout, * cell renderer(s) as appropriate. * * @func may be %NULL to remove a previously set function. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_cell_layout_set_cell_data_func (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout, @@ -534,8 +522,6 @@ gtk_cell_layout_set_cell_data_func (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout, * * Clears all existing attributes previously set with * gtk_cell_layout_set_attributes(). - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_cell_layout_clear_attributes (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout, @@ -557,8 +543,6 @@ gtk_cell_layout_clear_attributes (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout, * * Note that @cell has already to be packed into @cell_layout * for this to function properly. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_cell_layout_reorder (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout, @@ -581,8 +565,6 @@ gtk_cell_layout_reorder (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout, * a list of cell renderers. The list, but not the renderers has * been newly allocated and should be freed with g_list_free() * when no longer needed. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ GList * gtk_cell_layout_get_cells (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout) @@ -602,8 +584,6 @@ gtk_cell_layout_get_cells (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout) * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the cell area used by @cell_layout, * or %NULL in case no cell area is used. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkCellArea * gtk_cell_layout_get_area (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout) diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c b/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c index 93ba4264f1..be3e4caf20 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c @@ -220,8 +220,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_class_init (GtkCellRendererClass *class) * editing when the user presses Escape. * * See also: gtk_cell_renderer_stop_editing(). - * - * Since: 2.4 */ cell_renderer_signals[EDITING_CANCELED] = g_signal_new (I_("editing-canceled"), @@ -264,8 +262,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_class_init (GtkCellRendererClass *class) * } * } * ]| - * - * Since: 2.6 */ cell_renderer_signals[EDITING_STARTED] = g_signal_new (I_("editing-started"), @@ -391,8 +387,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_class_init (GtkCellRendererClass *class) * GtkCellRenderer:cell-background-rgba: * * Cell background as a #GdkRGBA - * - * Since: 3.0 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_CELL_BACKGROUND_RGBA, @@ -685,8 +679,6 @@ set_cell_bg_color (GtkCellRenderer *cell, * blank space around the cell, and also the area containing the tree expander; * so the @background_area rectangles for all cells tile to cover the entire * @window. - * - * Since: 3.90 **/ void gtk_cell_renderer_snapshot (GtkCellRenderer *cell, @@ -922,8 +914,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_fixed_size (GtkCellRenderer *cell, * @yalign: the y alignment of the cell renderer * * Sets the renderer’s alignment within its available space. - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ void gtk_cell_renderer_set_alignment (GtkCellRenderer *cell, @@ -965,8 +955,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_set_alignment (GtkCellRenderer *cell, * @yalign: (out) (allow-none): location to fill in with the y alignment of the cell, or %NULL * * Fills in @xalign and @yalign with the appropriate values of @cell. - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ void gtk_cell_renderer_get_alignment (GtkCellRenderer *cell, @@ -992,8 +980,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_alignment (GtkCellRenderer *cell, * @ypad: the y padding of the cell renderer * * Sets the renderer’s padding. - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ void gtk_cell_renderer_set_padding (GtkCellRenderer *cell, @@ -1034,8 +1020,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_set_padding (GtkCellRenderer *cell, * @ypad: (out) (allow-none): location to fill in with the y padding of the cell, or %NULL * * Fills in @xpad and @ypad with the appropriate values of @cell. - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ void gtk_cell_renderer_get_padding (GtkCellRenderer *cell, @@ -1060,8 +1044,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_padding (GtkCellRenderer *cell, * @visible: the visibility of the cell * * Sets the cell renderer’s visibility. - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ void gtk_cell_renderer_set_visible (GtkCellRenderer *cell, @@ -1087,8 +1069,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_set_visible (GtkCellRenderer *cell, * Returns the cell renderer’s visibility. * * Returns: %TRUE if the cell renderer is visible - * - * Since: 2.18 */ gboolean gtk_cell_renderer_get_visible (GtkCellRenderer *cell) @@ -1104,8 +1084,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_visible (GtkCellRenderer *cell) * @sensitive: the sensitivity of the cell * * Sets the cell renderer’s sensitivity. - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ void gtk_cell_renderer_set_sensitive (GtkCellRenderer *cell, @@ -1131,8 +1109,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_set_sensitive (GtkCellRenderer *cell, * Returns the cell renderer’s sensitivity. * * Returns: %TRUE if the cell renderer is sensitive - * - * Since: 2.18 */ gboolean gtk_cell_renderer_get_sensitive (GtkCellRenderer *cell) @@ -1150,8 +1126,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_sensitive (GtkCellRenderer *cell) * Checks whether the cell renderer can do something when activated. * * Returns: %TRUE if the cell renderer can do anything when activated - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gboolean gtk_cell_renderer_is_activatable (GtkCellRenderer *cell) @@ -1180,8 +1154,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_is_activatable (GtkCellRenderer *cell) * This function should be called by cell renderer implementations * in response to the #GtkCellEditable::editing-done signal of * #GtkCellEditable. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_cell_renderer_stop_editing (GtkCellRenderer *cell, @@ -1395,8 +1367,6 @@ _gtk_cell_renderer_calc_offset (GtkCellRenderer *cell, * or a width-for-height layout. * * Returns: The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by this renderer. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkSizeRequestMode gtk_cell_renderer_get_request_mode (GtkCellRenderer *cell) @@ -1414,8 +1384,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_request_mode (GtkCellRenderer *cell) * @natural_size: (out) (allow-none): location to store the natural size, or %NULL * * Retreives a renderer’s natural size when rendered to @widget. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_width (GtkCellRenderer *cell, @@ -1462,8 +1430,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_width (GtkCellRenderer *cell, * @natural_size: (out) (allow-none): location to store the natural size, or %NULL * * Retreives a renderer’s natural size when rendered to @widget. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_height (GtkCellRenderer *cell, @@ -1512,8 +1478,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_height (GtkCellRenderer *cell, * * Retreives a cell renderers’s minimum and natural width if it were rendered to * @widget with the specified @height. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkCellRenderer *cell, @@ -1562,8 +1526,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkCellRenderer *cell, * * Retreives a cell renderers’s minimum and natural height if it were rendered to * @widget with the specified @width. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_height_for_width (GtkCellRenderer *cell, @@ -1611,8 +1573,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_height_for_width (GtkCellRenderer *cell, * * Retrieves the minimum and natural size of a cell taking * into account the widget’s preference for height-for-width management. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_size (GtkCellRenderer *cell, @@ -1674,8 +1634,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_preferred_size (GtkCellRenderer *cell, * * Gets the aligned area used by @cell inside @cell_area. Used for finding * the appropriate edit and focus rectangle. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_renderer_get_aligned_area (GtkCellRenderer *cell, @@ -1711,8 +1669,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_get_aligned_area (GtkCellRenderer *cell, * the given #GtkCellRendererState. * * Returns: the widget state flags applying to @cell - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ GtkStateFlags gtk_cell_renderer_get_state (GtkCellRenderer *cell, diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.h b/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.h index 59d7a03f7a..2b297e1c59 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.h +++ b/gtk/gtkcellrenderer.h @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ void gtk_cell_renderer_get_aligned_area (GtkCellRend GtkCellRendererState flags, const GdkRectangle *cell_area, GdkRectangle *aligned_area); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_cell_renderer_snapshot (GtkCellRenderer *cell, GtkSnapshot *snapshot, GtkWidget *widget, diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c b/gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c index 5e8da11a76..5c6784588d 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c @@ -131,8 +131,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_accel_class_init (GtkCellRendererAccelClass *cell_accel_class) * GtkCellRendererAccel:accel-key: * * The keyval of the accelerator. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_ACCEL_KEY, @@ -148,8 +146,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_accel_class_init (GtkCellRendererAccelClass *cell_accel_class) * GtkCellRendererAccel:accel-mods: * * The modifier mask of the accelerator. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_ACCEL_MODS, @@ -166,8 +162,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_accel_class_init (GtkCellRendererAccelClass *cell_accel_class) * The hardware keycode of the accelerator. Note that the hardware keycode is * only relevant if the key does not have a keyval. Normally, the keyboard * configuration should assign keyvals to all keys. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_KEYCODE, @@ -186,8 +180,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_accel_class_init (GtkCellRendererAccelClass *cell_accel_class) * they are, consumed modifiers are suppressed, only accelerators * accepted by GTK+ are allowed, and the accelerators are rendered * in the same way as they are in menus. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_ACCEL_MODE, @@ -207,8 +199,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_accel_class_init (GtkCellRendererAccelClass *cell_accel_class) * @hardware_keycode: the keycode of the new accelerator * * Gets emitted when the user has selected a new accelerator. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ signals[ACCEL_EDITED] = g_signal_new (I_("accel-edited"), GTK_TYPE_CELL_RENDERER_ACCEL, @@ -228,8 +218,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_accel_class_init (GtkCellRendererAccelClass *cell_accel_class) * @path_string: the path identifying the row of the edited cell * * Gets emitted when the user has removed the accelerator. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ signals[ACCEL_CLEARED] = g_signal_new (I_("accel-cleared"), GTK_TYPE_CELL_RENDERER_ACCEL, @@ -248,8 +236,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_accel_class_init (GtkCellRendererAccelClass *cell_accel_class) * Creates a new #GtkCellRendererAccel. * * Returns: the new cell renderer - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkCellRenderer * gtk_cell_renderer_accel_new (void) diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c b/gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c index da49c771cb..b07f5cfdda 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c @@ -117,8 +117,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_combo_class_init (GtkCellRendererComboClass *klass) * * Holds a tree model containing the possible values for the combo box. * Use the text_column property to specify the column holding the values. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_MODEL, @@ -140,8 +138,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_combo_class_init (GtkCellRendererComboClass *klass) * * #GtkCellRendererCombo automatically adds a text cell renderer for * this column to its combo box. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_TEXT_COLUMN, @@ -158,8 +154,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_combo_class_init (GtkCellRendererComboClass *klass) * * If %TRUE, the cell renderer will include an entry and allow to enter * values other than the ones in the popup list. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_HAS_ENTRY, @@ -189,8 +183,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_combo_class_init (GtkCellRendererComboClass *klass) * the tree view will immediately cease the editing operating. This * means that you most probably want to refrain from changing the model * until the combo cell renderer emits the edited or editing_canceled signal. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ cell_renderer_combo_signals[CHANGED] = g_signal_new (I_("changed"), @@ -230,8 +222,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_combo_init (GtkCellRendererCombo *self) * a different string in each row of the #GtkTreeView. * * Returns: the new cell renderer - * - * Since: 2.6 */ GtkCellRenderer * gtk_cell_renderer_combo_new (void) diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c b/gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c index b438ddc5c3..7fee20be91 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c @@ -160,8 +160,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_class_init (GtkCellRendererPixbufClass *class) GTK_PARAM_READWRITE)); /** * GtkCellRendererPixbuf:surface: - * - * Since: 3.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_SURFACE, @@ -173,8 +171,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_class_init (GtkCellRendererPixbufClass *class) /** * GtkCellRendererPixbuf:texture: - * - * Since: 3.94 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_TEXTURE, @@ -188,8 +184,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_class_init (GtkCellRendererPixbufClass *class) * GtkCellRendererPixbuf:icon-size: * * The #GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon. - * - * Since: 3.94 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_ICON_SIZE, @@ -205,8 +199,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_class_init (GtkCellRendererPixbufClass *class) * * The name of the themed icon to display. * This property only has an effect if not overridden by the "pixbuf" property. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_ICON_NAME, @@ -222,8 +214,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_pixbuf_class_init (GtkCellRendererPixbufClass *class) * The GIcon representing the icon to display. * If the icon theme is changed, the image will be updated * automatically. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_GICON, diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c b/gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c index 56ca8e427b..ebacb72c6a 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c @@ -129,8 +129,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_progress_class_init (GtkCellRendererProgressClass *klass) * * The "value" property determines the percentage to which the * progress bar will be "filled in". - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_VALUE, @@ -147,8 +145,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_progress_class_init (GtkCellRendererProgressClass *klass) * over the progress bar. Setting this property to %NULL causes the default * label to be displayed. Setting this property to an empty string causes * no label to be displayed. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_TEXT, @@ -171,8 +167,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_progress_class_init (GtkCellRendererProgressClass *klass) * * To indicate that the activity has not started yet, set the property * to zero. To indicate completion, set the property to %G_MAXINT. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_PULSE, @@ -188,8 +182,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_progress_class_init (GtkCellRendererProgressClass *klass) * The "text-xalign" property controls the horizontal alignment of the * text in the progress bar. Valid values range from 0 (left) to 1 * (right). Reserved for RTL layouts. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_TEXT_XALIGN, @@ -205,8 +197,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_progress_class_init (GtkCellRendererProgressClass *klass) * The "text-yalign" property controls the vertical alignment of the * text in the progress bar. Valid values range from 0 (top) to 1 * (bottom). - * - * Since: 2.12 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_TEXT_YALIGN, @@ -259,8 +249,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_progress_init (GtkCellRendererProgress *cellprogress) * Creates a new #GtkCellRendererProgress. * * Returns: the new cell renderer - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ GtkCellRenderer* gtk_cell_renderer_progress_new (void) diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c b/gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c index feb7a7869b..f56bfe0807 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c @@ -105,8 +105,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_spin_class_init (GtkCellRendererSpinClass *klass) * * The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton. * This must be non-%NULL for the cell renderer to be editable. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_ADJUSTMENT, @@ -121,8 +119,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_spin_class_init (GtkCellRendererSpinClass *klass) * GtkCellRendererSpin:climb-rate: * * The acceleration rate when you hold down a button. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_CLIMB_RATE, @@ -135,8 +131,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_spin_class_init (GtkCellRendererSpinClass *klass) * GtkCellRendererSpin:digits: * * The number of decimal places to display. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_DIGITS, @@ -362,8 +356,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_spin_start_editing (GtkCellRenderer *cell, * Creates a new #GtkCellRendererSpin. * * Returns: a new #GtkCellRendererSpin - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkCellRenderer * gtk_cell_renderer_spin_new (void) diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c b/gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c index de5c79df4c..d14cdd2591 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c @@ -112,8 +112,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_spinner_class_init (GtkCellRendererSpinnerClass *klass) /* GtkCellRendererSpinner:active: * * Whether the spinner is active (ie. shown) in the cell - * - * Since: 2.20 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_ACTIVE, @@ -131,8 +129,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_spinner_class_init (GtkCellRendererSpinnerClass *klass) * * By default, the #GtkSpinner widget draws one full cycle of the animation, * consisting of 12 frames, in 750 milliseconds. - * - * Since: 2.20 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_PULSE, @@ -146,8 +142,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_spinner_class_init (GtkCellRendererSpinnerClass *klass) * GtkCellRendererSpinner:size: * * The #GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner. - * - * Since: 2.20 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_SIZE, @@ -174,8 +168,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_spinner_init (GtkCellRendererSpinner *cell) * activity. * * Returns: a new #GtkCellRenderer - * - * Since: 2.20 */ GtkCellRenderer * gtk_cell_renderer_spinner_new (void) diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c b/gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c index 5838d9412e..516bec90e7 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c @@ -287,8 +287,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init (GtkCellRendererTextClass *class) * GtkCellRendererText:background-rgba: * * Background color as a #GdkRGBA - * - * Since: 3.0 */ text_cell_renderer_props[PROP_BACKGROUND_RGBA] = g_param_spec_boxed ("background-rgba", @@ -307,8 +305,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init (GtkCellRendererTextClass *class) * GtkCellRendererText:foreground-rgba: * * Foreground color as a #GdkRGBA - * - * Since: 3.0 */ text_cell_renderer_props[PROP_FOREGROUND_RGBA] = g_param_spec_boxed ("foreground-rgba", @@ -442,8 +438,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init (GtkCellRendererTextClass *class) * does not have enough room to display the entire string. Setting it to * %PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_NONE turns off ellipsizing. See the wrap-width property * for another way of making the text fit into a given width. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ text_cell_renderer_props[PROP_ELLIPSIZE] = g_param_spec_enum ("ellipsize", @@ -461,8 +455,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init (GtkCellRendererTextClass *class) * The desired width of the cell, in characters. If this property is set to * -1, the width will be calculated automatically, otherwise the cell will * request either 3 characters or the property value, whichever is greater. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ text_cell_renderer_props[PROP_WIDTH_CHARS] = g_param_spec_int ("width-chars", @@ -483,8 +475,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init (GtkCellRendererTextClass *class) * cell should not receive any greater allocation unless it is * set to expand in its #GtkCellLayout and all of the cell's siblings * have received their natural width. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ text_cell_renderer_props[PROP_MAX_WIDTH_CHARS] = g_param_spec_int ("max-width-chars", @@ -500,8 +490,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init (GtkCellRendererTextClass *class) * Specifies how to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell * renderer does not have enough room to display the entire string. * This property has no effect unless the wrap-width property is set. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ text_cell_renderer_props[PROP_WRAP_MODE] = g_param_spec_enum ("wrap-mode", @@ -519,8 +507,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init (GtkCellRendererTextClass *class) * Specifies the minimum width at which the text is wrapped. The wrap-mode property can * be used to influence at what character positions the line breaks can be placed. * Setting wrap-width to -1 turns wrapping off. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ text_cell_renderer_props[PROP_WRAP_WIDTH] = g_param_spec_int ("wrap-width", @@ -538,8 +524,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_text_class_init (GtkCellRendererTextClass *class) * Note that this property describes how to align the lines of text in * case there are several of them. The "xalign" property of #GtkCellRenderer, * on the other hand, sets the horizontal alignment of the whole text. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ text_cell_renderer_props[PROP_ALIGN] = g_param_spec_enum ("alignment", diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c b/gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c index c88a8ac55a..27423007fb 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c @@ -575,8 +575,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_active (GtkCellRendererToggle *toggle, * gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_activatable(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the cell renderer is activatable. - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ gboolean gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_activatable (GtkCellRendererToggle *toggle) @@ -592,8 +590,6 @@ gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_get_activatable (GtkCellRendererToggle *toggle) * @setting: the value to set. * * Makes the cell renderer activatable. - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ void gtk_cell_renderer_toggle_set_activatable (GtkCellRendererToggle *toggle, diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellview.c b/gtk/gtkcellview.c index 10b2c6df06..e29eee4164 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcellview.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcellview.c @@ -803,8 +803,6 @@ row_changed_cb (GtkTreeModel *model, * Creates a new #GtkCellView widget. * * Returns: A newly created #GtkCellView widget. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ GtkWidget * gtk_cell_view_new (void) @@ -831,8 +829,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_new (void) * possible. * * Returns: A newly created #GtkCellView widget. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ GtkWidget * gtk_cell_view_new_with_context (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -855,8 +851,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_new_with_context (GtkCellArea *area, * to it, and makes it show @text. * * Returns: A newly created #GtkCellView widget. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ GtkWidget * gtk_cell_view_new_with_text (const gchar *text) @@ -888,8 +882,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_new_with_text (const gchar *text) * marked up with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat]. * * Returns: A newly created #GtkCellView widget. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ GtkWidget * gtk_cell_view_new_with_markup (const gchar *markup) @@ -920,8 +912,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_new_with_markup (const gchar *markup) * to it, and makes it show @texture. * * Returns: A newly created #GtkCellView widget. - * - * Since: 3.94 */ GtkWidget * gtk_cell_view_new_with_texture (GdkTexture *texture) @@ -953,8 +943,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_new_with_texture (GdkTexture *texture) * * Sets a property of a cell renderer of @cell_view, and * makes sure the display of @cell_view is updated. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ static void gtk_cell_view_set_value (GtkCellView *cell_view, @@ -977,8 +965,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_set_value (GtkCellView *cell_view, * Sets the model for @cell_view. If @cell_view already has a model * set, it will remove it before setting the new model. If @model is * %NULL, then it will unset the old model. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_cell_view_set_model (GtkCellView *cell_view, @@ -1020,8 +1006,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_set_model (GtkCellView *cell_view, * returned. * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GtkTreeModel used or %NULL - * - * Since: 2.16 **/ GtkTreeModel * gtk_cell_view_get_model (GtkCellView *cell_view) @@ -1042,8 +1026,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_get_model (GtkCellView *cell_view) * this is not normally a desired result, but may be * a needed intermediate state if say, the model for * the #GtkCellView becomes temporarily empty. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_cell_view_set_displayed_row (GtkCellView *cell_view, @@ -1077,8 +1059,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_set_displayed_row (GtkCellView *cell_view, * %NULL is returned. * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): the currently displayed row or %NULL - * - * Since: 2.6 */ GtkTreePath * gtk_cell_view_get_displayed_row (GtkCellView *cell_view) @@ -1100,8 +1080,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_get_displayed_row (GtkCellView *cell_view) * * Returns: whether @cell_view draws all of its * cells in a sensitive state - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gboolean gtk_cell_view_get_draw_sensitive (GtkCellView *cell_view) @@ -1124,8 +1102,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_get_draw_sensitive (GtkCellView *cell_view) * cells in a sensitive state, this is used by #GtkComboBox menus * to ensure that rows with insensitive cells that contain * children appear sensitive in the parent menu item. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_view_set_draw_sensitive (GtkCellView *cell_view, @@ -1154,8 +1130,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_set_draw_sensitive (GtkCellView *cell_view, * * Returns: whether @cell_view requests space to fit * the entire #GtkTreeModel. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gboolean gtk_cell_view_get_fit_model (GtkCellView *cell_view) @@ -1179,8 +1153,6 @@ gtk_cell_view_get_fit_model (GtkCellView *cell_view) * This is used by #GtkComboBox to ensure that the cell view displayed on * the combo box’s button always gets enough space and does not resize * when selection changes. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_cell_view_set_fit_model (GtkCellView *cell_view, diff --git a/gtk/gtkcellview.h b/gtk/gtkcellview.h index 8a0efb2c33..2514c77f96 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcellview.h +++ b/gtk/gtkcellview.h @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget *gtk_cell_view_new_with_text (const gchar *text); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget *gtk_cell_view_new_with_markup (const gchar *markup); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget *gtk_cell_view_new_with_texture (GdkTexture *texture); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_cell_view_set_model (GtkCellView *cell_view, diff --git a/gtk/gtkcenterbox.c b/gtk/gtkcenterbox.c index bfa206141c..f7b4382749 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcenterbox.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcenterbox.c @@ -740,8 +740,6 @@ gtk_center_box_init (GtkCenterBox *self) * Creates a new #GtkCenterBox. * * Returns: the new #GtkCenterBox. - * - * Since: 3.92 */ GtkWidget * gtk_center_box_new (void) @@ -755,8 +753,6 @@ gtk_center_box_new (void) * @child: (nullable): the new start widget, or %NULL * * Sets the start widget. To remove the existing start widget, pass %NULL. - * - * Since: 3.92 */ void gtk_center_box_set_start_widget (GtkCenterBox *self, @@ -778,8 +774,6 @@ gtk_center_box_set_start_widget (GtkCenterBox *self, * @child: (nullable): the new center widget, or %NULL * * Sets the center widget. To remove the existing center widget, pas %NULL. - * - * Since: 3.92 */ void gtk_center_box_set_center_widget (GtkCenterBox *self, @@ -801,8 +795,6 @@ gtk_center_box_set_center_widget (GtkCenterBox *self, * @child: (nullable): the new end widget, or %NULL * * Sets the end widget. To remove the existing end widget, pass %NULL. - * - * Since: 3.92 */ void gtk_center_box_set_end_widget (GtkCenterBox *self, @@ -825,8 +817,6 @@ gtk_center_box_set_end_widget (GtkCenterBox *self, * Gets the start widget, or %NULL if there is none. * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the start widget. - * - * Since: 3.92 */ GtkWidget * gtk_center_box_get_start_widget (GtkCenterBox *self) @@ -841,8 +831,6 @@ gtk_center_box_get_start_widget (GtkCenterBox *self) * Gets the center widget, or %NULL if there is none. * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the center widget. - * - * Since: 3.92 */ GtkWidget * gtk_center_box_get_center_widget (GtkCenterBox *self) @@ -857,8 +845,6 @@ gtk_center_box_get_center_widget (GtkCenterBox *self) * Gets the end widget, or %NULL if there is none. * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the end widget. - * - * Since: 3.92 */ GtkWidget * gtk_center_box_get_end_widget (GtkCenterBox *self) @@ -878,8 +864,6 @@ gtk_center_box_get_end_widget (GtkCenterBox *self) * requested, and the baseline is not allocated by the parent then * @position is used to allocate the baseline wrt. the extra space * available. - * - * Since: 3.92 */ void gtk_center_box_set_baseline_position (GtkCenterBox *self, @@ -902,8 +886,6 @@ gtk_center_box_set_baseline_position (GtkCenterBox *self, * Gets the value set by gtk_center_box_set_baseline_position(). * * Returns: the baseline position - * - * Since: 3.92 */ GtkBaselinePosition gtk_center_box_get_baseline_position (GtkCenterBox *self) diff --git a/gtk/gtkcenterbox.h b/gtk/gtkcenterbox.h index bfd68f80e9..c1996a35f4 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcenterbox.h +++ b/gtk/gtkcenterbox.h @@ -40,32 +40,32 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS typedef struct _GtkCenterBox GtkCenterBox; typedef struct _GtkCenterBoxClass GtkCenterBoxClass; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_center_box_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget *gtk_center_box_new (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_center_box_set_start_widget (GtkCenterBox *self, GtkWidget *child); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_center_box_set_center_widget (GtkCenterBox *self, GtkWidget *child); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_center_box_set_end_widget (GtkCenterBox *self, GtkWidget *child); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_center_box_get_start_widget (GtkCenterBox *self); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_center_box_get_center_widget (GtkCenterBox *self); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_center_box_get_end_widget (GtkCenterBox *self); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_center_box_set_baseline_position (GtkCenterBox *self, GtkBaselinePosition position); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkBaselinePosition gtk_center_box_get_baseline_position (GtkCenterBox *self); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkcheckbutton.h b/gtk/gtkcheckbutton.h index 2c3f54b8b6..b1e46820de 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcheckbutton.h +++ b/gtk/gtkcheckbutton.h @@ -71,15 +71,15 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_check_button_new_with_label (const gchar *label); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_check_button_new_with_mnemonic (const gchar *label); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_check_button_set_draw_indicator (GtkCheckButton *check_button, gboolean draw_indicator); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_check_button_get_draw_indicator (GtkCheckButton *check_button); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_check_button_set_inconsistent (GtkCheckButton *check_button, gboolean inconsistent); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_check_button_get_inconsistent (GtkCheckButton *check_button); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c b/gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c index e14687bb59..f941ac7ca5 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcheckmenuitem.c @@ -421,8 +421,6 @@ gtk_check_menu_item_get_inconsistent (GtkCheckMenuItem *check_menu_item) * @draw_as_radio: whether @check_menu_item is drawn like a #GtkRadioMenuItem * * Sets whether @check_menu_item is drawn like a #GtkRadioMenuItem - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_check_menu_item_set_draw_as_radio (GtkCheckMenuItem *check_menu_item, @@ -459,8 +457,6 @@ gtk_check_menu_item_set_draw_as_radio (GtkCheckMenuItem *check_menu_item, * Returns whether @check_menu_item looks like a #GtkRadioMenuItem * * Returns: Whether @check_menu_item looks like a #GtkRadioMenuItem - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_check_menu_item_get_draw_as_radio (GtkCheckMenuItem *check_menu_item) diff --git a/gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c b/gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c index fe8e95aadd..be3d40fee5 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c @@ -201,8 +201,6 @@ gtk_color_button_class_init (GtkColorButtonClass *klass) * If this property is set to %TRUE, the color swatch on the button is * rendered against a checkerboard background to show its opacity and * the opacity slider is displayed in the color selection dialog. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_USE_ALPHA, @@ -215,8 +213,6 @@ gtk_color_button_class_init (GtkColorButtonClass *klass) * GtkColorButton:title: * * The title of the color selection dialog - * - * Since: 2.4 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_TITLE, @@ -230,8 +226,6 @@ gtk_color_button_class_init (GtkColorButtonClass *klass) * GtkColorButton:rgba: * * The RGBA color. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_RGBA, @@ -253,8 +247,6 @@ gtk_color_button_class_init (GtkColorButtonClass *klass) * Note that this signal is only emitted when the user * changes the color. If you need to react to programmatic color changes * as well, use the notify::color signal. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ color_button_signals[COLOR_SET] = g_signal_new (I_("color-set"), G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class), @@ -273,8 +265,6 @@ gtk_color_button_class_init (GtkColorButtonClass *klass) * This property should be used in cases where the palette * in the editor would be redundant, such as when the color * button is already part of a palette. - * - * Since: 3.20 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_SHOW_EDITOR, @@ -464,8 +454,6 @@ gtk_color_button_finalize (GObject *object) * color when the user finishes. * * Returns: a new color button - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GtkWidget * gtk_color_button_new (void) @@ -480,8 +468,6 @@ gtk_color_button_new (void) * Creates a new color button. * * Returns: a new color button - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkWidget * gtk_color_button_new_with_rgba (const GdkRGBA *rgba) @@ -628,8 +614,6 @@ set_use_alpha (GtkColorButton *button, * @title: String containing new window title * * Sets the title for the color selection dialog. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_color_button_set_title (GtkColorButton *button, @@ -657,8 +641,6 @@ gtk_color_button_set_title (GtkColorButton *button, * Gets the title of the color selection dialog. * * Returns: An internal string, do not free the return value - * - * Since: 2.4 */ const gchar * gtk_color_button_get_title (GtkColorButton *button) diff --git a/gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c b/gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c index f68c13f353..eb63aac76c 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c @@ -36,8 +36,6 @@ * * In GTK+, the main widgets that implement this interface are * #GtkColorChooserWidget, #GtkColorChooserDialog and #GtkColorButton. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ enum @@ -59,8 +57,6 @@ gtk_color_chooser_default_init (GtkColorChooserInterface *iface) * The ::rgba property contains the currently selected color, * as a #GdkRGBA struct. The property can be set to change * the current selection programmatically. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ g_object_interface_install_property (iface, g_param_spec_boxed ("rgba", @@ -79,8 +75,6 @@ gtk_color_chooser_default_init (GtkColorChooserInterface *iface) * * Implementations are expected to show alpha by rendering the color * over a non-uniform background (like a checkerboard pattern). - * - * Since: 3.4 */ g_object_interface_install_property (iface, g_param_spec_boolean ("use-alpha", @@ -98,8 +92,6 @@ gtk_color_chooser_default_init (GtkColorChooserInterface *iface) * This usually happens when the user clicks a color swatch, * or a color is selected and the user presses one of the keys * Space, Shift+Space, Return or Enter. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ signals[COLOR_ACTIVATED] = g_signal_new (I_("color-activated"), @@ -125,8 +117,6 @@ _gtk_color_chooser_color_activated (GtkColorChooser *chooser, * @color: (out): a #GdkRGBA to fill in with the current color * * Gets the currently-selected color. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ void gtk_color_chooser_get_rgba (GtkColorChooser *chooser, @@ -143,8 +133,6 @@ gtk_color_chooser_get_rgba (GtkColorChooser *chooser, * @color: the new color * * Sets the color. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ void gtk_color_chooser_set_rgba (GtkColorChooser *chooser, @@ -164,8 +152,6 @@ gtk_color_chooser_set_rgba (GtkColorChooser *chooser, * * Returns: %TRUE if the color chooser uses the alpha channel, * %FALSE if not - * - * Since: 3.4 */ gboolean gtk_color_chooser_get_use_alpha (GtkColorChooser *chooser) @@ -185,8 +171,6 @@ gtk_color_chooser_get_use_alpha (GtkColorChooser *chooser) * @use_alpha: %TRUE if color chooser should use alpha channel, %FALSE if not * * Sets whether or not the color chooser should use the alpha channel. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ void gtk_color_chooser_set_use_alpha (GtkColorChooser *chooser, @@ -224,8 +208,6 @@ gtk_color_chooser_set_use_alpha (GtkColorChooser *chooser, * from the color chooser. * * If @colors is %NULL, removes all previously added palettes. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ void gtk_color_chooser_add_palette (GtkColorChooser *chooser, diff --git a/gtk/gtkcolorchooser.h b/gtk/gtkcolorchooser.h index 192189544f..fc9531784a 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcolorchooser.h +++ b/gtk/gtkcolorchooser.h @@ -59,23 +59,23 @@ struct _GtkColorChooserInterface gpointer padding[12]; }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_color_chooser_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_color_chooser_get_rgba (GtkColorChooser *chooser, GdkRGBA *color); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_color_chooser_set_rgba (GtkColorChooser *chooser, const GdkRGBA *color); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_color_chooser_get_use_alpha (GtkColorChooser *chooser); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_color_chooser_set_use_alpha (GtkColorChooser *chooser, gboolean use_alpha); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_color_chooser_add_palette (GtkColorChooser *chooser, GtkOrientation orientation, gint colors_per_line, diff --git a/gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c b/gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c index a06b7d1eb5..73c6aad57b 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c @@ -37,8 +37,6 @@ * * The #GtkColorChooserDialog widget is a dialog for choosing * a color. It implements the #GtkColorChooser interface. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ struct _GtkColorChooserDialogPrivate @@ -262,8 +260,6 @@ gtk_color_chooser_dialog_iface_init (GtkColorChooserInterface *iface) * Creates a new #GtkColorChooserDialog. * * Returns: a new #GtkColorChooserDialog - * - * Since: 3.4 */ GtkWidget * gtk_color_chooser_dialog_new (const gchar *title, diff --git a/gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.h b/gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.h index 7288beda47..7b86d15f60 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.h +++ b/gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.h @@ -56,10 +56,10 @@ struct _GtkColorChooserDialogClass void (*_gtk_reserved4) (void); }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_color_chooser_dialog_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_color_chooser_dialog_new (const gchar *title, GtkWindow *parent); diff --git a/gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c b/gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c index 25148021fd..93b8bbc4be 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c @@ -58,8 +58,6 @@ * # CSS names * * GtkColorChooserWidget has a single CSS node with name colorchooser. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ struct _GtkColorChooserWidgetPrivate @@ -690,8 +688,6 @@ gtk_color_chooser_widget_class_init (GtkColorChooserWidgetClass *class) * The ::show-editor property is %TRUE when the color chooser * is showing the single-color editor. It can be set to switch * the color chooser into single-color editing mode. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_SHOW_EDITOR, g_param_spec_boolean ("show-editor", P_("Show editor"), P_("Show editor"), @@ -826,8 +822,6 @@ gtk_color_chooser_widget_iface_init (GtkColorChooserInterface *iface) * Creates a new #GtkColorChooserWidget. * * Returns: a new #GtkColorChooserWidget - * - * Since: 3.4 */ GtkWidget * gtk_color_chooser_widget_new (void) diff --git a/gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.h b/gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.h index b47cdd0ad3..60f461681d 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.h +++ b/gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.h @@ -66,10 +66,10 @@ struct _GtkColorChooserWidgetClass void (*_gtk_reserved8) (void); }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_color_chooser_widget_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_color_chooser_widget_new (void); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkcolorutils.c b/gtk/gtkcolorutils.c index 94843bd44b..97954c5b16 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcolorutils.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcolorutils.c @@ -198,8 +198,6 @@ rgb_to_hsv (gdouble *r, * * Input values must be in the [0.0, 1.0] range; * output values will be in the same range. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ void gtk_hsv_to_rgb (gdouble h, gdouble s, gdouble v, @@ -234,8 +232,6 @@ gtk_hsv_to_rgb (gdouble h, gdouble s, gdouble v, * * Input values must be in the [0.0, 1.0] range; * output values will be in the same range. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ void gtk_rgb_to_hsv (gdouble r, gdouble g, gdouble b, diff --git a/gtk/gtkcombobox.c b/gtk/gtkcombobox.c index daf95a5a04..68776dde6c 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcombobox.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcombobox.c @@ -460,8 +460,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass) * call to gtk_combo_box_set_active_iter(). * It will also be emitted while typing into the entry of a combo box * with an entry. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ combo_box_signals[CHANGED] = g_signal_new (I_("changed"), @@ -479,8 +477,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass) * The ::move-active signal is a * [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal] * which gets emitted to move the active selection. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ combo_box_signals[MOVE_ACTIVE] = g_signal_new_class_handler (I_("move-active"), @@ -501,8 +497,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass) * which gets emitted to popup the combo box list. * * The default binding for this signal is Alt+Down. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ combo_box_signals[POPUP] = g_signal_new_class_handler (I_("popup"), @@ -521,8 +515,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass) * which gets emitted to popdown the combo box list. * * The default bindings for this signal are Alt+Up and Escape. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ combo_box_signals[POPDOWN] = g_signal_new_class_handler (I_("popdown"), @@ -573,8 +565,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass) * * Returns: (transfer full): a newly allocated string representing @path * for the current GtkComboBox model. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ combo_box_signals[FORMAT_ENTRY_TEXT] = g_signal_new (I_("format-entry-text"), @@ -648,8 +638,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass) * * The model from which the combo box takes the values shown * in the list. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_MODEL, @@ -664,8 +652,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass) * * If wrap-width is set to a positive value, items in the popup will be laid * out along multiple columns, starting a new row on reaching the wrap width. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_WRAP_WIDTH, @@ -685,8 +671,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass) * of type %G_TYPE_INT in the model. The value in that column for each item * will determine how many rows that item will span in the popup. Therefore, * values in this column must be greater than zero. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_ROW_SPAN_COLUMN, @@ -707,8 +691,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass) * will determine how many columns that item will span in the popup. * Therefore, values in this column must be greater than zero, and the sum of * an item’s column position + span should not exceed #GtkComboBox:wrap-width. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_COLUMN_SPAN_COLUMN, @@ -729,8 +711,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass) * this property has the value * `gtk_tree_path_get_indices (path)[0]`, * where `path` is the #GtkTreePath of the active item. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_ACTIVE, @@ -747,8 +727,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass) * * The has-frame property controls whether a frame * is drawn around the entry. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_HAS_FRAME, @@ -764,8 +742,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass) * Whether the combo boxes dropdown is popped up. * Note that this property is mainly useful, because * it allows you to connect to notify::popup-shown. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_POPUP_SHOWN, @@ -781,8 +757,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass) * * Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when * the model is empty. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_BUTTON_SENSITIVITY, @@ -797,8 +771,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass) * GtkComboBox:has-entry: * * Whether the combo box has an entry. - * - * Since: 2.24 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_HAS_ENTRY, @@ -813,8 +785,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass) * * The column in the combo box's model to associate with strings from the entry * if the combo was created with #GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE. - * - * Since: 2.24 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_ENTRY_TEXT_COLUMN, @@ -831,8 +801,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass) * * The column in the combo box's model that provides string * IDs for the values in the model, if != -1. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_ID_COLUMN, @@ -847,8 +815,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass) * GtkComboBox:active-id: * * The value of the ID column of the active row. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_ACTIVE_ID, @@ -864,8 +830,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_class_init (GtkComboBoxClass *klass) * * Whether the popup's width should be a fixed width matching the * allocated width of the combo box. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_POPUP_FIXED_WIDTH, @@ -1525,8 +1489,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_menu_popup (GtkComboBox *combo_box) * applications should have little use for it. * * Before calling this, @combo_box must be mapped, or nothing will happen. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_combo_box_popup (GtkComboBox *combo_box) @@ -1546,8 +1508,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_popup (GtkComboBox *combo_box) * with the device, as it was previously only used for list-mode ComboBoxes, * and those were removed in GTK+ 4. However, it is retained in case similar * functionality is added back later. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_combo_box_popup_for_device (GtkComboBox *combo_box, @@ -1598,8 +1558,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_real_popdown (GtkComboBox *combo_box) * * This function is mostly intended for use by accessibility technologies; * applications should have little use for it. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_combo_box_popdown (GtkComboBox *combo_box) @@ -2019,8 +1977,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_cell_layout_get_area (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout) * Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox. * * Returns: A new #GtkComboBox. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GtkWidget * gtk_combo_box_new (void) @@ -2034,8 +1990,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_new (void) * Creates a new empty #GtkComboBox with an entry. * * Returns: A new #GtkComboBox. - * - * Since: 2.24 */ GtkWidget * gtk_combo_box_new_with_entry (void) @@ -2050,8 +2004,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_new_with_entry (void) * Creates a new #GtkComboBox with the model initialized to @model. * * Returns: A new #GtkComboBox. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GtkWidget * gtk_combo_box_new_with_model (GtkTreeModel *model) @@ -2073,8 +2025,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_new_with_model (GtkTreeModel *model) * and with the model initialized to @model. * * Returns: A new #GtkComboBox - * - * Since: 2.24 */ GtkWidget * gtk_combo_box_new_with_model_and_entry (GtkTreeModel *model) @@ -2094,8 +2044,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_new_with_model_and_entry (GtkTreeModel *model) * is in table mode. * * Returns: the wrap width. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ gint gtk_combo_box_get_wrap_width (GtkComboBox *combo_box) @@ -2113,8 +2061,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_wrap_width (GtkComboBox *combo_box) * Sets the wrap width of @combo_box to be @width. The wrap width is basically * the preferred number of columns when you want the popup to be layed out * in a table. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_combo_box_set_wrap_width (GtkComboBox *combo_box, @@ -2142,8 +2088,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_wrap_width (GtkComboBox *combo_box, * Returns the column with row span information for @combo_box. * * Returns: the row span column. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ gint gtk_combo_box_get_row_span_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box) @@ -2161,8 +2105,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_row_span_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box) * Sets the column with row span information for @combo_box to be @row_span. * The row span column contains integers which indicate how many rows * an item should span. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_combo_box_set_row_span_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box, @@ -2193,8 +2135,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_row_span_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box, * Returns the column with column span information for @combo_box. * * Returns: the column span column. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ gint gtk_combo_box_get_column_span_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box) @@ -2212,8 +2152,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_column_span_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box) * Sets the column with column span information for @combo_box to be * @column_span. The column span column contains integers which indicate * how many columns an item should span. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_combo_box_set_column_span_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box, @@ -2249,8 +2187,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_column_span_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box, * * Returns: An integer which is the index of the currently active item, * or -1 if there’s no active item. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ gint gtk_combo_box_get_active (GtkComboBox *combo_box) @@ -2283,8 +2219,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_active (GtkComboBox *combo_box) * no active item * * Sets the active item of @combo_box to be the item at @index. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_combo_box_set_active (GtkComboBox *combo_box, @@ -2385,8 +2319,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_active_internal (GtkComboBox *combo_box, * Otherwise, @iter is left unchanged. * * Returns: %TRUE if @iter was set, %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 2.4 */ gboolean gtk_combo_box_get_active_iter (GtkComboBox *combo_box, @@ -2417,8 +2349,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_active_iter (GtkComboBox *combo_box, * * Sets the current active item to be the one referenced by @iter, or * unsets the active item if @iter is %NULL. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_combo_box_set_active_iter (GtkComboBox *combo_box, @@ -2446,8 +2376,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_active_iter (GtkComboBox *combo_box, * Note that this function does not clear the cell renderers, you have to * call gtk_cell_layout_clear() yourself if you need to set up different * cell renderers for the new model. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_combo_box_set_model (GtkComboBox *combo_box, @@ -2512,8 +2440,6 @@ out: * * Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkTreeModel which was passed * during construction. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GtkTreeModel * gtk_combo_box_get_model (GtkComboBox *combo_box) @@ -2886,8 +2812,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_start_editing (GtkCellEditable *cell_editable, * * Specifies whether the popup’s width should be a fixed width * matching the allocated width of the combo box. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_combo_box_set_popup_fixed_width (GtkComboBox *combo_box, @@ -2915,8 +2839,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_popup_fixed_width (GtkComboBox *combo_box, * the allocated width of the combo box. * * Returns: %TRUE if the popup uses a fixed width - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ gboolean gtk_combo_box_get_popup_fixed_width (GtkComboBox *combo_box) @@ -2938,8 +2860,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_popup_fixed_width (GtkComboBox *combo_box) * * Returns: (transfer none): the accessible object corresponding * to the combo box’s popup. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ AtkObject* gtk_combo_box_get_popup_accessible (GtkComboBox *combo_box) @@ -2956,8 +2876,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_popup_accessible (GtkComboBox *combo_box) * Returns the current row separator function. * * Returns: the current row separator function. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc gtk_combo_box_get_row_separator_func (GtkComboBox *combo_box) @@ -2977,8 +2895,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_row_separator_func (GtkComboBox *combo_box) * Sets the row separator function, which is used to determine * whether a row should be drawn as a separator. If the row separator * function is %NULL, no separators are drawn. This is the default value. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_combo_box_set_row_separator_func (GtkComboBox *combo_box, @@ -3014,8 +2930,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_row_separator_func (GtkComboBox *combo_box, * Sets whether the dropdown button of the combo box should be * always sensitive (%GTK_SENSITIVITY_ON), never sensitive (%GTK_SENSITIVITY_OFF) * or only if there is at least one item to display (%GTK_SENSITIVITY_AUTO). - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ void gtk_combo_box_set_button_sensitivity (GtkComboBox *combo_box, @@ -3048,8 +2962,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_button_sensitivity (GtkComboBox *combo_box, * if the button is always insensitive or * %GTK_SENSITIVITY_AUTO if it is only sensitive as long as * the model has one item to be selected. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ GtkSensitivityType gtk_combo_box_get_button_sensitivity (GtkComboBox *combo_box) @@ -3067,8 +2979,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_button_sensitivity (GtkComboBox *combo_box) * Returns whether the combo box has an entry. * * Returns: whether there is an entry in @combo_box. - * - * Since: 2.24 **/ gboolean gtk_combo_box_get_has_entry (GtkComboBox *combo_box) @@ -3090,8 +3000,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_has_entry (GtkComboBox *combo_box) * * This is only relevant if @combo_box has been created with * #GtkComboBox:has-entry as %TRUE. - * - * Since: 2.24 */ void gtk_combo_box_set_entry_text_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box, @@ -3130,8 +3038,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_entry_text_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box, * from to display in the internal entry. * * Returns: A column in the data source model of @combo_box. - * - * Since: 2.24 */ gint gtk_combo_box_get_entry_text_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box) @@ -3204,8 +3110,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable, * Sets the model column which @combo_box should use to get string IDs * for values from. The column @id_column in the model of @combo_box * must be of type %G_TYPE_STRING. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_combo_box_set_id_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box, @@ -3241,8 +3145,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_set_id_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box, * for values from. * * Returns: A column in the data source model of @combo_box. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gint gtk_combo_box_get_id_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box) @@ -3269,8 +3171,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_id_column (GtkComboBox *combo_box) * is returned. * * Returns: (nullable): the ID of the active row, or %NULL - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ const gchar * gtk_combo_box_get_active_id (GtkComboBox *combo_box) @@ -3320,8 +3220,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_get_active_id (GtkComboBox *combo_box) * Returns: %TRUE if a row with a matching ID was found. If a %NULL * @active_id was given to unset the active row, the function * always returns %TRUE. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ gboolean gtk_combo_box_set_active_id (GtkComboBox *combo_box, diff --git a/gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c b/gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c index f03ebbabc7..1993eb161d 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcomboboxtext.c @@ -335,8 +335,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable, * strings. * * Returns: A new #GtkComboBoxText - * - * Since: 2.24 */ GtkWidget * gtk_combo_box_text_new (void) @@ -352,8 +350,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_new (void) * strings. The combo box created by this function has an entry. * * Returns: a new #GtkComboBoxText - * - * Since: 2.24 */ GtkWidget * gtk_combo_box_text_new_with_entry (void) @@ -372,8 +368,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_new_with_entry (void) * * This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert_text() with a * position of -1. - * - * Since: 2.24 */ void gtk_combo_box_text_append_text (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box, @@ -391,8 +385,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_append_text (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box, * * This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert_text() with a * position of 0. - * - * Since: 2.24 */ void gtk_combo_box_text_prepend_text (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box, @@ -413,8 +405,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_prepend_text (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box, * * This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert() with a %NULL * ID string. - * - * Since: 2.24 */ void gtk_combo_box_text_insert_text (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box, @@ -435,8 +425,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_insert_text (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box, * * This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert() with a * position of -1. - * - * Since: 2.24 */ void gtk_combo_box_text_append (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box, @@ -457,8 +445,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_append (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box, * * This is the same as calling gtk_combo_box_text_insert() with a * position of 0. - * - * Since: 2.24 */ void gtk_combo_box_text_prepend (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box, @@ -481,8 +467,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_prepend (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box, * #GtkComboBox:id-column. * * If @position is negative then @text is appended. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_combo_box_text_insert (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box, @@ -537,8 +521,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_insert (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box, * @position: Index of the item to remove * * Removes the string at @position from @combo_box. - * - * Since: 2.24 */ void gtk_combo_box_text_remove (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box, @@ -564,8 +546,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_remove (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box, * @combo_box: A #GtkComboBoxText * * Removes all the text entries from the combo box. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_combo_box_text_remove_all (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box) @@ -589,8 +569,6 @@ gtk_combo_box_text_remove_all (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box) * * Returns: (transfer full): a newly allocated string containing the * currently active text. Must be freed with g_free(). - * - * Since: 2.24 */ gchar * gtk_combo_box_text_get_active_text (GtkComboBoxText *combo_box) diff --git a/gtk/gtkcontainer.c b/gtk/gtkcontainer.c index 8697492280..0ffc27b4d6 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcontainer.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcontainer.c @@ -853,8 +853,6 @@ gtk_container_child_type (GtkContainer *container) * This is an analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties. * * Also see gtk_widget_child_notify(). - * - * Since: 3.2 */ void gtk_container_child_notify (GtkContainer *container, @@ -912,8 +910,6 @@ gtk_container_child_notify (GtkContainer *container, * @pspec on the child. * * This is an analogue of g_object_notify_by_pspec() for child properties. - * - * Since: 3.18 */ void gtk_container_child_notify_by_pspec (GtkContainer *container, @@ -1354,8 +1350,6 @@ gtk_container_class_install_child_property (GtkContainerClass *cclass, * child properties * * Installs child properties on a container class. - * - * Since: 3.18 */ void gtk_container_class_install_child_properties (GtkContainerClass *cclass, diff --git a/gtk/gtkcontainer.h b/gtk/gtkcontainer.h index 6c99944f89..33b5f4fd3a 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcontainer.h +++ b/gtk/gtkcontainer.h @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_container_class_install_child_property (GtkContainerClass *cclass, guint property_id, GParamSpec *pspec); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_container_class_install_child_properties (GtkContainerClass *cclass, guint n_pspecs, GParamSpec **pspecs); @@ -209,12 +209,12 @@ void gtk_container_child_get_property (GtkContainer *container, const gchar *property_name, GValue *value); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_container_child_notify (GtkContainer *container, GtkWidget *child, const gchar *child_property); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_container_child_notify_by_pspec (GtkContainer *container, GtkWidget *child, GParamSpec *pspec); diff --git a/gtk/gtkcssprovider.c b/gtk/gtkcssprovider.c index d4d865b682..724ce21a79 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcssprovider.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcssprovider.c @@ -1550,8 +1550,6 @@ gtk_css_provider_load_from_path (GtkCssProvider *css_provider, * * To track errors while loading CSS, connect to the * #GtkCssProvider::parsing-error signal. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ void gtk_css_provider_load_from_resource (GtkCssProvider *css_provider, @@ -1948,8 +1946,6 @@ gtk_css_provider_print_keyframes (GHashTable *keyframes, * this @provider. * * Returns: a new string representing the @provider. - * - * Since: 3.2 **/ char * gtk_css_provider_to_string (GtkCssProvider *provider) diff --git a/gtk/gtkcssprovider.h b/gtk/gtkcssprovider.h index a77c418290..ed2b5b23ec 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcssprovider.h +++ b/gtk/gtkcssprovider.h @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ GType gtk_css_provider_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkCssProvider * gtk_css_provider_new (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL char * gtk_css_provider_to_string (GtkCssProvider *provider); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_css_provider_load_from_path (GtkCssProvider *css_provider, const gchar *path); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_css_provider_load_from_resource (GtkCssProvider *css_provider, const gchar *resource_path); diff --git a/gtk/gtkcsssection.c b/gtk/gtkcsssection.c index 40abdb3a54..b8e15f2c98 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcsssection.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcsssection.c @@ -97,8 +97,6 @@ _gtk_css_section_end (GtkCssSection *section) * Increments the reference count on @section. * * Returns: @section itself. - * - * Since: 3.2 **/ GtkCssSection * gtk_css_section_ref (GtkCssSection *section) @@ -116,8 +114,6 @@ gtk_css_section_ref (GtkCssSection *section) * * Decrements the reference count on @section, freeing the * structure if the reference count reaches 0. - * - * Since: 3.2 **/ void gtk_css_section_unref (GtkCssSection *section) @@ -143,8 +139,6 @@ gtk_css_section_unref (GtkCssSection *section) * Gets the type of information that @section describes. * * Returns: the type of @section - * - * Since: 3.2 **/ GtkCssSectionType gtk_css_section_get_section_type (const GtkCssSection *section) @@ -167,8 +161,6 @@ gtk_css_section_get_section_type (const GtkCssSection *section) * a different file. * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the parent section or %NULL if none - * - * Since: 3.2 **/ GtkCssSection * gtk_css_section_get_parent (const GtkCssSection *section) @@ -188,8 +180,6 @@ gtk_css_section_get_parent (const GtkCssSection *section) * * Returns: (transfer none): the #GFile that @section was parsed from * or %NULL if @section was parsed from other data - * - * Since: 3.2 **/ GFile * gtk_css_section_get_file (const GtkCssSection *section) @@ -208,8 +198,6 @@ gtk_css_section_get_file (const GtkCssSection *section) * will return 0. * * Returns: the line number - * - * Since: 3.2 **/ guint gtk_css_section_get_start_line (const GtkCssSection *section) @@ -227,8 +215,6 @@ gtk_css_section_get_start_line (const GtkCssSection *section) * returned via gtk_css_section_get_start_line(). * * Returns: the offset in bytes from the start of the line. - * - * Since: 3.2 **/ guint gtk_css_section_get_start_position (const GtkCssSection *section) @@ -253,8 +239,6 @@ gtk_css_section_get_start_position (const GtkCssSection *section) * successfully. * * Returns: the line number - * - * Since: 3.2 **/ guint gtk_css_section_get_end_line (const GtkCssSection *section) @@ -281,8 +265,6 @@ gtk_css_section_get_end_line (const GtkCssSection *section) * successfully. * * Returns: the offset in bytes from the start of the line. - * - * Since: 3.2 **/ guint gtk_css_section_get_end_position (const GtkCssSection *section) diff --git a/gtk/gtkcsssection.h b/gtk/gtkcsssection.h index be85862579..8553633fcd 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcsssection.h +++ b/gtk/gtkcsssection.h @@ -50,8 +50,6 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS * * More types might be added in the future as the parser incorporates * more features. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ typedef enum { @@ -72,32 +70,30 @@ typedef enum * Defines a part of a CSS document. Because sections are nested into * one another, you can use gtk_css_section_get_parent() to get the * containing region. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ typedef struct _GtkCssSection GtkCssSection; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_css_section_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkCssSection * gtk_css_section_ref (GtkCssSection *section); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_css_section_unref (GtkCssSection *section); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkCssSectionType gtk_css_section_get_section_type (const GtkCssSection *section); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkCssSection * gtk_css_section_get_parent (const GtkCssSection *section); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GFile * gtk_css_section_get_file (const GtkCssSection *section); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL guint gtk_css_section_get_start_line (const GtkCssSection *section); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL guint gtk_css_section_get_start_position (const GtkCssSection *section); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL guint gtk_css_section_get_end_line (const GtkCssSection *section); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL guint gtk_css_section_get_end_position (const GtkCssSection *section); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c b/gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c index ffbdfb24ef..5ee93e255e 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c +++ b/gtk/gtkcustompaperunixdialog.c @@ -392,8 +392,6 @@ gtk_custom_paper_unix_dialog_finalize (GObject *object) * Creates a new custom paper dialog. * * Returns: the new #GtkCustomPaperUnixDialog - * - * Since: 2.18 */ GtkWidget * _gtk_custom_paper_unix_dialog_new (GtkWindow *parent, diff --git a/gtk/gtkdialog.c b/gtk/gtkdialog.c index cc02eac18c..103ab7cf9e 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkdialog.c +++ b/gtk/gtkdialog.c @@ -576,8 +576,6 @@ gtk_dialog_class_init (GtkDialogClass *class) * * For technical reasons, this property is declared as an integer * property, but you should only set it to %TRUE or %FALSE. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_USE_HEADER_BAR, @@ -1250,8 +1248,6 @@ gtk_dialog_run (GtkDialog *dialog) * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the @widget button that uses the given * @response_id, or %NULL. - * - * Since: 2.20 */ GtkWidget* gtk_dialog_get_widget_for_response (GtkDialog *dialog, @@ -1294,8 +1290,6 @@ gtk_dialog_get_widget_for_response (GtkDialog *dialog, * * Returns: the response id of @widget, or %GTK_RESPONSE_NONE * if @widget doesn’t have a response id set. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ gint gtk_dialog_get_response_for_widget (GtkDialog *dialog, @@ -1595,8 +1589,6 @@ gtk_dialog_get_action_area (GtkDialog *dialog) * #GtkDialog:use-header-bar property is %TRUE. * * Returns: (transfer none): the header bar - * - * Since: 3.12 */ GtkWidget * gtk_dialog_get_header_bar (GtkDialog *dialog) @@ -1613,8 +1605,6 @@ gtk_dialog_get_header_bar (GtkDialog *dialog) * Returns the content area of @dialog. * * Returns: (type Gtk.Box) (transfer none): the content area #GtkBox. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_dialog_get_content_area (GtkDialog *dialog) diff --git a/gtk/gtkdialog.h b/gtk/gtkdialog.h index 4786a49ba9..377a155f5f 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkdialog.h +++ b/gtk/gtkdialog.h @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ gint gtk_dialog_run (GtkDialog *dialog); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_dialog_get_content_area (GtkDialog *dialog); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_dialog_get_header_bar (GtkDialog *dialog); G_DEFINE_AUTOPTR_CLEANUP_FUNC(GtkDialog, g_object_unref) diff --git a/gtk/gtkdnd-quartz.c b/gtk/gtkdnd-quartz.c index 198cc12534..709e3ff279 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkdnd-quartz.c +++ b/gtk/gtkdnd-quartz.c @@ -1432,8 +1432,6 @@ gtk_drag_set_icon_surface (GdkDragContext *context, * size of the icon depends on the icon theme (the icon is * loaded at the symbolic size #GTK_ICON_SIZE_DND), thus * @hot_x and @hot_y have to be used with care. - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ void gtk_drag_set_icon_name (GdkDragContext *context, diff --git a/gtk/gtkdnd.c b/gtk/gtkdnd.c index 571f69cd76..14d9c34645 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkdnd.c +++ b/gtk/gtkdnd.c @@ -1033,8 +1033,6 @@ gtk_drag_begin_internal (GtkWidget *widget, * gtk_drag_source_set() is used. * * Returns: (transfer none): the context for this drag - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GdkDragContext * gtk_drag_begin_with_coordinates (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -1257,8 +1255,6 @@ gtk_drag_set_icon_texture (GdkDragContext *context, * size of the icon depends on the icon theme (the icon is * loaded at the symbolic size #GTK_ICON_SIZE_DND), thus * @hot_x and @hot_y have to be used with care. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ void gtk_drag_set_icon_name (GdkDragContext *context, @@ -1288,8 +1284,6 @@ gtk_drag_set_icon_name (GdkDragContext *context, * Sets the icon for a given drag from the given @icon. * See the documentation for gtk_drag_set_icon_name() * for more details about using icons in drag and drop. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ void gtk_drag_set_icon_gicon (GdkDragContext *context, @@ -1535,8 +1529,6 @@ gtk_drag_check_threshold (GtkWidget *widget, * * If a drag is cancelled in this way, the @result argument of * #GtkWidget::drag-failed is set to @GTK_DRAG_RESULT_ERROR. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ void gtk_drag_cancel (GdkDragContext *context) diff --git a/gtk/gtkdnd.h b/gtk/gtkdnd.h index 7da0ff0226..50f7270a65 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkdnd.h +++ b/gtk/gtkdnd.h @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ void gtk_drag_unhighlight (GtkWidget *widget); /* Source side */ -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkDragContext *gtk_drag_begin_with_coordinates (GtkWidget *widget, GdkDevice *device, GdkContentFormats *targets, @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ GdkDragContext *gtk_drag_begin_with_coordinates (GtkWidget *widget, gint x, gint y); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_drag_cancel (GdkDragContext *context); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ void gtk_drag_set_icon_widget (GdkDragContext *context, GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_drag_set_icon_surface(GdkDragContext *context, cairo_surface_t *surface); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_drag_set_icon_texture(GdkDragContext *context, GdkTexture *texture, int hot_x, @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ void gtk_drag_set_icon_name (GdkDragContext *context, const gchar *icon_name, gint hot_x, gint hot_y); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_drag_set_icon_gicon (GdkDragContext *context, GIcon *icon, gint hot_x, diff --git a/gtk/gtkdragdest.c b/gtk/gtkdragdest.c index c57c615f8d..e9cf698e1a 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkdragdest.c +++ b/gtk/gtkdragdest.c @@ -259,8 +259,6 @@ gtk_drag_dest_set_target_list (GtkWidget *widget, * are added with @info = 0. If you need another value, * use gtk_target_list_add_text_targets() and * gtk_drag_dest_set_target_list(). - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_drag_dest_add_text_targets (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -286,8 +284,6 @@ gtk_drag_dest_add_text_targets (GtkWidget *widget) * are added with @info = 0. If you need another value, * use gtk_target_list_add_image_targets() and * gtk_drag_dest_set_target_list(). - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_drag_dest_add_image_targets (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -313,8 +309,6 @@ gtk_drag_dest_add_image_targets (GtkWidget *widget) * are added with @info = 0. If you need another value, * use gtk_target_list_add_uri_targets() and * gtk_drag_dest_set_target_list(). - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_drag_dest_add_uri_targets (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -342,8 +336,6 @@ gtk_drag_dest_add_uri_targets (GtkWidget *widget) * * This may be used when a widget wants to do generic * actions regardless of the targets that the source offers. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_drag_dest_set_track_motion (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -369,8 +361,6 @@ gtk_drag_dest_set_track_motion (GtkWidget *widget, * * Returns: %TRUE if the widget always emits * #GtkWidget::drag-motion events - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_drag_dest_get_track_motion (GtkWidget *widget) diff --git a/gtk/gtkdragsource.c b/gtk/gtkdragsource.c index b3ca083ac4..a50b6826b4 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkdragsource.c +++ b/gtk/gtkdragsource.c @@ -192,8 +192,6 @@ gtk_drag_source_unset (GtkWidget *widget) * drag-and-drop. * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the #GdkContentFormats, or %NULL if none - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GdkContentFormats * gtk_drag_source_get_target_list (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -215,8 +213,6 @@ gtk_drag_source_get_target_list (GtkWidget *widget) * Changes the target types that this widget offers for drag-and-drop. * The widget must first be made into a drag source with * gtk_drag_source_set(). - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_drag_source_set_target_list (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -252,8 +248,6 @@ gtk_drag_source_set_target_list (GtkWidget *widget, * are added with @info = 0. If you need another value, * use gtk_content_formats_add_text_targets() and * gtk_drag_source_set_target_list(). - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_drag_source_add_text_targets (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -279,8 +273,6 @@ gtk_drag_source_add_text_targets (GtkWidget *widget) * are added with @info = 0. If you need another value, * use gtk_target_list_add_image_targets() and * gtk_drag_source_set_target_list(). - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_drag_source_add_image_targets (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -306,8 +298,6 @@ gtk_drag_source_add_image_targets (GtkWidget *widget) * are added with @info = 0. If you need another value, * use gtk_content_formats_add_uri_targets() and * gtk_drag_source_set_target_list(). - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_drag_source_add_uri_targets (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -332,8 +322,6 @@ gtk_drag_source_add_uri_targets (GtkWidget *widget) * Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular widget * from a cairo surface. GTK+ retains a reference for @surface and will * release it when it is no longer needed. - * - * Since: 3.94 */ void gtk_drag_source_set_icon_surface (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -357,8 +345,6 @@ gtk_drag_source_set_icon_surface (GtkWidget *widget, * * Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular source * to a themed icon. See the docs for #GtkIconTheme for more details. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ void gtk_drag_source_set_icon_name (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -383,8 +369,6 @@ gtk_drag_source_set_icon_name (GtkWidget *widget, * * Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular source * to @icon. See the docs for #GtkIconTheme for more details. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ void gtk_drag_source_set_icon_gicon (GtkWidget *widget, diff --git a/gtk/gtkdragsource.h b/gtk/gtkdragsource.h index 29c0db92cd..80eded5ce3 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkdragsource.h +++ b/gtk/gtkdragsource.h @@ -58,13 +58,13 @@ void gtk_drag_source_add_image_targets (GtkWidget *widget); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_drag_source_add_uri_targets (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_drag_source_set_icon_surface (GtkWidget *widget, cairo_surface_t *surface); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_drag_source_set_icon_name (GtkWidget *widget, const gchar *icon_name); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_drag_source_set_icon_gicon (GtkWidget *widget, GIcon *icon); diff --git a/gtk/gtkdrawingarea.c b/gtk/gtkdrawingarea.c index 6e7ba54ce9..a42db6cb57 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkdrawingarea.c +++ b/gtk/gtkdrawingarea.c @@ -276,8 +276,6 @@ gtk_drawing_area_class_init (GtkDrawingAreaClass *class) * GtkDrawingArea:content-width * * The content width. See gtk_drawing_area_set_content_width() for details. - * - * Since: 3.90 */ props[PROP_CONTENT_WIDTH] = g_param_spec_int ("content-width", @@ -290,8 +288,6 @@ gtk_drawing_area_class_init (GtkDrawingAreaClass *class) * GtkDrawingArea:content-height * * The content height. See gtk_drawing_area_set_content_height() for details. - * - * Since: 3.90 */ props[PROP_CONTENT_HEIGHT] = g_param_spec_int ("content-height", @@ -336,8 +332,6 @@ gtk_drawing_area_new (void) * that. * * If the width is set to 0 (the default), the drawing area may disappear. - * - * Since: 3.90 **/ void gtk_drawing_area_set_content_width (GtkDrawingArea *self, @@ -364,8 +358,6 @@ gtk_drawing_area_set_content_width (GtkDrawingArea *self, * Retrieves the value previously set via gtk_drawing_area_set_content_width(). * * Returns: The width requested for content of the drawing area - * - * Since: 3.90 **/ int gtk_drawing_area_get_content_width (GtkDrawingArea *self) @@ -389,8 +381,6 @@ gtk_drawing_area_get_content_width (GtkDrawingArea *self) * that. * * If the height is set to 0 (the default), the drawing area may disappear. - * - * Since: 3.90 **/ void gtk_drawing_area_set_content_height (GtkDrawingArea *self, @@ -417,8 +407,6 @@ gtk_drawing_area_set_content_height (GtkDrawingArea *self, * Retrieves the value previously set via gtk_drawing_area_set_content_height(). * * Returns: The height requested for content of the drawing area - * - * Since: 3.90 **/ int gtk_drawing_area_get_content_height (GtkDrawingArea *self) @@ -450,8 +438,6 @@ gtk_drawing_area_get_content_height (GtkDrawingArea *self) * * If what you are drawing does change, call gtk_widget_queue_draw() on the * drawing area. This will call a redraw and will call @draw_func again. - * - * Since: 3.90 */ void gtk_drawing_area_set_draw_func (GtkDrawingArea *self, diff --git a/gtk/gtkdrawingarea.h b/gtk/gtkdrawingarea.h index 7d0ebb0548..56e295c148 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkdrawingarea.h +++ b/gtk/gtkdrawingarea.h @@ -59,8 +59,6 @@ typedef struct _GtkDrawingAreaClass GtkDrawingAreaClass; * * This function should exclusively redraw the contents of the drawing area * and must not call any widget functions that cause changes. - * - * Since: 3.90 */ typedef void (* GtkDrawingAreaDrawFunc) (GtkDrawingArea *drawing_area, cairo_t *cr, @@ -90,17 +88,17 @@ GType gtk_drawing_area_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_drawing_area_new (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_drawing_area_set_content_width (GtkDrawingArea *self, int width); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL int gtk_drawing_area_get_content_width (GtkDrawingArea *self); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_drawing_area_set_content_height (GtkDrawingArea *self, int height); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL int gtk_drawing_area_get_content_height (GtkDrawingArea *self); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_drawing_area_set_draw_func (GtkDrawingArea *self, GtkDrawingAreaDrawFunc draw_func, gpointer user_data, diff --git a/gtk/gtkentry.c b/gtk/gtkentry.c index f1bcf6473a..e4699417aa 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkentry.c +++ b/gtk/gtkentry.c @@ -918,8 +918,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * The desired maximum width of the entry, in characters. * If this property is set to -1, the width will be calculated * automatically. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ entry_props[PROP_MAX_WIDTH_CHARS] = g_param_spec_int ("max-width-chars", @@ -949,8 +947,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * * The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). * Reversed for RTL layouts. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ entry_props[PROP_XALIGN] = g_param_spec_float ("xalign", @@ -964,8 +960,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * GtkEntry:truncate-multiline: * * When %TRUE, pasted multi-line text is truncated to the first line. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ entry_props[PROP_TRUNCATE_MULTILINE] = g_param_spec_boolean ("truncate-multiline", @@ -978,8 +972,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * GtkEntry:overwrite-mode: * * If text is overwritten when typing in the #GtkEntry. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ entry_props[PROP_OVERWRITE_MODE] = g_param_spec_boolean ("overwrite-mode", @@ -992,8 +984,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * GtkEntry:text-length: * * The length of the text in the #GtkEntry. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ entry_props[PROP_TEXT_LENGTH] = g_param_spec_uint ("text-length", @@ -1007,8 +997,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * GtkEntry:invisible-char-set: * * Whether the invisible char has been set for the #GtkEntry. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ entry_props[PROP_INVISIBLE_CHAR_SET] = g_param_spec_boolean ("invisible-char-set", @@ -1025,8 +1013,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * Note that the warning is shown using a secondary icon, and thus * does not work if you are using the secondary icon position for some * other purpose. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ entry_props[PROP_CAPS_LOCK_WARNING] = g_param_spec_boolean ("caps-lock-warning", @@ -1039,8 +1025,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * GtkEntry:progress-fraction: * * The current fraction of the task that's been completed. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ entry_props[PROP_PROGRESS_FRACTION] = g_param_spec_double ("progress-fraction", @@ -1055,8 +1039,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * * The fraction of total entry width to move the progress * bouncing block for each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse(). - * - * Since: 2.16 */ entry_props[PROP_PROGRESS_PULSE_STEP] = g_param_spec_double ("progress-pulse-step", @@ -1071,8 +1053,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * * The text that will be displayed in the #GtkEntry when it is empty * and unfocused. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ entry_props[PROP_PLACEHOLDER_TEXT] = g_param_spec_string ("placeholder-text", @@ -1085,8 +1065,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * GtkEntry:primary-icon-texture: * * A #GdkTexture to use as the primary icon for the entry. - * - * Since: 3.94 */ entry_props[PROP_TEXTURE_PRIMARY] = g_param_spec_object ("primary-icon-texture", @@ -1099,8 +1077,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * GtkEntry:secondary-icon-texture: * * A #GtkTexture to use as the secondary icon for the entry. - * - * Since: 3.94 */ entry_props[PROP_TEXTURE_SECONDARY] = g_param_spec_object ("secondary-icon-texture", @@ -1113,8 +1089,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * GtkEntry:primary-icon-name: * * The icon name to use for the primary icon for the entry. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ entry_props[PROP_ICON_NAME_PRIMARY] = g_param_spec_string ("primary-icon-name", @@ -1127,8 +1101,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * GtkEntry:secondary-icon-name: * * The icon name to use for the secondary icon for the entry. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ entry_props[PROP_ICON_NAME_SECONDARY] = g_param_spec_string ("secondary-icon-name", @@ -1141,8 +1113,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * GtkEntry:primary-icon-gicon: * * The #GIcon to use for the primary icon for the entry. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ entry_props[PROP_GICON_PRIMARY] = g_param_spec_object ("primary-icon-gicon", @@ -1155,8 +1125,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * GtkEntry:secondary-icon-gicon: * * The #GIcon to use for the secondary icon for the entry. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ entry_props[PROP_GICON_SECONDARY] = g_param_spec_object ("secondary-icon-gicon", @@ -1169,8 +1137,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * GtkEntry:primary-icon-storage-type: * * The representation which is used for the primary icon of the entry. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ entry_props[PROP_STORAGE_TYPE_PRIMARY] = g_param_spec_enum ("primary-icon-storage-type", @@ -1184,8 +1150,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * GtkEntry:secondary-icon-storage-type: * * The representation which is used for the secondary icon of the entry. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ entry_props[PROP_STORAGE_TYPE_SECONDARY] = g_param_spec_enum ("secondary-icon-storage-type", @@ -1205,8 +1169,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * * Sensitive, but non-activatable icons can be used for purely * informational purposes. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ entry_props[PROP_ACTIVATABLE_PRIMARY] = g_param_spec_boolean ("primary-icon-activatable", @@ -1225,8 +1187,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * * Sensitive, but non-activatable icons can be used for purely * informational purposes. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ entry_props[PROP_ACTIVATABLE_SECONDARY] = g_param_spec_boolean ("secondary-icon-activatable", @@ -1246,8 +1206,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * * An icon should be set insensitive if the action that would trigger * when clicked is currently not available. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ entry_props[PROP_SENSITIVE_PRIMARY] = g_param_spec_boolean ("primary-icon-sensitive", @@ -1267,8 +1225,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * * An icon should be set insensitive if the action that would trigger * when clicked is currently not available. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ entry_props[PROP_SENSITIVE_SECONDARY] = g_param_spec_boolean ("secondary-icon-sensitive", @@ -1283,8 +1239,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon. * * Also see gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_text(). - * - * Since: 2.16 */ entry_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT_PRIMARY] = g_param_spec_string ("primary-icon-tooltip-text", @@ -1299,8 +1253,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon. * * Also see gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_text(). - * - * Since: 2.16 */ entry_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT_SECONDARY] = g_param_spec_string ("secondary-icon-tooltip-text", @@ -1316,8 +1268,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat]. * * Also see gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_markup(). - * - * Since: 2.16 */ entry_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP_PRIMARY] = g_param_spec_string ("primary-icon-tooltip-markup", @@ -1333,8 +1283,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat]. * * Also see gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_markup(). - * - * Since: 2.16 */ entry_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP_SECONDARY] = g_param_spec_string ("secondary-icon-tooltip-markup", @@ -1352,8 +1300,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * Setting this to a non-%NULL value overrides the * system-wide IM module setting. See the GtkSettings * #GtkSettings:gtk-im-module property. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ entry_props[PROP_IM_MODULE] = g_param_spec_string ("im-module", @@ -1366,8 +1312,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * GtkEntry:completion: * * The auxiliary completion object to use with the entry. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ entry_props[PROP_COMPLETION] = g_param_spec_object ("completion", @@ -1387,8 +1331,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * Note that setting the purpose to %GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_PASSWORD or * %GTK_INPUT_PURPOSE_PIN is independent from setting * #GtkEntry:visibility. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ entry_props[PROP_INPUT_PURPOSE] = g_param_spec_enum ("input-purpose", @@ -1403,8 +1345,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * * Additional hints (beyond #GtkEntry:input-purpose) that * allow input methods to fine-tune their behaviour. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ entry_props[PROP_INPUT_HINTS] = g_param_spec_flags ("input-hints", @@ -1423,8 +1363,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * * The #PangoAttribute's @start_index and @end_index must refer to the * #GtkEntryBuffer text, i.e. without the preedit string. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ entry_props[PROP_ATTRIBUTES] = g_param_spec_boxed ("attributes", @@ -1438,8 +1376,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * * If :populate-all is %TRUE, the #GtkEntry::populate-popup * signal is also emitted for touch popups. - * - * Since: 3.8 */ entry_props[PROP_POPULATE_ALL] = g_param_spec_boolean ("populate-all", @@ -1452,8 +1388,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * GtkEntry::tabs: * * A list of tabstops to apply to the text of the entry. - * - * Since: 3.8 */ entry_props[PROP_TABS] = g_param_spec_boxed ("tabs", @@ -1467,8 +1401,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * * When this is %TRUE, the entry will show an emoji icon in the secondary * icon position that brings up the Emoji chooser when clicked. - * - * Since: 3.22.19 */ entry_props[PROP_SHOW_EMOJI_ICON] = g_param_spec_boolean ("show-emoji-icon", @@ -1729,8 +1661,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * * The ::icon-press signal is emitted when an activatable icon * is clicked. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ signals[ICON_PRESS] = g_signal_new (I_("icon-press"), @@ -1751,8 +1681,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * * The ::icon-release signal is emitted on the button release from a * mouse click over an activatable icon. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ signals[ICON_RELEASE] = g_signal_new (I_("icon-release"), @@ -1773,8 +1701,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * If an input method is used, the typed text will not immediately * be committed to the buffer. So if you are interested in the text, * connect to this signal. - * - * Since: 2.20 */ signals[PREEDIT_CHANGED] = g_signal_new_class_handler (I_("preedit-changed"), @@ -1796,8 +1722,6 @@ gtk_entry_class_init (GtkEntryClass *class) * which gets emitted to present the Emoji chooser for the @entry. * * The default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-. and Ctrl-; - * - * Since: 3.22.27 */ signals[INSERT_EMOJI] = g_signal_new (I_("insert-emoji"), @@ -4366,8 +4290,6 @@ gtk_entry_grab_focus (GtkWidget *widget) * You only want to call this on some special entries * which the user usually doesn't want to replace all text in, * such as search-as-you-type entries. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ void gtk_entry_grab_focus_without_selecting (GtkEntry *entry) @@ -6043,8 +5965,6 @@ gtk_entry_handle_drag_finished (GtkTextHandle *handle, * * This can be necessary in the case where modifying the buffer * would confuse on-going input method behavior. - * - * Since: 2.22 */ void gtk_entry_reset_im_context (GtkEntry *entry) @@ -6077,8 +5997,6 @@ gtk_entry_reset_im_context (GtkEntry *entry) * See gtk_text_view_reset_im_context() for an example of use. * * Returns: %TRUE if the input method handled the key event. - * - * Since: 2.22 */ gboolean gtk_entry_im_context_filter_keypress (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -6752,8 +6670,6 @@ gtk_entry_new (void) * Creates a new entry with the specified text buffer. * * Returns: a new #GtkEntry - * - * Since: 2.18 */ GtkWidget* gtk_entry_new_with_buffer (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer) @@ -6785,8 +6701,6 @@ get_buffer (GtkEntry *entry) * Get the #GtkEntryBuffer object which holds the text for * this widget. * - * Since: 2.18 - * * Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkEntryBuffer object. */ GtkEntryBuffer* @@ -6804,8 +6718,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_buffer (GtkEntry *entry) * * Set the #GtkEntryBuffer object which holds the text for * this widget. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ void gtk_entry_set_buffer (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -7015,8 +6927,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_invisible_char (GtkEntry *entry) * Unsets the invisible char previously set with * gtk_entry_set_invisible_char(). So that the * default invisible char is used again. - * - * Since: 2.16 **/ void gtk_entry_unset_invisible_char (GtkEntry *entry) @@ -7050,8 +6960,6 @@ gtk_entry_unset_invisible_char (GtkEntry *entry) * @overwrite: new value * * Sets whether the text is overwritten when typing in the #GtkEntry. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ void gtk_entry_set_overwrite_mode (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -7076,8 +6984,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_overwrite_mode (GtkEntry *entry, * Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_overwrite_mode(). * * Returns: whether the text is overwritten when typing. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ gboolean gtk_entry_get_overwrite_mode (GtkEntry *entry) @@ -7167,8 +7073,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_max_length (GtkEntry *entry) * * Returns: the current number of characters * in #GtkEntry, or 0 if there are none. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ guint16 gtk_entry_get_text_length (GtkEntry *entry) @@ -7278,8 +7182,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_width_chars (GtkEntry *entry) * @n_chars: the new desired maximum width, in characters * * Sets the desired maximum width in characters of @entry. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_entry_set_max_width_chars (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -7307,8 +7209,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_max_width_chars (GtkEntry *entry, * See gtk_entry_set_max_width_chars(). * * Returns: the maximum width of the entry, in characters - * - * Since: 3.12 */ gint gtk_entry_get_max_width_chars (GtkEntry *entry) @@ -7518,8 +7418,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_layout_offsets (GtkEntry *entry, * Sets the alignment for the contents of the entry. This controls * the horizontal positioning of the contents when the displayed * text is shorter than the width of the entry. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_entry_set_alignment (GtkEntry *entry, gfloat xalign) @@ -7550,8 +7448,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_alignment (GtkEntry *entry, gfloat xalign) * Gets the value set by gtk_entry_set_alignment(). * * Returns: the alignment - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gfloat gtk_entry_get_alignment (GtkEntry *entry) @@ -7570,8 +7466,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_alignment (GtkEntry *entry) * Sets the icon shown in the specified position using a #GdkTexture * * If @texture is %NULL, no icon will be shown in the specified position. - * - * Since: 3.94 */ void gtk_entry_set_icon_from_texture (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -7632,8 +7526,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_icon_from_texture (GtkEntry *entry, * instead. * * If @icon_name is %NULL, no icon will be shown in the specified position. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ void gtk_entry_set_icon_from_icon_name (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -7690,8 +7582,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_icon_from_icon_name (GtkEntry *entry, * instead. * * If @icon is %NULL, no icon will be shown in the specified position. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ void gtk_entry_set_icon_from_gicon (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -7742,8 +7632,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_icon_from_gicon (GtkEntry *entry, * @activatable: %TRUE if the icon should be activatable * * Sets whether the icon is activatable. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ void gtk_entry_set_icon_activatable (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -7785,8 +7673,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_icon_activatable (GtkEntry *entry, * Returns whether the icon is activatable. * * Returns: %TRUE if the icon is activatable. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ gboolean gtk_entry_get_icon_activatable (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -7815,8 +7701,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_icon_activatable (GtkEntry *entry, * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): A #GdkTexture, or %NULL if no icon is * set for this position or the icon set is not a #GdkTexture. - * - * Since: 3.94 */ GdkTexture * gtk_entry_get_icon_texture (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -7849,8 +7733,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_icon_texture (GtkEntry *entry, * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): A #GIcon, or %NULL if no icon is set * or if the icon is not a #GIcon - * - * Since: 2.16 */ GIcon * gtk_entry_get_icon_gicon (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -7882,8 +7764,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_icon_gicon (GtkEntry *entry, * * Returns: (nullable): An icon name, or %NULL if no icon is set or if the icon * wasn’t set from an icon name - * - * Since: 2.16 */ const gchar * gtk_entry_get_icon_name (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -7912,8 +7792,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_icon_name (GtkEntry *entry, * sensitive or insensitive * * Sets the sensitivity for the specified icon. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ void gtk_entry_set_icon_sensitive (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -7955,8 +7833,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_icon_sensitive (GtkEntry *entry, * Returns whether the icon appears sensitive or insensitive. * * Returns: %TRUE if the icon is sensitive. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ gboolean gtk_entry_get_icon_sensitive (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -7988,8 +7864,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_icon_sensitive (GtkEntry *entry, * the return value will be %GTK_IMAGE_EMPTY. * * Returns: image representation being used - * - * Since: 2.16 **/ GtkImageType gtk_entry_get_icon_storage_type (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -8024,8 +7898,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_icon_storage_type (GtkEntry *entry, * signal handler. * * Returns: the index of the icon at the given position, or -1 - * - * Since: 2.16 */ gint gtk_entry_get_icon_at_pos (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -8075,8 +7947,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_icon_at_pos (GtkEntry *entry, * #GtkWidget::drag-begin signal to set a different icon. Note that you * have to use g_signal_connect_after() to ensure that your signal handler * gets executed after the default handler. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ void gtk_entry_set_icon_drag_source (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -8116,8 +7986,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_icon_drag_source (GtkEntry *entry, * * Returns: index of the icon which is the source of the current * DND operation, or -1. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ gint gtk_entry_get_current_icon_drag_source (GtkEntry *entry) @@ -8157,8 +8025,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_current_icon_drag_source (GtkEntry *entry) * with the icon's allocation, relative to @entry's allocation. * * See also gtk_entry_get_text_area() - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_entry_get_icon_area (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -8228,8 +8094,6 @@ ensure_has_tooltip (GtkEntry *entry) * * Returns: (nullable): the tooltip text, or %NULL. Free the returned * string with g_free() when done. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ gchar * gtk_entry_get_icon_tooltip_text (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -8275,8 +8139,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_icon_tooltip_text (GtkEntry *entry, * which suppresses icon tooltips too. You can resolve this by then calling * gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip() to set GtkWidget:has-tooltip back to %TRUE, or * setting at least one non-empty tooltip on any icon achieves the same result. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ void gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_text (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -8322,8 +8184,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_text (GtkEntry *entry, * * Returns: (nullable): the tooltip text, or %NULL. Free the returned * string with g_free() when done. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ gchar * gtk_entry_get_icon_tooltip_markup (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -8359,8 +8219,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_icon_tooltip_markup (GtkEntry *entry, * * See also gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup() and * gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_text(). - * - * Since: 2.16 */ void gtk_entry_set_icon_tooltip_markup (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -9305,8 +9163,6 @@ gtk_entry_reset_blink_time (GtkEntry *entry) * All further configuration of the completion mechanism is done on * @completion using the #GtkEntryCompletion API. Completion is disabled if * @completion is set to %NULL. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_entry_set_completion (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -9352,8 +9208,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_completion (GtkEntry *entry, * * Returns: (transfer none): The auxiliary completion object currently * in use by @entry. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GtkEntryCompletion * gtk_entry_get_completion (GtkEntry *entry) @@ -9380,8 +9234,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_completion (GtkEntry *entry) * * The adjustment has to be in pixel units and in the same coordinate system * as the entry. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_entry_set_cursor_hadjustment (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -9409,8 +9261,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_cursor_hadjustment (GtkEntry *entry, * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the horizontal cursor adjustment, or %NULL * if none has been set. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ GtkAdjustment* gtk_entry_get_cursor_hadjustment (GtkEntry *entry) @@ -9445,8 +9295,6 @@ gtk_entry_ensure_progress_widget (GtkEntry *entry) * Causes the entry’s progress indicator to “fill in” the given * fraction of the bar. The fraction should be between 0.0 and 1.0, * inclusive. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ void gtk_entry_set_progress_fraction (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -9480,8 +9328,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_progress_fraction (GtkEntry *entry, * See gtk_entry_set_progress_fraction(). * * Returns: a fraction from 0.0 to 1.0 - * - * Since: 2.16 */ gdouble gtk_entry_get_progress_fraction (GtkEntry *entry) @@ -9503,8 +9349,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_progress_fraction (GtkEntry *entry) * * Sets the fraction of total entry width to move the progress * bouncing block for each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse(). - * - * Since: 2.16 */ void gtk_entry_set_progress_pulse_step (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -9532,8 +9376,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_progress_pulse_step (GtkEntry *entry, * Retrieves the pulse step set with gtk_entry_set_progress_pulse_step(). * * Returns: a fraction from 0.0 to 1.0 - * - * Since: 2.16 */ gdouble gtk_entry_get_progress_pulse_step (GtkEntry *entry) @@ -9558,8 +9400,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_progress_pulse_step (GtkEntry *entry) * gtk_entry_progress_pulse() causes the block to move by a little bit * (the amount of movement per pulse is determined by * gtk_entry_set_progress_pulse_step()). - * - * Since: 2.16 */ void gtk_entry_progress_pulse (GtkEntry *entry) @@ -9586,8 +9426,6 @@ gtk_entry_progress_pulse (GtkEntry *entry) * is given the initial focus in a window. Sometimes this can be * worked around by delaying the initial focus setting until the * first key event arrives. - * - * Since: 3.2 **/ void gtk_entry_set_placeholder_text (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -9618,8 +9456,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_placeholder_text (GtkEntry *entry, * * Returns: a pointer to the placeholder text as a string. This string points to internally allocated * storage in the widget and must not be freed, modified or stored. - * - * Since: 3.2 **/ const gchar * gtk_entry_get_placeholder_text (GtkEntry *entry) @@ -9695,8 +9531,6 @@ keymap_state_changed (GdkKeymap *keymap, * Sets the #GtkEntry:input-purpose property which * can be used by on-screen keyboards and other input * methods to adjust their behaviour. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ void gtk_entry_set_input_purpose (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -9720,8 +9554,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_input_purpose (GtkEntry *entry, * @entry: a #GtkEntry * * Gets the value of the #GtkEntry:input-purpose property. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ GtkInputPurpose gtk_entry_get_input_purpose (GtkEntry *entry) @@ -9744,8 +9576,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_input_purpose (GtkEntry *entry) * * Sets the #GtkEntry:input-hints property, which * allows input methods to fine-tune their behaviour. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ void gtk_entry_set_input_hints (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -9769,8 +9599,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_input_hints (GtkEntry *entry, * @entry: a #GtkEntry * * Gets the value of the #GtkEntry:input-hints property. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ GtkInputHints gtk_entry_get_input_hints (GtkEntry *entry) @@ -9793,8 +9621,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_input_hints (GtkEntry *entry) * * Sets a #PangoAttrList; the attributes in the list are applied to the * entry text. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ void gtk_entry_set_attributes (GtkEntry *entry, @@ -9825,8 +9651,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_attributes (GtkEntry *entry, * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the attribute list, or %NULL * if none was set. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ PangoAttrList * gtk_entry_get_attributes (GtkEntry *entry) @@ -9843,8 +9667,6 @@ gtk_entry_get_attributes (GtkEntry *entry) * * Sets a #PangoTabArray; the tabstops in the array are applied to the entry * text. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void @@ -9877,8 +9699,6 @@ gtk_entry_set_tabs (GtkEntry *entry, * any. * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the tabstops, or %NULL if none was set. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ PangoTabArray * diff --git a/gtk/gtkentry.h b/gtk/gtkentry.h index 256140db28..a43f704e85 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkentry.h +++ b/gtk/gtkentry.h @@ -58,8 +58,6 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS * @GTK_ENTRY_ICON_SECONDARY: At the end of the entry (depending on the text direction). * * Specifies the side of the entry at which an icon is placed. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ typedef enum { @@ -212,10 +210,10 @@ void gtk_entry_set_width_chars (GtkEntry *entry, GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_entry_get_width_chars (GtkEntry *entry); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_entry_set_max_width_chars (GtkEntry *entry, gint n_chars); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_entry_get_max_width_chars (GtkEntry *entry); /* Somewhat more convenient than the GtkEditable generic functions @@ -276,14 +274,14 @@ gdouble gtk_entry_get_progress_pulse_step (GtkEntry *entry); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_entry_progress_pulse (GtkEntry *entry); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL const gchar* gtk_entry_get_placeholder_text (GtkEntry *entry); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_entry_set_placeholder_text (GtkEntry *entry, const gchar *text); /* Setting and managing icons */ -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_entry_set_icon_from_texture (GtkEntry *entry, GtkEntryIconPosition icon_pos, GdkTexture *texture); @@ -298,7 +296,7 @@ void gtk_entry_set_icon_from_gicon (GtkEntry * GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkImageType gtk_entry_get_icon_storage_type (GtkEntry *entry, GtkEntryIconPosition icon_pos); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkTexture * gtk_entry_get_icon_texture (GtkEntry *entry, GtkEntryIconPosition icon_pos); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL @@ -357,32 +355,32 @@ gboolean gtk_entry_im_context_filter_keypress (GtkEntry * GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_entry_reset_im_context (GtkEntry *entry); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_entry_set_input_purpose (GtkEntry *entry, GtkInputPurpose purpose); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkInputPurpose gtk_entry_get_input_purpose (GtkEntry *entry); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_entry_set_input_hints (GtkEntry *entry, GtkInputHints hints); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkInputHints gtk_entry_get_input_hints (GtkEntry *entry); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_entry_set_attributes (GtkEntry *entry, PangoAttrList *attrs); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL PangoAttrList *gtk_entry_get_attributes (GtkEntry *entry); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_entry_set_tabs (GtkEntry *entry, PangoTabArray *tabs); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL PangoTabArray *gtk_entry_get_tabs (GtkEntry *entry); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_entry_grab_focus_without_selecting (GtkEntry *entry); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c b/gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c index 9c36a554d0..afb3be939a 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c +++ b/gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c @@ -43,8 +43,6 @@ * text to be stored in an alternate location, such as non-pageable memory, * useful in the case of important passwords. Or a derived class could * integrate with an application’s concept of undo/redo. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ /* Initial size of buffer, in bytes */ @@ -342,8 +340,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_class_init (GtkEntryBufferClass *klass) * GtkEntryBuffer:text: * * The contents of the buffer. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ entry_buffer_props[PROP_TEXT] = g_param_spec_string ("text", @@ -356,8 +352,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_class_init (GtkEntryBufferClass *klass) * GtkEntryBuffer:length: * * The length (in characters) of the text in buffer. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ entry_buffer_props[PROP_LENGTH] = g_param_spec_uint ("length", @@ -370,8 +364,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_class_init (GtkEntryBufferClass *klass) * GtkEntryBuffer:max-length: * * The maximum length (in characters) of the text in the buffer. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ entry_buffer_props[PROP_MAX_LENGTH] = g_param_spec_int ("max-length", @@ -390,8 +382,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_class_init (GtkEntryBufferClass *klass) * @n_chars: The number of characters that were inserted. * * This signal is emitted after text is inserted into the buffer. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ signals[INSERTED_TEXT] = g_signal_new (I_("inserted-text"), GTK_TYPE_ENTRY_BUFFER, @@ -411,8 +401,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_class_init (GtkEntryBufferClass *klass) * @n_chars: The number of characters that were deleted. * * This signal is emitted after text is deleted from the buffer. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ signals[DELETED_TEXT] = g_signal_new (I_("deleted-text"), GTK_TYPE_ENTRY_BUFFER, @@ -439,8 +427,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_class_init (GtkEntryBufferClass *klass) * Optionally, specify initial text to set in the buffer. * * Returns: A new GtkEntryBuffer object. - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ GtkEntryBuffer* gtk_entry_buffer_new (const gchar *initial_chars, @@ -459,8 +445,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_new (const gchar *initial_chars, * Retrieves the length in characters of the buffer. * * Returns: The number of characters in the buffer. - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ guint gtk_entry_buffer_get_length (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer) @@ -483,8 +467,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_get_length (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer) * See gtk_entry_buffer_get_length(). * * Returns: The byte length of the buffer. - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ gsize gtk_entry_buffer_get_bytes (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer) @@ -514,8 +496,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_get_bytes (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer) * string. This string points to internally allocated * storage in the buffer and must not be freed, modified or * stored. - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ const gchar* gtk_entry_buffer_get_text (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer) @@ -542,8 +522,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_get_text (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer) * and gtk_entry_buffer_insert_text(). * * Note that @n_chars is in characters, not in bytes. - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ void gtk_entry_buffer_set_text (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer, @@ -569,8 +547,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_set_text (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer, * Sets the maximum allowed length of the contents of the buffer. If * the current contents are longer than the given length, then they * will be truncated to fit. - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ void gtk_entry_buffer_set_max_length (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer, @@ -599,8 +575,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_set_max_length (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer, * * Returns: the maximum allowed number of characters * in #GtkEntryBuffer, or 0 if there is no maximum. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ gint gtk_entry_buffer_get_max_length (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer) @@ -627,8 +601,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_get_max_length (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer) * Note that the position and length are in characters, not in bytes. * * Returns: The number of characters actually inserted. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ guint gtk_entry_buffer_insert_text (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer, @@ -686,8 +658,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_insert_text (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer, * Note that the positions are specified in characters, not bytes. * * Returns: The number of characters deleted. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ guint gtk_entry_buffer_delete_text (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer, @@ -721,8 +691,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_delete_text (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer, * @n_chars: number of characters inserted * * Used when subclassing #GtkEntryBuffer - * - * Since: 2.18 */ void gtk_entry_buffer_emit_inserted_text (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer, @@ -741,8 +709,6 @@ gtk_entry_buffer_emit_inserted_text (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer, * @n_chars: number of characters deleted * * Used when subclassing #GtkEntryBuffer - * - * Since: 2.18 */ void gtk_entry_buffer_emit_deleted_text (GtkEntryBuffer *buffer, diff --git a/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c b/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c index ebb2fb10dd..32d564b7c1 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c +++ b/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c @@ -227,8 +227,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass) * next '/'. * * Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled - * - * Since: 2.6 */ entry_completion_signals[INSERT_PREFIX] = g_signal_new (I_("insert-prefix"), @@ -255,8 +253,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass) * gtk_entry_completion_set_model(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled - * - * Since: 2.4 */ entry_completion_signals[MATCH_SELECTED] = g_signal_new (I_("match-selected"), @@ -284,8 +280,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass) * gtk_entry_completion_set_model(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled - * - * Since: 2.12 */ entry_completion_signals[CURSOR_ON_MATCH] = g_signal_new (I_("cursor-on-match"), @@ -306,8 +300,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass) * number of rows in completion_complete method. * (In other words when GtkEntryCompletion is out of * suggestions) - * - * Since: 3.14 */ entry_completion_signals[NO_MATCHES] = g_signal_new (I_("no-matches"), @@ -324,8 +316,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass) * @index: the index of the activated action * * Gets emitted when an action is activated. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ entry_completion_signals[ACTION_ACTIVATED] = g_signal_new (I_("action-activated"), @@ -356,8 +346,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass) * * The column of the model containing the strings. * Note that the strings must be UTF-8. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ entry_completion_props[PROP_TEXT_COLUMN] = g_param_spec_int ("text-column", @@ -373,8 +361,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass) * should be inserted automatically in the entry. Note that this * requires text-column to be set, even if you are using a custom * match function. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ entry_completion_props[PROP_INLINE_COMPLETION] = g_param_spec_boolean ("inline-completion", @@ -388,8 +374,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass) * * Determines whether the possible completions should be * shown in a popup window. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ entry_completion_props[PROP_POPUP_COMPLETION] = g_param_spec_boolean ("popup-completion", @@ -403,8 +387,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass) * * Determines whether the completions popup window will be * resized to the width of the entry. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ entry_completion_props[PROP_POPUP_SET_WIDTH] = g_param_spec_boolean ("popup-set-width", @@ -420,8 +402,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass) * for a single possible completion. You probably want to set * this to %FALSE if you are using * [inline completion][GtkEntryCompletion--inline-completion]. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ entry_completion_props[PROP_POPUP_SINGLE_MATCH] = g_param_spec_boolean ("popup-single-match", @@ -435,8 +415,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass) * * Determines whether the possible completions on the popup * will appear in the entry as you navigate through them. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ entry_completion_props[PROP_INLINE_SELECTION] = g_param_spec_boolean ("inline-selection", @@ -453,8 +431,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_class_init (GtkEntryCompletionClass *klass) * If no area is specified when creating the entry completion with * gtk_entry_completion_new_with_area() a horizontally oriented * #GtkCellAreaBox will be used. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ entry_completion_props[PROP_CELL_AREA] = g_param_spec_object ("cell-area", @@ -1017,8 +993,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_selection_changed (GtkTreeSelection *selection, * Creates a new #GtkEntryCompletion object. * * Returns: A newly created #GtkEntryCompletion object - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GtkEntryCompletion * gtk_entry_completion_new (void) @@ -1039,8 +1013,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_new (void) * #GtkTreeViewColumn for the drop-down menu. * * Returns: A newly created #GtkEntryCompletion object - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkEntryCompletion * gtk_entry_completion_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area) @@ -1059,8 +1031,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area) * Gets the entry @completion has been attached to. * * Returns: (transfer none): The entry @completion has been attached to - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GtkWidget * gtk_entry_completion_get_entry (GtkEntryCompletion *completion) @@ -1078,8 +1048,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_get_entry (GtkEntryCompletion *completion) * Sets the model for a #GtkEntryCompletion. If @completion already has * a model set, it will remove it before setting the new model. * If model is %NULL, then it will unset the model. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_entry_completion_set_model (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, @@ -1124,8 +1092,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_model (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): A #GtkTreeModel, or %NULL if none * is currently being used - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GtkTreeModel * gtk_entry_completion_get_model (GtkEntryCompletion *completion) @@ -1148,8 +1114,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_get_model (GtkEntryCompletion *completion) * Sets the match function for @completion to be @func. The match function * is used to determine if a row should or should not be in the completion * list. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_entry_completion_set_match_func (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, @@ -1176,8 +1140,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_match_func (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, * @length. This is useful for long lists, where completing using a small * key takes a lot of time and will come up with meaningless results anyway * (ie, a too large dataset). - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_entry_completion_set_minimum_key_length (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, @@ -1202,8 +1164,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_minimum_key_length (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, * Returns the minimum key length as set for @completion. * * Returns: The currently used minimum key length - * - * Since: 2.4 */ gint gtk_entry_completion_get_minimum_key_length (GtkEntryCompletion *completion) @@ -1220,8 +1180,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_get_minimum_key_length (GtkEntryCompletion *completion) * Requests a completion operation, or in other words a refiltering of the * current list with completions, using the current key. The completion list * view will be updated accordingly. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_entry_completion_complete (GtkEntryCompletion *completion) @@ -1291,8 +1249,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_insert_action (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, * * Note that @index_ is a relative position in the list of actions and * the position of an action can change when deleting a different action. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_entry_completion_insert_action_text (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, @@ -1313,8 +1269,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_insert_action_text (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, * * Inserts an action in @completion’s action item list at position @index_ * with markup @markup. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_entry_completion_insert_action_markup (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, @@ -1336,8 +1290,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_insert_action_markup (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, * * Note that @index_ is a relative position and the position of an * action may have changed since it was inserted. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_entry_completion_delete_action (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, @@ -1367,8 +1319,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_delete_action (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, * column. If you need to set the text column, but don't want the cell * renderer, use g_object_set() to set the #GtkEntryCompletion:text-column * property directly. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_entry_completion_set_text_column (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, @@ -1401,8 +1351,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_text_column (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, * Returns the column in the model of @completion to get strings from. * * Returns: the column containing the strings - * - * Since: 2.6 */ gint gtk_entry_completion_get_text_column (GtkEntryCompletion *completion) @@ -1650,8 +1598,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_cursor_on_match (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): The common prefix all rows starting with * @key or %NULL if no row matches @key. - * - * Since: 3.4 **/ gchar * gtk_entry_completion_compute_prefix (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, @@ -1755,8 +1701,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_real_insert_prefix (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, * the completion or %NULL if there’s no completion ongoing. * * Returns: the prefix for the current completion - * - * Since: 2.12 */ const gchar* gtk_entry_completion_get_completion_prefix (GtkEntryCompletion *completion) @@ -1819,8 +1763,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_insert_completion (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, * @completion: a #GtkEntryCompletion * * Requests a prefix insertion. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_entry_completion_insert_prefix (GtkEntryCompletion *completion) @@ -1854,8 +1796,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_insert_prefix (GtkEntryCompletion *completion) * * Sets whether the common prefix of the possible completions should * be automatically inserted in the entry. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_entry_completion_set_inline_completion (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, @@ -1881,8 +1821,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_inline_completion (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, * be automatically inserted in the entry. * * Returns: %TRUE if inline completion is turned on - * - * Since: 2.6 */ gboolean gtk_entry_completion_get_inline_completion (GtkEntryCompletion *completion) @@ -1898,8 +1836,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_get_inline_completion (GtkEntryCompletion *completion) * @popup_completion: %TRUE to do popup completion * * Sets whether the completions should be presented in a popup window. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_completion (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, @@ -1925,8 +1861,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_completion (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, * Returns whether the completions should be presented in a popup window. * * Returns: %TRUE if popup completion is turned on - * - * Since: 2.6 */ gboolean gtk_entry_completion_get_popup_completion (GtkEntryCompletion *completion) @@ -1943,8 +1877,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_get_popup_completion (GtkEntryCompletion *completion) * * Sets whether the completion popup window will be resized to be the same * width as the entry. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ void gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_set_width (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, @@ -1971,8 +1903,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_set_width (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, * * Returns: %TRUE if the popup window will be resized to the width of * the entry - * - * Since: 2.8 */ gboolean gtk_entry_completion_get_popup_set_width (GtkEntryCompletion *completion) @@ -1992,8 +1922,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_get_popup_set_width (GtkEntryCompletion *completion) * Sets whether the completion popup window will appear even if there is * only a single match. You may want to set this to %FALSE if you * are using [inline completion][GtkEntryCompletion--inline-completion]. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ void gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_single_match (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, @@ -2020,8 +1948,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_popup_single_match (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, * * Returns: %TRUE if the popup window will appear regardless of the * number of matches - * - * Since: 2.8 */ gboolean gtk_entry_completion_get_popup_single_match (GtkEntryCompletion *completion) @@ -2038,8 +1964,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_get_popup_single_match (GtkEntryCompletion *completion) * * Sets whether it is possible to cycle through the possible completions * inside the entry. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_entry_completion_set_inline_selection (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, @@ -2064,8 +1988,6 @@ gtk_entry_completion_set_inline_selection (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, * Returns %TRUE if inline-selection mode is turned on. * * Returns: %TRUE if inline-selection mode is on - * - * Since: 2.12 */ gboolean gtk_entry_completion_get_inline_selection (GtkEntryCompletion *completion) diff --git a/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.h b/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.h index d0f5d08e6d..63155addca 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.h +++ b/gtk/gtkentrycompletion.h @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ void gtk_entry_completion_set_minimum_key_length (GtkEntryComplet gint length); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_entry_completion_get_minimum_key_length (GtkEntryCompletion *completion); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gchar * gtk_entry_completion_compute_prefix (GtkEntryCompletion *completion, const char *key); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL diff --git a/gtk/gtkenums.h b/gtk/gtkenums.h index 81565d1439..2fd2739998 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkenums.h +++ b/gtk/gtkenums.h @@ -110,8 +110,6 @@ typedef enum * requested height of the baseline-aligned children then it can use a * #GtkBaselinePosition to select where to put the baseline inside the * extra availible space. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ typedef enum { @@ -771,21 +769,21 @@ typedef enum /** * GtkStateFlags: - * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_NORMAL: State during normal operation. - * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE: Widget is active. - * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT: Widget has a mouse pointer over it. - * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED: Widget is selected. - * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE: Widget is insensitive. - * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT: Widget is inconsistent. - * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED: Widget has the keyboard focus. - * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_BACKDROP: Widget is in a background toplevel window. - * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR: Widget is in left-to-right text direction. Since 3.8 - * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL: Widget is in right-to-left text direction. Since 3.8 - * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_LINK: Widget is a link. Since 3.12 - * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_VISITED: The location the widget points to has already been visited. Since 3.12 - * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_CHECKED: Widget is checked. Since 3.14 - * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_DROP_ACTIVE: Widget is highlighted as a drop target for DND. Since 3.20 - * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUS_VISIBLE: Widget has the visible focus. Since: 3.92 + * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_NORMAL: State during normal operation + * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE: Widget is active + * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT: Widget has a mouse pointer over it + * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED: Widget is selected + * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE: Widget is insensitive + * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT: Widget is inconsistent + * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED: Widget has the keyboard focus + * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_BACKDROP: Widget is in a background toplevel window + * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_LTR: Widget is in left-to-right text direction + * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_DIR_RTL: Widget is in right-to-left text direction + * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_LINK: Widget is a link + * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_VISITED: The location the widget points to has already been visited + * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_CHECKED: Widget is checked + * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_DROP_ACTIVE: Widget is highlighted as a drop target for DND + * @GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUS_VISIBLE: Widget has the visible focus * * Describes a widget state. Widget states are used to match the widget * against CSS pseudo-classes. Note that GTK extends the regular CSS @@ -846,8 +844,6 @@ typedef enum { * Describes how #GtkLevelBar contents should be rendered. * Note that this enumeration could be extended with additional modes * in the future. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ typedef enum { GTK_LEVEL_BAR_MODE_CONTINUOUS, @@ -887,8 +883,6 @@ G_END_DECLS * * This enumeration may be extended in the future; input methods should * interpret unknown values as “free form”. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ typedef enum { @@ -931,8 +925,6 @@ typedef enum * * This enumeration may be extended in the future; input methods should * ignore unknown values. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ typedef enum { @@ -968,8 +960,6 @@ typedef enum * grab broken handlers for controllers in this phase to be run. * * Describes the stage at which events are fed into a #GtkEventController. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ typedef enum { @@ -986,8 +976,6 @@ typedef enum * @GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED: The sequence is denied. * * Describes the state of a #GdkEventSequence in a #GtkGesture. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ typedef enum { @@ -1004,8 +992,6 @@ typedef enum * @GTK_PAN_DIRECTION_DOWN: panned downwards * * Describes the panning direction of a #GtkGesturePan - * - * Since: 3.14 */ typedef enum { @@ -1024,8 +1010,6 @@ typedef enum * * Describes constraints to positioning of popovers. More values * may be added to this enumeration in the future. - * - * Since: 3.20 */ typedef enum { diff --git a/gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c b/gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c index 0d4f7a0727..38cf96a98d 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c +++ b/gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c @@ -160,8 +160,6 @@ gtk_event_controller_class_init (GtkEventControllerClass *klass) * GtkEventController:widget: * * The widget receiving the #GdkEvents that the controller will handle. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ properties[PROP_WIDGET] = g_param_spec_object ("widget", @@ -173,8 +171,6 @@ gtk_event_controller_class_init (GtkEventControllerClass *klass) * GtkEventController:propagation-phase: * * The propagation phase at which this controller will handle events. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ properties[PROP_PROPAGATION_PHASE] = g_param_spec_enum ("propagation-phase", @@ -206,8 +202,6 @@ gtk_event_controller_init (GtkEventController *controller) * * Returns: %TRUE if the event was potentially useful to trigger the * controller action - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ gboolean gtk_event_controller_handle_event (GtkEventController *controller, @@ -241,8 +235,6 @@ gtk_event_controller_handle_event (GtkEventController *controller, * Returns the #GtkWidget this controller relates to. * * Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkWidget - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_event_controller_get_widget (GtkEventController *controller) @@ -263,8 +255,6 @@ gtk_event_controller_get_widget (GtkEventController *controller) * Resets the @controller to a clean state. Every interaction * the controller did through gtk_event_controll_handle_event() * will be dropped at this point. - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ void gtk_event_controller_reset (GtkEventController *controller) @@ -286,8 +276,6 @@ gtk_event_controller_reset (GtkEventController *controller) * Gets the propagation phase at which @controller handles events. * * Returns: the propagation phase - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ GtkPropagationPhase gtk_event_controller_get_propagation_phase (GtkEventController *controller) @@ -311,8 +299,6 @@ gtk_event_controller_get_propagation_phase (GtkEventController *controller) * If @phase is %GTK_PHASE_NONE, no automatic event handling will be * performed, but other additional gesture maintenance will. In that phase, * the events can be managed by calling gtk_event_controller_handle_event(). - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ void gtk_event_controller_set_propagation_phase (GtkEventController *controller, diff --git a/gtk/gtkeventcontroller.h b/gtk/gtkeventcontroller.h index d53844e257..d067225427 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkeventcontroller.h +++ b/gtk/gtkeventcontroller.h @@ -41,22 +41,22 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS #define GTK_EVENT_CONTROLLER_GET_CLASS(o) (G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_CLASS ((o), GTK_TYPE_EVENT_CONTROLLER, GtkEventControllerClass)) -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_event_controller_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_event_controller_get_widget (GtkEventController *controller); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_event_controller_handle_event (GtkEventController *controller, const GdkEvent *event); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_event_controller_reset (GtkEventController *controller); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkPropagationPhase gtk_event_controller_get_propagation_phase (GtkEventController *controller); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_event_controller_set_propagation_phase (GtkEventController *controller, GtkPropagationPhase phase); diff --git a/gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.c b/gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.c index 75c293e205..bc48d9c96e 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.c +++ b/gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.c @@ -155,8 +155,6 @@ gtk_event_controller_motion_init (GtkEventControllerMotion *motion) * for the given @widget. * * Returns: a new #GtkEventControllerMotion - * - * Since: 3.94 **/ GtkEventController * gtk_event_controller_motion_new (GtkWidget *widget) diff --git a/gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.h b/gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.h index 82cd397fcc..ad2808df59 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.h +++ b/gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.h @@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS typedef struct _GtkEventControllerMotion GtkEventControllerMotion; typedef struct _GtkEventControllerMotionClass GtkEventControllerMotionClass; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_event_controller_motion_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkEventController *gtk_event_controller_motion_new (GtkWidget *widget); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.c b/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.c index 7b3fe2b910..258fdfeb87 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.c +++ b/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.c @@ -365,8 +365,6 @@ gtk_event_controller_scroll_class_init (GtkEventControllerScrollClass *klass) * GtkEventControllerScroll:flags: * * The flags affecting event controller behavior - * - * Since: 3.93 **/ pspecs[PROP_FLAGS] = g_param_spec_flags ("flags", @@ -459,8 +457,6 @@ gtk_event_controller_scroll_init (GtkEventControllerScroll *scroll) * for the given @widget. * * Returns: a new #GtkEventControllerScroll - * - * Since: 3.93 **/ GtkEventController * gtk_event_controller_scroll_new (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -480,8 +476,6 @@ gtk_event_controller_scroll_new (GtkWidget *widget, * @flags: behavior flags * * Sets the flags conditioning scroll controller behavior. - * - * Since: 3.93 **/ void gtk_event_controller_scroll_set_flags (GtkEventControllerScroll *scroll, @@ -503,8 +497,6 @@ gtk_event_controller_scroll_set_flags (GtkEventControllerScroll *scroll, * Gets the flags conditioning the scroll controller behavior. * * Returns: the controller flags. - * - * Since: 3.93 **/ GtkEventControllerScrollFlags gtk_event_controller_scroll_get_flags (GtkEventControllerScroll *scroll) diff --git a/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.h b/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.h index ed5d976a99..864c74ee79 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.h +++ b/gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.h @@ -50,8 +50,6 @@ typedef struct _GtkEventControllerScrollClass GtkEventControllerScrollClass; * @GTK_EVENT_CONTROLLER_SCROLL_BOTH_AXES: Emit scroll on both axes. * * Describes the behavior of a #GtkEventControllerScroll. - * - * Since: 3.93 **/ typedef enum { GTK_EVENT_CONTROLLER_SCROLL_NONE = 0, @@ -62,16 +60,16 @@ typedef enum { GTK_EVENT_CONTROLLER_SCROLL_BOTH_AXES = (GTK_EVENT_CONTROLLER_SCROLL_VERTICAL | GTK_EVENT_CONTROLLER_SCROLL_HORIZONTAL), } GtkEventControllerScrollFlags; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_event_controller_scroll_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkEventController *gtk_event_controller_scroll_new (GtkWidget *widget, GtkEventControllerScrollFlags flags); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_event_controller_scroll_set_flags (GtkEventControllerScroll *scroll, GtkEventControllerScrollFlags flags); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkEventControllerScrollFlags gtk_event_controller_scroll_get_flags (GtkEventControllerScroll *scroll); diff --git a/gtk/gtkexpander.c b/gtk/gtkexpander.c index 763d401c31..9ccf959556 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkexpander.c +++ b/gtk/gtkexpander.c @@ -324,8 +324,6 @@ gtk_expander_class_init (GtkExpanderClass *klass) * * When this property is %TRUE, the expander will resize the toplevel * widget containing the expander upon expanding and collapsing. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_RESIZE_TOPLEVEL, @@ -889,8 +887,6 @@ gtk_expander_measure (GtkWidget *widget, * Creates a new expander using @label as the text of the label. * * Returns: a new #GtkExpander widget. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GtkWidget * gtk_expander_new (const gchar *label) @@ -911,8 +907,6 @@ gtk_expander_new (const gchar *label) * Pressing Alt and that key activates the button. * * Returns: a new #GtkExpander widget. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GtkWidget * gtk_expander_new_with_mnemonic (const gchar *label) @@ -931,8 +925,6 @@ gtk_expander_new_with_mnemonic (const gchar *label) * Sets the state of the expander. Set to %TRUE, if you want * the child widget to be revealed, and %FALSE if you want the * child widget to be hidden. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_expander_set_expanded (GtkExpander *expander, @@ -987,8 +979,6 @@ gtk_expander_set_expanded (GtkExpander *expander, * See gtk_expander_set_expanded(). * * Returns: the current state of the expander - * - * Since: 2.4 */ gboolean gtk_expander_get_expanded (GtkExpander *expander) @@ -1006,8 +996,6 @@ gtk_expander_get_expanded (GtkExpander *expander) * Sets the text of the label of the expander to @label. * * This will also clear any previously set labels. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_expander_set_label (GtkExpander *expander, @@ -1052,8 +1040,6 @@ gtk_expander_set_label (GtkExpander *expander, * * Returns: (nullable): The text of the label widget. This string is owned * by the widget and must not be modified or freed. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ const gchar * gtk_expander_get_label (GtkExpander *expander) @@ -1077,8 +1063,6 @@ gtk_expander_get_label (GtkExpander *expander) * * If true, an underline in the text of the expander label indicates * the next character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_expander_set_use_underline (GtkExpander *expander, @@ -1112,8 +1096,6 @@ gtk_expander_set_use_underline (GtkExpander *expander, * * Returns: %TRUE if an embedded underline in the expander * label indicates the mnemonic accelerator keys - * - * Since: 2.4 */ gboolean gtk_expander_get_use_underline (GtkExpander *expander) @@ -1131,8 +1113,6 @@ gtk_expander_get_use_underline (GtkExpander *expander) * Sets whether the text of the label contains markup in * [Pango’s text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat]. * See gtk_label_set_markup(). - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_expander_set_use_markup (GtkExpander *expander, @@ -1166,8 +1146,6 @@ gtk_expander_set_use_markup (GtkExpander *expander, * See gtk_expander_set_use_markup(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the label’s text will be parsed for markup - * - * Since: 2.4 */ gboolean gtk_expander_get_use_markup (GtkExpander *expander) @@ -1184,8 +1162,6 @@ gtk_expander_get_use_markup (GtkExpander *expander) * * Set the label widget for the expander. This is the widget * that will appear embedded alongside the expander arrow. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_expander_set_label_widget (GtkExpander *expander, @@ -1236,8 +1212,6 @@ gtk_expander_set_label_widget (GtkExpander *expander, * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the label widget, * or %NULL if there is none - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GtkWidget * gtk_expander_get_label_widget (GtkExpander *expander) @@ -1255,8 +1229,6 @@ gtk_expander_get_label_widget (GtkExpander *expander) * * Sets whether the label widget should fill all available * horizontal space allocated to @expander. - * - * Since: 2.22 */ void gtk_expander_set_label_fill (GtkExpander *expander, @@ -1290,8 +1262,6 @@ gtk_expander_set_label_fill (GtkExpander *expander, * * Returns: %TRUE if the label widget will fill all * available horizontal space - * - * Since: 2.22 */ gboolean gtk_expander_get_label_fill (GtkExpander *expander) @@ -1308,8 +1278,6 @@ gtk_expander_get_label_fill (GtkExpander *expander) * * Sets whether the expander will resize the toplevel widget * containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ void gtk_expander_set_resize_toplevel (GtkExpander *expander, @@ -1332,8 +1300,6 @@ gtk_expander_set_resize_toplevel (GtkExpander *expander, * containing the expander upon resizing and collpasing. * * Returns: the “resize toplevel” setting. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ gboolean gtk_expander_get_resize_toplevel (GtkExpander *expander) diff --git a/gtk/gtkexpander.h b/gtk/gtkexpander.h index a0024d0b05..bed7a81ec2 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkexpander.h +++ b/gtk/gtkexpander.h @@ -115,10 +115,10 @@ void gtk_expander_set_label_fill (GtkExpander *expander, gboolean label_fill); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_expander_get_label_fill (GtkExpander *expander); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_expander_set_resize_toplevel (GtkExpander *expander, gboolean resize_toplevel); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_expander_get_resize_toplevel (GtkExpander *expander); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilechooser.c b/gtk/gtkfilechooser.c index 7bed67c96e..ada9ee258c 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkfilechooser.c +++ b/gtk/gtkfilechooser.c @@ -359,8 +359,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_default_init (GtkFileChooserInterface *iface) * * Returns: a #GtkFileChooserConfirmation value that indicates which * action to take after emitting the signal. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ g_signal_new (I_("confirm-overwrite"), iface_type, @@ -433,8 +431,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_default_init (GtkFileChooserInterface *iface) * Whether a file chooser in %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE mode * will present an overwrite confirmation dialog if the user * selects a file name that already exists. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ g_object_interface_install_property (iface, g_param_spec_boolean ("do-overwrite-confirmation", @@ -450,8 +446,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_default_init (GtkFileChooserInterface *iface) * * Whether a file chooser not in %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN mode * will offer the user to create new folders. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ g_object_interface_install_property (iface, g_param_spec_boolean ("create-folders", @@ -468,8 +462,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_default_init (GtkFileChooserInterface *iface) * Registers an error quark for #GtkFileChooser if necessary. * * Returns: The error quark used for #GtkFileChooser errors. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GQuark gtk_file_chooser_error_quark (void) @@ -487,8 +479,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_error_quark (void) * an option to create a new folder might be shown if the action is * %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE but not if the action is * %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_file_chooser_set_action (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -507,8 +497,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_action (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * gtk_file_chooser_set_action(). * * Returns: the action that the file selector is performing - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkFileChooserAction gtk_file_chooser_get_action (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -540,8 +528,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_action (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * On some systems non-native files may still be * available using the native filesystem via a userspace * filesystem (FUSE). - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -560,8 +546,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * file selector. See gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only() * * Returns: %TRUE if only local files can be selected. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_file_chooser_get_local_only (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -583,8 +567,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_local_only (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * Sets whether multiple files can be selected in the file selector. This is * only relevant if the action is set to be %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN or * %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_file_chooser_set_select_multiple (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -603,8 +585,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_select_multiple (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * selector. See gtk_file_chooser_set_select_multiple(). * * Returns: %TRUE if multiple files can be selected. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_file_chooser_get_select_multiple (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -626,8 +606,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_select_multiple (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * Sets whether file choser will offer to create new folders. * This is only relevant if the action is not set to be * %GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN. - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ void gtk_file_chooser_set_create_folders (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -646,8 +624,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_create_folders (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * See gtk_file_chooser_set_create_folders(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the Create Folder button should be displayed. - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ gboolean gtk_file_chooser_get_create_folders (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -676,8 +652,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_create_folders (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * Returns: (nullable) (type filename): The currently selected filename, * or %NULL if no file is selected, or the selected file can't * be represented with a local filename. Free with g_free(). - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gchar * gtk_file_chooser_get_filename (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -737,8 +711,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_filename (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * is already known, so the file chooser will use it. * * Returns: Not useful. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_file_chooser_set_filename (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -762,8 +734,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_filename (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * Returns: Not useful. * * See also: gtk_file_chooser_set_filename() - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_file_chooser_select_filename (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -790,8 +760,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_select_filename (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * Unselects a currently selected filename. If the filename * is not in the current directory, does not exist, or * is otherwise not currently selected, does nothing. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_file_chooser_unselect_filename (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -860,8 +828,6 @@ file_to_uri_with_native_path (GFile *file) * containing the filenames of all selected files and subfolders in * the current folder. Free the returned list with g_slist_free(), * and the filenames with g_free(). - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GSList * gtk_file_chooser_get_filenames (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -892,8 +858,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_filenames (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * for the rationale behind this. * * Returns: Not useful. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -933,8 +897,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * %NULL if the file chooser was unable to load the last folder that * was requested from it; for example, as would be for calling * gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder() on a nonexistent folder. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gchar * gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -969,8 +931,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * gtk_file_chooser_set_filename() or gtk_file_chooser_set_uri() instead. * Please see the documentation for those functions for an example of using * gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name() as well. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -999,8 +959,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * g_free(). Note that this string is not a full pathname or URI; it is * whatever the contents of the entry are. Note also that this string is in * UTF-8 encoding, which is not necessarily the system’s encoding for filenames. - * - * Since: 3.10 **/ gchar * gtk_file_chooser_get_current_name (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -1025,8 +983,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_current_name (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * if no file is selected. If gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only() is set to * %TRUE (the default) a local URI will be returned for any FUSE locations. * Free with g_free() - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gchar * gtk_file_chooser_get_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -1089,8 +1045,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * is already known, so the file chooser will use it. * * Returns: Not useful. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_file_chooser_set_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -1112,8 +1066,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * @chooser will be changed to the folder containing @filename. * * Returns: Not useful. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_file_chooser_select_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -1140,8 +1092,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_select_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * Unselects the file referred to by @uri. If the file * is not in the current directory, does not exist, or * is otherwise not currently selected, does nothing. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_file_chooser_unselect_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -1162,8 +1112,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_unselect_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * @chooser: a #GtkFileChooser * * Selects all the files in the current folder of a file chooser. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_file_chooser_select_all (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -1178,8 +1126,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_select_all (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * @chooser: a #GtkFileChooser * * Unselects all the files in the current folder of a file chooser. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_file_chooser_unselect_all (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -1200,8 +1146,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_unselect_all (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * Returns: (element-type utf8) (transfer full): a #GSList containing the URIs of all selected * files and subfolders in the current folder. Free the returned list * with g_slist_free(), and the filenames with g_free(). - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GSList * gtk_file_chooser_get_uris (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -1237,8 +1181,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_uris (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * * Returns: %TRUE if the folder could be changed successfully, %FALSE * otherwise. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -1277,8 +1219,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * was unable to load the last folder that was requested from it; for example, * as would be for calling gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_uri() on a * nonexistent folder. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ gchar * gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -1309,8 +1249,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * * Returns: %TRUE if the folder could be changed successfully, %FALSE * otherwise. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ gboolean gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -1332,8 +1270,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * See gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder_uri(). * * Returns: (transfer full): the #GFile for the current folder. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ GFile * gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -1353,8 +1289,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_current_folder_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * _gtk_file_chooser_select_uri(). * * Returns: Not useful. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ gboolean gtk_file_chooser_select_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -1375,8 +1309,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_select_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * * Unselects the file referred to by @file. If the file is not in the current * directory, does not exist, or is otherwise not currently selected, does nothing. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ void gtk_file_chooser_unselect_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -1399,8 +1331,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_unselect_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * containing a #GFile for each selected file and subfolder in the * current folder. Free the returned list with g_slist_free(), and * the files with g_object_unref(). - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ GSList * gtk_file_chooser_get_files (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -1451,8 +1381,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_files (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * ]| * * Returns: Not useful. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ gboolean gtk_file_chooser_set_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -1480,8 +1408,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * * Returns: (transfer full): a selected #GFile. You own the returned file; * use g_object_unref() to release it. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ GFile * gtk_file_chooser_get_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -1512,8 +1438,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * and filenames and URIs. * * Returns: the file system for @chooser. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkFileSystem * _gtk_file_chooser_get_file_system (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -1542,8 +1466,6 @@ _gtk_file_chooser_get_file_system (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * When there is no application-supplied preview widget, or the * application-supplied preview widget is not active, the file chooser * will display no preview at all. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -1562,8 +1484,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget(). * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the current preview widget, or %NULL - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_widget (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -1595,8 +1515,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_widget (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * may display an internally generated preview of the current file * or it may display no preview at all. See * gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget() for more details. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget_active (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -1616,8 +1534,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget_active (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget_active(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the preview widget is active for the current filename. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_widget_active (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -1642,8 +1558,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_widget_active (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * display the name themselves in their preview widget. * * See also: gtk_file_chooser_set_preview_widget() - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_file_chooser_set_use_preview_label (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -1685,8 +1599,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_use_preview_label (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): the #GFile for the file to preview, * or %NULL if no file is selected. Free with g_object_unref(). - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ GFile * gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -1707,8 +1619,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_file (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * * Returns: %TRUE if the folder could be added successfully, %FALSE * otherwise. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean _gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -1732,8 +1642,6 @@ _gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * * Returns: %TRUE if the folder could be removed successfully, %FALSE * otherwise. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean _gtk_file_chooser_remove_shortcut_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -1756,8 +1664,6 @@ _gtk_file_chooser_remove_shortcut_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * Returns: (nullable) (type filename): the filename to preview, or %NULL if * no file is selected, or if the selected file cannot be represented * as a local filename. Free with g_free() - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ char * gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_filename (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -1786,8 +1692,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_filename (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): the URI for the file to preview, * or %NULL if no file is selected. Free with g_free(). - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ char * gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -1813,8 +1717,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_preview_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * @extra_widget: widget for extra options * * Sets an application-supplied widget to provide extra options to the user. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -1833,8 +1735,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget(). * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the current extra widget, or %NULL - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_file_chooser_get_extra_widget (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -1866,8 +1766,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_extra_widget (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * * Note that the @chooser takes ownership of the filter, so you have to * ref and sink it if you want to keep a reference. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_file_chooser_add_filter (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -1884,8 +1782,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_add_filter (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * @filter: a #GtkFileFilter * * Removes @filter from the list of filters that the user can select between. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_file_chooser_remove_filter (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -1907,8 +1803,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_remove_filter (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * #GSList containing the current set of user selectable filters. The * contents of the list are owned by GTK+, but you must free the list * itself with g_slist_free() when you are done with it. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GSList * gtk_file_chooser_list_filters (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -1929,8 +1823,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_list_filters (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * in that list. Setting the current filter when the list of * filters is empty is useful if you want to restrict the displayed * set of files without letting the user change it. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_file_chooser_set_filter (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -1949,8 +1841,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_filter (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * Gets the current filter; see gtk_file_chooser_set_filter(). * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the current filter, or %NULL - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkFileFilter * gtk_file_chooser_get_filter (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -1983,8 +1873,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_filter (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * * Returns: %TRUE if the folder could be added successfully, %FALSE * otherwise. In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -2016,8 +1904,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate. * * See also: gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder() - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_file_chooser_remove_shortcut_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -2048,8 +1934,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_remove_shortcut_folder (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * of folder filenames, or %NULL if there are no shortcut folders. * Free the returned list with g_slist_free(), and the filenames with * g_free(). - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GSList * gtk_file_chooser_list_shortcut_folders (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -2080,8 +1964,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_list_shortcut_folders (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * * Returns: %TRUE if the folder could be added successfully, %FALSE * otherwise. In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -2113,8 +1995,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * In the latter case, the @error will be set as appropriate. * * See also: gtk_file_chooser_add_shortcut_folder_uri() - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_file_chooser_remove_shortcut_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -2144,8 +2024,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_remove_shortcut_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * Returns: (nullable) (element-type utf8) (transfer full): A list of * folder URIs, or %NULL if there are no shortcut folders. Free the * returned list with g_slist_free(), and the URIs with g_free(). - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GSList * gtk_file_chooser_list_shortcut_folder_uris (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -2177,8 +2055,6 @@ _gtk_file_chooser_list_shortcut_folder_files (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * @show_hidden: %TRUE if hidden files and folders should be displayed. * * Sets whether hidden files and folders are displayed in the file selector. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_file_chooser_set_show_hidden (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -2197,8 +2073,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_show_hidden (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * See gtk_file_chooser_set_show_hidden(). * * Returns: %TRUE if hidden files and folders are displayed. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ gboolean gtk_file_chooser_get_show_hidden (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -2228,8 +2102,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_show_hidden (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * You can override the way confirmation is done by actually handling the * #GtkFileChooser::confirm-overwrite signal; please refer to its documentation * for the details. - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ void gtk_file_chooser_set_do_overwrite_confirmation (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -2249,8 +2121,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_do_overwrite_confirmation (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * * Returns: %TRUE if the file chooser will present a confirmation dialog; * %FALSE otherwise. - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ gboolean gtk_file_chooser_get_do_overwrite_confirmation (GtkFileChooser *chooser) @@ -2279,8 +2149,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_get_do_overwrite_confirmation (GtkFileChooser *chooser) * using gtk_file_chooser_get_choice(). * * Compare gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget(). - * - * Since: 3.22 */ void gtk_file_chooser_add_choice (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -2301,8 +2169,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_add_choice (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * @id: the ID of the choice to remove * * Removes a 'choice' that has been added with gtk_file_chooser_add_choice(). - * - * Since: 3.22 */ void gtk_file_chooser_remove_choice (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -2323,8 +2189,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_remove_choice (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * Selects an option in a 'choice' that has been added with * gtk_file_chooser_add_choice(). For a boolean choice, the * possible options are "true" and "false". - * - * Since: 3.22 */ void gtk_file_chooser_set_choice (GtkFileChooser *chooser, @@ -2345,7 +2209,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_set_choice (GtkFileChooser *chooser, * Gets the currently selected option in the 'choice' with the given ID. * * Returns: the ID of the currenly selected option - * Since: 3.22 */ const char * gtk_file_chooser_get_choice (GtkFileChooser *chooser, diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilechooser.h b/gtk/gtkfilechooser.h index 92cdbb3658..9c13dd4032 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkfilechooser.h +++ b/gtk/gtkfilechooser.h @@ -73,8 +73,6 @@ typedef enum * value determines whether the file chooser will present the stock * confirmation dialog, accept the user’s choice of a filename, or * let the user choose another filename. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ typedef enum { @@ -155,7 +153,7 @@ gboolean gtk_file_chooser_get_create_folders (GtkFileChooser *choose GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name (GtkFileChooser *chooser, const gchar *name); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gchar *gtk_file_chooser_get_current_name (GtkFileChooser *chooser); /* Filename manipulation @@ -304,20 +302,20 @@ gboolean gtk_file_chooser_remove_shortcut_folder_uri (GtkFileChooser *chooser, GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GSList *gtk_file_chooser_list_shortcut_folder_uris (GtkFileChooser *chooser); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_file_chooser_add_choice (GtkFileChooser *chooser, const char *id, const char *label, const char **options, const char **option_labels); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_file_chooser_remove_choice (GtkFileChooser *chooser, const char *id); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_file_chooser_set_choice (GtkFileChooser *chooser, const char *id, const char *option); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL const char *gtk_file_chooser_get_choice (GtkFileChooser *chooser, const char *id); diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c b/gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c index 5c571994de..706ab3c2a5 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c +++ b/gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c @@ -406,8 +406,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_button_class_init (GtkFileChooserButtonClass * class) * * Note that this signal is only emitted when the user * changes the file. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ file_chooser_button_signals[FILE_SET] = g_signal_new (I_("file-set"), @@ -422,8 +420,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_button_class_init (GtkFileChooserButtonClass * class) * GtkFileChooserButton:dialog: * * Instance of the #GtkFileChooserDialog associated with the button. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_DIALOG, g_param_spec_object ("dialog", @@ -437,8 +433,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_button_class_init (GtkFileChooserButtonClass * class) * GtkFileChooserButton:title: * * Title to put on the #GtkFileChooserDialog associated with the button. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_TITLE, g_param_spec_string ("title", @@ -451,8 +445,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_button_class_init (GtkFileChooserButtonClass * class) * GtkFileChooserButton:width-chars: * * The width of the entry and label inside the button, in characters. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_WIDTH_CHARS, g_param_spec_int ("width-chars", @@ -2952,8 +2944,6 @@ native_response_cb (GtkFileChooserNative *native, * Creates a new file-selecting button widget. * * Returns: a new button widget. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ GtkWidget * gtk_file_chooser_button_new (const gchar *title, @@ -2984,8 +2974,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_button_new (const gchar *title, * order for the button to take over the file selected in the dialog. * * Returns: a new button widget. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ GtkWidget * gtk_file_chooser_button_new_with_dialog (GtkWidget *dialog) @@ -3003,8 +2991,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_button_new_with_dialog (GtkWidget *dialog) * @title: the new browse dialog title. * * Modifies the @title of the browse dialog used by @button. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_file_chooser_button_set_title (GtkFileChooserButton *button, @@ -3027,8 +3013,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_button_set_title (GtkFileChooserButton *button, * should not be modified or freed. * * Returns: a pointer to the browse dialog’s title. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ const gchar * gtk_file_chooser_button_get_title (GtkFileChooserButton *button) @@ -3048,8 +3032,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_button_get_title (GtkFileChooserButton *button) * Retrieves the width in characters of the @button widget’s entry and/or label. * * Returns: an integer width (in characters) that the button will use to size itself. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ gint gtk_file_chooser_button_get_width_chars (GtkFileChooserButton *button) @@ -3065,8 +3047,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_button_get_width_chars (GtkFileChooserButton *button) * @n_chars: the new width, in characters. * * Sets the width (in characters) that @button will use to @n_chars. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_file_chooser_button_set_width_chars (GtkFileChooserButton *button, diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilechooserdialog.c b/gtk/gtkfilechooserdialog.c index 701fa1a3f7..517654e24a 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkfilechooserdialog.c +++ b/gtk/gtkfilechooserdialog.c @@ -696,8 +696,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new_valist (const gchar *title, * gtk_dialog_new_with_buttons(). * * Returns: a new #GtkFileChooserDialog - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (const gchar *title, diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c b/gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c index 83fd5cc7ec..0d4d6a2911 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c +++ b/gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c @@ -236,8 +236,6 @@ G_DEFINE_TYPE_WITH_CODE (GtkFileChooserNative, gtk_file_chooser_native, GTK_TYPE * * Returns: (nullable): The custom label, or %NULL for the default. This string * is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified or freed - * - * Since: 3.20 **/ const char * gtk_file_chooser_native_get_accept_label (GtkFileChooserNative *self) @@ -259,8 +257,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_native_get_accept_label (GtkFileChooserNative *self) * underscores). The first underlined character represents a keyboard * accelerator called a mnemonic. * Pressing Alt and that key activates the button. - * - * Since: 3.20 **/ void gtk_file_chooser_native_set_accept_label (GtkFileChooserNative *self, @@ -282,8 +278,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_native_set_accept_label (GtkFileChooserNative *self, * * Returns: (nullable): The custom label, or %NULL for the default. This string * is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified or freed - * - * Since: 3.20 **/ const char * gtk_file_chooser_native_get_cancel_label (GtkFileChooserNative *self) @@ -305,8 +299,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_native_get_cancel_label (GtkFileChooserNative *self) * underscores). The first underlined character represents a keyboard * accelerator called a mnemonic. * Pressing Alt and that key activates the button. - * - * Since: 3.20 **/ void gtk_file_chooser_native_set_cancel_label (GtkFileChooserNative *self, @@ -550,8 +542,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_native_init (GtkFileChooserNative *self) * Creates a new #GtkFileChooserNative. * * Returns: a new #GtkFileChooserNative - * - * Since: 3.20 **/ GtkFileChooserNative * gtk_file_chooser_native_new (const gchar *title, diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.h b/gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.h index c2c21d765b..b85fbbc936 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.h +++ b/gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.h @@ -30,24 +30,24 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS #define GTK_TYPE_FILE_CHOOSER_NATIVE (gtk_file_chooser_native_get_type ()) -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL G_DECLARE_FINAL_TYPE (GtkFileChooserNative, gtk_file_chooser_native, GTK, FILE_CHOOSER_NATIVE, GtkNativeDialog) -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkFileChooserNative *gtk_file_chooser_native_new (const gchar *title, GtkWindow *parent, GtkFileChooserAction action, const gchar *accept_label, const gchar *cancel_label); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL const char *gtk_file_chooser_native_get_accept_label (GtkFileChooserNative *self); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_file_chooser_native_set_accept_label (GtkFileChooserNative *self, const char *accept_label); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL const char *gtk_file_chooser_native_get_cancel_label (GtkFileChooserNative *self); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_file_chooser_native_set_cancel_label (GtkFileChooserNative *self, const char *cancel_label); diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c b/gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c index 4475ecc64c..066f4cf3d4 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c +++ b/gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c @@ -8569,8 +8569,6 @@ gtk_file_chooser_widget_init (GtkFileChooserWidget *impl) * #GtkFileChooserDialog. * * Returns: a new #GtkFileChooserWidget - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_file_chooser_widget_new (GtkFileChooserAction action) diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilefilter.c b/gtk/gtkfilefilter.c index 58decf9721..a63d2ecce3 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkfilefilter.c +++ b/gtk/gtkfilefilter.c @@ -394,8 +394,6 @@ gtk_file_filter_buildable_custom_tag_end (GtkBuildable *buildable, * ]| * * Returns: a new #GtkFileFilter - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkFileFilter * gtk_file_filter_new (void) @@ -412,8 +410,6 @@ gtk_file_filter_new (void) * Sets the human-readable name of the filter; this is the string * that will be displayed in the file selector user interface if * there is a selectable list of filters. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_file_filter_set_name (GtkFileFilter *filter, @@ -435,8 +431,6 @@ gtk_file_filter_set_name (GtkFileFilter *filter, * Returns: (nullable): The human-readable name of the filter, * or %NULL. This value is owned by GTK+ and must not * be modified or freed. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ const gchar * gtk_file_filter_get_name (GtkFileFilter *filter) @@ -460,8 +454,6 @@ file_filter_add_rule (GtkFileFilter *filter, * @mime_type: name of a MIME type * * Adds a rule allowing a given mime type to @filter. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_file_filter_add_mime_type (GtkFileFilter *filter, @@ -486,8 +478,6 @@ gtk_file_filter_add_mime_type (GtkFileFilter *filter, * @pattern: a shell style glob * * Adds a rule allowing a shell style glob to a filter. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_file_filter_add_pattern (GtkFileFilter *filter, @@ -512,8 +502,6 @@ gtk_file_filter_add_pattern (GtkFileFilter *filter, * * Adds a rule allowing image files in the formats supported * by GdkPixbuf. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_file_filter_add_pixbuf_formats (GtkFileFilter *filter) @@ -545,8 +533,6 @@ gtk_file_filter_add_pixbuf_formats (GtkFileFilter *filter) * about what sorts of information that the filter function needs; * this allows GTK+ to avoid retrieving expensive information when * it isn’t needed by the filter. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_file_filter_add_custom (GtkFileFilter *filter, @@ -583,8 +569,6 @@ gtk_file_filter_add_custom (GtkFileFilter *filter, * * Returns: bitfield of flags indicating needed fields when * calling gtk_file_filter_filter() - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkFileFilterFlags gtk_file_filter_get_needed (GtkFileFilter *filter) @@ -734,8 +718,6 @@ _gtk_file_filter_get_as_patterns (GtkFileFilter *filter) * #GtkFileChooser. * * Returns: %TRUE if the file should be displayed - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_file_filter_filter (GtkFileFilter *filter, @@ -822,8 +804,6 @@ gtk_file_filter_filter (GtkFileFilter *filter, * Serialize a file filter to an a{sv} variant. * * Returns: (transfer none): a new, floating, #GVariant - * - * Since: 3.22 */ GVariant * gtk_file_filter_to_gvariant (GtkFileFilter *filter) @@ -878,8 +858,6 @@ gtk_file_filter_to_gvariant (GtkFileFilter *filter) * the format produced by gtk_file_filter_to_gvariant(). * * Returns: (transfer full): a new #GtkFileFilter object - * - * Since: 3.22 */ GtkFileFilter * gtk_file_filter_new_from_gvariant (GVariant *variant) diff --git a/gtk/gtkfilefilter.h b/gtk/gtkfilefilter.h index 8051befc5e..715556546a 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkfilefilter.h +++ b/gtk/gtkfilefilter.h @@ -122,9 +122,9 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_file_filter_filter (GtkFileFilter *filter, const GtkFileFilterInfo *filter_info); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GVariant *gtk_file_filter_to_gvariant (GtkFileFilter *filter); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkFileFilter *gtk_file_filter_new_from_gvariant (GVariant *variant); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkflowbox.c b/gtk/gtkflowbox.c index 0d444f6b7b..8afc448456 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkflowbox.c +++ b/gtk/gtkflowbox.c @@ -492,8 +492,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_child_init (GtkFlowBoxChild *child) * of a #GtkFlowBox. * * Returns: a new #GtkFlowBoxChild - * - * Since: 3.12 */ GtkWidget * gtk_flow_box_child_new (void) @@ -509,8 +507,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_child_new (void) * * Returns: the index of the @child, or -1 if the @child is not * in a flow box. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ gint gtk_flow_box_child_get_index (GtkFlowBoxChild *child) @@ -535,8 +531,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_child_get_index (GtkFlowBoxChild *child) * #GtkFlowBox container. * * Returns: %TRUE if @child is selected - * - * Since: 3.12 */ gboolean gtk_flow_box_child_is_selected (GtkFlowBoxChild *child) @@ -566,8 +560,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_child_is_selected (GtkFlowBoxChild *child) * and filtering functions into the widgets themselves. Another * alternative is to call gtk_flow_box_invalidate_sort() on any * model change, but that is more expensive. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_flow_box_child_changed (GtkFlowBoxChild *child) @@ -3829,8 +3821,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_bound_model_changed (GListModel *list, * Creates a GtkFlowBox. * * Returns: a new #GtkFlowBox container - * - * Since: 3.12 */ GtkWidget * gtk_flow_box_new (void) @@ -3871,8 +3861,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_insert_css_node (GtkFlowBox *box, * * If @position is -1, or larger than the total number of children * in the @box, then the @widget will be appended to the end. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_flow_box_insert (GtkFlowBox *box, @@ -3928,8 +3916,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_insert (GtkFlowBox *box, * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the child widget, which will * always be a #GtkFlowBoxChild or %NULL in case no child widget * with the given index exists. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ GtkFlowBoxChild * gtk_flow_box_get_child_at_index (GtkFlowBox *box, @@ -3958,8 +3944,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_get_child_at_index (GtkFlowBox *box, * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the child widget, which will * always be a #GtkFlowBoxChild or %NULL in case no child widget * exists for the given x and y coordinates. - * - * Since: 3.22.6 */ GtkFlowBoxChild * gtk_flow_box_get_child_at_pos (GtkFlowBox *box, @@ -4002,8 +3986,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_get_child_at_pos (GtkFlowBox *box, * The adjustments have to be in pixel units and in the same * coordinate system as the allocation for immediate children * of the box. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_flow_box_set_hadjustment (GtkFlowBox *box, @@ -4039,8 +4021,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_set_hadjustment (GtkFlowBox *box, * The adjustments have to be in pixel units and in the same * coordinate system as the allocation for immediate children * of the box. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_flow_box_set_vadjustment (GtkFlowBox *box, @@ -4094,8 +4074,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_check_model_compat (GtkFlowBox *box) * Note that using a model is incompatible with the filtering and sorting * functionality in GtkFlowBox. When using a model, filtering and sorting * should be implemented by the model. - * - * Since: 3.18 */ void gtk_flow_box_bind_model (GtkFlowBox *box, @@ -4145,8 +4123,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_bind_model (GtkFlowBox *box, * same size). See gtk_box_set_homogeneous(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the box is homogeneous. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ gboolean gtk_flow_box_get_homogeneous (GtkFlowBox *box) @@ -4165,8 +4141,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_get_homogeneous (GtkFlowBox *box) * Sets the #GtkFlowBox:homogeneous property of @box, controlling * whether or not all children of @box are given equal space * in the box. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_flow_box_set_homogeneous (GtkFlowBox *box, @@ -4192,8 +4166,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_set_homogeneous (GtkFlowBox *box, * * Sets the vertical space to add between children. * See the #GtkFlowBox:row-spacing property. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_flow_box_set_row_spacing (GtkFlowBox *box, @@ -4217,8 +4189,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_set_row_spacing (GtkFlowBox *box, * Gets the vertical spacing. * * Returns: the vertical spacing - * - * Since: 3.12 */ guint gtk_flow_box_get_row_spacing (GtkFlowBox *box) @@ -4235,8 +4205,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_get_row_spacing (GtkFlowBox *box) * * Sets the horizontal space to add between children. * See the #GtkFlowBox:column-spacing property. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_flow_box_set_column_spacing (GtkFlowBox *box, @@ -4260,8 +4228,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_set_column_spacing (GtkFlowBox *box, * Gets the horizontal spacing. * * Returns: the horizontal spacing - * - * Since: 3.12 */ guint gtk_flow_box_get_column_spacing (GtkFlowBox *box) @@ -4278,8 +4244,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_get_column_spacing (GtkFlowBox *box) * * Sets the minimum number of children to line up * in @box’s orientation before flowing. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_flow_box_set_min_children_per_line (GtkFlowBox *box, @@ -4303,8 +4267,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_set_min_children_per_line (GtkFlowBox *box, * Gets the minimum number of children per line. * * Returns: the minimum number of children per line - * - * Since: 3.12 */ guint gtk_flow_box_get_min_children_per_line (GtkFlowBox *box) @@ -4325,8 +4287,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_get_min_children_per_line (GtkFlowBox *box) * Setting the maximum number of children per line * limits the overall natural size request to be no more * than @n_children children long in the given orientation. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_flow_box_set_max_children_per_line (GtkFlowBox *box, @@ -4351,8 +4311,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_set_max_children_per_line (GtkFlowBox *box, * Gets the maximum number of children per line. * * Returns: the maximum number of children per line - * - * Since: 3.12 */ guint gtk_flow_box_get_max_children_per_line (GtkFlowBox *box) @@ -4369,8 +4327,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_get_max_children_per_line (GtkFlowBox *box) * * If @single is %TRUE, children will be activated when you click * on them, otherwise you need to double-click. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_flow_box_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkFlowBox *box, @@ -4395,8 +4351,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkFlowBox *box, * * Returns: %TRUE if children are activated on single click, * %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 3.12 */ gboolean gtk_flow_box_get_activate_on_single_click (GtkFlowBox *box) @@ -4428,8 +4382,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_set_accept_unpaired_release (GtkFlowBox *box, * Returns: (element-type GtkFlowBoxChild) (transfer container): * A #GList containing the #GtkWidget for each selected child. * Free with g_list_free() when done. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ GList * gtk_flow_box_get_selected_children (GtkFlowBox *box) @@ -4459,8 +4411,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_get_selected_children (GtkFlowBox *box) * * Selects a single child of @box, if the selection * mode allows it. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_flow_box_select_child (GtkFlowBox *box, @@ -4479,8 +4429,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_select_child (GtkFlowBox *box, * * Unselects a single child of @box, if the selection * mode allows it. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_flow_box_unselect_child (GtkFlowBox *box, @@ -4498,8 +4446,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_unselect_child (GtkFlowBox *box, * * Select all children of @box, if the selection * mode allows it. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_flow_box_select_all (GtkFlowBox *box) @@ -4522,8 +4468,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_select_all (GtkFlowBox *box) * * Unselect all children of @box, if the selection * mode allows it. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_flow_box_unselect_all (GtkFlowBox *box) @@ -4549,8 +4493,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_unselect_all (GtkFlowBox *box) * * A function used by gtk_flow_box_selected_foreach(). * It will be called on every selected child of the @box. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ /** @@ -4563,8 +4505,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_unselect_all (GtkFlowBox *box) * * Note that the selection cannot be modified from within * this function. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_flow_box_selected_foreach (GtkFlowBox *box, @@ -4593,8 +4533,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_selected_foreach (GtkFlowBox *box, * * Sets how selection works in @box. * See #GtkSelectionMode for details. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_flow_box_set_selection_mode (GtkFlowBox *box, @@ -4629,8 +4567,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_set_selection_mode (GtkFlowBox *box, * Gets the selection mode of @box. * * Returns: the #GtkSelectionMode - * - * Since: 3.12 */ GtkSelectionMode gtk_flow_box_get_selection_mode (GtkFlowBox *box) @@ -4652,8 +4588,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_get_selection_mode (GtkFlowBox *box) * visible or not. * * Returns: %TRUE if the row should be visible, %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 3.12 */ /** @@ -4675,8 +4609,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_get_selection_mode (GtkFlowBox *box) * * Note that using a filter function is incompatible with using a model * (see gtk_flow_box_bind_model()). - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_flow_box_set_filter_func (GtkFlowBox *box, @@ -4713,8 +4645,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_set_filter_func (GtkFlowBox *box, * factor. For instance, this would be used if the * filter function just looked for a specific search * term, and the entry with the string has changed. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_flow_box_invalidate_filter (GtkFlowBox *box) @@ -4738,8 +4668,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_invalidate_filter (GtkFlowBox *box) * * Returns: < 0 if @child1 should be before @child2, 0 if * the are equal, and > 0 otherwise - * - * Since: 3.12 */ /** @@ -4760,8 +4688,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_invalidate_filter (GtkFlowBox *box) * * Note that using a sort function is incompatible with using a model * (see gtk_flow_box_bind_model()). - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_flow_box_set_sort_func (GtkFlowBox *box, @@ -4826,8 +4752,6 @@ gtk_flow_box_css_node_foreach (gpointer data, * * Call this when the result of the sort function on * @box is changed due to an external factor. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_flow_box_invalidate_sort (GtkFlowBox *box) diff --git a/gtk/gtkflowbox.h b/gtk/gtkflowbox.h index ba07f55e7a..906162165a 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkflowbox.h +++ b/gtk/gtkflowbox.h @@ -108,80 +108,78 @@ struct _GtkFlowBoxChildClass * gtk_flow_box_bind_model() for each item that gets added to the model. * * Returns: (transfer full): a #GtkWidget that represents @item - * - * Since: 3.18 */ typedef GtkWidget * (*GtkFlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc) (gpointer item, gpointer user_data); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_flow_box_child_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_flow_box_child_new (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_flow_box_child_get_index (GtkFlowBoxChild *child); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_flow_box_child_is_selected (GtkFlowBoxChild *child); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_flow_box_child_changed (GtkFlowBoxChild *child); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_flow_box_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget *gtk_flow_box_new (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_flow_box_bind_model (GtkFlowBox *box, GListModel *model, GtkFlowBoxCreateWidgetFunc create_widget_func, gpointer user_data, GDestroyNotify user_data_free_func); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_flow_box_set_homogeneous (GtkFlowBox *box, gboolean homogeneous); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_flow_box_get_homogeneous (GtkFlowBox *box); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_flow_box_set_row_spacing (GtkFlowBox *box, guint spacing); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL guint gtk_flow_box_get_row_spacing (GtkFlowBox *box); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_flow_box_set_column_spacing (GtkFlowBox *box, guint spacing); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL guint gtk_flow_box_get_column_spacing (GtkFlowBox *box); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_flow_box_set_min_children_per_line (GtkFlowBox *box, guint n_children); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL guint gtk_flow_box_get_min_children_per_line (GtkFlowBox *box); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_flow_box_set_max_children_per_line (GtkFlowBox *box, guint n_children); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL guint gtk_flow_box_get_max_children_per_line (GtkFlowBox *box); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_flow_box_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkFlowBox *box, gboolean single); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_flow_box_get_activate_on_single_click (GtkFlowBox *box); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_flow_box_insert (GtkFlowBox *box, GtkWidget *widget, gint position); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkFlowBoxChild *gtk_flow_box_get_child_at_index (GtkFlowBox *box, gint idx); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkFlowBoxChild *gtk_flow_box_get_child_at_pos (GtkFlowBox *box, gint x, gint y); @@ -190,55 +188,55 @@ typedef void (* GtkFlowBoxForeachFunc) (GtkFlowBox *box, GtkFlowBoxChild *child, gpointer user_data); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_flow_box_selected_foreach (GtkFlowBox *box, GtkFlowBoxForeachFunc func, gpointer data); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GList *gtk_flow_box_get_selected_children (GtkFlowBox *box); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_flow_box_select_child (GtkFlowBox *box, GtkFlowBoxChild *child); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_flow_box_unselect_child (GtkFlowBox *box, GtkFlowBoxChild *child); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_flow_box_select_all (GtkFlowBox *box); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_flow_box_unselect_all (GtkFlowBox *box); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_flow_box_set_selection_mode (GtkFlowBox *box, GtkSelectionMode mode); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkSelectionMode gtk_flow_box_get_selection_mode (GtkFlowBox *box); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_flow_box_set_hadjustment (GtkFlowBox *box, GtkAdjustment *adjustment); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_flow_box_set_vadjustment (GtkFlowBox *box, GtkAdjustment *adjustment); typedef gboolean (*GtkFlowBoxFilterFunc) (GtkFlowBoxChild *child, gpointer user_data); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_flow_box_set_filter_func (GtkFlowBox *box, GtkFlowBoxFilterFunc filter_func, gpointer user_data, GDestroyNotify destroy); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_flow_box_invalidate_filter (GtkFlowBox *box); typedef gint (*GtkFlowBoxSortFunc) (GtkFlowBoxChild *child1, GtkFlowBoxChild *child2, gpointer user_data); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_flow_box_set_sort_func (GtkFlowBox *box, GtkFlowBoxSortFunc sort_func, gpointer user_data, GDestroyNotify destroy); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_flow_box_invalidate_sort (GtkFlowBox *box); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkfontbutton.c b/gtk/gtkfontbutton.c index 8930585ad7..4a6dcba0dc 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkfontbutton.c +++ b/gtk/gtkfontbutton.c @@ -508,8 +508,6 @@ gtk_font_button_class_init (GtkFontButtonClass *klass) * GtkFontButton:title: * * The title of the font chooser dialog. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_TITLE, @@ -524,8 +522,6 @@ gtk_font_button_class_init (GtkFontButtonClass *klass) * * If this property is set to %TRUE, the label will be drawn * in the selected font. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_USE_FONT, @@ -540,8 +536,6 @@ gtk_font_button_class_init (GtkFontButtonClass *klass) * * If this property is set to %TRUE, the label will be drawn * with the selected font size. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_USE_SIZE, @@ -562,8 +556,6 @@ gtk_font_button_class_init (GtkFontButtonClass *klass) * Note that this signal is only emitted when the user * changes the font. If you need to react to programmatic font changes * as well, use the notify::font signal. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ font_button_signals[FONT_SET] = g_signal_new (I_("font-set"), G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class), @@ -738,8 +730,6 @@ gtk_font_button_get_property (GObject *object, * Creates a new font picker widget. * * Returns: a new font picker widget. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GtkWidget * gtk_font_button_new (void) @@ -754,8 +744,6 @@ gtk_font_button_new (void) * Creates a new font picker widget. * * Returns: a new font picker widget. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GtkWidget * gtk_font_button_new_with_font (const gchar *fontname) @@ -769,8 +757,6 @@ gtk_font_button_new_with_font (const gchar *fontname) * @title: a string containing the font chooser dialog title * * Sets the title for the font chooser dialog. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_font_button_set_title (GtkFontButton *font_button, @@ -797,8 +783,6 @@ gtk_font_button_set_title (GtkFontButton *font_button, * Retrieves the title of the font chooser dialog. * * Returns: an internal copy of the title string which must not be freed. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ const gchar* gtk_font_button_get_title (GtkFontButton *font_button) @@ -815,8 +799,6 @@ gtk_font_button_get_title (GtkFontButton *font_button) * Returns whether the selected font is used in the label. * * Returns: whether the selected font is used in the label. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ gboolean gtk_font_button_get_use_font (GtkFontButton *font_button) @@ -832,8 +814,6 @@ gtk_font_button_get_use_font (GtkFontButton *font_button) * @use_font: If %TRUE, font name will be written using font chosen. * * If @use_font is %TRUE, the font name will be written using the selected font. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_font_button_set_use_font (GtkFontButton *font_button, @@ -861,8 +841,6 @@ gtk_font_button_set_use_font (GtkFontButton *font_button, * Returns whether the selected size is used in the label. * * Returns: whether the selected size is used in the label. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ gboolean gtk_font_button_get_use_size (GtkFontButton *font_button) @@ -878,8 +856,6 @@ gtk_font_button_get_use_size (GtkFontButton *font_button) * @use_size: If %TRUE, font name will be written using the selected size. * * If @use_size is %TRUE, the font name will be written using the selected size. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_font_button_set_use_size (GtkFontButton *font_button, diff --git a/gtk/gtkfontchooser.c b/gtk/gtkfontchooser.c index 5c1547d75b..078225eb17 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkfontchooser.c +++ b/gtk/gtkfontchooser.c @@ -109,8 +109,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_default_init (GtkFontChooserInterface *iface) * GtkFontChooser:level: * * The level of granularity to offer for selecting fonts. - * - * Since: 3.94 */ g_object_interface_install_property (iface, @@ -126,8 +124,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_default_init (GtkFontChooserInterface *iface) * * The selected font features, in a format that is compatible with * CSS and with Pango attributes. - * - * Since: 3.94 */ g_object_interface_install_property (iface, @@ -143,8 +139,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_default_init (GtkFontChooserInterface *iface) * The language for which the #GtkFontChooser:font-features were * selected, in a format that is compatible with CSS and with Pango * attributes. - * - * Since: 3.94 */ g_object_interface_install_property (iface, @@ -187,8 +181,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_default_init (GtkFontChooserInterface *iface) * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): A #PangoFontFamily representing the * selected font family, or %NULL. The returned object is owned by @fontchooser * and must not be modified or freed. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ PangoFontFamily * gtk_font_chooser_get_font_family (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser) @@ -210,8 +202,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_font_family (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser) * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): A #PangoFontFace representing the * selected font group details, or %NULL. The returned object is owned by * @fontchooser and must not be modified or freed. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ PangoFontFace * gtk_font_chooser_get_font_face (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser) @@ -229,8 +219,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_font_face (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser) * * Returns: A n integer representing the selected font size, * or -1 if no font size is selected. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ gint gtk_font_chooser_get_font_size (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser) @@ -258,8 +246,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_font_size (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser) * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): A string with the name * of the current font, or %NULL if no font is selected. You must * free this string with g_free(). - * - * Since: 3.2 */ gchar * gtk_font_chooser_get_font (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser) @@ -280,8 +266,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_font (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser) * @fontname: a font name like “Helvetica 12” or “Times Bold 18” * * Sets the currently-selected font. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ void gtk_font_chooser_set_font (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser, @@ -310,8 +294,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_set_font (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser, * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): A #PangoFontDescription for the * current font, or %NULL if no font is selected. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ PangoFontDescription * gtk_font_chooser_get_font_desc (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser) @@ -331,8 +313,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_font_desc (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser) * @font_desc: a #PangoFontDescription * * Sets the currently-selected font from @font_desc. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ void gtk_font_chooser_set_font_desc (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser, @@ -352,8 +332,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_set_font_desc (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser, * * Returns: (transfer full): the text displayed in the * preview area - * - * Since: 3.2 */ gchar * gtk_font_chooser_get_preview_text (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser) @@ -374,8 +352,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_preview_text (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser) * * Sets the text displayed in the preview area. * The @text is used to show how the selected font looks. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ void gtk_font_chooser_set_preview_text (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser, @@ -395,8 +371,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_set_preview_text (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser, * * Returns: %TRUE if the preview entry is shown * or %FALSE if it is hidden. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ gboolean gtk_font_chooser_get_show_preview_entry (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser) @@ -416,8 +390,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_show_preview_entry (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser) * @show_preview_entry: whether to show the editable preview entry or not * * Shows or hides the editable preview entry. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ void gtk_font_chooser_set_show_preview_entry (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser, @@ -438,8 +410,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_set_show_preview_entry (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser, * * Adds a filter function that decides which fonts to display * in the font chooser. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ void gtk_font_chooser_set_filter_func (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser, @@ -493,8 +463,6 @@ _gtk_font_chooser_font_activated (GtkFontChooser *chooser, * context = gtk_widget_get_pango_context (label); * pango_context_set_font_map (context, fontmap); * ]| - * - * Since: 3.18 */ void gtk_font_chooser_set_font_map (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser, @@ -515,8 +483,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_set_font_map (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser, * or %NULL if it does not have one. * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): a #PangoFontMap, or %NULL - * - * Since: 3.18 */ PangoFontMap * gtk_font_chooser_get_font_map (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser) @@ -537,8 +503,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_font_map (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser) * @level: the desired level of granularity * * Sets the desired level of granularity for selecting fonts. - * - * Since: 3.94 */ void gtk_font_chooser_set_level (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser, @@ -556,7 +520,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_set_level (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser, * Returns the current level of granularity for selecting fonts. * * Returns: the current granularity level - * Since: 3.94 */ GtkFontChooserLevel gtk_font_chooser_get_level (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser) @@ -577,7 +540,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_level (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser) * Gets the currently-selected font features. * * Returns: the currently selected font features - * Since: 3.94 */ char * gtk_font_chooser_get_font_features (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser) @@ -598,7 +560,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_get_font_features (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser) * Gets the currently-selected language for font features. * * Returns: the currently selected language - * Since: 3.94 */ char * gtk_font_chooser_get_language (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser) diff --git a/gtk/gtkfontchooser.h b/gtk/gtkfontchooser.h index 18ca5d0b70..0159e78a2d 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkfontchooser.h +++ b/gtk/gtkfontchooser.h @@ -97,58 +97,58 @@ struct _GtkFontChooserIface gpointer padding[10]; }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_font_chooser_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL PangoFontFamily *gtk_font_chooser_get_font_family (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL PangoFontFace *gtk_font_chooser_get_font_face (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_font_chooser_get_font_size (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL PangoFontDescription * gtk_font_chooser_get_font_desc (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_font_chooser_set_font_desc (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser, const PangoFontDescription *font_desc); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gchar* gtk_font_chooser_get_font (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_font_chooser_set_font (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser, const gchar *fontname); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gchar* gtk_font_chooser_get_preview_text (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_font_chooser_set_preview_text (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser, const gchar *text); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_font_chooser_get_show_preview_entry (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_font_chooser_set_show_preview_entry (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser, gboolean show_preview_entry); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_font_chooser_set_filter_func (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser, GtkFontFilterFunc filter, gpointer user_data, GDestroyNotify destroy); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_font_chooser_set_font_map (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser, PangoFontMap *fontmap); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL PangoFontMap * gtk_font_chooser_get_font_map (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_font_chooser_set_level (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser, GtkFontChooserLevel level); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkFontChooserLevel gtk_font_chooser_get_level (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL char * gtk_font_chooser_get_font_features (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL char * gtk_font_chooser_get_language (GtkFontChooser *fontchooser); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.c b/gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.c index dca4811554..b481238885 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.c +++ b/gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.c @@ -63,8 +63,6 @@ struct _GtkFontChooserDialogPrivate * The GtkFontChooserDialog implementation of the #GtkBuildable * interface exposes the buttons with the names “select_button” * and “cancel_button”. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ static void gtk_font_chooser_dialog_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface); @@ -250,8 +248,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_dialog_init (GtkFontChooserDialog *fontchooserdiag) * Creates a new #GtkFontChooserDialog. * * Returns: a new #GtkFontChooserDialog - * - * Since: 3.2 */ GtkWidget* gtk_font_chooser_dialog_new (const gchar *title, diff --git a/gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.h b/gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.h index c830d36b38..db7f5c3619 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.h +++ b/gtk/gtkfontchooserdialog.h @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ struct _GtkFontChooserDialogClass void (*_gtk_reserved4) (void); }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_font_chooser_dialog_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_font_chooser_dialog_new (const gchar *title, GtkWindow *parent); diff --git a/gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.c b/gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.c index 7467c93b4b..3ab05f3d9d 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.c +++ b/gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.c @@ -92,8 +92,6 @@ * # CSS nodes * * GtkFontChooserWidget has a single CSS node with name fontchooser. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ struct _GtkFontChooserWidgetPrivate @@ -880,8 +878,6 @@ gtk_font_chooser_widget_init (GtkFontChooserWidget *fontchooser) * Creates a new #GtkFontChooserWidget. * * Returns: a new #GtkFontChooserWidget - * - * Since: 3.2 */ GtkWidget * gtk_font_chooser_widget_new (void) diff --git a/gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.h b/gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.h index a367091c4c..7729dcc213 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.h +++ b/gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.h @@ -66,10 +66,10 @@ struct _GtkFontChooserWidgetClass void (*_gtk_reserved8) (void); }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_font_chooser_widget_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_font_chooser_widget_new (void); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesture.c b/gtk/gtkgesture.c index 9565fa26e0..4cabe4a242 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkgesture.c +++ b/gtk/gtkgesture.c @@ -786,9 +786,6 @@ gtk_gesture_class_init (GtkGestureClass *klass) * GtkGesture:n-points: * * The number of touch points that trigger recognition on this gesture, - * - * - * Since: 3.14 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_N_POINTS, @@ -811,8 +808,6 @@ gtk_gesture_class_init (GtkGestureClass *klass) * Note: These conditions may also happen when an extra touch (eg. a third touch * on a 2-touches gesture) is lifted, in that situation @sequence won't pertain * to the current set of active touches, so don't rely on this being true. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ signals[BEGIN] = g_signal_new (I_("begin"), @@ -835,8 +830,6 @@ gtk_gesture_class_init (GtkGestureClass *klass) * previously triggering recognition on @gesture (ie. a just pressed touch * sequence that exceeds #GtkGesture:n-points). This situation may be detected * by checking through gtk_gesture_handles_sequence(). - * - * Since: 3.14 */ signals[END] = g_signal_new (I_("end"), @@ -852,8 +845,6 @@ gtk_gesture_class_init (GtkGestureClass *klass) * * This signal is emitted whenever an event is handled while the gesture is * recognized. @sequence is guaranteed to pertain to the set of active touches. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ signals[UPDATE] = g_signal_new (I_("update"), @@ -873,8 +864,6 @@ gtk_gesture_class_init (GtkGestureClass *klass) * was claimed by parent widgets' controllers (see gtk_gesture_set_sequence_state()). * * @gesture must forget everything about @sequence as a reaction to this signal. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ signals[CANCEL] = g_signal_new (I_("cancel"), @@ -892,8 +881,6 @@ gtk_gesture_class_init (GtkGestureClass *klass) * This signal is emitted whenever a sequence state changes. See * gtk_gesture_set_sequence_state() to know more about the expectable * sequence lifetimes. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ signals[SEQUENCE_STATE_CHANGED] = g_signal_new (I_("sequence-state-changed"), @@ -935,8 +922,6 @@ gtk_gesture_init (GtkGesture *gesture) * on @gesture, or %NULL if the gesture is not being interacted. * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GdkDevice, or %NULL - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ GdkDevice * gtk_gesture_get_device (GtkGesture *gesture) @@ -958,8 +943,6 @@ gtk_gesture_get_device (GtkGesture *gesture) * Returns the @sequence state, as seen by @gesture. * * Returns: The sequence state in @gesture - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ GtkEventSequenceState gtk_gesture_get_sequence_state (GtkGesture *gesture, @@ -1031,8 +1014,6 @@ gtk_gesture_get_sequence_state (GtkGesture *gesture, * * Returns: %TRUE if @sequence is handled by @gesture, * and the state is changed successfully - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ gboolean gtk_gesture_set_sequence_state (GtkGesture *gesture, @@ -1085,8 +1066,6 @@ gtk_gesture_set_sequence_state (GtkGesture *gesture, * * Returns: %TRUE if the state of at least one sequence * was changed successfully - * - * Since: 3.14 */ gboolean gtk_gesture_set_state (GtkGesture *gesture, @@ -1122,8 +1101,6 @@ gtk_gesture_set_state (GtkGesture *gesture, * of #GdkEventSequences, the list elements are owned by GTK+ * and must not be freed or modified, the list itself must be deleted * through g_list_free() - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ GList * gtk_gesture_get_sequences (GtkGesture *gesture) @@ -1164,8 +1141,6 @@ gtk_gesture_get_sequences (GtkGesture *gesture) * Returns the #GdkEventSequence that was last updated on @gesture. * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The last updated sequence - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ GdkEventSequence * gtk_gesture_get_last_updated_sequence (GtkGesture *gesture) @@ -1223,8 +1198,6 @@ gtk_gesture_get_last_event (GtkGesture *gesture, * widget allocation. * * Returns: %TRUE if @sequence is currently interpreted - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ gboolean gtk_gesture_get_point (GtkGesture *gesture, @@ -1290,8 +1263,6 @@ _gtk_gesture_get_last_update_time (GtkGesture *gesture, * regardless of the number of touchpoints. * * Returns: %TRUE if there are active touches, %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ gboolean gtk_gesture_get_bounding_box (GtkGesture *gesture, @@ -1358,8 +1329,6 @@ gtk_gesture_get_bounding_box (GtkGesture *gesture, * will be returned. * * Returns: %FALSE if no active touches are present, %TRUE otherwise - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ gboolean gtk_gesture_get_bounding_box_center (GtkGesture *gesture, @@ -1388,8 +1357,6 @@ gtk_gesture_get_bounding_box_center (GtkGesture *gesture, * interacting with it. * * Returns: %TRUE if gesture is active - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ gboolean gtk_gesture_is_active (GtkGesture *gesture) @@ -1409,8 +1376,6 @@ gtk_gesture_is_active (GtkGesture *gesture) * returned %TRUE for the sequences being currently interpreted. * * Returns: %TRUE if gesture is recognized - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ gboolean gtk_gesture_is_recognized (GtkGesture *gesture) @@ -1445,8 +1410,6 @@ _gtk_gesture_check (GtkGesture *gesture) * @sequence. * * Returns: %TRUE if @gesture is handling @sequence, %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ gboolean gtk_gesture_handles_sequence (GtkGesture *gesture, @@ -1517,8 +1480,6 @@ _gtk_gesture_get_group_link (GtkGesture *gesture) * #GdkEventSequence state is set to #GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_CLAIMED on one group, * every other gesture group attached to the same #GtkWidget will switch the * state for that sequence to #GTK_EVENT_SEQUENCE_DENIED. - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ void gtk_gesture_group (GtkGesture *gesture, @@ -1556,8 +1517,6 @@ gtk_gesture_group (GtkGesture *gesture, * @gesture: a #GtkGesture * * Separates @gesture into an isolated group. - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ void gtk_gesture_ungroup (GtkGesture *gesture) @@ -1587,8 +1546,6 @@ gtk_gesture_ungroup (GtkGesture *gesture) * * Returns: (element-type GtkGesture) (transfer container): The list * of #GtkGestures, free with g_list_free() - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ GList * gtk_gesture_get_group (GtkGesture *gesture) @@ -1610,8 +1567,6 @@ gtk_gesture_get_group (GtkGesture *gesture) * Returns %TRUE if both gestures pertain to the same group. * * Returns: whether the gestures are grouped - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ gboolean gtk_gesture_is_grouped_with (GtkGesture *gesture, diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesture.h b/gtk/gtkgesture.h index 0f13917728..cb70894c66 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkgesture.h +++ b/gtk/gtkgesture.h @@ -39,66 +39,66 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS typedef struct _GtkGesture GtkGesture; typedef struct _GtkGestureClass GtkGestureClass; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_gesture_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkDevice * gtk_gesture_get_device (GtkGesture *gesture); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_gesture_set_state (GtkGesture *gesture, GtkEventSequenceState state); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkEventSequenceState gtk_gesture_get_sequence_state (GtkGesture *gesture, GdkEventSequence *sequence); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_gesture_set_sequence_state (GtkGesture *gesture, GdkEventSequence *sequence, GtkEventSequenceState state); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GList * gtk_gesture_get_sequences (GtkGesture *gesture); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkEventSequence * gtk_gesture_get_last_updated_sequence (GtkGesture *gesture); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_gesture_handles_sequence (GtkGesture *gesture, GdkEventSequence *sequence); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL const GdkEvent * gtk_gesture_get_last_event (GtkGesture *gesture, GdkEventSequence *sequence); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_gesture_get_point (GtkGesture *gesture, GdkEventSequence *sequence, gdouble *x, gdouble *y); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_gesture_get_bounding_box (GtkGesture *gesture, GdkRectangle *rect); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_gesture_get_bounding_box_center (GtkGesture *gesture, gdouble *x, gdouble *y); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_gesture_is_active (GtkGesture *gesture); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_gesture_is_recognized (GtkGesture *gesture); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_gesture_group (GtkGesture *group_gesture, GtkGesture *gesture); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_gesture_ungroup (GtkGesture *gesture); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GList * gtk_gesture_get_group (GtkGesture *gesture); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_gesture_is_grouped_with (GtkGesture *gesture, GtkGesture *other); diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturedrag.c b/gtk/gtkgesturedrag.c index b384f4d2e1..11d7752056 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkgesturedrag.c +++ b/gtk/gtkgesturedrag.c @@ -148,8 +148,6 @@ gtk_gesture_drag_class_init (GtkGestureDragClass *klass) * @start_y: Y coordinate, relative to the widget allocation * * This signal is emitted whenever dragging starts. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ signals[DRAG_BEGIN] = g_signal_new (I_("drag-begin"), @@ -165,8 +163,6 @@ gtk_gesture_drag_class_init (GtkGestureDragClass *klass) * @offset_y: Y offset, relative to the start point * * This signal is emitted whenever the dragging point moves. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ signals[DRAG_UPDATE] = g_signal_new (I_("drag-update"), @@ -182,8 +178,6 @@ gtk_gesture_drag_class_init (GtkGestureDragClass *klass) * @offset_y: Y offset, relative to the start point * * This signal is emitted whenever the dragging is finished. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ signals[DRAG_END] = g_signal_new (I_("drag-end"), @@ -206,8 +200,6 @@ gtk_gesture_drag_init (GtkGestureDrag *gesture) * Returns a newly created #GtkGesture that recognizes drags. * * Returns: a newly created #GtkGestureDrag - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ GtkGesture * gtk_gesture_drag_new (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -230,8 +222,6 @@ gtk_gesture_drag_new (GtkWidget *widget) * in window-relative coordinates. * * Returns: %TRUE if the gesture is active - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ gboolean gtk_gesture_drag_get_start_point (GtkGestureDrag *gesture, @@ -270,8 +260,6 @@ gtk_gesture_drag_get_start_point (GtkGestureDrag *gesture, * as an offset to the starting drag point. * * Returns: %TRUE if the gesture is active - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ gboolean gtk_gesture_drag_get_offset (GtkGestureDrag *gesture, diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturedrag.h b/gtk/gtkgesturedrag.h index be308eb631..ab0cba773c 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkgesturedrag.h +++ b/gtk/gtkgesturedrag.h @@ -38,17 +38,17 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS typedef struct _GtkGestureDrag GtkGestureDrag; typedef struct _GtkGestureDragClass GtkGestureDragClass; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_gesture_drag_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkGesture * gtk_gesture_drag_new (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_gesture_drag_get_start_point (GtkGestureDrag *gesture, gdouble *x, gdouble *y); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_gesture_drag_get_offset (GtkGestureDrag *gesture, gdouble *x, gdouble *y); diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.c b/gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.c index 2630c84238..68f2813139 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.c +++ b/gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.c @@ -297,8 +297,6 @@ gtk_gesture_long_press_class_init (GtkGestureLongPressClass *klass) * * This signal is emitted whenever a press goes unmoved/unreleased longer than * what the GTK+ defaults tell. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ signals[PRESSED] = g_signal_new (I_("pressed"), @@ -313,8 +311,6 @@ gtk_gesture_long_press_class_init (GtkGestureLongPressClass *klass) * * This signal is emitted whenever a press moved too far, or was released * before #GtkGestureLongPress::pressed happened. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ signals[CANCELLED] = g_signal_new (I_("cancelled"), @@ -332,8 +328,6 @@ gtk_gesture_long_press_class_init (GtkGestureLongPressClass *klass) * Returns a newly created #GtkGesture that recognizes long presses. * * Returns: a newly created #GtkGestureLongPress - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ GtkGesture * gtk_gesture_long_press_new (GtkWidget *widget) diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.h b/gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.h index 6cdc755b22..6ab2cee777 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.h +++ b/gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.h @@ -38,10 +38,10 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS typedef struct _GtkGestureLongPress GtkGestureLongPress; typedef struct _GtkGestureLongPressClass GtkGestureLongPressClass; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_gesture_long_press_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkGesture * gtk_gesture_long_press_new (GtkWidget *widget); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturemultipress.c b/gtk/gtkgesturemultipress.c index ee925a0378..5f0122787f 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkgesturemultipress.c +++ b/gtk/gtkgesturemultipress.c @@ -356,8 +356,6 @@ gtk_gesture_multi_press_class_init (GtkGestureMultiPressClass *klass) * @y: The Y coordinate, in widget allocation coordinates * * This signal is emitted whenever a button or touch press happens. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ signals[PRESSED] = g_signal_new (I_("pressed"), @@ -379,8 +377,6 @@ gtk_gesture_multi_press_class_init (GtkGestureMultiPressClass *klass) * will report the number of press that is paired to this event, note * that #GtkGestureMultiPress::stopped may have been emitted between the * press and its release, @n_press will only start over at the next press. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ signals[RELEASED] = g_signal_new (I_("released"), @@ -396,8 +392,6 @@ gtk_gesture_multi_press_class_init (GtkGestureMultiPressClass *klass) * * This signal is emitted whenever any time/distance threshold has * been exceeded. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ signals[STOPPED] = g_signal_new (I_("stopped"), @@ -420,8 +414,6 @@ gtk_gesture_multi_press_class_init (GtkGestureMultiPressClass *klass) * grabs, this can only happen on situations where input is grabbed * elsewhere mid-press or the pressed widget voluntarily relinquishes * its implicit grab. - * - * Since: 3.93. */ signals[UNPAIRED_RELEASE] = g_signal_new (I_("unpaired-release"), @@ -446,8 +438,6 @@ gtk_gesture_multi_press_init (GtkGestureMultiPress *gesture) * presses. * * Returns: a newly created #GtkGestureMultiPress - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ GtkGesture * gtk_gesture_multi_press_new (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -473,8 +463,6 @@ gtk_gesture_multi_press_new (GtkWidget *widget) * Note: The rectangle is only used to determine whether any * non-first click falls within the expected area. This is not * akin to an input shape. - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ void gtk_gesture_multi_press_set_area (GtkGestureMultiPress *gesture, @@ -506,8 +494,6 @@ gtk_gesture_multi_press_set_area (GtkGestureMultiPress *gesture, * details on what the press area represents. * * Returns: %TRUE if @rect was filled with the press area - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ gboolean gtk_gesture_multi_press_get_area (GtkGestureMultiPress *gesture, diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturemultipress.h b/gtk/gtkgesturemultipress.h index b1cc021970..06d46234e8 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkgesturemultipress.h +++ b/gtk/gtkgesturemultipress.h @@ -38,16 +38,16 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS typedef struct _GtkGestureMultiPress GtkGestureMultiPress; typedef struct _GtkGestureMultiPressClass GtkGestureMultiPressClass; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_gesture_multi_press_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkGesture * gtk_gesture_multi_press_new (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_gesture_multi_press_set_area (GtkGestureMultiPress *gesture, const GdkRectangle *rect); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_gesture_multi_press_get_area (GtkGestureMultiPress *gesture, GdkRectangle *rect); diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturepan.c b/gtk/gtkgesturepan.c index cbc34e6e63..7f6812a3df 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkgesturepan.c +++ b/gtk/gtkgesturepan.c @@ -228,8 +228,6 @@ gtk_gesture_pan_class_init (GtkGesturePanClass *klass) * GtkGesturePan:orientation: * * The expected orientation of pan gestures. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_ORIENTATION, @@ -248,8 +246,6 @@ gtk_gesture_pan_class_init (GtkGesturePanClass *klass) * * This signal is emitted once a panning gesture along the * expected axis is detected. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ signals[PAN] = g_signal_new (I_("pan"), @@ -278,8 +274,6 @@ gtk_gesture_pan_init (GtkGesturePan *gesture) * Returns a newly created #GtkGesture that recognizes pan gestures. * * Returns: a newly created #GtkGesturePan - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ GtkGesture * gtk_gesture_pan_new (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -300,8 +294,6 @@ gtk_gesture_pan_new (GtkWidget *widget, * Returns the orientation of the pan gestures that this @gesture expects. * * Returns: the expected orientation for pan gestures - * - * Since: 3.14 */ GtkOrientation gtk_gesture_pan_get_orientation (GtkGesturePan *gesture) @@ -321,8 +313,6 @@ gtk_gesture_pan_get_orientation (GtkGesturePan *gesture) * @orientation: expected orientation * * Sets the orientation to be expected on pan gestures. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ void gtk_gesture_pan_set_orientation (GtkGesturePan *gesture, diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturepan.h b/gtk/gtkgesturepan.h index 410d704243..dc6a3991c0 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkgesturepan.h +++ b/gtk/gtkgesturepan.h @@ -38,17 +38,17 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS typedef struct _GtkGesturePan GtkGesturePan; typedef struct _GtkGesturePanClass GtkGesturePanClass; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_gesture_pan_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkGesture * gtk_gesture_pan_new (GtkWidget *widget, GtkOrientation orientation); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkOrientation gtk_gesture_pan_get_orientation (GtkGesturePan *gesture); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_gesture_pan_set_orientation (GtkGesturePan *gesture, GtkOrientation orientation); diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturerotate.c b/gtk/gtkgesturerotate.c index c5e8ab37ad..2b28ce4b10 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkgesturerotate.c +++ b/gtk/gtkgesturerotate.c @@ -236,8 +236,6 @@ gtk_gesture_rotate_class_init (GtkGestureRotateClass *klass) * * This signal is emitted when the angle between both tracked points * changes. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ signals[ANGLE_CHANGED] = g_signal_new (I_("angle-changed"), @@ -256,8 +254,6 @@ gtk_gesture_rotate_class_init (GtkGestureRotateClass *klass) * rotation gestures. * * Returns: a newly created #GtkGestureRotate - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ GtkGesture * gtk_gesture_rotate_new (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -278,8 +274,6 @@ gtk_gesture_rotate_new (GtkWidget *widget) * not active, 0 is returned. * * Returns: the angle delta in radians - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ gdouble gtk_gesture_rotate_get_angle_delta (GtkGestureRotate *gesture) diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturerotate.h b/gtk/gtkgesturerotate.h index 4db84e431e..07fa0f8583 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkgesturerotate.h +++ b/gtk/gtkgesturerotate.h @@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS typedef struct _GtkGestureRotate GtkGestureRotate; typedef struct _GtkGestureRotateClass GtkGestureRotateClass; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_gesture_rotate_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkGesture * gtk_gesture_rotate_new (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gdouble gtk_gesture_rotate_get_angle_delta (GtkGestureRotate *gesture); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c b/gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c index 9c6ad83681..f12f3ab465 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c +++ b/gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c @@ -261,8 +261,6 @@ gtk_gesture_single_class_init (GtkGestureSingleClass *klass) * GtkGestureSingle:touch-only: * * Whether the gesture handles only touch events. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ properties[PROP_TOUCH_ONLY] = g_param_spec_boolean ("touch-only", @@ -276,8 +274,6 @@ gtk_gesture_single_class_init (GtkGestureSingleClass *klass) * * Whether the gesture is exclusive. Exclusive gestures only listen to pointer * and pointer emulated events. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ properties[PROP_EXCLUSIVE] = g_param_spec_boolean ("exclusive", @@ -290,8 +286,6 @@ gtk_gesture_single_class_init (GtkGestureSingleClass *klass) * GtkGestureSingle:button: * * Mouse button number to listen to, or 0 to listen for any button. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ properties[PROP_BUTTON] = g_param_spec_uint ("button", @@ -321,8 +315,6 @@ gtk_gesture_single_init (GtkGestureSingle *gesture) * Returns %TRUE if the gesture is only triggered by touch events. * * Returns: %TRUE if the gesture only handles touch events - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ gboolean gtk_gesture_single_get_touch_only (GtkGestureSingle *gesture) @@ -344,8 +336,6 @@ gtk_gesture_single_get_touch_only (GtkGestureSingle *gesture) * If @touch_only is %TRUE, @gesture will only handle events of type * #GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN, #GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE or #GDK_TOUCH_END. If %FALSE, * mouse events will be handled too. - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ void gtk_gesture_single_set_touch_only (GtkGestureSingle *gesture, @@ -373,8 +363,6 @@ gtk_gesture_single_set_touch_only (GtkGestureSingle *gesture, * gtk_gesture_single_set_exclusive(). * * Returns: Whether the gesture is exclusive - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ gboolean gtk_gesture_single_get_exclusive (GtkGestureSingle *gesture) @@ -397,8 +385,6 @@ gtk_gesture_single_get_exclusive (GtkGestureSingle *gesture) * only handle pointer and "pointer emulated" touch events, so at * any given time, there is only one sequence able to interact with * those. - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ void gtk_gesture_single_set_exclusive (GtkGestureSingle *gesture, @@ -426,8 +412,6 @@ gtk_gesture_single_set_exclusive (GtkGestureSingle *gesture, * reacts to any button press. * * Returns: The button number, or 0 for any button - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ guint gtk_gesture_single_get_button (GtkGestureSingle *gesture) @@ -449,8 +433,6 @@ gtk_gesture_single_get_button (GtkGestureSingle *gesture) * Sets the button number @gesture listens to. If non-0, every * button press from a different button number will be ignored. * Touch events implicitly match with button 1. - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ void gtk_gesture_single_set_button (GtkGestureSingle *gesture, @@ -477,8 +459,6 @@ gtk_gesture_single_set_button (GtkGestureSingle *gesture, * is none. * * Returns: The current button number - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ guint gtk_gesture_single_get_current_button (GtkGestureSingle *gesture) @@ -500,8 +480,6 @@ gtk_gesture_single_get_current_button (GtkGestureSingle *gesture) * This is only meaningful if gtk_gesture_is_active() returns %TRUE. * * Returns: (nullable): the current sequence - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ GdkEventSequence * gtk_gesture_single_get_current_sequence (GtkGestureSingle *gesture) diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturesingle.h b/gtk/gtkgesturesingle.h index 3dde8d7280..09dc9b6bb8 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkgesturesingle.h +++ b/gtk/gtkgesturesingle.h @@ -39,34 +39,34 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS typedef struct _GtkGestureSingle GtkGestureSingle; typedef struct _GtkGestureSingleClass GtkGestureSingleClass; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_gesture_single_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_gesture_single_get_touch_only (GtkGestureSingle *gesture); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_gesture_single_set_touch_only (GtkGestureSingle *gesture, gboolean touch_only); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_gesture_single_get_exclusive (GtkGestureSingle *gesture); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_gesture_single_set_exclusive (GtkGestureSingle *gesture, gboolean exclusive); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL guint gtk_gesture_single_get_button (GtkGestureSingle *gesture); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_gesture_single_set_button (GtkGestureSingle *gesture, guint button); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL guint gtk_gesture_single_get_current_button (GtkGestureSingle *gesture); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkEventSequence * gtk_gesture_single_get_current_sequence (GtkGestureSingle *gesture); diff --git a/gtk/gtkgestureswipe.c b/gtk/gtkgestureswipe.c index 65a80ca946..15872f8096 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkgestureswipe.c +++ b/gtk/gtkgestureswipe.c @@ -231,8 +231,6 @@ gtk_gesture_swipe_class_init (GtkGestureSwipeClass *klass) * * This signal is emitted when the recognized gesture is finished, velocity * and direction are a product of previously recorded events. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ signals[SWIPE] = g_signal_new (I_("swipe"), @@ -259,8 +257,6 @@ gtk_gesture_swipe_init (GtkGestureSwipe *gesture) * Returns a newly created #GtkGesture that recognizes swipes. * * Returns: a newly created #GtkGestureSwipe - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ GtkGesture * gtk_gesture_swipe_new (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -283,8 +279,6 @@ gtk_gesture_swipe_new (GtkWidget *widget) * last event(s) processed. * * Returns: whether velocity could be calculated - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ gboolean gtk_gesture_swipe_get_velocity (GtkGestureSwipe *gesture, diff --git a/gtk/gtkgestureswipe.h b/gtk/gtkgestureswipe.h index 433fde8906..1cfbfd773f 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkgestureswipe.h +++ b/gtk/gtkgestureswipe.h @@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS typedef struct _GtkGestureSwipe GtkGestureSwipe; typedef struct _GtkGestureSwipeClass GtkGestureSwipeClass; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_gesture_swipe_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkGesture * gtk_gesture_swipe_new (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_gesture_swipe_get_velocity (GtkGestureSwipe *gesture, gdouble *velocity_x, gdouble *velocity_y); diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturezoom.c b/gtk/gtkgesturezoom.c index 0af650532b..74e9025717 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkgesturezoom.c +++ b/gtk/gtkgesturezoom.c @@ -206,8 +206,6 @@ gtk_gesture_zoom_class_init (GtkGestureZoomClass *klass) * * This signal is emitted whenever the distance between both tracked * sequences changes. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ signals[SCALE_CHANGED] = g_signal_new (I_("scale-changed"), @@ -226,8 +224,6 @@ gtk_gesture_zoom_class_init (GtkGestureZoomClass *klass) * in/out gestures (usually known as pinch/zoom). * * Returns: a newly created #GtkGestureZoom - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ GtkGesture * gtk_gesture_zoom_new (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -248,8 +244,6 @@ gtk_gesture_zoom_new (GtkWidget *widget) * considered 1:1). If @gesture is not active, 1 is returned. * * Returns: the scale delta - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ gdouble gtk_gesture_zoom_get_scale_delta (GtkGestureZoom *gesture) diff --git a/gtk/gtkgesturezoom.h b/gtk/gtkgesturezoom.h index 065f23338c..35a67d75b4 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkgesturezoom.h +++ b/gtk/gtkgesturezoom.h @@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS typedef struct _GtkGestureZoom GtkGestureZoom; typedef struct _GtkGestureZoomClass GtkGestureZoomClass; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_gesture_zoom_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkGesture * gtk_gesture_zoom_new (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gdouble gtk_gesture_zoom_get_scale_delta (GtkGestureZoom *gesture); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkglarea.c b/gtk/gtkglarea.c index 1e14e1b07e..d7ad09c2d0 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkglarea.c +++ b/gtk/gtkglarea.c @@ -523,8 +523,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_allocate_texture (GtkGLArea *area) * This function is automatically called before emitting the * #GtkGLArea::render signal, and doesn't normally need to be called * by application code. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ void gtk_gl_area_attach_buffers (GtkGLArea *area) @@ -794,8 +792,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_class_init (GtkGLAreaClass *klass) * The #GtkGLArea widget is responsible for creating the #GdkGLContext * instance. If you need to render with other kinds of buffers (stencil, * depth, etc), use render buffers. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ obj_props[PROP_CONTEXT] = g_param_spec_object ("context", @@ -817,8 +813,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_class_init (GtkGLAreaClass *klass) * In order to force a rendering gtk_gl_area_queue_render() must be called. * This mode is useful when the scene changes seldomly, but takes a long time * to redraw. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ obj_props[PROP_AUTO_RENDER] = g_param_spec_boolean ("auto-render", @@ -834,8 +828,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_class_init (GtkGLAreaClass *klass) * * If set to %TRUE the widget will allocate and enable a depth buffer for the * target framebuffer. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ obj_props[PROP_HAS_DEPTH_BUFFER] = g_param_spec_boolean ("has-depth-buffer", @@ -851,8 +843,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_class_init (GtkGLAreaClass *klass) * * If set to %TRUE the widget will allocate and enable a stencil buffer for the * target framebuffer. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ obj_props[PROP_HAS_STENCIL_BUFFER] = g_param_spec_boolean ("has-stencil-buffer", @@ -870,8 +860,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_class_init (GtkGLAreaClass *klass) * OpenGL ES instead of OpenGL. * * See also: gdk_gl_context_set_use_es() - * - * Since: 3.22 */ obj_props[PROP_USE_ES] = g_param_spec_boolean ("use-es", @@ -901,8 +889,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_class_init (GtkGLAreaClass *klass) * * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. * %FALSE to propagate the event further. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ area_signals[RENDER] = g_signal_new (I_("render"), @@ -929,8 +915,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_class_init (GtkGLAreaClass *klass) * is emitted. * * The default handler sets up the GL viewport. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ area_signals[RESIZE] = g_signal_new (I_("resize"), @@ -958,8 +942,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_class_init (GtkGLAreaClass *klass) * * Returns: (transfer full): a newly created #GdkGLContext; * the #GtkGLArea widget will take ownership of the returned value. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ area_signals[CREATE_CONTEXT] = g_signal_new (I_("create-context"), @@ -989,8 +971,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_init (GtkGLArea *area) * Creates a new #GtkGLArea widget. * * Returns: (transfer full): the newly created #GtkGLArea - * - * Since: 3.16 */ GtkWidget * gtk_gl_area_new (void) @@ -1006,8 +986,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_new (void) * Sets an error on the area which will be shown instead of the * GL rendering. This is useful in the #GtkGLArea::create-context * signal if GL context creation fails. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ void gtk_gl_area_set_error (GtkGLArea *area, @@ -1029,8 +1007,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_set_error (GtkGLArea *area, * Gets the current error set on the @area. * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the #GError or %NULL - * - * Since: 3.16 */ GError * gtk_gl_area_get_error (GtkGLArea *area) @@ -1051,8 +1027,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_get_error (GtkGLArea *area) * * You should check the capabilities of the #GdkGLContext before drawing * with either API. - * - * Since: 3.22 */ void gtk_gl_area_set_use_es (GtkGLArea *area, @@ -1081,8 +1055,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_set_use_es (GtkGLArea *area, * * Returns: %TRUE if the #GtkGLArea should create an OpenGL ES context * and %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 3.22 */ gboolean gtk_gl_area_get_use_es (GtkGLArea *area) @@ -1104,8 +1076,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_get_use_es (GtkGLArea *area) * for the widget. * * This function must be called before the area has been realized. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ void gtk_gl_area_set_required_version (GtkGLArea *area, @@ -1128,8 +1098,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_set_required_version (GtkGLArea *area, * * Retrieves the required version of OpenGL set * using gtk_gl_area_set_required_version(). - * - * Since: 3.16 */ void gtk_gl_area_get_required_version (GtkGLArea *area, @@ -1153,8 +1121,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_get_required_version (GtkGLArea *area, * Returns whether the area has a depth buffer. * * Returns: %TRUE if the @area has a depth buffer, %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 3.16 */ gboolean gtk_gl_area_get_has_depth_buffer (GtkGLArea *area) @@ -1174,8 +1140,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_get_has_depth_buffer (GtkGLArea *area) * If @has_depth_buffer is %TRUE the widget will allocate and * enable a depth buffer for the target framebuffer. Otherwise * there will be none. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ void gtk_gl_area_set_has_depth_buffer (GtkGLArea *area, @@ -1204,8 +1168,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_set_has_depth_buffer (GtkGLArea *area, * Returns whether the area has a stencil buffer. * * Returns: %TRUE if the @area has a stencil buffer, %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 3.16 */ gboolean gtk_gl_area_get_has_stencil_buffer (GtkGLArea *area) @@ -1225,8 +1187,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_get_has_stencil_buffer (GtkGLArea *area) * If @has_stencil_buffer is %TRUE the widget will allocate and * enable a stencil buffer for the target framebuffer. Otherwise * there will be none. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ void gtk_gl_area_set_has_stencil_buffer (GtkGLArea *area, @@ -1259,8 +1219,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_set_has_stencil_buffer (GtkGLArea *area, * This is only needed when the gtk_gl_area_set_auto_render() has * been called with a %FALSE value. The default behaviour is to * emit #GtkGLArea::render on each draw. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ void gtk_gl_area_queue_render (GtkGLArea *area) @@ -1282,8 +1240,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_queue_render (GtkGLArea *area) * Returns whether the area is in auto render mode or not. * * Returns: %TRUE if the @area is auto rendering, %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 3.16 */ gboolean gtk_gl_area_get_auto_render (GtkGLArea *area) @@ -1309,8 +1265,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_get_auto_render (GtkGLArea *area) * unless the window is resized. In order to force a rendering * gtk_gl_area_queue_render() must be called. This mode is useful when * the scene changes seldomly, but takes a long time to redraw. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ void gtk_gl_area_set_auto_render (GtkGLArea *area, @@ -1340,8 +1294,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_set_auto_render (GtkGLArea *area, * Retrieves the #GdkGLContext used by @area. * * Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkGLContext - * - * Since: 3.16 */ GdkGLContext * gtk_gl_area_get_context (GtkGLArea *area) @@ -1363,8 +1315,6 @@ gtk_gl_area_get_context (GtkGLArea *area) * This function is automatically called before emitting the * #GtkGLArea::render signal, and doesn't normally need to be called * by application code. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ void gtk_gl_area_make_current (GtkGLArea *area) diff --git a/gtk/gtkglarea.h b/gtk/gtkglarea.h index 59d30be138..9919221a16 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkglarea.h +++ b/gtk/gtkglarea.h @@ -43,8 +43,6 @@ typedef struct _GtkGLAreaClass GtkGLAreaClass; * GtkGLArea: * * A #GtkWidget used for drawing with OpenGL. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ struct _GtkGLArea { @@ -59,8 +57,6 @@ struct _GtkGLArea * @create_context: class closure for the #GtkGLArea::create-context signal * * The `GtkGLAreaClass` structure contains only private data. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ struct _GtkGLAreaClass { @@ -79,56 +75,56 @@ struct _GtkGLAreaClass gpointer _padding[6]; }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_gl_area_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_gl_area_new (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_gl_area_set_use_es (GtkGLArea *area, gboolean use_es); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_gl_area_get_use_es (GtkGLArea *area); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_gl_area_set_required_version (GtkGLArea *area, gint major, gint minor); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_gl_area_get_required_version (GtkGLArea *area, gint *major, gint *minor); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_gl_area_get_has_depth_buffer (GtkGLArea *area); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_gl_area_set_has_depth_buffer (GtkGLArea *area, gboolean has_depth_buffer); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_gl_area_get_has_stencil_buffer (GtkGLArea *area); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_gl_area_set_has_stencil_buffer (GtkGLArea *area, gboolean has_stencil_buffer); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_gl_area_get_auto_render (GtkGLArea *area); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_gl_area_set_auto_render (GtkGLArea *area, gboolean auto_render); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_gl_area_queue_render (GtkGLArea *area); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkGLContext * gtk_gl_area_get_context (GtkGLArea *area); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_gl_area_make_current (GtkGLArea *area); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_gl_area_attach_buffers (GtkGLArea *area); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_gl_area_set_error (GtkGLArea *area, const GError *error); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GError * gtk_gl_area_get_error (GtkGLArea *area); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkgrid.c b/gtk/gtkgrid.c index fc9b0e85bc..2fe3024e5b 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkgrid.c +++ b/gtk/gtkgrid.c @@ -1893,8 +1893,6 @@ gtk_grid_attach_next_to (GtkGrid *grid, * cell whose upper left corner is at @left, @top. * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the child at the given position, or %NULL - * - * Since: 3.2 */ GtkWidget * gtk_grid_get_child_at (GtkGrid *grid, @@ -1931,8 +1929,6 @@ gtk_grid_get_child_at (GtkGrid *grid, * Children which are attached at or below this position * are moved one row down. Children which span across this * position are grown to span the new row. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ void gtk_grid_insert_row (GtkGrid *grid, @@ -1988,8 +1984,6 @@ gtk_grid_insert_row (GtkGrid *grid, * spanning children that overlap this row have their * height reduced by one, and children below the row * are moved up. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_grid_remove_row (GtkGrid *grid, @@ -2036,8 +2030,6 @@ gtk_grid_remove_row (GtkGrid *grid, * Children which are attached at or to the right of this position * are moved one column to the right. Children which span across this * position are grown to span the new column. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ void gtk_grid_insert_column (GtkGrid *grid, @@ -2085,8 +2077,6 @@ gtk_grid_insert_column (GtkGrid *grid, * spanning children that overlap this column have their * width reduced by one, and children after the column * are moved to the left. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_grid_remove_column (GtkGrid *grid, @@ -2136,8 +2126,6 @@ gtk_grid_remove_column (GtkGrid *grid, * determined by @side. If @side is %GTK_POS_TOP or %GTK_POS_BOTTOM, * a row is inserted. If @side is %GTK_POS_LEFT of %GTK_POS_RIGHT, * a column is inserted. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ void gtk_grid_insert_next_to (GtkGrid *grid, @@ -2408,8 +2396,6 @@ get_row_properties_or_default (GtkGrid *grid, * * Sets how the baseline should be positioned on @row of the * grid, in case that row is assigned more space than is requested. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_grid_set_row_baseline_position (GtkGrid *grid, @@ -2441,8 +2427,6 @@ gtk_grid_set_row_baseline_position (GtkGrid *grid, * %GTK_BASELINE_POSITION_CENTER. * * Returns: the baseline position of @row - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GtkBaselinePosition gtk_grid_get_row_baseline_position (GtkGrid *grid, @@ -2466,8 +2450,6 @@ gtk_grid_get_row_baseline_position (GtkGrid *grid, * Each row in the grid can have its own local baseline, but only * one of those is global, meaning it will be the baseline in the * parent of the @grid. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_grid_set_baseline_row (GtkGrid *grid, @@ -2494,8 +2476,6 @@ gtk_grid_set_baseline_row (GtkGrid *grid, * Returns which row defines the global baseline of @grid. * * Returns: the row index defining the global baseline - * - * Since: 3.10 */ gint gtk_grid_get_baseline_row (GtkGrid *grid) diff --git a/gtk/gtkgrid.h b/gtk/gtkgrid.h index 284d172cf9..f40ed7e862 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkgrid.h +++ b/gtk/gtkgrid.h @@ -84,23 +84,23 @@ void gtk_grid_attach_next_to (GtkGrid *grid, GtkPositionType side, gint width, gint height); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget *gtk_grid_get_child_at (GtkGrid *grid, gint left, gint top); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_grid_insert_row (GtkGrid *grid, gint position); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_grid_insert_column (GtkGrid *grid, gint position); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_grid_remove_row (GtkGrid *grid, gint position); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_grid_remove_column (GtkGrid *grid, gint position); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_grid_insert_next_to (GtkGrid *grid, GtkWidget *sibling, GtkPositionType side); @@ -124,17 +124,17 @@ void gtk_grid_set_column_spacing (GtkGrid *grid, guint spacing); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL guint gtk_grid_get_column_spacing (GtkGrid *grid); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_grid_set_row_baseline_position (GtkGrid *grid, gint row, GtkBaselinePosition pos); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkBaselinePosition gtk_grid_get_row_baseline_position (GtkGrid *grid, gint row); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_grid_set_baseline_row (GtkGrid *grid, gint row); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_grid_get_baseline_row (GtkGrid *grid); diff --git a/gtk/gtkheaderbar.c b/gtk/gtkheaderbar.c index 34aedc71a6..58d610ec00 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkheaderbar.c +++ b/gtk/gtkheaderbar.c @@ -1182,8 +1182,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget, * Sets the title of the #GtkHeaderBar. The title should help a user * identify the current view. A good title should not include the * application name. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_header_bar_set_title (GtkHeaderBar *bar, @@ -1216,8 +1214,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_set_title (GtkHeaderBar *bar, * Returns: (nullable): the title of the header, or %NULL if none has * been set explicitly. The returned string is owned by the widget * and must not be modified or freed. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ const gchar * gtk_header_bar_get_title (GtkHeaderBar *bar) @@ -1240,8 +1236,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_get_title (GtkHeaderBar *bar) * Note that GtkHeaderBar by default reserves room for the subtitle, * even if none is currently set. If this is not desired, set the * #GtkHeaderBar:has-subtitle property to %FALSE. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_header_bar_set_subtitle (GtkHeaderBar *bar, @@ -1277,8 +1271,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_set_subtitle (GtkHeaderBar *bar, * Returns: (nullable): the subtitle of the header, or %NULL if none has * been set explicitly. The returned string is owned by the widget * and must not be modified or freed. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ const gchar * gtk_header_bar_get_subtitle (GtkHeaderBar *bar) @@ -1305,8 +1297,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_get_subtitle (GtkHeaderBar *bar) * * You should set the custom title to %NULL, for the header title * label to be visible again. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_header_bar_set_custom_title (GtkHeaderBar *bar, @@ -1369,8 +1359,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_set_custom_title (GtkHeaderBar *bar, * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the custom title widget * of the header, or %NULL if none has been set explicitly. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GtkWidget * gtk_header_bar_get_custom_title (GtkHeaderBar *bar) @@ -1934,8 +1922,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_class_init (GtkHeaderBarClass *class) * * See gtk_header_bar_set_decoration_layout() for information * about the format of this string. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ header_bar_props[PROP_DECORATION_LAYOUT] = g_param_spec_string ("decoration-layout", @@ -1948,8 +1934,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_class_init (GtkHeaderBarClass *class) * GtkHeaderBar:decoration-layout-set: * * Set to %TRUE if #GtkHeaderBar:decoration-layout is set. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ header_bar_props[PROP_DECORATION_LAYOUT_SET] = g_param_spec_boolean ("decoration-layout-set", @@ -1963,8 +1947,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_class_init (GtkHeaderBarClass *class) * * If %TRUE, reserve space for a subtitle, even if none * is currently set. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ header_bar_props[PROP_HAS_SUBTITLE] = g_param_spec_boolean ("has-subtitle", @@ -2030,8 +2012,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_buildable_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface) * * Adds @child to @bar, packed with reference to the * start of the @bar. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_header_bar_pack_start (GtkHeaderBar *bar, @@ -2047,8 +2027,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_pack_start (GtkHeaderBar *bar, * * Adds @child to @bar, packed with reference to the * end of the @bar. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_header_bar_pack_end (GtkHeaderBar *bar, @@ -2063,8 +2041,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_pack_end (GtkHeaderBar *bar, * Creates a new #GtkHeaderBar widget. * * Returns: a new #GtkHeaderBar - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GtkWidget * gtk_header_bar_new (void) @@ -2080,8 +2056,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_new (void) * title buttons. * * Returns: %TRUE if title buttons are shown - * - * Since: 3.94 */ gboolean gtk_header_bar_get_show_title_buttons (GtkHeaderBar *bar) @@ -2102,8 +2076,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_get_show_title_buttons (GtkHeaderBar *bar) * * Sets whether this header bar shows the standard window * title buttons including close, maximize, and minimize. - * - * Since: 3.94 */ void gtk_header_bar_set_show_title_buttons (GtkHeaderBar *bar, @@ -2132,8 +2104,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_set_show_title_buttons (GtkHeaderBar *bar, * * Sets whether the header bar should reserve space * for a subtitle, even if none is currently set. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_header_bar_set_has_subtitle (GtkHeaderBar *bar, @@ -2167,8 +2137,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_set_has_subtitle (GtkHeaderBar *bar, * * Returns: %TRUE if the header bar reserves space * for a subtitle - * - * Since: 3.12 */ gboolean gtk_header_bar_get_has_subtitle (GtkHeaderBar *bar) @@ -2205,8 +2173,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_get_has_subtitle (GtkHeaderBar *bar) * * For example, “menu:minimize,maximize,close” specifies a menu * on the left, and minimize, maximize and close buttons on the right. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_header_bar_set_decoration_layout (GtkHeaderBar *bar, @@ -2235,8 +2201,6 @@ gtk_header_bar_set_decoration_layout (GtkHeaderBar *bar, * gtk_header_bar_set_decoration_layout(). * * Returns: the decoration layout - * - * Since: 3.12 */ const gchar * gtk_header_bar_get_decoration_layout (GtkHeaderBar *bar) diff --git a/gtk/gtkheaderbar.h b/gtk/gtkheaderbar.h index d0430e6c89..a6dbb63a9a 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkheaderbar.h +++ b/gtk/gtkheaderbar.h @@ -55,51 +55,51 @@ struct _GtkHeaderBarClass void (*_gtk_reserved4) (void); }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_header_bar_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget *gtk_header_bar_new (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_header_bar_set_title (GtkHeaderBar *bar, const gchar *title); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL const gchar *gtk_header_bar_get_title (GtkHeaderBar *bar); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_header_bar_set_subtitle (GtkHeaderBar *bar, const gchar *subtitle); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL const gchar *gtk_header_bar_get_subtitle (GtkHeaderBar *bar); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_header_bar_set_custom_title (GtkHeaderBar *bar, GtkWidget *title_widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget *gtk_header_bar_get_custom_title (GtkHeaderBar *bar); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_header_bar_pack_start (GtkHeaderBar *bar, GtkWidget *child); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_header_bar_pack_end (GtkHeaderBar *bar, GtkWidget *child); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_header_bar_get_show_title_buttons (GtkHeaderBar *bar); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_header_bar_set_show_title_buttons (GtkHeaderBar *bar, gboolean setting); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_header_bar_set_has_subtitle (GtkHeaderBar *bar, gboolean setting); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_header_bar_get_has_subtitle (GtkHeaderBar *bar); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_header_bar_set_decoration_layout (GtkHeaderBar *bar, const gchar *layout); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL const gchar *gtk_header_bar_get_decoration_layout (GtkHeaderBar *bar); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkicontheme.c b/gtk/gtkicontheme.c index afaed8f802..7d54ff450f 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkicontheme.c +++ b/gtk/gtkicontheme.c @@ -375,8 +375,6 @@ G_DEFINE_TYPE_WITH_PRIVATE (GtkIconTheme, gtk_icon_theme, G_TYPE_OBJECT) * a new icon theme object for scratch. * * Returns: the newly created #GtkIconTheme object. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GtkIconTheme * gtk_icon_theme_new (void) @@ -394,8 +392,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_new (void) * the default display. This icon theme is associated with * the display and can be used as long as the display * is open. Do not ref or unref it. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GtkIconTheme * gtk_icon_theme_get_default (void) @@ -420,8 +416,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_get_default (void) * the given display. This icon theme is associated with * the display and can be used as long as the display * is open. Do not ref or unref it. - * - * Since: 3.94 */ GtkIconTheme * gtk_icon_theme_get_for_display (GdkDisplay *display) @@ -571,8 +565,6 @@ unset_display (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme) * Sets the display for an icon theme; the display is used * to track the user’s currently configured icon theme, * which might be different for different displays. - * - * Since: 3.94 */ void gtk_icon_theme_set_display (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, @@ -829,8 +821,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_finalize (GObject *object) * (This is legacy feature, and new icons should be put * into the fallback icon theme, which is called hicolor, * rather than directly on the icon path.) - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_icon_theme_set_search_path (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, @@ -866,8 +856,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_set_search_path (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, * @n_elements: location to store number of elements in @path, or %NULL * * Gets the current search path. See gtk_icon_theme_set_search_path(). - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_icon_theme_get_search_path (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, @@ -900,8 +888,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_get_search_path (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, * * Appends a directory to the search path. * See gtk_icon_theme_set_search_path(). - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_icon_theme_append_search_path (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, @@ -929,8 +915,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_append_search_path (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, * * Prepends a directory to the search path. * See gtk_icon_theme_set_search_path(). - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_icon_theme_prepend_search_path (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, @@ -971,8 +955,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_prepend_search_path (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, * hicolor icon theme, such as `@path/16x16/actions/run.png`. * Icons that are directly placed in the resource path instead * of a subdirectory are also considered as ultimate fallback. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ void gtk_icon_theme_add_resource_path (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, @@ -998,8 +980,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_add_resource_path (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, * overriding system configuration. This function cannot be called * on the icon theme objects returned from gtk_icon_theme_get_default() * and gtk_icon_theme_get_for_display(). - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_icon_theme_set_custom_theme (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, @@ -1974,8 +1954,6 @@ choose_icon (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo object * containing information about the icon, or %NULL if the * icon wasn’t found. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GtkIconInfo * gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, @@ -2012,8 +1990,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo object * containing information about the icon, or %NULL if the * icon wasn’t found. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GtkIconInfo * gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon_for_scale (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, @@ -2117,8 +2093,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon_for_scale (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo object * containing information about the icon, or %NULL if the icon wasn’t * found. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ GtkIconInfo * gtk_icon_theme_choose_icon (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, @@ -2157,8 +2131,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_choose_icon (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo object * containing information about the icon, or %NULL if the * icon wasn’t found. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GtkIconInfo * gtk_icon_theme_choose_icon_for_scale (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, @@ -2212,8 +2184,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_error_quark (void) * a newly created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so * you must not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release * your reference to the icon. %NULL if the icon isn’t found. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GdkPixbuf * gtk_icon_theme_load_icon (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, @@ -2261,8 +2231,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_load_icon (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, * a newly created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so * you must not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release * your reference to the icon. %NULL if the icon isn’t found. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GdkPixbuf * gtk_icon_theme_load_icon_for_scale (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, @@ -2325,8 +2293,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_load_icon_for_scale (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, * you must not modify the icon. Use cairo_surface_destroy() to * release your reference to the icon. %NULL if the icon isn’t * found. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ cairo_surface_t * gtk_icon_theme_load_surface (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, @@ -2372,8 +2338,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_load_surface (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, * * Returns: %TRUE if @icon_theme includes an * icon for @icon_name. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ gboolean gtk_icon_theme_has_icon (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, @@ -2433,8 +2397,6 @@ add_size (gpointer key, * allocated array describing the sizes at which the icon is * available. The array should be freed with g_free() when it is no * longer needed. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ gint * gtk_icon_theme_get_icon_sizes (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, @@ -2523,8 +2485,6 @@ add_key_to_list (gpointer key, * holding the names of all the icons in the theme. You must * first free each element in the list with g_free(), then * free the list itself with g_list_free(). - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GList * gtk_icon_theme_list_icons (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, @@ -2586,8 +2546,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_list_icons (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, * holding the names of all the contexts in the theme. You must first * free each element in the list with g_free(), then free the list * itself with g_list_free(). - * - * Since: 2.12 */ GList * gtk_icon_theme_list_contexts (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme) @@ -2630,8 +2588,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_list_contexts (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme) * * Returns: (nullable): the name of an example icon or %NULL. * Free with g_free(). - * - * Since: 2.4 */ gchar * gtk_icon_theme_get_example_icon_name (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme) @@ -2707,8 +2663,6 @@ rescan_themes (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme) * * Returns: %TRUE if the icon theme has changed and needed * to be reloaded. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ gboolean gtk_icon_theme_rescan_if_needed (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme) @@ -3470,8 +3424,6 @@ gtk_icon_info_class_init (GtkIconInfoClass *klass) * * Returns: the base size, or 0, if no base * size is known for the icon. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ gint gtk_icon_info_get_base_size (GtkIconInfo *icon_info) @@ -3492,8 +3444,6 @@ gtk_icon_info_get_base_size (GtkIconInfo *icon_info) * a base scale of 2. * * Returns: the base scale - * - * Since: 3.10 */ gint gtk_icon_info_get_base_scale (GtkIconInfo *icon_info) @@ -3516,8 +3466,6 @@ gtk_icon_info_get_base_scale (GtkIconInfo *icon_info) * if gtk_icon_info_get_builtin_pixbuf() should be used instead. * The return value is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified * or freed. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ const gchar * gtk_icon_info_get_filename (GtkIconInfo *icon_info) @@ -3536,8 +3484,6 @@ gtk_icon_info_get_filename (GtkIconInfo *icon_info) * This behaviour may change in the future. * * Returns: %TRUE if the icon is symbolic, %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 3.12 */ gboolean gtk_icon_info_is_symbolic (GtkIconInfo *icon_info) @@ -3909,8 +3855,6 @@ proxy_pixbuf_destroy (guchar *pixels, gpointer data) * created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must * not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release your reference * to the icon. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GdkPixbuf * gtk_icon_info_load_icon (GtkIconInfo *icon_info, @@ -3970,8 +3914,6 @@ gtk_icon_info_load_icon (GtkIconInfo *icon_info, * Returns: (transfer full): the icon texture; this may be a newly * created texture or a new reference to an exiting texture. Use * g_object_unref() to release your reference. - * - * Since: 3.94 */ GdkTexture * gtk_icon_info_load_texture (GtkIconInfo *icon_info) @@ -4015,8 +3957,6 @@ gtk_icon_info_load_texture (GtkIconInfo *icon_info) * created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must * not modify the icon. Use cairo_surface_destroy() to release your * reference to the icon. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ cairo_surface_t * gtk_icon_info_load_surface (GtkIconInfo *icon_info, @@ -4065,8 +4005,6 @@ load_icon_thread (GTask *task, * * For more details, see gtk_icon_info_load_icon() which is the synchronous * version of this call. - * - * Since: 3.8 */ void gtk_icon_info_load_icon_async (GtkIconInfo *icon_info, @@ -4112,8 +4050,6 @@ gtk_icon_info_load_icon_async (GtkIconInfo *icon_info, * created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must * not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release your reference * to the icon. - * - * Since: 3.8 */ GdkPixbuf * gtk_icon_info_load_icon_finish (GtkIconInfo *icon_info, @@ -4585,8 +4521,6 @@ gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_internal (GtkIconInfo *icon_info, * for more information about symbolic icons. * * Returns: (transfer full): a #GdkPixbuf representing the loaded icon - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GdkPixbuf * gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic (GtkIconInfo *icon_info, @@ -4672,8 +4606,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_lookup_symbolic_colors (GtkCssStyle *style, * See gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic() for more details. * * Returns: (transfer full): a #GdkPixbuf representing the loaded icon - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GdkPixbuf * gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context (GtkIconInfo *icon_info, @@ -4793,8 +4725,6 @@ load_symbolic_icon_thread (GTask *task, * * For more details, see gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic() which is the synchronous * version of this call. - * - * Since: 3.8 */ void gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_async (GtkIconInfo *icon_info, @@ -4883,8 +4813,6 @@ gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_async (GtkIconInfo *icon_info, * created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must * not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release your reference * to the icon. - * - * Since: 3.8 */ GdkPixbuf * gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_finish (GtkIconInfo *icon_info, @@ -4946,8 +4874,6 @@ gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_finish (GtkIconInfo *icon_info, * * For more details, see gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context() * which is the synchronous version of this call. - * - * Since: 3.8 */ void gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context_async (GtkIconInfo *icon_info, @@ -4990,8 +4916,6 @@ gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context_async (GtkIconInfo *icon_info, * created icon or a new reference to an internal icon, so you must * not modify the icon. Use g_object_unref() to release your reference * to the icon. - * - * Since: 3.8 */ GdkPixbuf * gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context_finish (GtkIconInfo *icon_info, @@ -5022,8 +4946,6 @@ gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context_finish (GtkIconInfo *icon_info, * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo containing * information about the icon, or %NULL if the icon wasn’t * found. Unref with g_object_unref() - * - * Since: 2.14 */ GtkIconInfo * gtk_icon_theme_lookup_by_gicon (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, @@ -5051,8 +4973,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_lookup_by_gicon (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo containing * information about the icon, or %NULL if the icon wasn’t * found. Unref with g_object_unref() - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GtkIconInfo * gtk_icon_theme_lookup_by_gicon_for_scale (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, @@ -5169,8 +5089,6 @@ gtk_icon_theme_lookup_by_gicon_for_scale (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, * Creates a #GtkIconInfo for a #GdkPixbuf. * * Returns: (transfer full): a #GtkIconInfo - * - * Since: 2.14 */ GtkIconInfo * gtk_icon_info_new_for_pixbuf (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, diff --git a/gtk/gtkicontheme.h b/gtk/gtkicontheme.h index 360e73d081..f5167c2465 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkicontheme.h +++ b/gtk/gtkicontheme.h @@ -168,9 +168,9 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkIconTheme *gtk_icon_theme_new (void); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkIconTheme *gtk_icon_theme_get_default (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkIconTheme *gtk_icon_theme_get_for_display (GdkDisplay *display); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_icon_theme_set_display (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, GdkDisplay *display); @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_icon_theme_prepend_search_path (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, const gchar *path); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_icon_theme_add_resource_path (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, const gchar *path); @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ GtkIconInfo * gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon (GtkIconTheme const gchar *icon_name, gint size, GtkIconLookupFlags flags); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkIconInfo * gtk_icon_theme_lookup_icon_for_scale (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, const gchar *icon_name, gint size, @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ GtkIconInfo * gtk_icon_theme_choose_icon (GtkIconTheme const gchar *icon_names[], gint size, GtkIconLookupFlags flags); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkIconInfo * gtk_icon_theme_choose_icon_for_scale (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, const gchar *icon_names[], gint size, @@ -232,14 +232,14 @@ GdkPixbuf * gtk_icon_theme_load_icon (GtkIconTheme gint size, GtkIconLookupFlags flags, GError **error); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkPixbuf * gtk_icon_theme_load_icon_for_scale (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, const gchar *icon_name, gint size, gint scale, GtkIconLookupFlags flags, GError **error); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL cairo_surface_t * gtk_icon_theme_load_surface (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, const gchar *icon_name, gint size, @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ GtkIconInfo * gtk_icon_theme_lookup_by_gicon (GtkIconTheme GIcon *icon, gint size, GtkIconLookupFlags flags); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkIconInfo * gtk_icon_theme_lookup_by_gicon_for_scale (GtkIconTheme *icon_theme, GIcon *icon, gint size, @@ -281,28 +281,28 @@ GtkIconInfo * gtk_icon_info_new_for_pixbuf (GtkIconTheme *icon_them GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_icon_info_get_base_size (GtkIconInfo *icon_info); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_icon_info_get_base_scale (GtkIconInfo *icon_info); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL const gchar * gtk_icon_info_get_filename (GtkIconInfo *icon_info); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_icon_info_is_symbolic (GtkIconInfo *icon_info); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkPixbuf * gtk_icon_info_load_icon (GtkIconInfo *icon_info, GError **error); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL cairo_surface_t * gtk_icon_info_load_surface (GtkIconInfo *icon_info, GdkWindow *for_window, GError **error); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkTexture * gtk_icon_info_load_texture (GtkIconInfo *icon_info); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_icon_info_load_icon_async (GtkIconInfo *icon_info, GCancellable *cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, gpointer user_data); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkPixbuf * gtk_icon_info_load_icon_finish (GtkIconInfo *icon_info, GAsyncResult *res, GError **error); @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ GdkPixbuf * gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic (GtkIconInfo *icon_info const GdkRGBA *error_color, gboolean *was_symbolic, GError **error); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_async (GtkIconInfo *icon_info, const GdkRGBA *fg, const GdkRGBA *success_color, @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ void gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_async (GtkIconInfo *icon_inf GCancellable *cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, gpointer user_data); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkPixbuf * gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_finish (GtkIconInfo *icon_info, GAsyncResult *res, gboolean *was_symbolic, @@ -333,13 +333,13 @@ GdkPixbuf * gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context (GtkIconInfo GtkStyleContext *context, gboolean *was_symbolic, GError **error); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context_async (GtkIconInfo *icon_info, GtkStyleContext *context, GCancellable *cancellable, GAsyncReadyCallback callback, gpointer user_data); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkPixbuf * gtk_icon_info_load_symbolic_for_context_finish (GtkIconInfo *icon_info, GAsyncResult *res, gboolean *was_symbolic, diff --git a/gtk/gtkiconview.c b/gtk/gtkiconview.c index 9246f9391e..9a0211ad4e 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkiconview.c +++ b/gtk/gtkiconview.c @@ -387,8 +387,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass) * The ::selection-mode property specifies the selection mode of * icon view. If the mode is #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubberband selection * is enabled, for the other modes, only keyboard selection is possible. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_SELECTION_MODE, @@ -406,8 +404,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass) * containing the pixbufs which are displayed. The pixbuf column must be * of type #GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF. Setting this property to -1 turns off the * display of pixbufs. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_PIXBUF_COLUMN, @@ -424,8 +420,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass) * containing the texts which are displayed. The text column must be * of type #G_TYPE_STRING. If this property and the :markup-column * property are both set to -1, no texts are displayed. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_TEXT_COLUMN, @@ -444,8 +438,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass) * of type #G_TYPE_STRING. If this property and the :text-column property * are both set to column numbers, it overrides the text column. * If both are set to -1, no texts are displayed. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_MARKUP_COLUMN, @@ -469,8 +461,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass) * The columns property contains the number of the columns in which the * items should be displayed. If it is -1, the number of columns will * be chosen automatically to fill the available area. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_COLUMNS, @@ -487,8 +477,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass) * The item-width property specifies the width to use for each item. * If it is set to -1, the icon view will automatically determine a * suitable item size. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_ITEM_WIDTH, @@ -503,8 +491,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass) * * The spacing property specifies the space which is inserted between * the cells (i.e. the icon and the text) of an item. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_SPACING, @@ -519,8 +505,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass) * * The row-spacing property specifies the space which is inserted between * the rows of the icon view. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_ROW_SPACING, @@ -535,8 +519,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass) * * The column-spacing property specifies the space which is inserted between * the columns of the icon view. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_COLUMN_SPACING, @@ -551,8 +533,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass) * * The margin property specifies the space which is inserted * at the edges of the icon view. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_MARGIN, @@ -567,8 +547,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass) * * The item-orientation property specifies how the cells (i.e. the icon and * the text) of the item are positioned relative to each other. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_ITEM_ORIENTATION, @@ -584,8 +562,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass) * * The reorderable property specifies if the items can be reordered * by DND. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_REORDERABLE, @@ -610,8 +586,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass) * * The item-padding property specifies the padding around each * of the icon view's item. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_ITEM_PADDING, @@ -628,8 +602,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass) * * If no area is specified when creating the icon view with gtk_icon_view_new_with_area() * a #GtkCellAreaBox will be used. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_CELL_AREA, @@ -644,8 +616,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_class_init (GtkIconViewClass *klass) * * The activate-on-single-click property specifies whether the "item-activated" signal * will be emitted after a single click. - * - * Since: 3.8 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_ACTIVATE_ON_SINGLE_CLICK, @@ -2032,8 +2002,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_remove_editable (GtkCellArea *area, * This function is often followed by `gtk_widget_grab_focus * (icon_view)` in order to give keyboard focus to the widget. * Please note that editing can only happen when the widget is realized. - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ void gtk_icon_view_set_cursor (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -2088,8 +2056,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_cursor (GtkIconView *icon_view, * The returned #GtkTreePath must be freed with gtk_tree_path_free(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the cursor is set. - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ gboolean gtk_icon_view_get_cursor (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -3978,8 +3944,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_move_cursor_start_end (GtkIconView *icon_view, * This function only works if the model is set, and @path is a valid row on * the model. If the model changes before the @icon_view is realized, the * centered path will be modified to reflect this change. - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ void gtk_icon_view_scroll_to_path (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -4172,8 +4136,6 @@ _gtk_icon_view_set_cell_data (GtkIconView *icon_view, * Creates a new #GtkIconView widget * * Returns: A newly created #GtkIconView widget - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_icon_view_new (void) @@ -4189,8 +4151,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_new (void) * specified @area to layout cells inside the icons. * * Returns: A newly created #GtkIconView widget - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_icon_view_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area) @@ -4205,8 +4165,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area) * Creates a new #GtkIconView widget with the model @model. * * Returns: A newly created #GtkIconView widget. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_icon_view_new_with_model (GtkTreeModel *model) @@ -4222,8 +4180,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_new_with_model (GtkTreeModel *model) * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): The #GtkTreePath corresponding * to the icon or %NULL if no icon exists at that position. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ GtkTreePath * gtk_icon_view_get_path_at_pos (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -4255,8 +4211,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_path_at_pos (GtkIconView *icon_view, * responsible for the cell at (@x, @y), or %NULL * * Returns: %TRUE if an item exists at the specified position - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ gboolean gtk_icon_view_get_item_at_pos (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -4299,8 +4253,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_item_at_pos (GtkIconView *icon_view, * This function is only valid if @icon_view is realized. * * Returns: %FALSE if there is no such item, %TRUE otherwise - * - * Since: 3.6 */ gboolean gtk_icon_view_get_cell_rect (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -4350,8 +4302,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_cell_rect (GtkIconView *icon_view, * Sets the tip area of @tooltip to be the area covered by the item at @path. * See also gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative. * See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area(). - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_item (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -4375,8 +4325,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_item (GtkIconView *icon_view, * the item pointed to by @path. See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area(). * * See also gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_cell (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -4420,8 +4368,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_cell (GtkIconView *icon_view, * that row and the corresponding model. * * Returns: whether or not the given tooltip context points to a item - * - * Since: 2.12 */ gboolean gtk_icon_view_get_tooltip_context (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -4519,8 +4465,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_query_cb (GtkWidget *widget, * * Note that the signal handler sets the text with gtk_tooltip_set_markup(), * so &, <, etc have to be escaped in the text. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_column (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -4561,8 +4505,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_tooltip_column (GtkIconView *icon_view, * * Returns: the index of the tooltip column that is currently being * used, or -1 if this is disabled. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ gint gtk_icon_view_get_tooltip_column (GtkIconView *icon_view) @@ -4585,8 +4527,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_tooltip_column (GtkIconView *icon_view) * Both paths should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free() after use. * * Returns: %TRUE, if valid paths were placed in @start_path and @end_path - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ gboolean gtk_icon_view_get_visible_range (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -4642,8 +4582,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_visible_range (GtkIconView *icon_view, * * Calls a function for each selected icon. Note that the model or * selection cannot be modified from within this function. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_icon_view_selected_foreach (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -4670,8 +4608,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_selected_foreach (GtkIconView *icon_view, * @mode: The selection mode * * Sets the selection mode of the @icon_view. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_icon_view_set_selection_mode (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -4698,8 +4634,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_selection_mode (GtkIconView *icon_view, * Gets the selection mode of the @icon_view. * * Returns: the current selection mode - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ GtkSelectionMode gtk_icon_view_get_selection_mode (GtkIconView *icon_view) @@ -4718,8 +4652,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_selection_mode (GtkIconView *icon_view) * If the @icon_view already has a model set, it will remove * it before setting the new model. If @model is %NULL, then * it will unset the old model. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_icon_view_set_model (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -4844,8 +4776,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_model (GtkIconView *icon_view, * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): A #GtkTreeModel, or %NULL if none is * currently being used. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ GtkTreeModel * gtk_icon_view_get_model (GtkIconView *icon_view) @@ -4958,8 +4888,6 @@ update_pixbuf_cell (GtkIconView *icon_view) * * Sets the column with text for @icon_view to be @column. The text * column must be of type #G_TYPE_STRING. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_icon_view_set_text_column (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -5001,8 +4929,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_text_column (GtkIconView *icon_view, * Returns the column with text for @icon_view. * * Returns: the text column, or -1 if it’s unset. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ gint gtk_icon_view_get_text_column (GtkIconView *icon_view) @@ -5021,8 +4947,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_text_column (GtkIconView *icon_view) * @column. The markup column must be of type #G_TYPE_STRING. * If the markup column is set to something, it overrides * the text column set by gtk_icon_view_set_text_column(). - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_icon_view_set_markup_column (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -5064,8 +4988,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_markup_column (GtkIconView *icon_view, * Returns the column with markup text for @icon_view. * * Returns: the markup column, or -1 if it’s unset. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ gint gtk_icon_view_get_markup_column (GtkIconView *icon_view) @@ -5082,8 +5004,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_markup_column (GtkIconView *icon_view) * * Sets the column with pixbufs for @icon_view to be @column. The pixbuf * column must be of type #GDK_TYPE_PIXBUF - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_icon_view_set_pixbuf_column (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -5126,8 +5046,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_pixbuf_column (GtkIconView *icon_view, * Returns the column with pixbufs for @icon_view. * * Returns: the pixbuf column, or -1 if it’s unset. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ gint gtk_icon_view_get_pixbuf_column (GtkIconView *icon_view) @@ -5143,8 +5061,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_pixbuf_column (GtkIconView *icon_view) * @path: The #GtkTreePath to be selected. * * Selects the row at @path. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_icon_view_select_path (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -5170,8 +5086,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_select_path (GtkIconView *icon_view, * @path: The #GtkTreePath to be unselected. * * Unselects the row at @path. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_icon_view_unselect_path (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -5207,8 +5121,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_unselect_path (GtkIconView *icon_view, * ]| * * Returns: (element-type GtkTreePath) (transfer full): A #GList containing a #GtkTreePath for each selected row. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ GList * gtk_icon_view_get_selected_items (GtkIconView *icon_view) @@ -5239,8 +5151,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_selected_items (GtkIconView *icon_view) * * Selects all the icons. @icon_view must has its selection mode set * to #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_icon_view_select_all (GtkIconView *icon_view) @@ -5274,8 +5184,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_select_all (GtkIconView *icon_view) * @icon_view: A #GtkIconView. * * Unselects all the icons. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_icon_view_unselect_all (GtkIconView *icon_view) @@ -5302,8 +5210,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_unselect_all (GtkIconView *icon_view) * selected. If @path does not point to a valid location, %FALSE is returned. * * Returns: %TRUE if @path is selected. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ gboolean gtk_icon_view_path_is_selected (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -5333,8 +5239,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_path_is_selected (GtkIconView *icon_view, * displayed. Row numbers start at 0. * * Returns: The row in which the item is displayed - * - * Since: 2.22 */ gint gtk_icon_view_get_item_row (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -5364,8 +5268,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_item_row (GtkIconView *icon_view, * displayed. Column numbers start at 0. * * Returns: The column in which the item is displayed - * - * Since: 2.22 */ gint gtk_icon_view_get_item_column (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -5392,8 +5294,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_item_column (GtkIconView *icon_view, * @path: The #GtkTreePath to be activated * * Activates the item determined by @path. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_icon_view_item_activated (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -5412,8 +5312,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_item_activated (GtkIconView *icon_view, * * Sets the ::item-orientation property which determines whether the labels * are drawn beside the icons instead of below. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_icon_view_set_item_orientation (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -5451,8 +5349,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_item_orientation (GtkIconView *icon_view, * whether the labels are drawn beside the icons instead of below. * * Returns: the relative position of texts and icons - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ GtkOrientation gtk_icon_view_get_item_orientation (GtkIconView *icon_view) @@ -5472,8 +5368,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_item_orientation (GtkIconView *icon_view) * many columns the icons are arranged. If @columns is * -1, the number of columns will be chosen automatically * to fill the available area. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_icon_view_set_columns (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -5501,8 +5395,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_columns (GtkIconView *icon_view, * Returns the value of the ::columns property. * * Returns: the number of columns, or -1 - * - * Since: 2.6 */ gint gtk_icon_view_get_columns (GtkIconView *icon_view) @@ -5520,8 +5412,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_columns (GtkIconView *icon_view) * Sets the ::item-width property which specifies the width * to use for each item. If it is set to -1, the icon view will * automatically determine a suitable item size. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_icon_view_set_item_width (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -5551,8 +5441,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_item_width (GtkIconView *icon_view, * Returns the value of the ::item-width property. * * Returns: the width of a single item, or -1 - * - * Since: 2.6 */ gint gtk_icon_view_get_item_width (GtkIconView *icon_view) @@ -5571,8 +5459,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_item_width (GtkIconView *icon_view) * Sets the ::spacing property which specifies the space * which is inserted between the cells (i.e. the icon and * the text) of an item. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_icon_view_set_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -5600,8 +5486,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view, * Returns the value of the ::spacing property. * * Returns: the space between cells - * - * Since: 2.6 */ gint gtk_icon_view_get_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view) @@ -5618,8 +5502,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view) * * Sets the ::row-spacing property which specifies the space * which is inserted between the rows of the icon view. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_icon_view_set_row_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -5647,8 +5529,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_row_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view, * Returns the value of the ::row-spacing property. * * Returns: the space between rows - * - * Since: 2.6 */ gint gtk_icon_view_get_row_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view) @@ -5665,8 +5545,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_row_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view) * * Sets the ::column-spacing property which specifies the space * which is inserted between the columns of the icon view. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_icon_view_set_column_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -5694,8 +5572,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_column_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view, * Returns the value of the ::column-spacing property. * * Returns: the space between columns - * - * Since: 2.6 */ gint gtk_icon_view_get_column_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view) @@ -5713,8 +5589,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_column_spacing (GtkIconView *icon_view) * Sets the ::margin property which specifies the space * which is inserted at the top, bottom, left and right * of the icon view. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_icon_view_set_margin (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -5742,8 +5616,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_margin (GtkIconView *icon_view, * Returns the value of the ::margin property. * * Returns: the space at the borders - * - * Since: 2.6 */ gint gtk_icon_view_get_margin (GtkIconView *icon_view) @@ -5760,8 +5632,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_margin (GtkIconView *icon_view) * * Sets the #GtkIconView:item-padding property which specifies the padding * around each of the icon view’s items. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ void gtk_icon_view_set_item_padding (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -5789,8 +5659,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_item_padding (GtkIconView *icon_view, * Returns the value of the ::item-padding property. * * Returns: the padding around items - * - * Since: 2.18 */ gint gtk_icon_view_get_item_padding (GtkIconView *icon_view) @@ -6569,8 +6437,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget, * * Turns @icon_view into a drag source for automatic DND. Calling this * method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE. - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ void gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_source (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -6599,8 +6465,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_source (GtkIconView *icon_view, * * Turns @icon_view into a drop destination for automatic DND. Calling this * method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE. - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ void gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_dest (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -6624,8 +6488,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_dest (GtkIconView *icon_view, * * Undoes the effect of gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_source(). Calling this * method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE. - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ void gtk_icon_view_unset_model_drag_source (GtkIconView *icon_view) @@ -6647,8 +6509,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_unset_model_drag_source (GtkIconView *icon_view) * * Undoes the effect of gtk_icon_view_enable_model_drag_dest(). Calling this * method sets #GtkIconView:reorderable to %FALSE. - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ void gtk_icon_view_unset_model_drag_dest (GtkIconView *icon_view) @@ -6672,8 +6532,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_unset_model_drag_dest (GtkIconView *icon_view) * @pos: Specifies where to drop, relative to the item * * Sets the item that is highlighted for feedback. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ void gtk_icon_view_set_drag_dest_item (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -6732,8 +6590,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_drag_dest_item (GtkIconView *icon_view, * @pos: (out) (allow-none): Return location for the drop position, or %NULL * * Gets information about the item that is highlighted for feedback. - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ void gtk_icon_view_get_drag_dest_item (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -6766,8 +6622,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_drag_dest_item (GtkIconView *icon_view, * Determines the destination item for a given position. * * Returns: whether there is an item at the given position. - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ gboolean gtk_icon_view_get_dest_item_at_pos (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -6827,8 +6681,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_get_dest_item_at_pos (GtkIconView *icon_view, * This image is used for a drag icon. * * Returns: (transfer full): a newly-allocated surface of the drag icon. - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ cairo_surface_t * gtk_icon_view_create_drag_icon (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -6896,8 +6748,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_create_drag_icon (GtkIconView *icon_view, * See gtk_icon_view_set_reorderable(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the list can be reordered. - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ gboolean gtk_icon_view_get_reorderable (GtkIconView *icon_view) @@ -6929,8 +6779,6 @@ static const char *item_formats[] = { * This function does not give you any degree of control over the order -- any * reordering is allowed. If more control is needed, you should probably * handle drag and drop manually. - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ void gtk_icon_view_set_reorderable (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -6973,8 +6821,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_reorderable (GtkIconView *icon_view, * * Causes the #GtkIconView::item-activated signal to be emitted on * a single click instead of a double click. - * - * Since: 3.8 **/ void gtk_icon_view_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkIconView *icon_view, @@ -6998,8 +6844,6 @@ gtk_icon_view_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkIconView *icon_view, * Gets the setting set by gtk_icon_view_set_activate_on_single_click(). * * Returns: %TRUE if item-activated will be emitted on a single click - * - * Since: 3.8 **/ gboolean gtk_icon_view_get_activate_on_single_click (GtkIconView *icon_view) diff --git a/gtk/gtkiconview.h b/gtk/gtkiconview.h index fb5ae6648b..85d0e5fde1 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkiconview.h +++ b/gtk/gtkiconview.h @@ -194,10 +194,10 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_icon_view_get_visible_range (GtkIconView *icon_view, GtkTreePath **start_path, GtkTreePath **end_path); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_icon_view_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkIconView *icon_view, gboolean single); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_icon_view_get_activate_on_single_click (GtkIconView *icon_view); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL cairo_surface_t *gtk_icon_view_create_drag_icon (GtkIconView *icon_view, GtkTreePath *path); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_icon_view_get_cell_rect (GtkIconView *icon_view, GtkTreePath *path, GtkCellRenderer *cell, diff --git a/gtk/gtkimage.c b/gtk/gtkimage.c index c8e5e9072d..807a70c98e 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkimage.c +++ b/gtk/gtkimage.c @@ -187,8 +187,6 @@ gtk_image_class_init (GtkImageClass *class) * The "pixel-size" property can be used to specify a fixed size * overriding the #GtkImage:icon-size property for images of type * %GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ image_props[PROP_PIXEL_SIZE] = g_param_spec_int ("pixel-size", @@ -203,8 +201,6 @@ gtk_image_class_init (GtkImageClass *class) * * The name of the icon in the icon theme. If the icon theme is * changed, the image will be updated automatically. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ image_props[PROP_ICON_NAME] = g_param_spec_string ("icon-name", @@ -219,8 +215,6 @@ gtk_image_class_init (GtkImageClass *class) * The GIcon displayed in the GtkImage. For themed icons, * If the icon theme is changed, the image will be updated * automatically. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ image_props[PROP_GICON] = g_param_spec_object ("gicon", @@ -233,8 +227,6 @@ gtk_image_class_init (GtkImageClass *class) * GtkImage:resource: * * A path to a resource file to display. - * - * Since: 3.8 */ image_props[PROP_RESOURCE] = g_param_spec_string ("resource", @@ -258,8 +250,6 @@ gtk_image_class_init (GtkImageClass *class) * standard icon names fallback. The value of this property * is only relevant for images of type %GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME * and %GTK_IMAGE_GICON. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ image_props[PROP_USE_FALLBACK] = g_param_spec_boolean ("use-fallback", @@ -444,8 +434,6 @@ gtk_image_new_from_file (const gchar *filename) * displaying the file. * * Returns: a new #GtkImage - * - * Since: 3.4 **/ GtkWidget* gtk_image_new_from_resource (const gchar *resource_path) @@ -526,8 +514,6 @@ gtk_image_new_from_texture (GdkTexture *texture) * #GtkImage will add its own reference rather than adopting yours. * * Returns: a new #GtkImage - * - * Since: 3.10 **/ GtkWidget* gtk_image_new_from_surface (cairo_surface_t *surface) @@ -555,8 +541,6 @@ gtk_image_new_from_surface (cairo_surface_t *surface) * the icon size. * * Returns: a new #GtkImage displaying the themed icon - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ GtkWidget* gtk_image_new_from_icon_name (const gchar *icon_name) @@ -584,8 +568,6 @@ gtk_image_new_from_icon_name (const gchar *icon_name) * the icon size. * * Returns: a new #GtkImage displaying the themed icon - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ GtkWidget* gtk_image_new_from_gicon (GIcon *icon) @@ -870,8 +852,6 @@ gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf (GtkImage *image, * Note: Before 3.94, this function was taking an extra icon size * argument. See gtk_image_set_icon_size() for another way to set * the icon size. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_image_set_from_icon_name (GtkImage *image, @@ -903,8 +883,6 @@ gtk_image_set_from_icon_name (GtkImage *image, * Note: Before 3.94, this function was taking an extra icon size * argument. See gtk_image_set_icon_size() for another way to set * the icon size. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ void gtk_image_set_from_gicon (GtkImage *image, @@ -938,8 +916,6 @@ gtk_image_set_from_gicon (GtkImage *image, * @surface: (nullable): a cairo_surface_t or %NULL * * See gtk_image_new_from_surface() for details. - * - * Since: 3.10 **/ void gtk_image_set_from_surface (GtkImage *image, @@ -973,8 +949,6 @@ gtk_image_set_from_surface (GtkImage *image, * @texture: (nullable): a #GdkTexture or %NULL * * See gtk_image_new_from_texture() for details. - * - * Since: 3.94 **/ void gtk_image_set_from_texture (GtkImage *image, @@ -1035,7 +1009,6 @@ gtk_image_get_storage_type (GtkImage *image) * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the displayed surface, or %NULL if * the image is empty - * Since: 3.94.0 **/ cairo_surface_t * gtk_image_get_surface (GtkImage *image) @@ -1059,8 +1032,6 @@ gtk_image_get_surface (GtkImage *image) * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the displayed texture, or %NULL if * the image is empty - * - * Since: 3.94 **/ GdkTexture * gtk_image_get_texture (GtkImage *image) @@ -1087,8 +1058,6 @@ gtk_image_get_texture (GtkImage *image) * for a way to get the icon size. * * Returns: (transfer none) (allow-none): the icon name, or %NULL - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ const gchar * gtk_image_get_icon_name (GtkImage *image) @@ -1115,8 +1084,6 @@ gtk_image_get_icon_name (GtkImage *image) * for a way to get the icon size. * * Returns: (transfer none) (allow-none): a #GIcon, or %NULL - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ GIcon * gtk_image_get_gicon (GtkImage *image) @@ -1277,8 +1244,6 @@ gtk_image_get_definition (GtkImage *image) * @image: a #GtkImage * * Resets the image to be empty. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ void gtk_image_clear (GtkImage *image) @@ -1368,8 +1333,6 @@ gtk_image_style_updated (GtkWidget *widget) * Sets the pixel size to use for named icons. If the pixel size is set * to a value != -1, it is used instead of the icon size set by * gtk_image_set_from_icon_name(). - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_image_set_pixel_size (GtkImage *image, @@ -1394,8 +1357,6 @@ gtk_image_set_pixel_size (GtkImage *image, * Gets the pixel size used for named icons. * * Returns: the pixel size used for named icons. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ gint gtk_image_get_pixel_size (GtkImage *image) @@ -1413,8 +1374,6 @@ gtk_image_get_pixel_size (GtkImage *image) * @icon_size: the new icon size * * Suggests an icon size to the theme for named icons. - * - * Since: 3.94 */ void gtk_image_set_icon_size (GtkImage *image, @@ -1439,8 +1398,6 @@ gtk_image_set_icon_size (GtkImage *image, * Gets the icon size used by the @image when rendering icons. * * Returns: the image size used by icons - * - * Since: 3.90 **/ GtkIconSize gtk_image_get_icon_size (GtkImage *image) diff --git a/gtk/gtkimage.h b/gtk/gtkimage.h index 7f561c8b16..45ac3f8fd2 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkimage.h +++ b/gtk/gtkimage.h @@ -110,13 +110,13 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_image_new_from_resource (const gchar *resource_path); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf (GdkPixbuf *pixbuf); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_image_new_from_texture (GdkTexture *texture); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_image_new_from_icon_name (const gchar *icon_name); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_image_new_from_gicon (GIcon *icon); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_image_new_from_surface (cairo_surface_t *surface); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ void gtk_image_set_from_resource (GtkImage *image, GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf (GtkImage *image, GdkPixbuf *pixbuf); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_image_set_from_texture (GtkImage *image, GdkTexture *texture); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL @@ -139,22 +139,22 @@ void gtk_image_set_from_icon_name (GtkImage *image, GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_image_set_from_gicon (GtkImage *image, GIcon *icon); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_image_set_from_surface (GtkImage *image, cairo_surface_t *surface); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_image_set_pixel_size (GtkImage *image, gint pixel_size); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_image_set_icon_size (GtkImage *image, GtkIconSize icon_size); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkImageType gtk_image_get_storage_type (GtkImage *image); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL cairo_surface_t *gtk_image_get_surface (GtkImage *image); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkTexture *gtk_image_get_texture (GtkImage *image); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GIcon * gtk_image_get_gicon (GtkImage *image); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_image_get_pixel_size (GtkImage *image); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkIconSize gtk_image_get_icon_size (GtkImage *image); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.c b/gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.c index 036eca9d09..bd85315c18 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.c +++ b/gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.c @@ -1678,8 +1678,6 @@ gtk_im_context_simple_add_table (GtkIMContextSimple *context_simple, * @compose_file: The path of compose file * * Adds an additional table from the X11 compose file. - * - * Since: 3.20 */ void gtk_im_context_simple_add_compose_file (GtkIMContextSimple *context_simple, diff --git a/gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.h b/gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.h index b0f2cccc97..b62cf8c183 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.h +++ b/gtk/gtkimcontextsimple.h @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ void gtk_im_context_simple_add_table (GtkIMContextSimple *context_simpl guint16 *data, gint max_seq_len, gint n_seqs); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_im_context_simple_add_compose_file (GtkIMContextSimple *context_simple, const gchar *compose_file); diff --git a/gtk/gtkimmulticontext.c b/gtk/gtkimmulticontext.c index 2b62df60c0..83f7a177ab 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkimmulticontext.c +++ b/gtk/gtkimmulticontext.c @@ -555,8 +555,6 @@ gtk_im_multicontext_delete_surrounding_cb (GtkIMContext *slave, * Gets the id of the currently active slave of the @context. * * Returns: the id of the currently active slave - * - * Since: 2.16 */ const char * gtk_im_multicontext_get_context_id (GtkIMMulticontext *context) @@ -575,8 +573,6 @@ gtk_im_multicontext_get_context_id (GtkIMMulticontext *context) * * This causes the currently active slave of @context to be * replaced by the slave corresponding to the new context id. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ void gtk_im_multicontext_set_context_id (GtkIMMulticontext *context, diff --git a/gtk/gtkinfobar.c b/gtk/gtkinfobar.c index 11170b241a..d508801a7c 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkinfobar.c +++ b/gtk/gtkinfobar.c @@ -323,8 +323,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_class_init (GtkInfoBarClass *klass) * The type of the message. * * The type may be used to determine the appearance of the info bar. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ props[PROP_MESSAGE_TYPE] = g_param_spec_enum ("message-type", @@ -338,8 +336,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_class_init (GtkInfoBarClass *klass) * GtkInfoBar:show-close-button: * * Whether to include a standard close button. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ props[PROP_SHOW_CLOSE_BUTTON] = g_param_spec_boolean ("show-close-button", @@ -365,8 +361,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_class_init (GtkInfoBarClass *klass) * Emitted when an action widget is clicked or the application programmer * calls gtk_info_bar_response(). The @response_id depends on which action * widget was clicked. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ signals[RESPONSE] = g_signal_new (I_("response"), G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass), @@ -386,8 +380,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_class_init (GtkInfoBarClass *klass) * the info bar. * * The default binding for this signal is the Escape key. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ signals[CLOSE] = g_signal_new (I_("close"), G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass), @@ -482,8 +474,6 @@ action_widget_activated (GtkWidget *widget, * connecting a signal handler that will emit the #GtkInfoBar::response * signal on the message area when the widget is activated. The widget * is appended to the end of the message areas action area. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ void gtk_info_bar_add_action_widget (GtkInfoBar *info_bar, @@ -529,8 +519,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_add_action_widget (GtkInfoBar *info_bar, * Returns the action area of @info_bar. * * Returns: (transfer none): the action area - * - * Since: 2.18 */ GtkWidget* gtk_info_bar_get_action_area (GtkInfoBar *info_bar) @@ -547,8 +535,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_get_action_area (GtkInfoBar *info_bar) * Returns the content area of @info_bar. * * Returns: (transfer none): the content area - * - * Since: 2.18 */ GtkWidget* gtk_info_bar_get_content_area (GtkInfoBar *info_bar) @@ -572,8 +558,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_get_content_area (GtkInfoBar *info_bar) * * Returns: (transfer none) (type Gtk.Button): the #GtkButton widget * that was added - * - * Since: 2.18 */ GtkWidget* gtk_info_bar_add_button (GtkInfoBar *info_bar, @@ -636,8 +620,6 @@ add_buttons_valist (GtkInfoBar *info_bar, * repeatedly. The variable argument list should be %NULL-terminated * as with gtk_info_bar_new_with_buttons(). Each button must have both * text and response ID. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ void gtk_info_bar_add_buttons (GtkInfoBar *info_bar, @@ -657,8 +639,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_add_buttons (GtkInfoBar *info_bar, * Creates a new #GtkInfoBar object. * * Returns: a new #GtkInfoBar object - * - * Since: 2.18 */ GtkWidget * gtk_info_bar_new (void) @@ -706,8 +686,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_new_with_buttons (const gchar *first_button_text, * Calls gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, setting) for each * widget in the info bars’s action area with the given response_id. * A convenient way to sensitize/desensitize dialog buttons. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ void gtk_info_bar_set_response_sensitive (GtkInfoBar *info_bar, @@ -743,8 +721,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_set_response_sensitive (GtkInfoBar *info_bar, * * Note that this function currently requires @info_bar to * be added to a widget hierarchy. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ void gtk_info_bar_set_default_response (GtkInfoBar *info_bar, @@ -774,8 +750,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_set_default_response (GtkInfoBar *info_bar, * @response_id: a response ID * * Emits the “response” signal with the given @response_id. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ void gtk_info_bar_response (GtkInfoBar *info_bar, @@ -1011,8 +985,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable, * Sets the message type of the message area. * * GTK+ uses this type to determine how the message is displayed. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ void gtk_info_bar_set_message_type (GtkInfoBar *info_bar, @@ -1096,8 +1068,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_set_message_type (GtkInfoBar *info_bar, * Returns the message type of the message area. * * Returns: the message type of the message area. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ GtkMessageType gtk_info_bar_get_message_type (GtkInfoBar *info_bar) @@ -1115,8 +1085,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_get_message_type (GtkInfoBar *info_bar) * * If true, a standard close button is shown. When clicked it emits * the response %GTK_RESPONSE_CLOSE. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_info_bar_set_show_close_button (GtkInfoBar *info_bar, @@ -1139,8 +1107,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_set_show_close_button (GtkInfoBar *info_bar, * Returns whether the widget will display a standard close button. * * Returns: %TRUE if the widget displays standard close button - * - * Since: 3.10 */ gboolean gtk_info_bar_get_show_close_button (GtkInfoBar *info_bar) @@ -1160,8 +1126,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_get_show_close_button (GtkInfoBar *info_bar) * * Note: this does not show or hide @info_bar in the #GtkWidget:visible sense, * so revealing has no effect if #GtkWidget:visible is %FALSE. - * - * Since: 3.90 */ void gtk_info_bar_set_revealed (GtkInfoBar *info_bar, @@ -1184,8 +1148,6 @@ gtk_info_bar_set_revealed (GtkInfoBar *info_bar, * @info_bar: a #GtkInfoBar * * Returns: the current value of the #GtkInfoBar:revealed property. - * - * Since: 3.90 */ gboolean gtk_info_bar_get_revealed (GtkInfoBar *info_bar) diff --git a/gtk/gtkinfobar.h b/gtk/gtkinfobar.h index b4674f9d81..167e1ba832 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkinfobar.h +++ b/gtk/gtkinfobar.h @@ -124,16 +124,16 @@ void gtk_info_bar_set_message_type (GtkInfoBar *info_bar, GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkMessageType gtk_info_bar_get_message_type (GtkInfoBar *info_bar); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_info_bar_set_show_close_button (GtkInfoBar *info_bar, gboolean setting); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_info_bar_get_show_close_button (GtkInfoBar *info_bar); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_info_bar_set_revealed (GtkInfoBar *info_bar, gboolean revealed); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_info_bar_get_revealed (GtkInfoBar *info_bar); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkinvisible.c b/gtk/gtkinvisible.c index 512fcda27a..d2aec30cff 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkinvisible.c +++ b/gtk/gtkinvisible.c @@ -138,8 +138,6 @@ gtk_invisible_destroy (GtkWidget *widget) * Creates a new #GtkInvisible object for a specified display. * * Returns: a newly created #GtkInvisible object - * - * Since: 3.94 **/ GtkWidget* gtk_invisible_new_for_display (GdkDisplay *display) @@ -168,8 +166,6 @@ gtk_invisible_new (void) * @display: a #GdkDisplay. * * Sets the #GdkDisplay where the #GtkInvisible object will be displayed. - * - * Since: 3.94 **/ void gtk_invisible_set_display (GtkInvisible *invisible, @@ -212,8 +208,6 @@ gtk_invisible_set_display (GtkInvisible *invisible, * Returns the #GdkDisplay object associated with @invisible * * Returns: (transfer none): the associated #GdkDisplay. - * - * Since: 3.94 **/ GdkDisplay * gtk_invisible_get_display (GtkInvisible *invisible) diff --git a/gtk/gtkinvisible.h b/gtk/gtkinvisible.h index a6351270fb..f625a35684 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkinvisible.h +++ b/gtk/gtkinvisible.h @@ -69,12 +69,12 @@ GType gtk_invisible_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_invisible_new (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_invisible_new_for_display(GdkDisplay *display); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_invisible_set_display (GtkInvisible *invisible, GdkDisplay *display); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkDisplay*gtk_invisible_get_display (GtkInvisible *invisible); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtklabel.c b/gtk/gtklabel.c index cd969492f6..2d39824f0a 100644 --- a/gtk/gtklabel.c +++ b/gtk/gtklabel.c @@ -705,8 +705,6 @@ gtk_label_class_init (GtkLabelClass *class) * if they need to control activation of URIs programmatically. * * The default bindings for this signal are all forms of the Enter key. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ signals[ACTIVATE_CURRENT_LINK] = g_signal_new_class_handler (I_("activate-current-link"), @@ -727,8 +725,6 @@ gtk_label_class_init (GtkLabelClass *class) * which is to call gtk_show_uri_on_window(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the link has been activated - * - * Since: 2.18 */ signals[ACTIVATE_LINK] = g_signal_new (I_("activate-link"), @@ -797,8 +793,6 @@ gtk_label_class_init (GtkLabelClass *class) * inside the labels size allocation. Compare this to #GtkWidget:halign, * which determines how the labels size allocation is positioned in the * space available for the label. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ label_props[PROP_XALIGN] = g_param_spec_float ("xalign", @@ -815,8 +809,6 @@ gtk_label_class_init (GtkLabelClass *class) * inside the labels size allocation. Compare this to #GtkWidget:valign, * which determines how the labels size allocation is positioned in the * space available for the label. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ label_props[PROP_YALIGN] = g_param_spec_float ("yalign", @@ -846,8 +838,6 @@ gtk_label_class_init (GtkLabelClass *class) * If line wrapping is on (see the #GtkLabel:wrap property) this controls * how the line wrapping is done. The default is %PANGO_WRAP_WORD, which * means wrap on word boundaries. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ label_props[PROP_WRAP_MODE] = g_param_spec_enum ("wrap-mode", @@ -909,8 +899,6 @@ gtk_label_class_init (GtkLabelClass *class) * the #GtkNotebook tab-expand child property is set to %TRUE. Other ways * to set a label's width are gtk_widget_set_size_request() and * gtk_label_set_width_chars(). - * - * Since: 2.6 */ label_props[PROP_ELLIPSIZE] = g_param_spec_enum ("ellipsize", @@ -929,8 +917,6 @@ gtk_label_class_init (GtkLabelClass *class) * See the section on [text layout][label-text-layout] * for details of how #GtkLabel:width-chars and #GtkLabel:max-width-chars * determine the width of ellipsized and wrapped labels. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ label_props[PROP_WIDTH_CHARS] = g_param_spec_int ("width-chars", @@ -948,8 +934,6 @@ gtk_label_class_init (GtkLabelClass *class) * is always set to ascent + descent of the font. This can be an * advantage in situations where resizing the label because of text * changes would be distracting, e.g. in a statusbar. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ label_props[PROP_SINGLE_LINE_MODE] = g_param_spec_boolean ("single-line-mode", @@ -967,8 +951,6 @@ gtk_label_class_init (GtkLabelClass *class) * See the section on [text layout][label-text-layout] * for details of how #GtkLabel:width-chars and #GtkLabel:max-width-chars * determine the width of ellipsized and wrapped labels. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ label_props[PROP_MAX_WIDTH_CHARS] = g_param_spec_int ("max-width-chars", @@ -984,8 +966,6 @@ gtk_label_class_init (GtkLabelClass *class) * Set this property to %TRUE to make the label track which links * have been visited. It will then apply the #GTK_STATE_FLAG_VISITED * when rendering this link, in addition to #GTK_STATE_FLAG_LINK. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ label_props[PROP_TRACK_VISITED_LINKS] = g_param_spec_boolean ("track-visited-links", @@ -1001,8 +981,6 @@ gtk_label_class_init (GtkLabelClass *class) * should be limited. This property has no effect if the * label is not wrapping or ellipsized. Set this property to * -1 if you don't want to limit the number of lines. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ label_props[PROP_LINES] = g_param_spec_int ("lines", @@ -2949,8 +2927,6 @@ gtk_label_get_justify (GtkLabel *label) * * Sets the mode used to ellipsize (add an ellipsis: "...") to the text * if there is not enough space to render the entire string. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_label_set_ellipsize (GtkLabel *label, @@ -2980,8 +2956,6 @@ gtk_label_set_ellipsize (GtkLabel *label, * Returns the ellipsizing position of the label. See gtk_label_set_ellipsize(). * * Returns: #PangoEllipsizeMode - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ PangoEllipsizeMode gtk_label_get_ellipsize (GtkLabel *label) @@ -2999,8 +2973,6 @@ gtk_label_get_ellipsize (GtkLabel *label) * @n_chars: the new desired width, in characters. * * Sets the desired width in characters of @label to @n_chars. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_label_set_width_chars (GtkLabel *label, @@ -3026,8 +2998,6 @@ gtk_label_set_width_chars (GtkLabel *label, * gtk_label_set_width_chars(). * * Returns: the width of the label in characters. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ gint gtk_label_get_width_chars (GtkLabel *label) @@ -3045,8 +3015,6 @@ gtk_label_get_width_chars (GtkLabel *label) * @n_chars: the new desired maximum width, in characters. * * Sets the desired maximum width in characters of @label to @n_chars. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_label_set_max_width_chars (GtkLabel *label, @@ -3073,8 +3041,6 @@ gtk_label_set_max_width_chars (GtkLabel *label, * gtk_label_set_width_chars(). * * Returns: the maximum width of the label in characters. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ gint gtk_label_get_max_width_chars (GtkLabel *label) @@ -3148,8 +3114,6 @@ gtk_label_get_line_wrap (GtkLabel *label) * If line wrapping is on (see gtk_label_set_line_wrap()) this controls how * the line wrapping is done. The default is %PANGO_WRAP_WORD which means * wrap on word boundaries. - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ void gtk_label_set_line_wrap_mode (GtkLabel *label, @@ -3175,8 +3139,6 @@ gtk_label_set_line_wrap_mode (GtkLabel *label, * Returns line wrap mode used by the label. See gtk_label_set_line_wrap_mode(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the lines of the label are automatically wrapped. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ PangoWrapMode gtk_label_get_line_wrap_mode (GtkLabel *label) @@ -5611,8 +5573,6 @@ gtk_label_get_use_underline (GtkLabel *label) * @single_line_mode: %TRUE if the label should be in single line mode * * Sets whether the label is in single line mode. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_label_set_single_line_mode (GtkLabel *label, @@ -5642,8 +5602,6 @@ gtk_label_set_single_line_mode (GtkLabel *label, * Returns whether the label is in single line mode. * * Returns: %TRUE when the label is in single line mode. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ gboolean gtk_label_get_single_line_mode (GtkLabel *label) @@ -6327,8 +6285,6 @@ gtk_label_get_current_link (GtkLabel *label) * * Returns: the currently active URI. The string is owned by GTK+ and must * not be freed or modified. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ const gchar * gtk_label_get_current_uri (GtkLabel *label) @@ -6352,8 +6308,6 @@ gtk_label_get_current_uri (GtkLabel *label) * * Sets whether the label should keep track of clicked * links (and use a different color for them). - * - * Since: 2.18 */ void gtk_label_set_track_visited_links (GtkLabel *label, @@ -6384,8 +6338,6 @@ gtk_label_set_track_visited_links (GtkLabel *label, * of clicked links. * * Returns: %TRUE if clicked links are remembered - * - * Since: 2.18 */ gboolean gtk_label_get_track_visited_links (GtkLabel *label) @@ -6480,8 +6432,6 @@ _gtk_label_get_selection_bound (GtkLabel *label) * should be limited. This has no effect if the label is not wrapping * or ellipsized. Set this to -1 if you don’t want to limit the * number of lines. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_label_set_lines (GtkLabel *label, @@ -6508,8 +6458,6 @@ gtk_label_set_lines (GtkLabel *label, * label should be limited. See gtk_label_set_lines(). * * Returns: The number of lines - * - * Since: 3.10 */ gint gtk_label_get_lines (GtkLabel *label) @@ -6661,8 +6609,6 @@ _gtk_label_get_link_focused (GtkLabel *label, * @xalign: the new xalign value, between 0 and 1 * * Sets the #GtkLabel:xalign property for @label. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ void gtk_label_set_xalign (GtkLabel *label, @@ -6690,8 +6636,6 @@ gtk_label_set_xalign (GtkLabel *label, * Gets the #GtkLabel:xalign property for @label. * * Returns: the xalign property - * - * Since: 3.16 */ gfloat gtk_label_get_xalign (GtkLabel *label) @@ -6709,8 +6653,6 @@ gtk_label_get_xalign (GtkLabel *label) * @yalign: the new yalign value, between 0 and 1 * * Sets the #GtkLabel:yalign property for @label. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ void gtk_label_set_yalign (GtkLabel *label, @@ -6738,8 +6680,6 @@ gtk_label_set_yalign (GtkLabel *label, * Gets the #GtkLabel:yalign property for @label. * * Returns: the yalign property - * - * Since: 3.16 */ gfloat gtk_label_get_yalign (GtkLabel *label) diff --git a/gtk/gtklabel.h b/gtk/gtklabel.h index 91deb0f285..834caa1fc4 100644 --- a/gtk/gtklabel.h +++ b/gtk/gtklabel.h @@ -150,10 +150,10 @@ void gtk_label_set_max_width_chars (GtkLabel *label, gint n_chars); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_label_get_max_width_chars (GtkLabel *label); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_label_set_lines (GtkLabel *label, gint lines); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_label_get_lines (GtkLabel *label); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_label_set_pattern (GtkLabel *label, @@ -203,18 +203,18 @@ void gtk_label_set_track_visited_links (GtkLabel *label, GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_label_get_track_visited_links (GtkLabel *label); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_label_set_xalign (GtkLabel *label, gfloat xalign); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gfloat gtk_label_get_xalign (GtkLabel *label); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_label_set_yalign (GtkLabel *label, gfloat yalign); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gfloat gtk_label_get_yalign (GtkLabel *label); G_DEFINE_AUTOPTR_CLEANUP_FUNC(GtkLabel, g_object_unref) diff --git a/gtk/gtklevelbar.c b/gtk/gtklevelbar.c index 0d8c304727..f8193239ba 100644 --- a/gtk/gtklevelbar.c +++ b/gtk/gtklevelbar.c @@ -961,8 +961,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_class_init (GtkLevelBarClass *klass) * The signal supports detailed connections; you can connect to the * detailed signal "changed::x" in order to only receive callbacks when * the value of offset "x" changes. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ signals[SIGNAL_OFFSET_CHANGED] = g_signal_new (I_("offset-changed"), @@ -979,8 +977,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_class_init (GtkLevelBarClass *klass) * * The #GtkLevelBar:value property determines the currently * filled value of the level bar. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ properties[PROP_VALUE] = g_param_spec_double ("value", @@ -994,8 +990,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_class_init (GtkLevelBarClass *klass) * * The #GtkLevelBar:min-value property determines the minimum value of * the interval that can be displayed by the bar. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ properties[PROP_MIN_VALUE] = g_param_spec_double ("min-value", @@ -1009,8 +1003,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_class_init (GtkLevelBarClass *klass) * * The #GtkLevelBar:max-value property determaxes the maximum value of * the interval that can be displayed by the bar. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ properties[PROP_MAX_VALUE] = g_param_spec_double ("max-value", @@ -1030,8 +1022,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_class_init (GtkLevelBarClass *klass) * the widget will draw a succession of separate blocks filling the * draw area, with the number of blocks being equal to the units separating * the integral roundings of #GtkLevelBar:min-value and #GtkLevelBar:max-value. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ properties[PROP_MODE] = g_param_spec_enum ("mode", @@ -1046,8 +1036,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_class_init (GtkLevelBarClass *klass) * * Level bars normally grow from top to bottom or left to right. * Inverted level bars grow in the opposite direction. - * - * Since: 3.8 */ properties[PROP_INVERTED] = g_param_spec_boolean ("inverted", @@ -1106,8 +1094,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_init (GtkLevelBar *self) * Creates a new #GtkLevelBar. * * Returns: a #GtkLevelBar. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ GtkWidget * gtk_level_bar_new (void) @@ -1124,8 +1110,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_new (void) * interval. * * Returns: a #GtkLevelBar - * - * Since: 3.6 */ GtkWidget * gtk_level_bar_new_for_interval (gdouble min_value, @@ -1144,8 +1128,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_new_for_interval (gdouble min_value, * Returns the value of the #GtkLevelBar:min-value property. * * Returns: a positive value - * - * Since: 3.6 */ gdouble gtk_level_bar_get_min_value (GtkLevelBar *self) @@ -1162,8 +1144,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_get_min_value (GtkLevelBar *self) * Returns the value of the #GtkLevelBar:max-value property. * * Returns: a positive value - * - * Since: 3.6 */ gdouble gtk_level_bar_get_max_value (GtkLevelBar *self) @@ -1181,8 +1161,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_get_max_value (GtkLevelBar *self) * * Returns: a value in the interval between * #GtkLevelBar:min-value and #GtkLevelBar:max-value - * - * Since: 3.6 */ gdouble gtk_level_bar_get_value (GtkLevelBar *self) @@ -1210,8 +1188,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_set_value_internal (GtkLevelBar *self, * * You probably want to update preexisting level offsets after calling * this function. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ void gtk_level_bar_set_min_value (GtkLevelBar *self, @@ -1244,8 +1220,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_set_min_value (GtkLevelBar *self, * * You probably want to update preexisting level offsets after calling * this function. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ void gtk_level_bar_set_max_value (GtkLevelBar *self, @@ -1277,8 +1251,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_set_max_value (GtkLevelBar *self, * #GtkLevelBar:min-value and #GtkLevelBar:max-value * * Sets the value of the #GtkLevelBar:value property. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ void gtk_level_bar_set_value (GtkLevelBar *self, @@ -1300,8 +1272,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_set_value (GtkLevelBar *self, * Returns the value of the #GtkLevelBar:mode property. * * Returns: a #GtkLevelBarMode - * - * Since: 3.6 */ GtkLevelBarMode gtk_level_bar_get_mode (GtkLevelBar *self) @@ -1317,8 +1287,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_get_mode (GtkLevelBar *self) * @mode: a #GtkLevelBarMode * * Sets the value of the #GtkLevelBar:mode property. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ void gtk_level_bar_set_mode (GtkLevelBar *self, @@ -1348,8 +1316,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_set_mode (GtkLevelBar *self, * Return the value of the #GtkLevelBar:inverted property. * * Returns: %TRUE if the level bar is inverted - * - * Since: 3.8 */ gboolean gtk_level_bar_get_inverted (GtkLevelBar *self) @@ -1365,8 +1331,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_get_inverted (GtkLevelBar *self) * @inverted: %TRUE to invert the level bar * * Sets the value of the #GtkLevelBar:inverted property. - * - * Since: 3.8 */ void gtk_level_bar_set_inverted (GtkLevelBar *self, @@ -1392,8 +1356,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_set_inverted (GtkLevelBar *self, * * Removes an offset marker previously added with * gtk_level_bar_add_offset_value(). - * - * Since: 3.6 */ void gtk_level_bar_remove_offset_value (GtkLevelBar *self, @@ -1427,8 +1389,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_remove_offset_value (GtkLevelBar *self, * when rendering the level bar fill. * If another offset marker named @name exists, its value will be * replaced by @value. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ void gtk_level_bar_add_offset_value (GtkLevelBar *self, @@ -1458,8 +1418,6 @@ gtk_level_bar_add_offset_value (GtkLevelBar *self, * returning %TRUE in case an offset named @name was found. * * Returns: %TRUE if the specified offset is found - * - * Since: 3.6 */ gboolean gtk_level_bar_get_offset_value (GtkLevelBar *self, diff --git a/gtk/gtklevelbar.h b/gtk/gtklevelbar.h index 77c1693b7b..b9c14336c4 100644 --- a/gtk/gtklevelbar.h +++ b/gtk/gtklevelbar.h @@ -40,8 +40,6 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS * GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_LOW: * * The name used for the stock low offset included by #GtkLevelBar. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ #define GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_LOW "low" @@ -49,8 +47,6 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS * GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_HIGH: * * The name used for the stock high offset included by #GtkLevelBar. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ #define GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_HIGH "high" @@ -58,8 +54,6 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS * GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_FULL: * * The name used for the stock full offset included by #GtkLevelBar. - * - * Since: 3.20 */ #define GTK_LEVEL_BAR_OFFSET_FULL "full" @@ -85,55 +79,55 @@ struct _GtkLevelBarClass { gpointer padding[16]; }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_level_bar_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget *gtk_level_bar_new (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget *gtk_level_bar_new_for_interval (gdouble min_value, gdouble max_value); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_level_bar_set_mode (GtkLevelBar *self, GtkLevelBarMode mode); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkLevelBarMode gtk_level_bar_get_mode (GtkLevelBar *self); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_level_bar_set_value (GtkLevelBar *self, gdouble value); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gdouble gtk_level_bar_get_value (GtkLevelBar *self); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_level_bar_set_min_value (GtkLevelBar *self, gdouble value); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gdouble gtk_level_bar_get_min_value (GtkLevelBar *self); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_level_bar_set_max_value (GtkLevelBar *self, gdouble value); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gdouble gtk_level_bar_get_max_value (GtkLevelBar *self); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_level_bar_set_inverted (GtkLevelBar *self, gboolean inverted); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_level_bar_get_inverted (GtkLevelBar *self); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_level_bar_add_offset_value (GtkLevelBar *self, const gchar *name, gdouble value); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_level_bar_remove_offset_value (GtkLevelBar *self, const gchar *name); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_level_bar_get_offset_value (GtkLevelBar *self, const gchar *name, gdouble *value); diff --git a/gtk/gtklinkbutton.c b/gtk/gtklinkbutton.c index e2c16627b5..0c40a564c9 100644 --- a/gtk/gtklinkbutton.c +++ b/gtk/gtklinkbutton.c @@ -154,8 +154,6 @@ gtk_link_button_class_init (GtkLinkButtonClass *klass) * GtkLinkButton:uri: * * The URI bound to this button. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_URI, @@ -170,8 +168,6 @@ gtk_link_button_class_init (GtkLinkButtonClass *klass) * * The 'visited' state of this button. A visited link is drawn in a * different color. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_VISITED, @@ -460,8 +456,6 @@ gtk_link_button_drag_data_get_cb (GtkWidget *widget, * Creates a new #GtkLinkButton with the URI as its text. * * Returns: a new link button widget. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkWidget * gtk_link_button_new (const gchar *uri) @@ -510,8 +504,6 @@ gtk_link_button_new (const gchar *uri) * Creates a new #GtkLinkButton containing a label. * * Returns: (transfer none): a new link button widget. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkWidget * gtk_link_button_new_with_label (const gchar *uri, @@ -572,8 +564,6 @@ gtk_link_button_query_tooltip_cb (GtkWidget *widget, * * Sets @uri as the URI where the #GtkLinkButton points. As a side-effect * this unsets the “visited” state of the button. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_link_button_set_uri (GtkLinkButton *link_button, @@ -602,8 +592,6 @@ gtk_link_button_set_uri (GtkLinkButton *link_button, * * Returns: a valid URI. The returned string is owned by the link button * and should not be modified or freed. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ const gchar * gtk_link_button_get_uri (GtkLinkButton *link_button) @@ -620,8 +608,6 @@ gtk_link_button_get_uri (GtkLinkButton *link_button) * * Sets the “visited” state of the URI where the #GtkLinkButton * points. See gtk_link_button_get_visited() for more details. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ void gtk_link_button_set_visited (GtkLinkButton *link_button, @@ -661,8 +647,6 @@ gtk_link_button_set_visited (GtkLinkButton *link_button, * The state may also be changed using gtk_link_button_set_visited(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the link has been visited, %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 2.14 */ gboolean gtk_link_button_get_visited (GtkLinkButton *link_button) diff --git a/gtk/gtklistbox.c b/gtk/gtklistbox.c index 4231e25bed..5fdc06094a 100644 --- a/gtk/gtklistbox.c +++ b/gtk/gtklistbox.c @@ -300,8 +300,6 @@ static guint row_signals[ROW__LAST_SIGNAL] = { 0 }; * Creates a new #GtkListBox container. * * Returns: a new #GtkListBox - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GtkWidget * gtk_list_box_new (void) @@ -456,8 +454,6 @@ gtk_list_box_class_init (GtkListBoxClass *klass) * When the @box is using #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, this signal will not * give you the full picture of selection changes, and you should use * the #GtkListBox::selected-rows-changed signal instead. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ signals[ROW_SELECTED] = g_signal_new (I_("row-selected"), @@ -475,8 +471,6 @@ gtk_list_box_class_init (GtkListBoxClass *klass) * * The ::selected-rows-changed signal is emitted when the * set of selected rows changes. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ signals[SELECTED_ROWS_CHANGED] = g_signal_new (I_("selected-rows-changed"), GTK_TYPE_LIST_BOX, @@ -495,8 +489,6 @@ gtk_list_box_class_init (GtkListBoxClass *klass) * mode permits it. * * The default bindings for this signal is Ctrl-a. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ signals[SELECT_ALL] = g_signal_new (I_("select-all"), GTK_TYPE_LIST_BOX, @@ -515,8 +507,6 @@ gtk_list_box_class_init (GtkListBoxClass *klass) * mode permits it. * * The default bindings for this signal is Ctrl-Shift-a. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ signals[UNSELECT_ALL] = g_signal_new (I_("unselect-all"), GTK_TYPE_LIST_BOX, @@ -532,8 +522,6 @@ gtk_list_box_class_init (GtkListBoxClass *klass) * @row: the activated row * * The ::row-activated signal is emitted when a row has been activated by the user. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ signals[ROW_ACTIVATED] = g_signal_new (I_("row-activated"), @@ -654,8 +642,6 @@ gtk_list_box_init (GtkListBox *box) * find all selected rows. * * Returns: (transfer none): the selected row - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GtkListBoxRow * gtk_list_box_get_selected_row (GtkListBox *box) @@ -675,8 +661,6 @@ gtk_list_box_get_selected_row (GtkListBox *box) * list, %NULL is returned. * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the child #GtkWidget or %NULL - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GtkListBoxRow * gtk_list_box_get_row_at_index (GtkListBox *box, @@ -719,8 +703,6 @@ row_y_cmp_func (gconstpointer a, * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the row or %NULL * in case no row exists for the given y coordinate. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GtkListBoxRow * gtk_list_box_get_row_at_y (GtkListBox *box, @@ -747,8 +729,6 @@ gtk_list_box_get_row_at_y (GtkListBox *box, * @row: (allow-none): The row to select or %NULL * * Make @row the currently selected row. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_list_box_select_row (GtkListBox *box, @@ -771,15 +751,13 @@ gtk_list_box_select_row (GtkListBox *box, } } -/** +/** * gtk_list_box_unselect_row: * @box: a #GtkListBox * @row: the row to unselected * * Unselects a single row of @box, if the selection mode allows it. - * - * Since: 3.14 - */ + */ void gtk_list_box_unselect_row (GtkListBox *box, GtkListBoxRow *row) @@ -795,8 +773,6 @@ gtk_list_box_unselect_row (GtkListBox *box, * @box: a #GtkListBox * * Select all children of @box, if the selection mode allows it. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ void gtk_list_box_select_all (GtkListBox *box) @@ -818,8 +794,6 @@ gtk_list_box_select_all (GtkListBox *box) * @box: a #GtkListBox * * Unselect all children of @box, if the selection mode allows it. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ void gtk_list_box_unselect_all (GtkListBox *box) @@ -854,8 +828,6 @@ gtk_list_box_selected_rows_changed (GtkListBox *box) * * A function used by gtk_list_box_selected_foreach(). * It will be called on every selected child of the @box. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ /** @@ -867,8 +839,6 @@ gtk_list_box_selected_rows_changed (GtkListBox *box) * Calls a function for each selected child. * * Note that the selection cannot be modified from within this function. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ void gtk_list_box_selected_foreach (GtkListBox *box, @@ -899,8 +869,6 @@ gtk_list_box_selected_foreach (GtkListBox *box, * Returns: (element-type GtkListBoxRow) (transfer container): * A #GList containing the #GtkWidget for each selected child. * Free with g_list_free() when done. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ GList * gtk_list_box_get_selected_rows (GtkListBox *box) @@ -930,8 +898,6 @@ gtk_list_box_get_selected_rows (GtkListBox *box) * * Sets the placeholder widget that is shown in the list when * it doesn't display any visible children. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_list_box_set_placeholder (GtkListBox *box, @@ -971,8 +937,6 @@ gtk_list_box_set_placeholder (GtkListBox *box, * a #GtkScrolledWindow the adjustment from that will * be picked up automatically, so there is no need * to manually do that. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_list_box_set_adjustment (GtkListBox *box, @@ -998,8 +962,6 @@ gtk_list_box_set_adjustment (GtkListBox *box, * for vertical scrolling. * * Returns: (transfer none): the adjustment - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GtkAdjustment * gtk_list_box_get_adjustment (GtkListBox *box) @@ -1059,8 +1021,6 @@ gtk_list_box_parent_cb (GObject *object, * * Sets how selection works in the listbox. * See #GtkSelectionMode for details. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_list_box_set_selection_mode (GtkListBox *box, @@ -1098,8 +1058,6 @@ gtk_list_box_set_selection_mode (GtkListBox *box, * Gets the selection mode of the listbox. * * Returns: a #GtkSelectionMode - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GtkSelectionMode gtk_list_box_get_selection_mode (GtkListBox *box) @@ -1126,8 +1084,6 @@ gtk_list_box_get_selection_mode (GtkListBox *box) * * Note that using a filter function is incompatible with using a model * (see gtk_list_box_bind_model()). - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_list_box_set_filter_func (GtkListBox *box, @@ -1176,8 +1132,6 @@ gtk_list_box_set_filter_func (GtkListBox *box, * the row before changes (either by gtk_list_box_row_changed() on the previous row, or when * the previous row becomes a different row). It is also called for all rows when * gtk_list_box_invalidate_headers() is called. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_list_box_set_header_func (GtkListBox *box, @@ -1207,8 +1161,6 @@ gtk_list_box_set_header_func (GtkListBox *box, * to an external factor. For instance, this would be used * if the filter function just looked for a specific search * string and the entry with the search string has changed. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_list_box_invalidate_filter (GtkListBox *box) @@ -1258,8 +1210,6 @@ gtk_list_box_css_node_foreach (gpointer data, * Update the sorting for all rows. Call this when result * of the sort function on the @box is changed due * to an external factor. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_list_box_invalidate_sort (GtkListBox *box) @@ -1300,8 +1250,6 @@ gtk_list_box_do_reseparate (GtkListBox *box) * Update the separators for all rows. Call this when result * of the header function on the @box is changed due * to an external factor. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_list_box_invalidate_headers (GtkListBox *box) @@ -1330,8 +1278,6 @@ gtk_list_box_invalidate_headers (GtkListBox *box) * * Note that using a sort function is incompatible with using a model * (see gtk_list_box_bind_model()). - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_list_box_set_sort_func (GtkListBox *box, @@ -1391,8 +1337,6 @@ gtk_list_box_got_row_changed (GtkListBox *box, * * If @single is %TRUE, rows will be activated when you click on them, * otherwise you need to double-click. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_list_box_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkListBox *box, @@ -1417,8 +1361,6 @@ gtk_list_box_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkListBox *box, * Returns whether rows activate on single clicks. * * Returns: %TRUE if rows are activated on single click, %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 3.10 */ gboolean gtk_list_box_get_activate_on_single_click (GtkListBox *box) @@ -2633,8 +2575,6 @@ gtk_list_box_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget, * Prepend a widget to the list. If a sort function is set, the widget will * actually be inserted at the calculated position and this function has the * same effect of gtk_container_add(). - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_list_box_prepend (GtkListBox *box, @@ -2675,8 +2615,6 @@ gtk_list_box_insert_css_node (GtkListBox *box, * * If @position is -1, or larger than the total number of items in the * @box, then the @child will be appended to the end. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_list_box_insert (GtkListBox *box, @@ -2737,8 +2675,6 @@ gtk_list_box_insert (GtkListBox *box, * * If a row has previously been highlighted via gtk_list_box_drag_highlight_row() * it will have the highlight removed. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_list_box_drag_unhighlight_row (GtkListBox *box) @@ -2765,8 +2701,6 @@ gtk_list_box_drag_unhighlight_row (GtkListBox *box) * * The row will also be unhighlighted when the widget gets * a drag leave event. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_list_box_drag_highlight_row (GtkListBox *box, @@ -2954,8 +2888,6 @@ gtk_list_box_move_cursor (GtkListBox *box, * Creates a new #GtkListBoxRow, to be used as a child of a #GtkListBox. * * Returns: a new #GtkListBoxRow - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GtkWidget * gtk_list_box_row_new (void) @@ -3090,8 +3022,6 @@ gtk_list_box_row_hide (GtkWidget *widget) * row functions into the row widgets themselves. Another alternative * is to call gtk_list_box_invalidate_sort() on any model change, * but that is more expensive. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_list_box_row_changed (GtkListBoxRow *row) @@ -3114,8 +3044,6 @@ gtk_list_box_row_changed (GtkListBoxRow *row) * set already, and if so to update the state of it. * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the current header, or %NULL if none - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GtkWidget * gtk_list_box_row_get_header (GtkListBoxRow *row) @@ -3133,8 +3061,6 @@ gtk_list_box_row_get_header (GtkListBoxRow *row) * Sets the current header of the @row. This is only allowed to be called * from a #GtkListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc. It will replace any existing * header in the row, and be shown in front of the row in the listbox. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_list_box_row_set_header (GtkListBoxRow *row, @@ -3163,8 +3089,6 @@ gtk_list_box_row_set_header (GtkListBoxRow *row, * Gets the current index of the @row in its #GtkListBox container. * * Returns: the index of the @row, or -1 if the @row is not in a listbox - * - * Since: 3.10 */ gint gtk_list_box_row_get_index (GtkListBoxRow *row) @@ -3189,8 +3113,6 @@ gtk_list_box_row_get_index (GtkListBoxRow *row) * #GtkListBox container. * * Returns: %TRUE if @row is selected - * - * Since: 3.14 */ gboolean gtk_list_box_row_is_selected (GtkListBoxRow *row) @@ -3241,8 +3163,6 @@ gtk_list_box_update_row_styles (GtkListBox *box) * @activatable: %TRUE to mark the row as activatable * * Set the #GtkListBoxRow:activatable property for this row. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ void gtk_list_box_row_set_activatable (GtkListBoxRow *row, @@ -3269,8 +3189,6 @@ gtk_list_box_row_set_activatable (GtkListBoxRow *row, * for this row. * * Returns: %TRUE if the row is activatable - * - * Since: 3.14 */ gboolean gtk_list_box_row_get_activatable (GtkListBoxRow *row) @@ -3286,8 +3204,6 @@ gtk_list_box_row_get_activatable (GtkListBoxRow *row) * @selectable: %TRUE to mark the row as selectable * * Set the #GtkListBoxRow:selectable property for this row. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ void gtk_list_box_row_set_selectable (GtkListBoxRow *row, @@ -3317,8 +3233,6 @@ gtk_list_box_row_set_selectable (GtkListBoxRow *row, * for this row. * * Returns: %TRUE if the row is selectable - * - * Since: 3.14 */ gboolean gtk_list_box_row_get_selectable (GtkListBoxRow *row) @@ -3504,8 +3418,6 @@ gtk_list_box_row_class_init (GtkListBoxRowClass *klass) * * The property determines whether the #GtkListBox::row-activated * signal will be emitted for this row. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ row_properties[ROW_PROP_ACTIVATABLE] = g_param_spec_boolean ("activatable", @@ -3518,8 +3430,6 @@ gtk_list_box_row_class_init (GtkListBoxRowClass *klass) * GtkListBoxRow:selectable: * * The property determines whether this row can be selected. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ row_properties[ROW_PROP_SELECTABLE] = g_param_spec_boolean ("selectable", @@ -3648,8 +3558,6 @@ gtk_list_box_check_model_compat (GtkListBox *box) * Note that using a model is incompatible with the filtering and sorting * functionality in GtkListBox. When using a model, filtering and sorting * should be implemented by the model. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ void gtk_list_box_bind_model (GtkListBox *box, diff --git a/gtk/gtklistbox.h b/gtk/gtklistbox.h index 72ee8df0a2..3f371b23ee 100644 --- a/gtk/gtklistbox.h +++ b/gtk/gtklistbox.h @@ -129,8 +129,6 @@ struct _GtkListBoxRowClass * if the row should be visible or not. * * Returns: %TRUE if the row should be visible, %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 3.10 */ typedef gboolean (*GtkListBoxFilterFunc) (GtkListBoxRow *row, gpointer user_data); @@ -145,8 +143,6 @@ typedef gboolean (*GtkListBoxFilterFunc) (GtkListBoxRow *row, * * Returns: < 0 if @row1 should be before @row2, 0 if they are * equal and > 0 otherwise - * - * Since: 3.10 */ typedef gint (*GtkListBoxSortFunc) (GtkListBoxRow *row1, GtkListBoxRow *row2, @@ -162,8 +158,6 @@ typedef gint (*GtkListBoxSortFunc) (GtkListBoxRow *row1, * is called, which lets you update the header on @row. You may * remove or set a new one via gtk_list_box_row_set_header() or * just change the state of the current header widget. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ typedef void (*GtkListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc) (GtkListBoxRow *row, GtkListBoxRow *before, @@ -178,130 +172,128 @@ typedef void (*GtkListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc) (GtkListBoxRow *row, * gtk_list_box_bind_model() for each item that gets added to the model. * * Returns: (transfer full): a #GtkWidget that represents @item - * - * Since: 3.16 */ typedef GtkWidget * (*GtkListBoxCreateWidgetFunc) (gpointer item, gpointer user_data); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_list_box_row_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_list_box_row_new (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_list_box_row_get_header (GtkListBoxRow *row); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_list_box_row_set_header (GtkListBoxRow *row, GtkWidget *header); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_list_box_row_get_index (GtkListBoxRow *row); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_list_box_row_changed (GtkListBoxRow *row); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_list_box_row_is_selected (GtkListBoxRow *row); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_list_box_row_set_selectable (GtkListBoxRow *row, gboolean selectable); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_list_box_row_get_selectable (GtkListBoxRow *row); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_list_box_row_set_activatable (GtkListBoxRow *row, gboolean activatable); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_list_box_row_get_activatable (GtkListBoxRow *row); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_list_box_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_list_box_prepend (GtkListBox *box, GtkWidget *child); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_list_box_insert (GtkListBox *box, GtkWidget *child, gint position); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkListBoxRow* gtk_list_box_get_selected_row (GtkListBox *box); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkListBoxRow* gtk_list_box_get_row_at_index (GtkListBox *box, gint index_); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkListBoxRow* gtk_list_box_get_row_at_y (GtkListBox *box, gint y); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_list_box_select_row (GtkListBox *box, GtkListBoxRow *row); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_list_box_set_placeholder (GtkListBox *box, GtkWidget *placeholder); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_list_box_set_adjustment (GtkListBox *box, GtkAdjustment *adjustment); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkAdjustment *gtk_list_box_get_adjustment (GtkListBox *box); typedef void (* GtkListBoxForeachFunc) (GtkListBox *box, GtkListBoxRow *row, gpointer user_data); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_list_box_selected_foreach (GtkListBox *box, GtkListBoxForeachFunc func, gpointer data); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GList *gtk_list_box_get_selected_rows (GtkListBox *box); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_list_box_unselect_row (GtkListBox *box, GtkListBoxRow *row); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_list_box_select_all (GtkListBox *box); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_list_box_unselect_all (GtkListBox *box); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_list_box_set_selection_mode (GtkListBox *box, GtkSelectionMode mode); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkSelectionMode gtk_list_box_get_selection_mode (GtkListBox *box); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_list_box_set_filter_func (GtkListBox *box, GtkListBoxFilterFunc filter_func, gpointer user_data, GDestroyNotify destroy); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_list_box_set_header_func (GtkListBox *box, GtkListBoxUpdateHeaderFunc update_header, gpointer user_data, GDestroyNotify destroy); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_list_box_invalidate_filter (GtkListBox *box); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_list_box_invalidate_sort (GtkListBox *box); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_list_box_invalidate_headers (GtkListBox *box); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_list_box_set_sort_func (GtkListBox *box, GtkListBoxSortFunc sort_func, gpointer user_data, GDestroyNotify destroy); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_list_box_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkListBox *box, gboolean single); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_list_box_get_activate_on_single_click (GtkListBox *box); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_list_box_drag_unhighlight_row (GtkListBox *box); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_list_box_drag_highlight_row (GtkListBox *box, GtkListBoxRow *row); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_list_box_new (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_list_box_bind_model (GtkListBox *box, GListModel *model, GtkListBoxCreateWidgetFunc create_widget_func, diff --git a/gtk/gtkliststore.c b/gtk/gtkliststore.c index cc0ecb3fcc..260623ede1 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkliststore.c +++ b/gtk/gtkliststore.c @@ -1073,8 +1073,6 @@ gtk_list_store_set_valist_internal (GtkListStore *list_store, * varargs. This function is mainly intended for * language-bindings and in case the number of columns to * change is not known until run-time. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_list_store_set_valuesv (GtkListStore *list_store, @@ -1445,8 +1443,6 @@ gtk_list_store_clear (GtkListStore *list_store) * Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkListStore. * * Returns: %TRUE if the iter is valid, %FALSE if the iter is invalid. - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ gboolean gtk_list_store_iter_is_valid (GtkListStore *list_store, @@ -1680,8 +1676,6 @@ gtk_list_store_reorder_func (GSequenceIter *a, * * Reorders @store to follow the order indicated by @new_order. Note that * this function only works with unsorted stores. - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ void gtk_list_store_reorder (GtkListStore *store, @@ -1774,8 +1768,6 @@ generate_order (GSequence *seq, * * Swaps @a and @b in @store. Note that this function only works with * unsorted stores. - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ void gtk_list_store_swap (GtkListStore *store, @@ -1843,8 +1835,6 @@ gtk_list_store_move_to (GtkListStore *store, * Moves @iter in @store to the position before @position. Note that this * function only works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter * will be moved to the end of the list. - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ void gtk_list_store_move_before (GtkListStore *store, @@ -1876,8 +1866,6 @@ gtk_list_store_move_before (GtkListStore *store, * Moves @iter in @store to the position after @position. Note that this * function only works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter * will be moved to the start of the list. - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ void gtk_list_store_move_after (GtkListStore *store, @@ -2182,8 +2170,6 @@ gtk_list_store_has_default_sort_func (GtkTreeSortable *sortable) * repeatedly can affect the performance of the program, * gtk_list_store_insert_with_values() should generally be preferred when * inserting rows in a sorted list store. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_list_store_insert_with_values (GtkListStore *list_store, @@ -2259,8 +2245,6 @@ gtk_list_store_insert_with_values (GtkListStore *list_store, * takes the columns and values as two arrays, instead of * varargs. This function is mainly intended for * language-bindings. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_list_store_insert_with_valuesv (GtkListStore *list_store, diff --git a/gtk/gtklockbutton.c b/gtk/gtklockbutton.c index 63d4e996a0..e6f89d4174 100644 --- a/gtk/gtklockbutton.c +++ b/gtk/gtklockbutton.c @@ -491,8 +491,6 @@ gtk_lock_button_clicked (GtkButton *button) * Creates a new lock button which reflects the @permission. * * Returns: a new #GtkLockButton - * - * Since: 3.2 */ GtkWidget * gtk_lock_button_new (GPermission *permission) @@ -509,8 +507,6 @@ gtk_lock_button_new (GPermission *permission) * Obtains the #GPermission object that controls @button. * * Returns: (transfer none): the #GPermission of @button - * - * Since: 3.2 */ GPermission * gtk_lock_button_get_permission (GtkLockButton *button) @@ -526,8 +522,6 @@ gtk_lock_button_get_permission (GtkLockButton *button) * @permission: (allow-none): a #GPermission object, or %NULL * * Sets the #GPermission object that controls @button. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ void gtk_lock_button_set_permission (GtkLockButton *button, diff --git a/gtk/gtklockbutton.h b/gtk/gtklockbutton.h index cc7e23013f..f6d3a67492 100644 --- a/gtk/gtklockbutton.h +++ b/gtk/gtklockbutton.h @@ -62,13 +62,13 @@ struct _GtkLockButtonClass void (*reserved7) (void); }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_lock_button_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget *gtk_lock_button_new (GPermission *permission); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GPermission *gtk_lock_button_get_permission (GtkLockButton *button); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_lock_button_set_permission (GtkLockButton *button, GPermission *permission); diff --git a/gtk/gtkmain.c b/gtk/gtkmain.c index 1f92efaddd..e8e74238ce 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkmain.c +++ b/gtk/gtkmain.c @@ -186,8 +186,6 @@ static const GDebugKey gtk_debug_keys[] = { * have included when compiling your code. * * Returns: the major version number of the GTK+ library - * - * Since: 3.0 */ guint gtk_get_major_version (void) @@ -207,8 +205,6 @@ gtk_get_major_version (void) * GTK+ headers you have included when compiling your code. * * Returns: the minor version number of the GTK+ library - * - * Since: 3.0 */ guint gtk_get_minor_version (void) @@ -228,8 +224,6 @@ gtk_get_minor_version (void) * GTK+ headers you have included when compiling your code. * * Returns: the micro version number of the GTK+ library - * - * Since: 3.0 */ guint gtk_get_micro_version (void) @@ -246,8 +240,6 @@ gtk_get_micro_version (void) * worry about it. * * Returns: the binary age of the GTK+ library - * - * Since: 3.0 */ guint gtk_get_binary_age (void) @@ -264,8 +256,6 @@ gtk_get_binary_age (void) * worry about it. * * Returns: the interface age of the GTK+ library - * - * Since: 3.0 */ guint gtk_get_interface_age (void) @@ -917,8 +907,6 @@ gtk_init_check_abi_check (int num_checks, size_t sizeof_GtkWindow, size_t sizeof * ]| * * Returns: the #GtkTextDirection of the current locale - * - * Since: 3.12 */ GtkTextDirection gtk_get_locale_direction (void) @@ -2175,8 +2163,6 @@ gtk_grab_remove (GtkWidget *widget) * associated pointer or keyboard (if any) are delivered to @widget. * If the @block_others parameter is %TRUE, any other devices will be * unable to interact with @widget during the grab. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_device_grab_add (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -2207,8 +2193,6 @@ gtk_device_grab_add (GtkWidget *widget, * * You have to pair calls to gtk_device_grab_add() and * gtk_device_grab_remove(). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_device_grab_remove (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -2346,8 +2330,6 @@ gtk_get_event_widget (const GdkEvent *event) * receiver of the event. * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the target widget, or %NULL - * - * Since: 3.92 */ GtkWidget * gtk_get_event_target (const GdkEvent *event) @@ -2366,8 +2348,6 @@ gtk_get_event_target (const GdkEvent *event) * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the widget in the target stack * with the given type, or %NULL - * - * Since: 3.92 */ GtkWidget * gtk_get_event_target_with_type (GdkEvent *event, diff --git a/gtk/gtkmain.h b/gtk/gtkmain.h index 2a161198ae..deacf59b32 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkmain.h +++ b/gtk/gtkmain.h @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_disable_setlocale (void); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL PangoLanguage *gtk_get_default_language (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkTextDirection gtk_get_locale_direction (void); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_events_pending (void); @@ -146,10 +146,10 @@ GdkDevice *gtk_get_current_event_device (void); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget *gtk_get_event_widget (const GdkEvent *event); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget *gtk_get_event_target (const GdkEvent *event); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget *gtk_get_event_target_with_type (GdkEvent *event, GType type); diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenu.c b/gtk/gtkmenu.c index 921592666c..aa1cdaac7a 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkmenu.c +++ b/gtk/gtkmenu.c @@ -583,9 +583,6 @@ gtk_menu_class_init (GtkMenuClass *class) * gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer (), #GtkMenu:anchor-hints, * #GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dx, #GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dy, and * #GtkMenu:menu-type-hint. - * - * Since: 3.22 - * Stability: Unstable */ menu_signals[POPPED_UP] = g_signal_new_class_handler (I_("popped-up"), @@ -607,8 +604,6 @@ gtk_menu_class_init (GtkMenuClass *class) * * The index of the currently selected menu item, or -1 if no * menu item is selected. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_ACTIVE, @@ -622,8 +617,6 @@ gtk_menu_class_init (GtkMenuClass *class) * GtkMenu:accel-group: * * The accel group holding accelerators for the menu. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_ACCEL_GROUP, @@ -637,8 +630,6 @@ gtk_menu_class_init (GtkMenuClass *class) * GtkMenu:accel-path: * * An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_ACCEL_PATH, @@ -654,8 +645,6 @@ gtk_menu_class_init (GtkMenuClass *class) * The widget the menu is attached to. Setting this property attaches * the menu without a #GtkMenuDetachFunc. If you need to use a detacher, * use gtk_menu_attach_to_widget() directly. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_ATTACH_WIDGET, @@ -669,8 +658,6 @@ gtk_menu_class_init (GtkMenuClass *class) * GtkMenu:monitor: * * The monitor the menu will be popped up on. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_MONITOR, @@ -690,8 +677,6 @@ gtk_menu_class_init (GtkMenuClass *class) * for special-purposes such as tabular menus. Regular menus that * are connected to a menu bar or context menus should reserve * toggle space for consistency. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_RESERVE_TOGGLE_SIZE, @@ -718,9 +703,6 @@ gtk_menu_class_init (GtkMenuClass *class) * See gtk_menu_popup_at_rect (), gtk_menu_popup_at_widget (), * gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer (), #GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dx, * #GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dy, #GtkMenu:menu-type-hint, and #GtkMenu::popped-up. - * - * Since: 3.22 - * Stability: Unstable */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_ANCHOR_HINTS, @@ -747,9 +729,6 @@ gtk_menu_class_init (GtkMenuClass *class) * See gtk_menu_popup_at_rect (), gtk_menu_popup_at_widget (), * gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer (), #GtkMenu:anchor-hints, * #GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dy, #GtkMenu:menu-type-hint, and #GtkMenu::popped-up. - * - * Since: 3.22 - * Stability: Unstable */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_RECT_ANCHOR_DX, @@ -774,9 +753,6 @@ gtk_menu_class_init (GtkMenuClass *class) * See gtk_menu_popup_at_rect (), gtk_menu_popup_at_widget (), * gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer (), #GtkMenu:anchor-hints, * #GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dx, #GtkMenu:menu-type-hint, and #GtkMenu::popped-up. - * - * Since: 3.22 - * Stability: Unstable */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_RECT_ANCHOR_DY, @@ -801,9 +777,6 @@ gtk_menu_class_init (GtkMenuClass *class) * See gtk_menu_popup_at_rect (), gtk_menu_popup_at_widget (), * gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer (), #GtkMenu:anchor-hints, * #GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dx, #GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dy, and #GtkMenu::popped-up. - * - * Since: 3.22 - * Stability: Unstable */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_MENU_TYPE_HINT, @@ -1767,8 +1740,6 @@ gtk_menu_popup_internal (GtkMenu *menu, * a mouse click or key press) that caused the initiation of the popup. * Only if no such event is available, gtk_get_current_event_time() can * be used instead. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_menu_popup_for_device (GtkMenu *menu, @@ -1911,9 +1882,6 @@ get_device_for_event (const GdkEvent *event) * Other properties that influence the behaviour of this function are * #GtkMenu:anchor-hints and #GtkMenu:menu-type-hint. Connect to the * #GtkMenu::popped-up signal to find out how it was actually positioned. - * - * Since: 3.22 - * Stability: Unstable */ void gtk_menu_popup_at_rect (GtkMenu *menu, @@ -1997,9 +1965,6 @@ gtk_menu_popup_at_rect (GtkMenu *menu, * Other properties that influence the behaviour of this function are * #GtkMenu:anchor-hints and #GtkMenu:menu-type-hint. Connect to the * #GtkMenu::popped-up signal to find out how it was actually positioned. - * - * Since: 3.22 - * Stability: Unstable */ void gtk_menu_popup_at_widget (GtkMenu *menu, @@ -2079,9 +2044,6 @@ gtk_menu_popup_at_widget (GtkMenu *menu, * #GtkMenu:anchor-hints, #GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dx, #GtkMenu:rect-anchor-dy, and * #GtkMenu:menu-type-hint. Connect to the #GtkMenu::popped-up signal to find * out how it was actually positioned. - * - * Since: 3.22 - * Stability: Unstable */ void gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer (GtkMenu *menu, @@ -2165,9 +2127,6 @@ get_arrows_border (GtkMenu *menu, * positioning @menu. Connect this to the #GtkMenu::popped-up signal to keep the * contents of the menu vertically aligned with their ideal position, for combo * boxes for example. - * - * Since: 3.22 - * Stability: Private */ void gtk_menu_update_scroll_offset (GtkMenu *menu, @@ -2437,8 +2396,6 @@ gtk_menu_set_accel_path (GtkMenu *menu, * Retrieves the accelerator path set on the menu. * * Returns: the accelerator path set on the menu. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ const gchar* gtk_menu_get_accel_path (GtkMenu *menu) @@ -4281,8 +4238,6 @@ gtk_menu_select_item (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell, * determined by the widget the menu is attached to * * Sets the #GdkDisplay on which the menu will be displayed. - * - * Since: 3.94 */ void gtk_menu_set_display (GtkMenu *menu, @@ -4321,8 +4276,6 @@ gtk_menu_set_display (GtkMenu *menu, * (Columns and rows are indexed from zero). * * Note that this function is not related to gtk_menu_detach(). - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_menu_attach (GtkMenu *menu, @@ -4692,8 +4645,6 @@ gtk_menu_real_move_scroll (GtkMenu *menu, * returned by a #GtkMenuPositionFunc, since, for very long menus, * these coordinates may extend beyond the monitor boundaries or even * the screen boundaries. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_menu_set_monitor (GtkMenu *menu, @@ -4718,8 +4669,6 @@ gtk_menu_set_monitor (GtkMenu *menu, * * Returns: the number of the monitor on which the menu should * be popped up or -1, if no monitor has been set - * - * Since: 2.14 */ gint gtk_menu_get_monitor (GtkMenu *menu) @@ -4735,8 +4684,6 @@ gtk_menu_get_monitor (GtkMenu *menu) * @monitor: the monitor to place the menu on * * Places @menu on the given monitor. - * - * Since: 3.22 */ void gtk_menu_place_on_monitor (GtkMenu *menu, @@ -4773,8 +4720,6 @@ gtk_menu_place_on_monitor (GtkMenu *menu, * * Returns: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer none): the list * of menus attached to his widget. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ GList* gtk_menu_get_for_attach_widget (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -4826,8 +4771,6 @@ gtk_menu_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget, * * Sets whether the menu should reserve space for drawing toggles * or icons, regardless of their actual presence. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ void gtk_menu_set_reserve_toggle_size (GtkMenu *menu, @@ -4856,8 +4799,6 @@ gtk_menu_set_reserve_toggle_size (GtkMenu *menu, * icons, regardless of their actual presence. * * Returns: Whether the menu reserves toggle space - * - * Since: 2.18 */ gboolean gtk_menu_get_reserve_toggle_size (GtkMenu *menu) @@ -4883,8 +4824,6 @@ gtk_menu_get_reserve_toggle_size (GtkMenu *menu) * attach widget or on any of its parent widgets. * * Returns: a new #GtkMenu - * - * Since: 3.4 */ GtkWidget * gtk_menu_new_from_model (GMenuModel *model) diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenu.h b/gtk/gtkmenu.h index 0d3493ffc1..119138701e 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkmenu.h +++ b/gtk/gtkmenu.h @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_menu_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_menu_new (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_menu_new_from_model (GMenuModel *model); /* Display the menu onscreen */ @@ -152,20 +152,20 @@ void gtk_menu_popup_for_device (GtkMenu *menu, GDestroyNotify destroy, guint button, guint32 activate_time); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_menu_popup_at_rect (GtkMenu *menu, GdkWindow *rect_window, const GdkRectangle *rect, GdkGravity rect_anchor, GdkGravity menu_anchor, const GdkEvent *trigger_event); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_menu_popup_at_widget (GtkMenu *menu, GtkWidget *widget, GdkGravity widget_anchor, GdkGravity menu_anchor, const GdkEvent *trigger_event); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_menu_popup_at_pointer (GtkMenu *menu, const GdkEvent *trigger_event); @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ void gtk_menu_reorder_child (GtkMenu *menu, GtkWidget *child, gint position); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_menu_set_display (GtkMenu *menu, GdkDisplay *display); @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ void gtk_menu_set_monitor (GtkMenu *menu, GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_menu_get_monitor (GtkMenu *menu); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_menu_place_on_monitor (GtkMenu *menu, GdkMonitor *monitor); diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenubar.c b/gtk/gtkmenubar.c index 2b20bc4fac..6caf04d9ad 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkmenubar.c +++ b/gtk/gtkmenubar.c @@ -170,8 +170,6 @@ gtk_menu_bar_class_init (GtkMenuBarClass *class) * * The pack direction of the menubar. It determines how * menuitems are arranged in the menubar. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_PACK_DIRECTION, @@ -187,8 +185,6 @@ gtk_menu_bar_class_init (GtkMenuBarClass *class) * * The child pack direction of the menubar. It determines how * the widgets contained in child menuitems are arranged. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_CHILD_PACK_DIRECTION, @@ -681,8 +677,6 @@ gtk_menu_bar_move_current (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell, * See gtk_menu_bar_set_pack_direction(). * * Returns: the pack direction - * - * Since: 2.8 */ GtkPackDirection gtk_menu_bar_get_pack_direction (GtkMenuBar *menubar) @@ -699,8 +693,6 @@ gtk_menu_bar_get_pack_direction (GtkMenuBar *menubar) * @pack_dir: a new #GtkPackDirection * * Sets how items should be packed inside a menubar. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ void gtk_menu_bar_set_pack_direction (GtkMenuBar *menubar, @@ -734,8 +726,6 @@ gtk_menu_bar_set_pack_direction (GtkMenuBar *menubar, * See gtk_menu_bar_set_child_pack_direction(). * * Returns: the child pack direction - * - * Since: 2.8 */ GtkPackDirection gtk_menu_bar_get_child_pack_direction (GtkMenuBar *menubar) @@ -752,8 +742,6 @@ gtk_menu_bar_get_child_pack_direction (GtkMenuBar *menubar) * @child_pack_dir: a new #GtkPackDirection * * Sets how widgets should be packed inside the children of a menubar. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ void gtk_menu_bar_set_child_pack_direction (GtkMenuBar *menubar, @@ -792,8 +780,6 @@ gtk_menu_bar_set_child_pack_direction (GtkMenuBar *menubar, * widget hierarchy. * * Returns: a new #GtkMenuBar - * - * Since: 3.4 */ GtkWidget * gtk_menu_bar_new_from_model (GMenuModel *model) diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenubar.h b/gtk/gtkmenubar.h index f1d71837c1..c63ef19659 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkmenubar.h +++ b/gtk/gtkmenubar.h @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_menu_bar_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_menu_bar_new (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_menu_bar_new_from_model (GMenuModel *model); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenubutton.c b/gtk/gtkmenubutton.c index b804a5af69..35d9dca1f9 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkmenubutton.c +++ b/gtk/gtkmenubutton.c @@ -485,8 +485,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_class_init (GtkMenuButtonClass *klass) * GtkMenuButton:popup: * * The #GtkMenu that will be popped up when the button is clicked. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ menu_button_props[PROP_POPUP] = g_param_spec_object ("popup", @@ -504,8 +502,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_class_init (GtkMenuButtonClass *klass) * * See gtk_menu_button_set_menu_model() for the interaction with the * #GtkMenuButton:popup property. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ menu_button_props[PROP_MENU_MODEL] = g_param_spec_object ("menu-model", @@ -518,8 +514,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_class_init (GtkMenuButtonClass *klass) * GtkMenuButton:align-widget: * * The #GtkWidget to use to align the menu with. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ menu_button_props[PROP_ALIGN_WIDGET] = g_param_spec_object ("align-widget", @@ -533,8 +527,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_class_init (GtkMenuButtonClass *klass) * * The #GtkArrowType representing the direction in which the * menu or popover will be popped out. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ menu_button_props[PROP_DIRECTION] = g_param_spec_enum ("direction", @@ -549,8 +541,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_class_init (GtkMenuButtonClass *klass) * * Whether to construct a #GtkPopover from the menu model, * or a #GtkMenu. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ menu_button_props[PROP_USE_POPOVER] = g_param_spec_boolean ("use-popover", @@ -563,8 +553,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_class_init (GtkMenuButtonClass *klass) * GtkMenuButton:popover: * * The #GtkPopover that will be popped up when the button is clicked. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ menu_button_props[PROP_POPOVER] = g_param_spec_object ("popover", @@ -643,8 +631,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_init (GtkMenuButton *menu_button) * with another #GtkWidget should you wish to. * * Returns: The newly created #GtkMenuButton widget - * - * Since: 3.6 */ GtkWidget * gtk_menu_button_new (void) @@ -748,8 +734,6 @@ _gtk_menu_button_set_popup_with_func (GtkMenuButton *menu_button * Sets the #GtkMenu that will be popped up when the button is clicked, * or %NULL to disable the button. If #GtkMenuButton:menu-model or * #GtkMenuButton:popover are set, they will be set to %NULL. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ void gtk_menu_button_set_popup (GtkMenuButton *menu_button, @@ -783,8 +767,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_set_popup (GtkMenuButton *menu_button, * returns %NULL. * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GtkMenu or %NULL - * - * Since: 3.6 */ GtkMenu * gtk_menu_button_get_popup (GtkMenuButton *menu_button) @@ -809,8 +791,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_get_popup (GtkMenuButton *menu_button) * * If #GtkMenuButton:popup or #GtkMenuButton:popover are already set, * their content will be lost and replaced by the newly created popup. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ void gtk_menu_button_set_menu_model (GtkMenuButton *menu_button, @@ -865,8 +845,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_set_menu_model (GtkMenuButton *menu_button, * Returns the #GMenuModel used to generate the popup. * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GMenuModel or %NULL - * - * Since: 3.6 */ GMenuModel * gtk_menu_button_get_menu_model (GtkMenuButton *menu_button) @@ -906,8 +884,6 @@ set_align_widget_pointer (GtkMenuButton *menu_button, * * Note that this property is only used with menus currently, * and not for popovers. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ void gtk_menu_button_set_align_widget (GtkMenuButton *menu_button, @@ -934,8 +910,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_set_align_widget (GtkMenuButton *menu_button, * Returns the parent #GtkWidget to use to line up with menu. * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GtkWidget value or %NULL - * - * Since: 3.6 */ GtkWidget * gtk_menu_button_get_align_widget (GtkMenuButton *menu_button) @@ -987,8 +961,6 @@ update_popover_direction (GtkMenuButton *menu_button) * * If you pass %GTK_ARROW_NONE for a @direction, the popup will behave * as if you passed %GTK_ARROW_DOWN (although you won’t see any arrows). - * - * Since: 3.6 */ void gtk_menu_button_set_direction (GtkMenuButton *menu_button, @@ -1021,8 +993,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_set_direction (GtkMenuButton *menu_button, * Returns the direction the popup will be pointing at when popped up. * * Returns: a #GtkArrowType value - * - * Since: 3.6 */ GtkArrowType gtk_menu_button_get_direction (GtkMenuButton *menu_button) @@ -1067,8 +1037,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_dispose (GObject *object) * Sets whether to construct a #GtkPopover instead of #GtkMenu * when gtk_menu_button_set_menu_model() is called. Note that * this property is only consulted when a new menu model is set. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_menu_button_set_use_popover (GtkMenuButton *menu_button, @@ -1105,8 +1073,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_set_use_popover (GtkMenuButton *menu_button, * from the menu model. * * Returns: %TRUE if using a #GtkPopover - * - * Since: 3.12 */ gboolean gtk_menu_button_get_use_popover (GtkMenuButton *menu_button) @@ -1124,8 +1090,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_get_use_popover (GtkMenuButton *menu_button) * Sets the #GtkPopover that will be popped up when the button is * clicked, or %NULL to disable the button. If #GtkMenuButton:menu-model * or #GtkMenuButton:popup are set, they will be set to %NULL. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_menu_button_set_popover (GtkMenuButton *menu_button, @@ -1182,8 +1146,6 @@ gtk_menu_button_set_popover (GtkMenuButton *menu_button, * returns %NULL. * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GtkPopover or %NULL - * - * Since: 3.12 */ GtkPopover * gtk_menu_button_get_popover (GtkMenuButton *menu_button) diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenubutton.h b/gtk/gtkmenubutton.h index 82a876b606..a0293cd92a 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkmenubutton.h +++ b/gtk/gtkmenubutton.h @@ -61,46 +61,46 @@ struct _GtkMenuButtonClass void (*_gtk_reserved4) (void); }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_menu_button_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget *gtk_menu_button_new (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_menu_button_set_popup (GtkMenuButton *menu_button, GtkWidget *menu); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkMenu *gtk_menu_button_get_popup (GtkMenuButton *menu_button); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_menu_button_set_popover (GtkMenuButton *menu_button, GtkWidget *popover); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkPopover *gtk_menu_button_get_popover (GtkMenuButton *menu_button); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_menu_button_set_direction (GtkMenuButton *menu_button, GtkArrowType direction); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkArrowType gtk_menu_button_get_direction (GtkMenuButton *menu_button); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_menu_button_set_menu_model (GtkMenuButton *menu_button, GMenuModel *menu_model); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GMenuModel *gtk_menu_button_get_menu_model (GtkMenuButton *menu_button); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_menu_button_set_align_widget (GtkMenuButton *menu_button, GtkWidget *align_widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget *gtk_menu_button_get_align_widget (GtkMenuButton *menu_button); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_menu_button_set_use_popover (GtkMenuButton *menu_button, gboolean use_popover); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_menu_button_get_use_popover (GtkMenuButton *menu_button); diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenuitem.c b/gtk/gtkmenuitem.c index 7dddb7adc9..c849677300 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkmenuitem.c +++ b/gtk/gtkmenuitem.c @@ -605,8 +605,6 @@ gtk_menu_item_class_init (GtkMenuItemClass *klass) * GtkMenuItem:submenu: * * The submenu attached to the menu item, or %NULL if it has none. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ menu_item_props[PROP_SUBMENU] = g_param_spec_object ("submenu", @@ -621,8 +619,6 @@ gtk_menu_item_class_init (GtkMenuItemClass *klass) * Sets the accelerator path of the menu item, through which runtime * changes of the menu item's accelerator caused by the user can be * identified and saved to persistant storage. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ menu_item_props[PROP_ACCEL_PATH] = g_param_spec_string ("accel-path", @@ -635,8 +631,6 @@ gtk_menu_item_class_init (GtkMenuItemClass *klass) * GtkMenuItem:label: * * The text for the child label. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ menu_item_props[PROP_LABEL] = g_param_spec_string ("label", @@ -649,8 +643,6 @@ gtk_menu_item_class_init (GtkMenuItemClass *klass) * GtkMenuItem:use-underline: * * %TRUE if underlines in the text indicate mnemonics. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ menu_item_props[PROP_USE_UNDERLINE] = g_param_spec_boolean ("use-underline", @@ -1785,8 +1777,6 @@ gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path (GtkMenuItem *menu_item, * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the accelerator path corresponding to * this menu item’s functionality, or %NULL if not set - * - * Since: 2.14 */ const gchar * gtk_menu_item_get_accel_path (GtkMenuItem *menu_item) @@ -1847,8 +1837,6 @@ gtk_menu_item_ensure_label (GtkMenuItem *menu_item) * @label: the text you want to set * * Sets @text on the @menu_item label - * - * Since: 2.16 */ void gtk_menu_item_set_label (GtkMenuItem *menu_item, @@ -1867,8 +1855,6 @@ gtk_menu_item_set_label (GtkMenuItem *menu_item, * * Returns: The text in the @menu_item label. This is the internal * string used by the label, and must not be modified. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ const gchar * gtk_menu_item_get_label (GtkMenuItem *menu_item) @@ -1885,8 +1871,6 @@ gtk_menu_item_get_label (GtkMenuItem *menu_item) * * If true, an underline in the text indicates the next character * should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ void gtk_menu_item_set_use_underline (GtkMenuItem *menu_item, @@ -1916,8 +1900,6 @@ gtk_menu_item_set_use_underline (GtkMenuItem *menu_item, * * Returns: %TRUE if an embedded underline in the label * indicates the mnemonic accelerator key. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ gboolean gtk_menu_item_get_use_underline (GtkMenuItem *menu_item) @@ -1949,8 +1931,6 @@ gtk_menu_item_get_use_underline (GtkMenuItem *menu_item) * * There should be little need for applications to call * this functions. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_menu_item_set_reserve_indicator (GtkMenuItem *menu_item, @@ -1980,8 +1960,6 @@ gtk_menu_item_set_reserve_indicator (GtkMenuItem *menu_item, * * Returns: %TRUE if @menu_item always reserves space for the * submenu indicator - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gboolean gtk_menu_item_get_reserve_indicator (GtkMenuItem *menu_item) diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenushell.c b/gtk/gtkmenushell.c index a0bdf00a30..ca82986d20 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkmenushell.c +++ b/gtk/gtkmenushell.c @@ -303,8 +303,6 @@ gtk_menu_shell_class_init (GtkMenuShellClass *klass) * another item. * * Returns: %TRUE to stop the signal emission, %FALSE to continue - * - * Since: 2.12 */ menu_shell_signals[MOVE_SELECTED] = g_signal_new (I_("move-selected"), @@ -328,8 +326,6 @@ gtk_menu_shell_class_init (GtkMenuShellClass *klass) * parameter. * * The inverse of this signal is the GtkContainer::removed signal. - * - * Since: 3.2 **/ menu_shell_signals[INSERT] = g_signal_new (I_("insert"), @@ -388,8 +384,6 @@ gtk_menu_shell_class_init (GtkMenuShellClass *klass) * A boolean that determines whether the menu and its submenus grab the * keyboard focus. See gtk_menu_shell_set_take_focus() and * gtk_menu_shell_get_take_focus(). - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_TAKE_FOCUS, @@ -1218,8 +1212,6 @@ gtk_menu_shell_move_selected (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell, * popped up initially. * * Select the first visible or selectable child of the menu shell. - * - * Since: 2.2 */ void gtk_menu_shell_select_first (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell, @@ -1469,8 +1461,6 @@ _gtk_menu_shell_get_popup_delay (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell) * @menu_shell: a #GtkMenuShell * * Cancels the selection within the menu shell. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_menu_shell_cancel (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell) @@ -1639,8 +1629,6 @@ _gtk_menu_shell_get_grab_device (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell) * Returns %TRUE if the menu shell will take the keyboard focus on popup. * * Returns: %TRUE if the menu shell will take the keyboard focus on popup. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ gboolean gtk_menu_shell_get_take_focus (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell) @@ -1680,8 +1668,6 @@ gtk_menu_shell_get_take_focus (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell) * To avoid confusing the user, menus with @take_focus set to %FALSE * should not display mnemonics or accelerators, since it cannot be * guaranteed that they will work. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ void gtk_menu_shell_set_take_focus (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell, @@ -1707,8 +1693,6 @@ gtk_menu_shell_set_take_focus (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell, * Gets the currently selected item. * * Returns: (transfer none): the currently selected item - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkWidget * gtk_menu_shell_get_selected_item (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell) @@ -1728,8 +1712,6 @@ gtk_menu_shell_get_selected_item (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell) * from which it was opened up. * * Returns: (transfer none): the parent #GtkMenuShell - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkWidget * gtk_menu_shell_get_parent_shell (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell) @@ -1925,8 +1907,6 @@ gtk_menu_shell_tracker_insert_func (GtkMenuTrackerItem *item, * gtk_menu_new_from_model() or gtk_menu_bar_new_from_model() or just * directly passing the #GMenuModel to gtk_application_set_app_menu() or * gtk_application_set_menubar(). - * - * Since: 3.6 */ void gtk_menu_shell_bind_model (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell, diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenushell.h b/gtk/gtkmenushell.h index a321f77314..d98a1d09d5 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkmenushell.h +++ b/gtk/gtkmenushell.h @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ GtkWidget *gtk_menu_shell_get_selected_item (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget *gtk_menu_shell_get_parent_shell (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_menu_shell_bind_model (GtkMenuShell *menu_shell, GMenuModel *model, const gchar *action_namespace, diff --git a/gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c b/gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c index d34d02d229..097b4c1e98 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c +++ b/gtk/gtkmenutoolbutton.c @@ -327,8 +327,6 @@ gtk_menu_tool_button_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface) * @label as label. * * Returns: the new #GtkMenuToolButton - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ GtkToolItem * gtk_menu_tool_button_new (GtkWidget *icon_widget, @@ -361,8 +359,6 @@ _show_menu_emit (gpointer user_data) * * Sets the #GtkMenu that is popped up when the user clicks on the arrow. * If @menu is NULL, the arrow button becomes insensitive. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_menu_tool_button_set_menu (GtkMenuToolButton *button, @@ -391,8 +387,6 @@ gtk_menu_tool_button_set_menu (GtkMenuToolButton *button, * * Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkMenu associated * with #GtkMenuToolButton - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_menu_tool_button_get_menu (GtkMenuToolButton *button) @@ -416,8 +410,6 @@ gtk_menu_tool_button_get_menu (GtkMenuToolButton *button) * Sets the tooltip text to be used as tooltip for the arrow button which * pops up the menu. See gtk_tool_item_set_tooltip_text() for setting a tooltip * on the whole #GtkMenuToolButton. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ void gtk_menu_tool_button_set_arrow_tooltip_text (GtkMenuToolButton *button, @@ -436,8 +428,6 @@ gtk_menu_tool_button_set_arrow_tooltip_text (GtkMenuToolButton *button, * Sets the tooltip markup text to be used as tooltip for the arrow button * which pops up the menu. See gtk_tool_item_set_tooltip_text() for setting * a tooltip on the whole #GtkMenuToolButton. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ void gtk_menu_tool_button_set_arrow_tooltip_markup (GtkMenuToolButton *button, diff --git a/gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c b/gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c index fa9f03caa1..08b72ee173 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c +++ b/gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c @@ -191,8 +191,6 @@ gtk_message_dialog_class_init (GtkMessageDialogClass *class) * * The primary text of the message dialog. If the dialog has * a secondary text, this will appear as the title. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_TEXT, @@ -207,8 +205,6 @@ gtk_message_dialog_class_init (GtkMessageDialogClass *class) * * %TRUE if the primary text of the dialog includes Pango markup. * See pango_parse_markup(). - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_USE_MARKUP, @@ -222,8 +218,6 @@ gtk_message_dialog_class_init (GtkMessageDialogClass *class) * GtkMessageDialog:secondary-text: * * The secondary text of the message dialog. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_SECONDARY_TEXT, @@ -238,8 +232,6 @@ gtk_message_dialog_class_init (GtkMessageDialogClass *class) * * %TRUE if the secondary text of the dialog includes Pango markup. * See pango_parse_markup(). - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_SECONDARY_USE_MARKUP, @@ -255,8 +247,6 @@ gtk_message_dialog_class_init (GtkMessageDialogClass *class) * The #GtkBox that corresponds to the message area of this dialog. See * gtk_message_dialog_get_message_area() for a detailed description of this * area. - * - * Since: 2.22 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_MESSAGE_AREA, @@ -639,8 +629,6 @@ gtk_message_dialog_new (GtkWindow *parent, * ]| * * Returns: a new #GtkMessageDialog - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkWidget* gtk_message_dialog_new_with_markup (GtkWindow *parent, @@ -679,8 +667,6 @@ gtk_message_dialog_new_with_markup (GtkWindow *parent, * * Sets the text of the message dialog to be @str, which is marked * up with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat]. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_message_dialog_set_markup (GtkMessageDialog *message_dialog, @@ -704,8 +690,6 @@ gtk_message_dialog_set_markup (GtkMessageDialog *message_dialog, * * Sets the secondary text of the message dialog to be @message_format * (with printf()-style). - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_message_dialog_format_secondary_text (GtkMessageDialog *message_dialog, @@ -766,8 +750,6 @@ gtk_message_dialog_format_secondary_text (GtkMessageDialog *message_dialog, * "%s", msg); * g_free (msg); * ]| - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_message_dialog_format_secondary_markup (GtkMessageDialog *message_dialog, @@ -816,8 +798,6 @@ gtk_message_dialog_format_secondary_markup (GtkMessageDialog *message_dialog, * * Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkBox corresponding to the * “message area” in the @message_dialog. - * - * Since: 2.22 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_message_dialog_get_message_area (GtkMessageDialog *message_dialog) diff --git a/gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c b/gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c index 7d95e40528..51dff37391 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c +++ b/gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c @@ -921,8 +921,6 @@ gtk_model_button_class_init (GtkModelButtonClass *class) * Specifies whether the button is a plain, check or radio button. * When #GtkActionable:action-name is set, the role will be determined * from the action and does not have to be set explicitly. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ properties[PROP_ROLE] = g_param_spec_enum ("role", @@ -937,8 +935,6 @@ gtk_model_button_class_init (GtkModelButtonClass *class) * * A #GIcon that will be used if iconic appearance for the button is * desired. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ properties[PROP_ICON] = g_param_spec_object ("icon", @@ -951,8 +947,6 @@ gtk_model_button_class_init (GtkModelButtonClass *class) * GtkModelButton:text: * * The label for the button. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ properties[PROP_TEXT] = g_param_spec_string ("text", @@ -966,8 +960,6 @@ gtk_model_button_class_init (GtkModelButtonClass *class) * * The state of the button. This is reflecting the state of the associated * #GAction. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ properties[PROP_ACTIVE] = g_param_spec_boolean ("active", @@ -981,8 +973,6 @@ gtk_model_button_class_init (GtkModelButtonClass *class) * * The name of a submenu to open when the button is activated. * If this is set, the button should not have an action associated with it. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ properties[PROP_MENU_NAME] = g_param_spec_string ("menu-name", @@ -997,8 +987,6 @@ gtk_model_button_class_init (GtkModelButtonClass *class) * Whether to show the submenu indicator at the opposite side than normal. * This property should be set for model buttons that 'go back' to a parent * menu. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ properties[PROP_INVERTED] = g_param_spec_boolean ("inverted", @@ -1012,8 +1000,6 @@ gtk_model_button_class_init (GtkModelButtonClass *class) * * Wether to render the button contents centered instead of left-aligned. * This property should be set for title-like items. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ properties[PROP_CENTERED] = g_param_spec_boolean ("centered", @@ -1028,8 +1014,6 @@ gtk_model_button_class_init (GtkModelButtonClass *class) * If this property is set, the button will show an icon if one is set. * If no icon is set, the text will be used. This is typically used for * horizontal sections of linked buttons. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ properties[PROP_ICONIC] = g_param_spec_boolean ("iconic", @@ -1070,8 +1054,6 @@ gtk_model_button_init (GtkModelButton *button) * Creates a new GtkModelButton. * * Returns: the newly created #GtkModelButton widget - * - * Since: 3.16 */ GtkWidget * gtk_model_button_new (void) diff --git a/gtk/gtkmodelbutton.h b/gtk/gtkmodelbutton.h index 3ac8eb0c6e..c5590460a0 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkmodelbutton.h +++ b/gtk/gtkmodelbutton.h @@ -50,10 +50,10 @@ typedef enum { GTK_BUTTON_ROLE_RADIO } GtkButtonRole; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_model_button_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_model_button_new (void); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkmodules.h b/gtk/gtkmodules.h index 29409b7041..d851cd0f4c 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkmodules.h +++ b/gtk/gtkmodules.h @@ -44,8 +44,6 @@ typedef void (*GtkModuleInitFunc) (gint *argc, * * A multihead-aware GTK+ module may have a gtk_module_display_init() function * with this prototype. GTK+ calls this function for each opened display. - * - * Since: 2.2 */ typedef void (*GtkModuleDisplayInitFunc) (GdkDisplay *display); diff --git a/gtk/gtkmountoperation.c b/gtk/gtkmountoperation.c index 1bd74cc268..889c7fc956 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkmountoperation.c +++ b/gtk/gtkmountoperation.c @@ -1650,8 +1650,6 @@ gtk_mount_operation_aborted (GMountOperation *op) * Creates a new #GtkMountOperation * * Returns: a new #GtkMountOperation - * - * Since: 2.14 */ GMountOperation * gtk_mount_operation_new (GtkWindow *parent) @@ -1672,8 +1670,6 @@ gtk_mount_operation_new (GtkWindow *parent) * a window. * * Returns: %TRUE if @op is currently displaying a window - * - * Since: 2.14 */ gboolean gtk_mount_operation_is_showing (GtkMountOperation *op) @@ -1690,8 +1686,6 @@ gtk_mount_operation_is_showing (GtkMountOperation *op) * * Sets the transient parent for windows shown by the * #GtkMountOperation. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ void gtk_mount_operation_set_parent (GtkMountOperation *op, @@ -1736,8 +1730,6 @@ gtk_mount_operation_set_parent (GtkMountOperation *op, * Gets the transient parent used by the #GtkMountOperation * * Returns: (transfer none): the transient parent for windows shown by @op - * - * Since: 2.14 */ GtkWindow * gtk_mount_operation_get_parent (GtkMountOperation *op) @@ -1753,8 +1745,6 @@ gtk_mount_operation_get_parent (GtkMountOperation *op) * @display: a #Gdk * * Sets the display to show windows of the #GtkMountOperation on. - * - * Since: 3.94 */ void gtk_mount_operation_set_display (GtkMountOperation *op, @@ -1789,8 +1779,6 @@ gtk_mount_operation_set_display (GtkMountOperation *op, * will be shown. * * Returns: (transfer none): the display on which windows of @op are shown - * - * Since: 3.94 */ GdkDisplay * gtk_mount_operation_get_display (GtkMountOperation *op) diff --git a/gtk/gtkmountoperation.h b/gtk/gtkmountoperation.h index a2e5c9beee..3bb1787884 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkmountoperation.h +++ b/gtk/gtkmountoperation.h @@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ void gtk_mount_operation_set_parent (GtkMountOperation *op, GtkWindow *parent); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWindow * gtk_mount_operation_get_parent (GtkMountOperation *op); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_mount_operation_set_display(GtkMountOperation *op, GdkDisplay *display); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkDisplay * gtk_mount_operation_get_display(GtkMountOperation *op); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtknativedialog.c b/gtk/gtknativedialog.c index eb5b9ccddf..931e2a0c90 100644 --- a/gtk/gtknativedialog.c +++ b/gtk/gtknativedialog.c @@ -206,8 +206,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_class_init (GtkNativeDialogClass *class) * GtkNativeDialog:title: * * The title of the dialog window - * - * Since: 3.20 */ native_props[PROP_TITLE] = g_param_spec_string ("title", @@ -220,8 +218,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_class_init (GtkNativeDialogClass *class) * GtkNativeDialog:modal: * * Whether the window should be modal with respect to its transient parent. - * - * Since: 3.20 */ native_props[PROP_MODAL] = g_param_spec_boolean ("modal", @@ -234,8 +230,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_class_init (GtkNativeDialogClass *class) * GtkNativeDialog:visible: * * Whether the window is currenlty visible. - * - * Since: 3.20 */ native_props[PROP_VISIBLE] = g_param_spec_boolean ("visible", @@ -248,8 +242,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_class_init (GtkNativeDialogClass *class) * GtkNativeDialog:transient-for: * * The transient parent of the dialog, or %NULL for none. - * - * Since: 3.20 */ native_props[PROP_TRANSIENT_FOR] = g_param_spec_object ("transient-for", @@ -271,8 +263,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_class_init (GtkNativeDialogClass *class) * * If you call gtk_native_dialog_hide() before the user responds to * the dialog this signal will not be emitted. - * - * Since: 3.20 */ native_signals[RESPONSE] = g_signal_new (I_("response"), @@ -300,8 +290,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_init (GtkNativeDialog *self) * will be emitted. * * Multiple calls while the dialog is visible will be ignored. - * - * Since: 3.20 **/ void gtk_native_dialog_show (GtkNativeDialog *self) @@ -333,8 +321,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_show (GtkNativeDialog *self) * until after the next call to gtk_native_dialog_show(). * * If the dialog is not visible this does nothing. - * - * Since: 3.20 **/ void gtk_native_dialog_hide (GtkNativeDialog *self) @@ -374,8 +360,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_hide (GtkNativeDialog *self) * Note that this does not release any reference to the object (as opposed to * destroying a GtkWindow) because there is no reference from the windowing * system to the #GtkNativeDialog. - * - * Since: 3.20 **/ void gtk_native_dialog_destroy (GtkNativeDialog *self) @@ -403,8 +387,6 @@ _gtk_native_dialog_emit_response (GtkNativeDialog *self, * Determines whether the dialog is visible. * * Returns: %TRUE if the dialog is visible - * - * Since: 3.20 **/ gboolean gtk_native_dialog_get_visible (GtkNativeDialog *self) @@ -427,8 +409,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_get_visible (GtkNativeDialog *self) * gtk_native_dialog_set_transient_for() to make the dialog transient for the * parent; most [window managers][gtk-X11-arch] * will then disallow lowering the dialog below the parent. - * - * Since: 3.20 **/ void gtk_native_dialog_set_modal (GtkNativeDialog *self, @@ -454,8 +434,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_set_modal (GtkNativeDialog *self, * Returns whether the dialog is modal. See gtk_native_dialog_set_modal(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the dialog is set to be modal - * - * Since: 3.20 **/ gboolean gtk_native_dialog_get_modal (GtkNativeDialog *self) @@ -473,8 +451,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_get_modal (GtkNativeDialog *self) * @title: title of the dialog * * Sets the title of the #GtkNativeDialog. - * - * Since: 3.20 **/ void gtk_native_dialog_set_title (GtkNativeDialog *self, @@ -499,8 +475,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_set_title (GtkNativeDialog *self, * Returns: (nullable): the title of the dialog, or %NULL if none has * been set explicitly. The returned string is owned by the widget * and must not be modified or freed. - * - * Since: 3.20 **/ const char * gtk_native_dialog_get_title (GtkNativeDialog *self) @@ -524,8 +498,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_get_title (GtkNativeDialog *self) * main window. * * Passing %NULL for @parent unsets the current transient window. - * - * Since: 3.20 */ void gtk_native_dialog_set_transient_for (GtkNativeDialog *self, @@ -548,8 +520,6 @@ gtk_native_dialog_set_transient_for (GtkNativeDialog *self, * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the transient parent for this window, * or %NULL if no transient parent has been set. - * - * Since: 3.20 **/ GtkWindow * gtk_native_dialog_get_transient_for (GtkNativeDialog *self) @@ -608,8 +578,6 @@ run_response_cb (GtkNativeDialog *self, * be triggered during a gtk_nautilus_dialog_run() call. * * Returns: response ID - * - * Since: 3.20 **/ gint gtk_native_dialog_run (GtkNativeDialog *self) diff --git a/gtk/gtknativedialog.h b/gtk/gtknativedialog.h index de1a6559a5..00d34532d0 100644 --- a/gtk/gtknativedialog.h +++ b/gtk/gtknativedialog.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS #define GTK_TYPE_NATIVE_DIALOG (gtk_native_dialog_get_type ()) -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL G_DECLARE_DERIVABLE_TYPE (GtkNativeDialog, gtk_native_dialog, GTK, NATIVE_DIALOG, GObject) struct _GtkNativeDialogClass @@ -49,31 +49,31 @@ struct _GtkNativeDialogClass void (*_gtk_reserved4) (void); }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_native_dialog_show (GtkNativeDialog *self); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_native_dialog_hide (GtkNativeDialog *self); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_native_dialog_destroy (GtkNativeDialog *self); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_native_dialog_get_visible (GtkNativeDialog *self); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_native_dialog_set_modal (GtkNativeDialog *self, gboolean modal); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_native_dialog_get_modal (GtkNativeDialog *self); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_native_dialog_set_title (GtkNativeDialog *self, const char *title); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL const char * gtk_native_dialog_get_title (GtkNativeDialog *self); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_native_dialog_set_transient_for (GtkNativeDialog *self, GtkWindow *parent); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWindow * gtk_native_dialog_get_transient_for (GtkNativeDialog *self); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_native_dialog_run (GtkNativeDialog *self); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtknotebook.c b/gtk/gtknotebook.c index 9e41a7f2bb..6591875aea 100644 --- a/gtk/gtknotebook.c +++ b/gtk/gtknotebook.c @@ -754,8 +754,6 @@ gtk_notebook_class_init (GtkNotebookClass *class) * GtkNotebook:group-name: * * Group name for tab drag and drop. - * - * Since: 2.24 */ properties[PROP_GROUP_NAME] = g_param_spec_string ("group-name", @@ -889,8 +887,6 @@ gtk_notebook_class_init (GtkNotebookClass *class) * * the ::page-reordered signal is emitted in the notebook * right after a page has been reordered. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ notebook_signals[PAGE_REORDERED] = g_signal_new (I_("page-reordered"), @@ -910,8 +906,6 @@ gtk_notebook_class_init (GtkNotebookClass *class) * * the ::page-removed signal is emitted in the notebook * right after a page is removed from the notebook. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ notebook_signals[PAGE_REMOVED] = g_signal_new (I_("page-removed"), @@ -931,8 +925,6 @@ gtk_notebook_class_init (GtkNotebookClass *class) * * the ::page-added signal is emitted in the notebook * right after a page is added to the notebook. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ notebook_signals[PAGE_ADDED] = g_signal_new (I_("page-added"), @@ -963,8 +955,6 @@ gtk_notebook_class_init (GtkNotebookClass *class) * * Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkNotebook that @page should be * added to, or %NULL. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ notebook_signals[CREATE_WINDOW] = g_signal_new (I_("create-window"), @@ -3197,8 +3187,6 @@ gtk_notebook_drag_drop (GtkWidget *widget, * but additionally informs the notebook that the removal * is happening as part of a tab DND operation, which should * not be cancelled. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ void gtk_notebook_detach_tab (GtkNotebook *notebook, @@ -5934,8 +5922,6 @@ gtk_notebook_get_nth_page (GtkNotebook *notebook, * Gets the number of pages in a notebook. * * Returns: the number of pages in the notebook - * - * Since: 2.2 */ gint gtk_notebook_get_n_pages (GtkNotebook *notebook) @@ -6960,8 +6946,6 @@ gtk_notebook_reorder_child (GtkNotebook *notebook, * Notebooks with the same name will be able to exchange tabs * via drag and drop. A notebook with a %NULL group name will * not be able to exchange tabs with any other notebook. - * - * Since: 2.24 */ void gtk_notebook_set_group_name (GtkNotebook *notebook, @@ -6991,8 +6975,6 @@ gtk_notebook_set_group_name (GtkNotebook *notebook, * Gets the current group name for @notebook. * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the group name, or %NULL if none is set - * - * Since: 2.24 */ const gchar * gtk_notebook_get_group_name (GtkNotebook *notebook) @@ -7010,8 +6992,6 @@ gtk_notebook_get_group_name (GtkNotebook *notebook) * Gets whether the tab can be reordered via drag and drop or not. * * Returns: %TRUE if the tab is reorderable. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_notebook_get_tab_reorderable (GtkNotebook *notebook, @@ -7036,8 +7016,6 @@ gtk_notebook_get_tab_reorderable (GtkNotebook *notebook, * * Sets whether the notebook tab can be reordered * via drag and drop or not. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_notebook_set_tab_reorderable (GtkNotebook *notebook, @@ -7077,8 +7055,6 @@ gtk_notebook_set_tab_reorderable (GtkNotebook *notebook, * Returns whether the tab contents can be detached from @notebook. * * Returns: %TRUE if the tab is detachable. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_notebook_get_tab_detachable (GtkNotebook *notebook, @@ -7143,8 +7119,6 @@ gtk_notebook_get_tab_detachable (GtkNotebook *notebook, * * If you want a notebook to accept drags from other widgets, * you will have to set your own DnD code to do it. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_notebook_set_tab_detachable (GtkNotebook *notebook, @@ -7177,8 +7151,6 @@ gtk_notebook_set_tab_detachable (GtkNotebook *notebook, * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The action widget with the given * @pack_type or %NULL when this action widget has not been set - * - * Since: 2.20 */ GtkWidget* gtk_notebook_get_action_widget (GtkNotebook *notebook, @@ -7201,8 +7173,6 @@ gtk_notebook_get_action_widget (GtkNotebook *notebook, * * Note that action widgets are “internal” children of the notebook and thus * not included in the list returned from gtk_container_foreach(). - * - * Since: 2.20 */ void gtk_notebook_set_action_widget (GtkNotebook *notebook, diff --git a/gtk/gtknotebook.h b/gtk/gtknotebook.h index 599c54df0f..6de9d8c09b 100644 --- a/gtk/gtknotebook.h +++ b/gtk/gtknotebook.h @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_notebook_set_tab_detachable (GtkNotebook *notebook, GtkWidget *child, gboolean detachable); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_notebook_detach_tab (GtkNotebook *notebook, GtkWidget *child); diff --git a/gtk/gtkorientable.c b/gtk/gtkorientable.c index f66fe041f5..9612e544e5 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkorientable.c +++ b/gtk/gtkorientable.c @@ -51,8 +51,6 @@ gtk_orientable_default_init (GtkOrientableInterface *iface) * GtkOrientable:orientation: * * The orientation of the orientable. - * - * Since: 2.16 **/ g_object_interface_install_property (iface, g_param_spec_enum ("orientation", @@ -69,8 +67,6 @@ gtk_orientable_default_init (GtkOrientableInterface *iface) * @orientation: the orientable’s new orientation. * * Sets the orientation of the @orientable. - * - * Since: 2.16 **/ void gtk_orientable_set_orientation (GtkOrientable *orientable, @@ -93,8 +89,6 @@ gtk_orientable_set_orientation (GtkOrientable *orientable, * Retrieves the orientation of the @orientable. * * Returns: the orientation of the @orientable. - * - * Since: 2.16 **/ GtkOrientation gtk_orientable_get_orientation (GtkOrientable *orientable) diff --git a/gtk/gtkoverlay.c b/gtk/gtkoverlay.c index e7b969c1d7..f4c06b1a1d 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkoverlay.c +++ b/gtk/gtkoverlay.c @@ -401,8 +401,6 @@ gtk_overlay_remove (GtkContainer *container, * A widget’s index in the @overlay children list determines which order * the children are drawn if they overlap. The first child is drawn at * the bottom. It also affects the default focus chain order. - * - * Since: 3.18 */ void gtk_overlay_reorder_overlay (GtkOverlay *overlay, @@ -738,8 +736,6 @@ gtk_overlay_class_init (GtkOverlayClass *klass) * GtkOverlay:pass-through: * * Pass through input, does not affect main child. - * - * Since: 3.18 */ gtk_container_class_install_child_property (container_class, CHILD_PROP_PASS_THROUGH, g_param_spec_boolean ("pass-through", P_("Pass Through"), P_("Pass through input, does not affect main child"), @@ -750,8 +746,6 @@ gtk_overlay_class_init (GtkOverlayClass *klass) * GtkOverlay:blur: * * Blur the content behind this child with a Gaussian blur of this radius. - * - * Since: 3.92 */ gtk_container_class_install_child_property (container_class, CHILD_PROP_BLUR, g_param_spec_double ("blur", P_("Blur Radius"), P_("Apply a blur to the content behind this child"), @@ -761,8 +755,6 @@ gtk_overlay_class_init (GtkOverlayClass *klass) * GtkOverlay:index: * * The index of the overlay in the parent, -1 for the main child. - * - * Since: 3.18 */ gtk_container_class_install_child_property (container_class, CHILD_PROP_INDEX, g_param_spec_int ("index", @@ -846,8 +838,6 @@ gtk_overlay_buildable_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface) * Creates a new #GtkOverlay. * * Returns: a new #GtkOverlay object. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ GtkWidget * gtk_overlay_new (void) @@ -867,8 +857,6 @@ gtk_overlay_new (void) * * The position at which @widget is placed is determined * from its #GtkWidget:halign and #GtkWidget:valign properties. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ void gtk_overlay_add_overlay (GtkOverlay *overlay, @@ -899,8 +887,6 @@ gtk_overlay_add_overlay (GtkOverlay *overlay, * * Convenience function to set the value of the #GtkOverlay:pass-through * child property for @widget. - * - * Since: 3.18 */ void gtk_overlay_set_overlay_pass_through (GtkOverlay *overlay, @@ -924,8 +910,6 @@ gtk_overlay_set_overlay_pass_through (GtkOverlay *overlay, * child property for @widget. * * Returns: whether the widget is a pass through child. - * - * Since: 3.18 */ gboolean gtk_overlay_get_overlay_pass_through (GtkOverlay *overlay, diff --git a/gtk/gtkoverlay.h b/gtk/gtkoverlay.h index bf9fc62761..2de50f44b1 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkoverlay.h +++ b/gtk/gtkoverlay.h @@ -76,21 +76,21 @@ struct _GtkOverlayClass void (*_gtk_reserved8) (void); }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_overlay_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget *gtk_overlay_new (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_overlay_add_overlay (GtkOverlay *overlay, GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_overlay_reorder_overlay (GtkOverlay *overlay, GtkWidget *child, gint position); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_overlay_get_overlay_pass_through (GtkOverlay *overlay, GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_overlay_set_overlay_pass_through (GtkOverlay *overlay, GtkWidget *widget, gboolean pass_through); diff --git a/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c b/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c index 91614169ac..6c102c5e3e 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c +++ b/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c @@ -402,8 +402,6 @@ gtk_pad_controller_init (GtkPadController *controller) * gtk_pad_controller_set_action(). * * Returns: A newly created #GtkPadController - * - * Since: 3.22 **/ GtkPadController * gtk_pad_controller_new (GtkWindow *window, @@ -460,8 +458,6 @@ gtk_pad_controller_add_entry (GtkPadController *controller, * * This is a convenience function to add a group of action entries on * @controller. See #GtkPadActionEntry and gtk_pad_controller_set_action(). - * - * Since: 3.22 **/ void gtk_pad_controller_set_action_entries (GtkPadController *controller, @@ -495,8 +491,6 @@ gtk_pad_controller_set_action_entries (GtkPadController *controller, * The given @label should be considered user-visible, so internationalization * rules apply. Some windowing systems may be able to use those for user * feedback. - * - * Since: 3.22 **/ void gtk_pad_controller_set_action (GtkPadController *controller, diff --git a/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.h b/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.h index f6a5f40b93..0383026a24 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.h +++ b/gtk/gtkpadcontroller.h @@ -74,19 +74,19 @@ struct _GtkPadActionEntry { gchar *action_name; }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_pad_controller_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkPadController *gtk_pad_controller_new (GtkWindow *window, GActionGroup *group, GdkDevice *pad); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_pad_controller_set_action_entries (GtkPadController *controller, const GtkPadActionEntry *entries, gint n_entries); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_pad_controller_set_action (GtkPadController *controller, GtkPadActionType type, gint index, diff --git a/gtk/gtkpagesetup.c b/gtk/gtkpagesetup.c index 9c81343745..f1856c7dd2 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkpagesetup.c +++ b/gtk/gtkpagesetup.c @@ -134,8 +134,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_class_init (GtkPageSetupClass *class) * Creates a new #GtkPageSetup. * * Returns: a new #GtkPageSetup. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPageSetup * gtk_page_setup_new (void) @@ -150,8 +148,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_new (void) * Copies a #GtkPageSetup. * * Returns: (transfer full): a copy of @other - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPageSetup * gtk_page_setup_copy (GtkPageSetup *other) @@ -177,8 +173,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_copy (GtkPageSetup *other) * Gets the page orientation of the #GtkPageSetup. * * Returns: the page orientation - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPageOrientation gtk_page_setup_get_orientation (GtkPageSetup *setup) @@ -192,8 +186,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_orientation (GtkPageSetup *setup) * @orientation: a #GtkPageOrientation value * * Sets the page orientation of the #GtkPageSetup. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_page_setup_set_orientation (GtkPageSetup *setup, @@ -209,8 +201,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_set_orientation (GtkPageSetup *setup, * Gets the paper size of the #GtkPageSetup. * * Returns: (transfer none): the paper size - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPaperSize * gtk_page_setup_get_paper_size (GtkPageSetup *setup) @@ -228,8 +218,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_paper_size (GtkPageSetup *setup) * Sets the paper size of the #GtkPageSetup without * changing the margins. See * gtk_page_setup_set_paper_size_and_default_margins(). - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_page_setup_set_paper_size (GtkPageSetup *setup, @@ -255,8 +243,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_set_paper_size (GtkPageSetup *setup, * * Sets the paper size of the #GtkPageSetup and modifies * the margins according to the new paper size. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_page_setup_set_paper_size_and_default_margins (GtkPageSetup *setup, @@ -277,8 +263,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_set_paper_size_and_default_margins (GtkPageSetup *setup, * Gets the top margin in units of @unit. * * Returns: the top margin - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gdouble gtk_page_setup_get_top_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup, @@ -294,8 +278,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_top_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup, * @unit: the units for @margin * * Sets the top margin of the #GtkPageSetup. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_page_setup_set_top_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup, @@ -313,8 +295,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_set_top_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup, * Gets the bottom margin in units of @unit. * * Returns: the bottom margin - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gdouble gtk_page_setup_get_bottom_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup, @@ -330,8 +310,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_bottom_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup, * @unit: the units for @margin * * Sets the bottom margin of the #GtkPageSetup. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_page_setup_set_bottom_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup, @@ -349,8 +327,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_set_bottom_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup, * Gets the left margin in units of @unit. * * Returns: the left margin - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gdouble gtk_page_setup_get_left_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup, @@ -366,8 +342,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_left_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup, * @unit: the units for @margin * * Sets the left margin of the #GtkPageSetup. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_page_setup_set_left_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup, @@ -385,8 +359,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_set_left_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup, * Gets the right margin in units of @unit. * * Returns: the right margin - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gdouble gtk_page_setup_get_right_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup, @@ -402,8 +374,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_right_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup, * @unit: the units for @margin * * Sets the right margin of the #GtkPageSetup. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_page_setup_set_right_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup, @@ -425,8 +395,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_set_right_margin (GtkPageSetup *setup, * See gtk_page_setup_get_page_width(). * * Returns: the paper width. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gdouble gtk_page_setup_get_paper_width (GtkPageSetup *setup, @@ -451,8 +419,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_paper_width (GtkPageSetup *setup, * See gtk_page_setup_get_page_height(). * * Returns: the paper height. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gdouble gtk_page_setup_get_paper_height (GtkPageSetup *setup, @@ -477,8 +443,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_paper_height (GtkPageSetup *setup, * See gtk_page_setup_get_paper_width(). * * Returns: the page width. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gdouble gtk_page_setup_get_page_width (GtkPageSetup *setup, @@ -508,8 +472,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_page_width (GtkPageSetup *setup, * See gtk_page_setup_get_paper_height(). * * Returns: the page height. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gdouble gtk_page_setup_get_page_height (GtkPageSetup *setup, @@ -537,8 +499,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_get_page_height (GtkPageSetup *setup, * See gtk_page_setup_to_file(). * * Returns: %TRUE on success - * - * Since: 2.14 */ gboolean gtk_page_setup_load_file (GtkPageSetup *setup, @@ -572,8 +532,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_load_file (GtkPageSetup *setup, * or %NULL if an error occurred. See gtk_page_setup_to_file(). * * Returns: the restored #GtkPageSetup - * - * Since: 2.12 */ GtkPageSetup * gtk_page_setup_new_from_file (const gchar *file_name, @@ -623,8 +581,6 @@ string_to_enum (GType type, * @key_file. * * Returns: %TRUE on success - * - * Since: 2.14 */ gboolean gtk_page_setup_load_key_file (GtkPageSetup *setup, @@ -712,8 +668,6 @@ out: * page setup, or %NULL if an error occurred. * * Returns: the restored #GtkPageSetup - * - * Since: 2.12 */ GtkPageSetup * gtk_page_setup_new_from_key_file (GKeyFile *key_file, @@ -740,8 +694,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_new_from_key_file (GKeyFile *key_file, * This function saves the information from @setup to @file_name. * * Returns: %TRUE on success - * - * Since: 2.12 */ gboolean gtk_page_setup_to_file (GtkPageSetup *setup, @@ -800,8 +752,6 @@ enum_to_string (GType type, * or %NULL to use the default name “Page Setup” * * This function adds the page setup from @setup to @key_file. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_page_setup_to_key_file (GtkPageSetup *setup, @@ -845,8 +795,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_to_key_file (GtkPageSetup *setup, * Serialize page setup to an a{sv} variant. * * Return: (transfer none): a new, floating, #GVariant - * - * Since: 3.22 */ GVariant * gtk_page_setup_to_gvariant (GtkPageSetup *setup) @@ -886,8 +834,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_to_gvariant (GtkPageSetup *setup) * the format produced by gtk_page_setup_to_gvariant(). * * Returns: (transfer full): a new #GtkPageSetup object - * - * Since: 3.22 */ GtkPageSetup * gtk_page_setup_new_from_gvariant (GVariant *variant) diff --git a/gtk/gtkpagesetup.h b/gtk/gtkpagesetup.h index f6474f53a9..a8a7f3e344 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkpagesetup.h +++ b/gtk/gtkpagesetup.h @@ -127,9 +127,9 @@ void gtk_page_setup_to_key_file (GtkPageSetup *setup, GKeyFile *key_file, const gchar *group_name); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GVariant *gtk_page_setup_to_gvariant (GtkPageSetup *setup); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkPageSetup *gtk_page_setup_new_from_gvariant (GVariant *variant); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c b/gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c index 044b5edfd9..b836a435ed 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c +++ b/gtk/gtkpagesetupunixdialog.c @@ -880,8 +880,6 @@ page_name_func (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout, * Creates a new page setup dialog. * * Returns: the new #GtkPageSetupUnixDialog - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkWidget * gtk_page_setup_unix_dialog_new (const gchar *title, @@ -948,8 +946,6 @@ set_orientation (GtkPageSetupUnixDialog *dialog, * * Sets the #GtkPageSetup from which the page setup * dialog takes its values. - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ void gtk_page_setup_unix_dialog_set_page_setup (GtkPageSetupUnixDialog *dialog, @@ -969,8 +965,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_unix_dialog_set_page_setup (GtkPageSetupUnixDialog *dialog, * Gets the currently selected page setup from the dialog. * * Returns: (transfer none): the current page setup - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ GtkPageSetup * gtk_page_setup_unix_dialog_get_page_setup (GtkPageSetupUnixDialog *dialog) @@ -1027,8 +1021,6 @@ set_active_printer (GtkPageSetupUnixDialog *dialog, * * Sets the #GtkPrintSettings from which the page setup dialog * takes its values. - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ void gtk_page_setup_unix_dialog_set_print_settings (GtkPageSetupUnixDialog *dialog, @@ -1066,8 +1058,6 @@ gtk_page_setup_unix_dialog_set_print_settings (GtkPageSetupUnixDialog *dialog, * Gets the current print settings from the dialog. * * Returns: (transfer none): the current print settings - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ GtkPrintSettings * gtk_page_setup_unix_dialog_get_print_settings (GtkPageSetupUnixDialog *dialog) diff --git a/gtk/gtkpaned.c b/gtk/gtkpaned.c index e31048c1c6..1e1047c337 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkpaned.c +++ b/gtk/gtkpaned.c @@ -416,8 +416,6 @@ gtk_paned_class_init (GtkPanedClass *class) * The smallest possible value for the position property. * This property is derived from the size and shrinkability * of the widget's children. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_MIN_POSITION, @@ -433,8 +431,6 @@ gtk_paned_class_init (GtkPanedClass *class) * The largest possible value for the position property. * This property is derived from the size and shrinkability * of the widget's children. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_MAX_POSITION, @@ -450,8 +446,6 @@ gtk_paned_class_init (GtkPanedClass *class) * Setting this property to %TRUE indicates that the paned needs * to provide stronger visual separation (e.g. because it separates * between two notebooks, whose tab rows would otherwise merge visually). - * - * Since: 3.16 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_WIDE_HANDLE, @@ -466,8 +460,6 @@ gtk_paned_class_init (GtkPanedClass *class) * * The "resize" child property determines whether the child expands and * shrinks along with the paned widget. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ gtk_container_class_install_child_property (container_class, CHILD_PROP_RESIZE, @@ -482,8 +474,6 @@ gtk_paned_class_init (GtkPanedClass *class) * * The "shrink" child property determines whether the child can be made * smaller than its requisition. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ gtk_container_class_install_child_property (container_class, CHILD_PROP_SHRINK, @@ -503,8 +493,6 @@ gtk_paned_class_init (GtkPanedClass *class) * which gets emitted to cycle the focus between the children of the paned. * * The default binding is f6. - * - * Since: 2.0 */ signals [CYCLE_CHILD_FOCUS] = g_signal_new (I_("cycle-child-focus"), @@ -526,8 +514,6 @@ gtk_paned_class_init (GtkPanedClass *class) * move focus to the next widget in the focus chain. * * The default binding is Tab. - * - * Since: 2.0 */ signals [TOGGLE_HANDLE_FOCUS] = g_signal_new (I_("toggle-handle-focus"), @@ -547,8 +533,6 @@ gtk_paned_class_init (GtkPanedClass *class) * [keybinding signal][GtkBindingSignal] * which gets emitted to move the handle when the user is using key bindings * to move it. - * - * Since: 2.0 */ signals[MOVE_HANDLE] = g_signal_new (I_("move-handle"), @@ -571,8 +555,6 @@ gtk_paned_class_init (GtkPanedClass *class) * the user to change position of the handle by using key bindings. * * The default binding for this signal is f8. - * - * Since: 2.0 */ signals [CYCLE_HANDLE_FOCUS] = g_signal_new (I_("cycle-handle-focus"), @@ -594,8 +576,6 @@ gtk_paned_class_init (GtkPanedClass *class) * moving it using key bindings. * * The default binding for this signal is Return or Space. - * - * Since: 2.0 */ signals [ACCEPT_POSITION] = g_signal_new (I_("accept-position"), @@ -617,8 +597,6 @@ gtk_paned_class_init (GtkPanedClass *class) * moving it. * * The default binding for this signal is Escape. - * - * Since: 2.0 */ signals [CANCEL_POSITION] = g_signal_new (I_("cancel-position"), @@ -1656,8 +1634,6 @@ gtk_paned_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget, * Creates a new #GtkPaned widget. * * Returns: a new #GtkPaned. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_paned_new (GtkOrientation orientation) @@ -1913,8 +1889,6 @@ gtk_paned_set_position (GtkPaned *paned, * Obtains the first child of the paned widget. * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): first child, or %NULL if it is not set. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_paned_get_child1 (GtkPaned *paned) @@ -1931,8 +1905,6 @@ gtk_paned_get_child1 (GtkPaned *paned) * Obtains the second child of the paned widget. * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): second child, or %NULL if it is not set. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_paned_get_child2 (GtkPaned *paned) @@ -2594,8 +2566,6 @@ gtk_paned_toggle_handle_focus (GtkPaned *paned) * @wide: the new value for the #GtkPaned:wide-handle property * * Sets the #GtkPaned:wide-handle property. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ void gtk_paned_set_wide_handle (GtkPaned *paned, @@ -2627,8 +2597,6 @@ gtk_paned_set_wide_handle (GtkPaned *paned, * Gets the #GtkPaned:wide-handle property. * * Returns: %TRUE if the paned should have a wide handle - * - * Since: 3.16 */ gboolean gtk_paned_get_wide_handle (GtkPaned *paned) diff --git a/gtk/gtkpaned.h b/gtk/gtkpaned.h index 1234026b92..8b0ad49832 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkpaned.h +++ b/gtk/gtkpaned.h @@ -107,10 +107,10 @@ GtkWidget * gtk_paned_get_child1 (GtkPaned *paned); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_paned_get_child2 (GtkPaned *paned); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_paned_set_wide_handle (GtkPaned *paned, gboolean wide); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_paned_get_wide_handle (GtkPaned *paned); diff --git a/gtk/gtkpapersize.c b/gtk/gtkpapersize.c index c293ba2806..d107a7d0be 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkpapersize.c +++ b/gtk/gtkpapersize.c @@ -219,8 +219,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_new_from_info (const PaperInfo *info) * * Returns: a new #GtkPaperSize, use gtk_paper_size_free() * to free it - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPaperSize * gtk_paper_size_new (const gchar *name) @@ -311,8 +309,6 @@ improve_displayname (const gchar *name) * * Returns: a new #GtkPaperSize, use gtk_paper_size_free() * to free it - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPaperSize * gtk_paper_size_new_from_ppd (const gchar *ppd_name, @@ -392,8 +388,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_new_from_ppd (const gchar *ppd_name, * * Returns: a new #GtkPaperSize, use gtk_paper_size_free() * to free it - * - * Since: 3.16 */ GtkPaperSize * gtk_paper_size_new_from_ipp (const gchar *ipp_name, @@ -481,8 +475,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_new_from_ipp (const gchar *ipp_name, * * Returns: a new #GtkPaperSize object, use gtk_paper_size_free() * to free it - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPaperSize * gtk_paper_size_new_custom (const gchar *name, @@ -514,8 +506,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_new_custom (const gchar *name, * Copies an existing #GtkPaperSize. * * Returns: a copy of @other - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPaperSize * gtk_paper_size_copy (GtkPaperSize *other) @@ -545,8 +535,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_copy (GtkPaperSize *other) * @size: a #GtkPaperSize * * Free the given #GtkPaperSize object. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_paper_size_free (GtkPaperSize *size) @@ -567,8 +555,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_free (GtkPaperSize *size) * * Returns: %TRUE, if @size1 and @size2 * represent the same paper size - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_paper_size_is_equal (GtkPaperSize *size1, @@ -590,8 +576,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_is_equal (GtkPaperSize *size1, * * Returns: (element-type GtkPaperSize) (transfer full): a newly allocated list of newly * allocated #GtkPaperSize objects - * - * Since: 2.12 */ GList * gtk_paper_size_get_paper_sizes (gboolean include_custom) @@ -636,8 +620,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_paper_sizes (gboolean include_custom) * Gets the name of the #GtkPaperSize. * * Returns: the name of @size - * - * Since: 2.10 */ const gchar * gtk_paper_size_get_name (GtkPaperSize *size) @@ -655,8 +637,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_name (GtkPaperSize *size) * Gets the human-readable name of the #GtkPaperSize. * * Returns: the human-readable name of @size - * - * Since: 2.10 */ const gchar * gtk_paper_size_get_display_name (GtkPaperSize *size) @@ -680,8 +660,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_display_name (GtkPaperSize *size) * may be %NULL. * * Returns: the PPD name of @size - * - * Since: 2.10 */ const gchar * gtk_paper_size_get_ppd_name (GtkPaperSize *size) @@ -702,8 +680,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_ppd_name (GtkPaperSize *size) * units of @unit. * * Returns: the paper width - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gdouble gtk_paper_size_get_width (GtkPaperSize *size, @@ -721,8 +697,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_width (GtkPaperSize *size, * units of @unit. * * Returns: the paper height - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gdouble gtk_paper_size_get_height (GtkPaperSize *size, @@ -767,8 +741,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_is_ipp (GtkPaperSize *size) * @unit: the unit for @width and @height * * Changes the dimensions of a @size to @width x @height. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_paper_size_set_size (GtkPaperSize *size, @@ -794,8 +766,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_set_size (GtkPaperSize *size, * * Returns: the name of the default paper size. The string * is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ const gchar * gtk_paper_size_get_default (void) @@ -862,8 +832,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_default (void) * Gets the default top margin for the #GtkPaperSize. * * Returns: the default top margin - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gdouble gtk_paper_size_get_default_top_margin (GtkPaperSize *size, @@ -883,8 +851,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_default_top_margin (GtkPaperSize *size, * Gets the default bottom margin for the #GtkPaperSize. * * Returns: the default bottom margin - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gdouble gtk_paper_size_get_default_bottom_margin (GtkPaperSize *size, @@ -912,8 +878,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_default_bottom_margin (GtkPaperSize *size, * Gets the default left margin for the #GtkPaperSize. * * Returns: the default left margin - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gdouble gtk_paper_size_get_default_left_margin (GtkPaperSize *size, @@ -933,8 +897,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_default_left_margin (GtkPaperSize *size, * Gets the default right margin for the #GtkPaperSize. * * Returns: the default right margin - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gdouble gtk_paper_size_get_default_right_margin (GtkPaperSize *size, @@ -958,8 +920,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_get_default_right_margin (GtkPaperSize *size, * * Returns: a new #GtkPaperSize object with the restored * paper size, or %NULL if an error occurred - * - * Since: 2.12 */ GtkPaperSize * gtk_paper_size_new_from_key_file (GKeyFile *key_file, @@ -1045,8 +1005,6 @@ out: * @group_name: the group to add the settings to in @key_file * * This function adds the paper size from @size to @key_file. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_paper_size_to_key_file (GtkPaperSize *size, @@ -1086,8 +1044,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_to_key_file (GtkPaperSize *size, * Serialize a paper size to an a{sv} variant. * * Returns: (transfer none): a new, floating, #GVariant - * - * Since: 3.22 */ GVariant * gtk_paper_size_to_gvariant (GtkPaperSize *paper_size) @@ -1125,8 +1081,6 @@ gtk_paper_size_to_gvariant (GtkPaperSize *paper_size) * the format produced by gtk_paper_size_to_gvariant(). * * Returns: (transfer full): a new #GtkPaperSize object - * - * Since: 3.22 */ GtkPaperSize * gtk_paper_size_new_from_gvariant (GVariant *variant) diff --git a/gtk/gtkpapersize.h b/gtk/gtkpapersize.h index c125070012..eafe75a76e 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkpapersize.h +++ b/gtk/gtkpapersize.h @@ -164,9 +164,9 @@ void gtk_paper_size_to_key_file (GtkPaperSize *size, GKeyFile *key_file, const gchar *group_name); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkPaperSize *gtk_paper_size_new_from_gvariant (GVariant *variant); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GVariant *gtk_paper_size_to_gvariant (GtkPaperSize *paper_size); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkplacesview.c b/gtk/gtkplacesview.c index 2451f114dd..b652bd0d6f 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkplacesview.c +++ b/gtk/gtkplacesview.c @@ -2173,8 +2173,6 @@ gtk_places_view_class_init (GtkPlacesViewClass *klass) * in it. The calling application should display the contents of that * location; for example, a file manager should show a list of files in * the specified location. - * - * Since: 3.18 */ places_view_signals [OPEN_LOCATION] = g_signal_new (I_("open-location"), @@ -2196,8 +2194,6 @@ gtk_places_view_class_init (GtkPlacesViewClass *klass) * application to present an error message. Most of these messages * refer to mounting or unmounting media, for example, when a drive * cannot be started for some reason. - * - * Since: 3.18 */ places_view_signals [SHOW_ERROR_MESSAGE] = g_signal_new (I_("show-error-message"), @@ -2291,8 +2287,6 @@ gtk_places_view_init (GtkPlacesView *self) * when the user makes a selection in the view. * * Returns: a newly created #GtkPlacesView - * - * Since: 3.18 */ GtkWidget * gtk_places_view_new (void) @@ -2320,8 +2314,6 @@ gtk_places_view_new (void) * * Passing 0 for @flags will cause #GTK_PLACES_OPEN_NORMAL to always be sent * to callbacks for the “open-location” signal. - * - * Since: 3.18 */ void gtk_places_view_set_open_flags (GtkPlacesView *view, @@ -2347,8 +2339,6 @@ gtk_places_view_set_open_flags (GtkPlacesView *view, * Gets the open flags. * * Returns: the #GtkPlacesOpenFlags of @view - * - * Since: 3.18 */ GtkPlacesOpenFlags gtk_places_view_get_open_flags (GtkPlacesView *view) @@ -2417,8 +2407,6 @@ gtk_places_view_set_search_query (GtkPlacesView *view, * @view: a #GtkPlacesView * * Returns %TRUE if the view is loading locations. - * - * Since: 3.18 */ gboolean gtk_places_view_get_loading (GtkPlacesView *view) @@ -2502,8 +2490,6 @@ gtk_places_view_set_fetching_networks (GtkPlacesView *view, * are displayed. * * Returns: %TRUE if only local volumes are shown, %FALSE otherwise. - * - * Since: 3.18 */ gboolean gtk_places_view_get_local_only (GtkPlacesView *view) @@ -2523,8 +2509,6 @@ gtk_places_view_get_local_only (GtkPlacesView *view) * @local_only: %TRUE to hide remote locations, %FALSE to show. * * Sets the #GtkPlacesView::local-only property to @local_only. - * - * Since: 3.18 */ void gtk_places_view_set_local_only (GtkPlacesView *view, diff --git a/gtk/gtkpopover.c b/gtk/gtkpopover.c index ca1bf4ba73..9fa32e7cfc 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkpopover.c +++ b/gtk/gtkpopover.c @@ -99,8 +99,6 @@ * like one shape, which means that the border-width of the content node and the arrow * node should be the same. The arrow also does not support any border shape other than * solid, no border-radius, only one border width (border-bottom-width is used) and no box-shadow. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ #include "config.h" @@ -1591,8 +1589,6 @@ gtk_popover_class_init (GtkPopoverClass *klass) * GtkPopover:relative-to: * * Sets the attached widget. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ properties[PROP_RELATIVE_TO] = g_param_spec_object ("relative-to", @@ -1605,8 +1601,6 @@ gtk_popover_class_init (GtkPopoverClass *klass) * GtkPopover:pointing-to: * * Marks a specific rectangle to be pointed. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ properties[PROP_POINTING_TO] = g_param_spec_boxed ("pointing-to", @@ -1619,8 +1613,6 @@ gtk_popover_class_init (GtkPopoverClass *klass) * GtkPopover:position * * Sets the preferred position of the popover. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ properties[PROP_POSITION] = g_param_spec_enum ("position", @@ -1634,8 +1626,6 @@ gtk_popover_class_init (GtkPopoverClass *klass) * * Sets whether the popover is modal (so other elements in the window do not * receive input while the popover is visible). - * - * Since: 3.12 */ properties[PROP_MODAL] = g_param_spec_boolean ("modal", @@ -1648,8 +1638,6 @@ gtk_popover_class_init (GtkPopoverClass *klass) * GtkPopover:constrain-to: * * Sets a constraint for the popover position. - * - * Since: 3.20 */ properties[PROP_CONSTRAIN_TO] = g_param_spec_enum ("constrain-to", @@ -2043,8 +2031,6 @@ gtk_popover_update_preferred_position (GtkPopover *popover, * Creates a new popover to point to @relative_to * * Returns: a new #GtkPopover - * - * Since: 3.12 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_popover_new (GtkWidget *relative_to) @@ -2068,8 +2054,6 @@ gtk_popover_new (GtkWidget *relative_to) * widget, so if @relative_to is set to %NULL on an attached @popover, it * will be detached from its previous widget, and consequently destroyed * unless extra references are kept. - * - * Since: 3.12 **/ void gtk_popover_set_relative_to (GtkPopover *popover, @@ -2091,8 +2075,6 @@ gtk_popover_set_relative_to (GtkPopover *popover, * Returns the widget @popover is currently attached to * * Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkWidget - * - * Since: 3.12 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_popover_get_relative_to (GtkPopover *popover) @@ -2110,8 +2092,6 @@ gtk_popover_get_relative_to (GtkPopover *popover) * Sets the rectangle that @popover will point to, in the * coordinate space of the widget @popover is attached to, * see gtk_popover_set_relative_to(). - * - * Since: 3.12 **/ void gtk_popover_set_pointing_to (GtkPopover *popover, @@ -2164,8 +2144,6 @@ gtk_popover_get_pointing_to (GtkPopover *popover, * This preference will be respected where possible, although * on lack of space (eg. if close to the window edges), the * #GtkPopover may choose to appear on the opposite side - * - * Since: 3.12 **/ void gtk_popover_set_position (GtkPopover *popover, @@ -2203,8 +2181,6 @@ gtk_popover_get_position (GtkPopover *popover) * within the toplevel and grab the keyboard focus on it when being * displayed. Clicking outside the popover area or pressing Esc will * dismiss the popover and ungrab input. - * - * Since: 3.12 **/ void gtk_popover_set_modal (GtkPopover *popover, @@ -2235,8 +2211,6 @@ gtk_popover_set_modal (GtkPopover *popover, * see the implications of this. * * Returns: #TRUE if @popover is modal - * - * Since: 3.12 **/ gboolean gtk_popover_get_modal (GtkPopover *popover) @@ -2286,8 +2260,6 @@ back_to_main (GtkWidget *popover) * group with a “quit” action and inserted it with the name “mygroup” * then you would use the action name “mygroup.quit” in your * #GMenuModel. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_popover_bind_model (GtkPopover *popover, @@ -2349,8 +2321,6 @@ gtk_popover_bind_model (GtkPopover *popover, * on the menus attach widget or on any of its parent widgets. * * Returns: the new #GtkPopover - * - * Since: 3.12 */ GtkWidget * gtk_popover_new_from_model (GtkWidget *relative_to, @@ -2376,8 +2346,6 @@ gtk_popover_new_from_model (GtkWidget *relative_to, * the popover is shown (see gtk_window_set_default()). #GtkPopover * remembers the previous default widget and reestablishes it * when the popover is dismissed. - * - * Since: 3.18 */ void gtk_popover_set_default_widget (GtkPopover *popover, @@ -2412,8 +2380,6 @@ gtk_popover_set_default_widget (GtkPopover *popover, * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the default widget, * or %NULL if there is none - * - * Since: 3.18 */ GtkWidget * gtk_popover_get_default_widget (GtkPopover *popover) @@ -2434,8 +2400,6 @@ gtk_popover_get_default_widget (GtkPopover *popover) * * Note that not all platforms support placing popovers freely, * and may already impose constraints. - * - * Since: 3.20 */ void gtk_popover_set_constrain_to (GtkPopover *popover, @@ -2462,8 +2426,6 @@ gtk_popover_set_constrain_to (GtkPopover *popover, * See gtk_popover_set_constrain_to(). * * Returns: the constraint for placing this popover. - * - * Since: 3.20 */ GtkPopoverConstraint gtk_popover_get_constrain_to (GtkPopover *popover) @@ -2482,8 +2444,6 @@ gtk_popover_get_constrain_to (GtkPopover *popover) * Pops @popover up. This is different than a gtk_widget_show() call * in that it shows the popover with a transition. If you want to show * the popover without a transition, use gtk_widget_show(). - * - * Since: 3.22 */ void gtk_popover_popup (GtkPopover *popover) @@ -2509,8 +2469,6 @@ gtk_popover_popup (GtkPopover *popover) * Pops @popover down.This is different than a gtk_widget_hide() call * in that it shows the popover with a transition. If you want to hide * the popover without a transition, use gtk_widget_hide(). - * - * Since: 3.22 */ void gtk_popover_popdown (GtkPopover *popover) diff --git a/gtk/gtkpopover.h b/gtk/gtkpopover.h index ded43519f9..eba2d98b91 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkpopover.h +++ b/gtk/gtkpopover.h @@ -58,62 +58,62 @@ struct _GtkPopoverClass gpointer reserved[10]; }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_popover_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_popover_new (GtkWidget *relative_to); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_popover_new_from_model (GtkWidget *relative_to, GMenuModel *model); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_popover_set_relative_to (GtkPopover *popover, GtkWidget *relative_to); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_popover_get_relative_to (GtkPopover *popover); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_popover_set_pointing_to (GtkPopover *popover, const GdkRectangle *rect); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_popover_get_pointing_to (GtkPopover *popover, GdkRectangle *rect); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_popover_set_position (GtkPopover *popover, GtkPositionType position); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkPositionType gtk_popover_get_position (GtkPopover *popover); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_popover_set_modal (GtkPopover *popover, gboolean modal); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_popover_get_modal (GtkPopover *popover); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_popover_bind_model (GtkPopover *popover, GMenuModel *model, const gchar *action_namespace); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_popover_set_default_widget (GtkPopover *popover, GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_popover_get_default_widget (GtkPopover *popover); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_popover_set_constrain_to (GtkPopover *popover, GtkPopoverConstraint constraint); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkPopoverConstraint gtk_popover_get_constrain_to (GtkPopover *popover); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_popover_popup (GtkPopover *popover); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_popover_popdown (GtkPopover *popover); diff --git a/gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c b/gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c index 1df141fceb..bb08b3efed 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c +++ b/gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c @@ -354,8 +354,6 @@ gtk_popover_menu_class_init (GtkPopoverMenuClass *klass) * The submenu child property specifies the name of the submenu * If it is %NULL or "main", the child is used as the main menu, * which is shown initially when the popover is mapped. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ gtk_container_class_install_child_property (container_class, CHILD_PROP_SUBMENU, @@ -380,8 +378,6 @@ gtk_popover_menu_class_init (GtkPopoverMenuClass *klass) * Creates a new popover menu. * * Returns: a new #GtkPopoverMenu - * - * Since: 3.16 */ GtkWidget * gtk_popover_menu_new (void) @@ -403,8 +399,6 @@ gtk_popover_menu_new (void) * when the #GtkModelButton:menu-name property is set, * so this function is only needed when you are using * other kinds of widgets to initiate menu changes. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ void gtk_popover_menu_open_submenu (GtkPopoverMenu *popover, diff --git a/gtk/gtkpopovermenu.h b/gtk/gtkpopovermenu.h index b8f637353a..c920f5c627 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkpopovermenu.h +++ b/gtk/gtkpopovermenu.h @@ -46,13 +46,13 @@ struct _GtkPopoverMenuClass gpointer reserved[10]; }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_popover_menu_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_popover_menu_new (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_popover_menu_open_submenu (GtkPopoverMenu *popover, const gchar *name); diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintcontext.c b/gtk/gtkprintcontext.c index 21d68bfa85..f01b9648bc 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkprintcontext.c +++ b/gtk/gtkprintcontext.c @@ -194,8 +194,6 @@ _gtk_print_context_get_fontmap (GtkPrintContext *context) * an internal print preview, it is not needed for printing, * since GTK+ itself creates a suitable cairo context in that * case. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_context_set_cairo_context (GtkPrintContext *context, @@ -373,8 +371,6 @@ _gtk_print_context_set_page_setup (GtkPrintContext *context, * #GtkPrintContext. * * Returns: (transfer none): the cairo context of @context - * - * Since: 2.10 */ cairo_t * gtk_print_context_get_cairo_context (GtkPrintContext *context) @@ -392,8 +388,6 @@ gtk_print_context_get_cairo_context (GtkPrintContext *context) * dimensions of the #GtkPrintContext. * * Returns: (transfer none): the page setup of @context - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPageSetup * gtk_print_context_get_page_setup (GtkPrintContext *context) @@ -410,8 +404,6 @@ gtk_print_context_get_page_setup (GtkPrintContext *context) * Obtains the width of the #GtkPrintContext, in pixels. * * Returns: the width of @context - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gdouble gtk_print_context_get_width (GtkPrintContext *context) @@ -439,8 +431,6 @@ gtk_print_context_get_width (GtkPrintContext *context) * Obtains the height of the #GtkPrintContext, in pixels. * * Returns: the height of @context - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gdouble gtk_print_context_get_height (GtkPrintContext *context) @@ -469,8 +459,6 @@ gtk_print_context_get_height (GtkPrintContext *context) * in dots per inch. * * Returns: the horizontal resolution of @context - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gdouble gtk_print_context_get_dpi_x (GtkPrintContext *context) @@ -488,8 +476,6 @@ gtk_print_context_get_dpi_x (GtkPrintContext *context) * in dots per inch. * * Returns: the vertical resolution of @context - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gdouble gtk_print_context_get_dpi_y (GtkPrintContext *context) @@ -510,8 +496,6 @@ gtk_print_context_get_dpi_y (GtkPrintContext *context) * Obtains the hardware printer margins of the #GtkPrintContext, in units. * * Returns: %TRUE if the hard margins were retrieved - * - * Since: 2.20 */ gboolean gtk_print_context_get_hard_margins (GtkPrintContext *context, @@ -563,8 +547,6 @@ _gtk_print_context_set_hard_margins (GtkPrintContext *context, * with the #GtkPrintContext. * * Returns: (transfer none): the font map of @context - * - * Since: 2.10 */ PangoFontMap * gtk_print_context_get_pango_fontmap (GtkPrintContext *context) @@ -582,8 +564,6 @@ gtk_print_context_get_pango_fontmap (GtkPrintContext *context) * #GtkPrintContext. * * Returns: (transfer full): a new Pango context for @context - * - * Since: 2.10 */ PangoContext * gtk_print_context_create_pango_context (GtkPrintContext *context) @@ -616,8 +596,6 @@ gtk_print_context_create_pango_context (GtkPrintContext *context) * with the #GtkPrintContext. * * Returns: (transfer full): a new Pango layout for @context - * - * Since: 2.10 */ PangoLayout * gtk_print_context_create_pango_layout (GtkPrintContext *context) diff --git a/gtk/gtkprinter.c b/gtk/gtkprinter.c index fe012bb40e..8339b5bd7a 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkprinter.c +++ b/gtk/gtkprinter.c @@ -187,8 +187,6 @@ gtk_printer_class_init (GtkPrinterClass *class) * This property is %TRUE if this printer is paused. * A paused printer still accepts jobs, but it does * not print them. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ g_object_class_install_property (G_OBJECT_CLASS (class), PROP_PAUSED, @@ -201,9 +199,7 @@ gtk_printer_class_init (GtkPrinterClass *class) * GtkPrinter:accepting-jobs: * * This property is %TRUE if the printer is accepting jobs. - * - * Since: 2.14 - */ + */ g_object_class_install_property (G_OBJECT_CLASS (class), PROP_ACCEPTING_JOBS, g_param_spec_boolean ("accepting-jobs", @@ -220,8 +216,6 @@ gtk_printer_class_init (GtkPrinterClass *class) * Gets emitted in response to a request for detailed information * about a printer from the print backend. The @success parameter * indicates if the information was actually obtained. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ signals[DETAILS_ACQUIRED] = g_signal_new (I_("details-acquired"), @@ -383,8 +377,6 @@ gtk_printer_get_property (GObject *object, * Creates a new #GtkPrinter. * * Returns: a new #GtkPrinter - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ GtkPrinter * gtk_printer_new (const gchar *name, @@ -409,8 +401,6 @@ gtk_printer_new (const gchar *name, * Returns the backend of the printer. * * Returns: (transfer none): the backend of @printer - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPrintBackend * gtk_printer_get_backend (GtkPrinter *printer) @@ -427,8 +417,6 @@ gtk_printer_get_backend (GtkPrinter *printer) * Returns the name of the printer. * * Returns: the name of @printer - * - * Since: 2.10 */ const gchar * gtk_printer_get_name (GtkPrinter *printer) @@ -445,8 +433,6 @@ gtk_printer_get_name (GtkPrinter *printer) * Gets the description of the printer. * * Returns: the description of @printer - * - * Since: 2.10 */ const gchar * gtk_printer_get_description (GtkPrinter *printer) @@ -483,8 +469,6 @@ gtk_printer_set_description (GtkPrinter *printer, * of the printer. * * Returns: the state message of @printer - * - * Since: 2.10 */ const gchar * gtk_printer_get_state_message (GtkPrinter *printer) @@ -521,8 +505,6 @@ gtk_printer_set_state_message (GtkPrinter *printer, * Returns a description of the location of the printer. * * Returns: the location of @printer - * - * Since: 2.10 */ const gchar * gtk_printer_get_location (GtkPrinter *printer) @@ -559,8 +541,6 @@ gtk_printer_set_location (GtkPrinter *printer, * Gets the name of the icon to use for the printer. * * Returns: the icon name for @printer - * - * Since: 2.10 */ const gchar * gtk_printer_get_icon_name (GtkPrinter *printer) @@ -592,8 +572,6 @@ gtk_printer_set_icon_name (GtkPrinter *printer, * Gets the number of jobs currently queued on the printer. * * Returns: the number of jobs on @printer - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gint gtk_printer_get_job_count (GtkPrinter *printer) @@ -630,8 +608,6 @@ gtk_printer_set_job_count (GtkPrinter *printer, * Returns whether the printer details are available. * * Returns: %TRUE if @printer details are available - * - * Since: 2.12 */ gboolean gtk_printer_has_details (GtkPrinter *printer) @@ -656,8 +632,6 @@ gtk_printer_set_has_details (GtkPrinter *printer, * accepts new jobs). * * Returns: %TRUE if @printer is active - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_printer_is_active (GtkPrinter *printer) @@ -685,8 +659,6 @@ gtk_printer_set_is_active (GtkPrinter *printer, * printing them. * * Returns: %TRUE if @printer is paused - * - * Since: 2.14 */ gboolean gtk_printer_is_paused (GtkPrinter *printer) @@ -721,8 +693,6 @@ gtk_printer_set_is_paused (GtkPrinter *printer, * Returns whether the printer is accepting jobs * * Returns: %TRUE if @printer is accepting jobs - * - * Since: 2.14 */ gboolean gtk_printer_is_accepting_jobs (GtkPrinter *printer) @@ -759,8 +729,6 @@ gtk_printer_set_is_accepting_jobs (GtkPrinter *printer, * a CUPS class). * * Returns: %TRUE if @printer is virtual - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_printer_is_virtual (GtkPrinter *printer) @@ -778,8 +746,6 @@ gtk_printer_is_virtual (GtkPrinter *printer) * PDF format. * * Returns: %TRUE if @printer accepts PDF - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_printer_accepts_pdf (GtkPrinter *printer) @@ -806,8 +772,6 @@ gtk_printer_set_accepts_pdf (GtkPrinter *printer, * PostScript format. * * Returns: %TRUE if @printer accepts PostScript - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_printer_accepts_ps (GtkPrinter *printer) @@ -851,8 +815,6 @@ gtk_printer_set_is_new (GtkPrinter *printer, * Returns whether the printer is the default printer. * * Returns: %TRUE if @printer is the default - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_printer_is_default (GtkPrinter *printer) @@ -877,8 +839,6 @@ gtk_printer_set_is_default (GtkPrinter *printer, * * Requests the printer details. When the details are available, * the #GtkPrinter::details-acquired signal will be emitted on @printer. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_printer_request_details (GtkPrinter *printer) @@ -950,8 +910,6 @@ _gtk_printer_create_cairo_surface (GtkPrinter *printer, * available, see gtk_printer_has_details() and gtk_printer_request_details(). * * Returns: (element-type GtkPageSetup) (transfer full): a newly allocated list of newly allocated #GtkPageSetup s. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ GList * gtk_printer_list_papers (GtkPrinter *printer) @@ -971,8 +929,6 @@ gtk_printer_list_papers (GtkPrinter *printer) * Returns default page size of @printer. * * Returns: a newly allocated #GtkPageSetup with default page size of the printer. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ GtkPageSetup * gtk_printer_get_default_page_size (GtkPrinter *printer) @@ -1000,8 +956,6 @@ gtk_printer_get_default_page_size (GtkPrinter *printer) * see gtk_printer_has_details() and gtk_printer_request_details(). * * Returns: %TRUE iff the hard margins were retrieved - * - * Since: 2.20 */ gboolean gtk_printer_get_hard_margins (GtkPrinter *printer, @@ -1029,8 +983,6 @@ gtk_printer_get_hard_margins (GtkPrinter *printer, * gtk_printer_has_details() and gtk_printer_request_details(). * * Returns: the printer’s capabilities - * - * Since: 2.12 */ GtkPrintCapabilities gtk_printer_get_capabilities (GtkPrinter *printer) @@ -1052,8 +1004,6 @@ gtk_printer_get_capabilities (GtkPrinter *printer) * * Returns: 0 if the printer match, a negative value if @a < @b, * or a positive value if @a > @b - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gint gtk_printer_compare (GtkPrinter *a, @@ -1228,8 +1178,6 @@ list_printers_init (PrinterList *printer_list, * * Calls a function for all #GtkPrinters. * If @func returns %TRUE, the enumeration is stopped. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_enumerate_printers (GtkPrinterFunc func, diff --git a/gtk/gtkprinter.h b/gtk/gtkprinter.h index a5dd81066e..bc02e93c0b 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkprinter.h +++ b/gtk/gtkprinter.h @@ -175,8 +175,6 @@ gboolean gtk_printer_get_hard_margins (GtkPrinter *pr * a reference to it after the function has returned. * * Returns: %TRUE to stop the enumeration, %FALSE to continue - * - * Since: 2.10 */ typedef gboolean (*GtkPrinterFunc) (GtkPrinter *printer, gpointer data); diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintjob.c b/gtk/gtkprintjob.c index e74fdc01dc..c3d1ce70bb 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkprintjob.c +++ b/gtk/gtkprintjob.c @@ -179,8 +179,6 @@ gtk_print_job_class_init (GtkPrintJobClass *class) * * Gets emitted when the status of a job changes. The signal handler * can use gtk_print_job_get_status() to obtain the new status. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ signals[STATUS_CHANGED] = g_signal_new (I_("status-changed"), @@ -291,8 +289,6 @@ gtk_print_job_finalize (GObject *object) * Creates a new #GtkPrintJob. * * Returns: a new #GtkPrintJob - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ GtkPrintJob * gtk_print_job_new (const gchar *title, @@ -317,8 +313,6 @@ gtk_print_job_new (const gchar *title, * Gets the #GtkPrintSettings of the print job. * * Returns: (transfer none): the settings of @job - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPrintSettings * gtk_print_job_get_settings (GtkPrintJob *job) @@ -335,8 +329,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_settings (GtkPrintJob *job) * Gets the #GtkPrinter of the print job. * * Returns: (transfer none): the printer of @job - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPrinter * gtk_print_job_get_printer (GtkPrintJob *job) @@ -353,8 +345,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_printer (GtkPrintJob *job) * Gets the job title. * * Returns: the title of @job - * - * Since: 2.10 */ const gchar * gtk_print_job_get_title (GtkPrintJob *job) @@ -371,8 +361,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_title (GtkPrintJob *job) * Gets the status of the print job. * * Returns: the status of @job - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPrintStatus gtk_print_job_get_status (GtkPrintJob *job) @@ -412,8 +400,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_status (GtkPrintJob *job, * gtk_printer_accepts_pdf() and gtk_printer_accepts_ps(). * * Returns: %FALSE if an error occurred - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ gboolean gtk_print_job_set_source_file (GtkPrintJob *job, @@ -460,8 +446,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_source_file (GtkPrintJob *job, * instead of a filename. * * Returns: %FALSE if an error occurred - * - * Since: 3.22 */ gboolean gtk_print_job_set_source_fd (GtkPrintJob *job, @@ -487,8 +471,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_source_fd (GtkPrintJob *job, * the print job should be rendered. * * Returns: (transfer none): the cairo surface of @job - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ cairo_surface_t * gtk_print_job_get_surface (GtkPrintJob *job, @@ -568,8 +550,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_surface (GtkPrintJob *job, * * This function is often implemented using some form of polling, so it should * not be enabled unless needed. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_job_set_track_print_status (GtkPrintJob *job, @@ -599,8 +579,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_track_print_status (GtkPrintJob *job, * For details, see gtk_print_job_set_track_print_status(). * * Returns: %TRUE if print job status will be reported after printing - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_print_job_get_track_print_status (GtkPrintJob *job) @@ -701,8 +679,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_property (GObject *object, * @dnotify: destroy notify for @user_data * * Sends the print job off to the printer. - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ void gtk_print_job_send (GtkPrintJob *job, @@ -733,8 +709,6 @@ gtk_print_job_send (GtkPrintJob *job, * Gets the #GtkPrintPages setting for this job. * * Returns: the #GtkPrintPages setting - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkPrintPages gtk_print_job_get_pages (GtkPrintJob *job) @@ -748,8 +722,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_pages (GtkPrintJob *job) * @pages: the #GtkPrintPages setting * * Sets the #GtkPrintPages setting for this job. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_print_job_set_pages (GtkPrintJob *job, @@ -767,8 +739,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_pages (GtkPrintJob *job, * * Returns: (array length=n_ranges) (transfer none): a pointer to an * array of #GtkPageRange structs - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkPageRange * gtk_print_job_get_page_ranges (GtkPrintJob *job, @@ -786,8 +756,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_page_ranges (GtkPrintJob *job, * @n_ranges: the length of the @ranges array * * Sets the page ranges for this job. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_print_job_set_page_ranges (GtkPrintJob *job, @@ -806,8 +774,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_page_ranges (GtkPrintJob *job, * Gets the #GtkPageSet setting for this job. * * Returns: the #GtkPageSet setting - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkPageSet gtk_print_job_get_page_set (GtkPrintJob *job) @@ -821,8 +787,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_page_set (GtkPrintJob *job) * @page_set: a #GtkPageSet setting * * Sets the #GtkPageSet setting for this job. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_print_job_set_page_set (GtkPrintJob *job, @@ -838,8 +802,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_page_set (GtkPrintJob *job, * Gets the number of copies of this job. * * Returns: the number of copies - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gint gtk_print_job_get_num_copies (GtkPrintJob *job) @@ -853,8 +815,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_num_copies (GtkPrintJob *job) * @num_copies: the number of copies * * Sets the number of copies for this job. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_print_job_set_num_copies (GtkPrintJob *job, @@ -870,8 +830,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_num_copies (GtkPrintJob *job, * Gets the scale for this job (where 1.0 means unscaled). * * Returns: the scale - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gdouble gtk_print_job_get_scale (GtkPrintJob *job) @@ -886,8 +844,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_scale (GtkPrintJob *job) * @scale: the scale * * Sets the scale for this job (where 1.0 means unscaled). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_print_job_set_scale (GtkPrintJob *job, @@ -903,8 +859,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_scale (GtkPrintJob *job, * Gets the n-up setting for this job. * * Returns: the n-up setting - * - * Since: 3.0 */ guint gtk_print_job_get_n_up (GtkPrintJob *job) @@ -918,8 +872,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_n_up (GtkPrintJob *job) * @n_up: the n-up value * * Sets the n-up setting for this job. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_print_job_set_n_up (GtkPrintJob *job, @@ -935,8 +887,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_n_up (GtkPrintJob *job, * Gets the n-up layout setting for this job. * * Returns: the n-up layout - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkNumberUpLayout gtk_print_job_get_n_up_layout (GtkPrintJob *job) @@ -950,8 +900,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_n_up_layout (GtkPrintJob *job) * @layout: the n-up layout setting * * Sets the n-up layout setting for this job. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_print_job_set_n_up_layout (GtkPrintJob *job, @@ -967,8 +915,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_n_up_layout (GtkPrintJob *job, * Gets whether the job is printed rotated. * * Returns: whether the job is printed rotated - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gboolean gtk_print_job_get_rotate (GtkPrintJob *job) @@ -982,8 +928,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_rotate (GtkPrintJob *job) * @rotate: whether to print rotated * * Sets whether this job is printed rotated. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_print_job_set_rotate (GtkPrintJob *job, @@ -999,8 +943,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_rotate (GtkPrintJob *job, * Gets whether this job is printed collated. * * Returns: whether the job is printed collated - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gboolean gtk_print_job_get_collate (GtkPrintJob *job) @@ -1014,8 +956,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_collate (GtkPrintJob *job) * @collate: whether the job is printed collated * * Sets whether this job is printed collated. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_print_job_set_collate (GtkPrintJob *job, @@ -1031,8 +971,6 @@ gtk_print_job_set_collate (GtkPrintJob *job, * Gets whether this job is printed reversed. * * Returns: whether the job is printed reversed. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gboolean gtk_print_job_get_reverse (GtkPrintJob *job) @@ -1046,8 +984,6 @@ gtk_print_job_get_reverse (GtkPrintJob *job) * @reverse: whether the job is printed reversed * * Sets whether this job is printed reversed. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_print_job_set_reverse (GtkPrintJob *job, diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintjob.h b/gtk/gtkprintjob.h index 3748650898..fd320dfae9 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkprintjob.h +++ b/gtk/gtkprintjob.h @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_print_job_set_source_file (GtkPrintJob *job, const gchar *filename, GError **error); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_print_job_set_source_fd (GtkPrintJob *job, int fd, GError **error); diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintoperation-unix.c b/gtk/gtkprintoperation-unix.c index 29781b87d7..e0143c6e0b 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkprintoperation-unix.c +++ b/gtk/gtkprintoperation-unix.c @@ -961,8 +961,6 @@ get_page_setup_dialog (GtkWindow *parent, * a problem. * * Returns: (transfer full): a new #GtkPageSetup - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPageSetup * gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog (GtkWindow *parent, @@ -1004,8 +1002,6 @@ gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog (GtkWindow *parent, * In contrast to gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog(), this function returns after * showing the page setup dialog on platforms that support this, and calls @done_cb * from a signal handler for the ::response signal of the dialog. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_run_page_setup_dialog_async (GtkWindow *parent, diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintoperation.c b/gtk/gtkprintoperation.c index 11df235942..090a4d5a03 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkprintoperation.c +++ b/gtk/gtkprintoperation.c @@ -168,8 +168,6 @@ G_DEFINE_TYPE_WITH_CODE (GtkPrintOperation, gtk_print_operation, G_TYPE_OBJECT, * Registers an error quark for #GtkPrintOperation if necessary. * * Returns: The error quark used for #GtkPrintOperation errors. - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ GQuark gtk_print_error_quark (void) @@ -777,8 +775,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * If you enabled print status tracking then * gtk_print_operation_is_finished() may still return %FALSE * after #GtkPrintOperation::done was emitted. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ signals[DONE] = g_signal_new (I_("done"), @@ -800,8 +796,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * A typical use for ::begin-print is to use the parameters from the * #GtkPrintContext and paginate the document accordingly, and then * set the number of pages with gtk_print_operation_set_n_pages(). - * - * Since: 2.10 */ signals[BEGIN_PRINT] = g_signal_new (I_("begin-print"), @@ -832,8 +826,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * from there. * * Returns: %TRUE if pagination is complete - * - * Since: 2.10 */ signals[PAGINATE] = g_signal_new (I_("paginate"), @@ -855,8 +847,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * Emitted once for every page that is printed, to give * the application a chance to modify the page setup. Any changes * done to @setup will be in force only for printing this page. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ signals[REQUEST_PAGE_SETUP] = g_signal_new (I_("request-page-setup"), @@ -924,8 +914,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * gtk_print_operation_set_unit() before starting the print operation * to set up the transformation of the cairo context according to your * needs. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ signals[DRAW_PAGE] = g_signal_new (I_("draw-page"), @@ -946,8 +934,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * Emitted after all pages have been rendered. * A handler for this signal can clean up any resources that have * been allocated in the #GtkPrintOperation::begin-print handler. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ signals[END_PRINT] = g_signal_new (I_("end-print"), @@ -966,8 +952,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * See #GtkPrintStatus for the phases that are being discriminated. * Use gtk_print_operation_get_status() to find out the current * status. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ signals[STATUS_CHANGED] = g_signal_new (I_("status-changed"), @@ -996,8 +980,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * * Returns: (transfer none): A custom widget that gets embedded in * the print dialog, or %NULL - * - * Since: 2.10 */ signals[CREATE_CUSTOM_WIDGET] = g_signal_new (I_("create-custom-widget"), @@ -1018,8 +1000,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * Emitted after change of selected printer. The actual page setup and * print settings are passed to the custom widget, which can actualize * itself according to this change. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ signals[UPDATE_CUSTOM_WIDGET] = g_signal_new (I_("update-custom-widget"), @@ -1040,8 +1020,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * When you get this signal you should read the information from the * custom widgets, as the widgets are not guaraneed to be around at a * later time. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ signals[CUSTOM_WIDGET_APPLY] = g_signal_new (I_("custom-widget-apply"), @@ -1077,8 +1055,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * (typically in response to the user clicking a close button). * * Returns: %TRUE if the listener wants to take over control of the preview - * - * Since: 2.10 */ signals[PREVIEW] = g_signal_new (I_("preview"), @@ -1101,8 +1077,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * This page setup will be used by gtk_print_operation_run(), * but it can be overridden on a per-page basis by connecting * to the #GtkPrintOperation::request-page-setup signal. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_DEFAULT_PAGE_SETUP, @@ -1120,8 +1094,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * Setting this property is typically used to re-establish * print settings from a previous print operation, see * gtk_print_operation_run(). - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_PRINT_SETTINGS, @@ -1139,8 +1111,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * * If you don't set a job name, GTK+ picks a default one * by numbering successive print jobs. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_JOB_NAME, @@ -1164,8 +1134,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * #GtkPrintOperation::draw-page signals are 0-based, i.e. if * the user chooses to print all pages, the last ::draw-page signal * will be for page @n_pages - 1. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_N_PAGES, @@ -1186,8 +1154,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * the user will be able to select to print only the current page. * * Note that this only makes sense for pre-paginated documents. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_CURRENT_PAGE, @@ -1208,8 +1174,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * depending on page orientation and the number of pages per sheet). * Otherwise, the origin is at the top left corner of the imageable * area (i.e. inside the margins). - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_USE_FULL_PAGE, @@ -1229,8 +1193,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * issues, and when the print job actually reaches the printer. * However, this is often implemented using polling, and should * not be enabled unless needed. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_TRACK_PRINT_STATUS, @@ -1247,8 +1209,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * The transformation for the cairo context obtained from * #GtkPrintContext is set up in such a way that distances * are measured in units of @unit. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_UNIT, @@ -1265,8 +1225,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * * Determines whether to show a progress dialog during the * print operation. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_SHOW_PROGRESS, @@ -1289,8 +1247,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * The Windows port does not support asynchronous operation at all (this * is unlikely to change). On other platforms, all actions except for * %GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_ACTION_EXPORT support asynchronous operation. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_ALLOW_ASYNC, @@ -1312,8 +1268,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * “Print to PDF” support is independent of this and is done * by letting the user pick the “Print to PDF” item from the * list of printers in the print dialog. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_EXPORT_FILENAME, @@ -1327,8 +1281,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * GtkPrintOperation:status: * * The status of the print operation. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_STATUS, @@ -1348,8 +1300,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * * See the #GtkPrintOperation:status property for a status value that * is suitable for programmatic use. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_STATUS_STRING, @@ -1367,8 +1317,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * Note that this property may be ignored on some platforms. * * If this is %NULL, GTK+ uses a default label. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_CUSTOM_TAB_LABEL, @@ -1383,8 +1331,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * * If %TRUE, the print operation will support print of selection. * This allows the print dialog to show a "Selection" button. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_SUPPORT_SELECTION, @@ -1400,8 +1346,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * Determines whether there is a selection in your application. * This can allow your application to print the selection. * This is typically used to make a "Selection" button sensitive. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_HAS_SELECTION, @@ -1416,8 +1360,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * GtkPrintOperation:embed-page-setup: * * If %TRUE, page size combo box and orientation combo box are embedded into page setup page. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_EMBED_PAGE_SETUP, @@ -1438,8 +1380,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * and call gtk_print_operation_get_n_pages_to_print() when * print status is %GTK_PRINT_STATUS_GENERATING_DATA. * This is typically used to track the progress of print operation. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_N_PAGES_TO_PRINT, @@ -1458,8 +1398,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_class_init (GtkPrintOperationClass *class) * Creates a new #GtkPrintOperation. * * Returns: a new #GtkPrintOperation - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPrintOperation * gtk_print_operation_new (void) @@ -1481,8 +1419,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_new (void) * This page setup will be used by gtk_print_operation_run(), * but it can be overridden on a per-page basis by connecting * to the #GtkPrintOperation::request-page-setup signal. - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ void gtk_print_operation_set_default_page_setup (GtkPrintOperation *op, @@ -1518,8 +1454,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_default_page_setup (GtkPrintOperation *op, * gtk_print_operation_set_default_page_setup(). * * Returns: (transfer none): the default page setup - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPageSetup * gtk_print_operation_get_default_page_setup (GtkPrintOperation *op) @@ -1538,8 +1472,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_get_default_page_setup (GtkPrintOperation *op) * Sets the print settings for @op. This is typically used to * re-establish print settings from a previous print operation, * see gtk_print_operation_run(). - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ void gtk_print_operation_set_print_settings (GtkPrintOperation *op, @@ -1578,8 +1510,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_print_settings (GtkPrintOperation *op, * gtk_print_operation_run() have been called. * * Returns: (transfer none): the current print settings of @op. - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ GtkPrintSettings * gtk_print_operation_get_print_settings (GtkPrintOperation *op) @@ -1599,8 +1529,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_get_print_settings (GtkPrintOperation *op) * * If you don’t set a job name, GTK+ picks a default one by * numbering successive print jobs. - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ void gtk_print_operation_set_job_name (GtkPrintOperation *op, @@ -1638,8 +1566,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_job_name (GtkPrintOperation *op, * and #GtkPrintOperation::draw-page signals are 0-based, i.e. if * the user chooses to print all pages, the last ::draw-page signal * will be for page @n_pages - 1. - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ void gtk_print_operation_set_n_pages (GtkPrintOperation *op, @@ -1673,8 +1599,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_n_pages (GtkPrintOperation *op, * the user will be able to select to print only the current page. * * Note that this only makes sense for pre-paginated documents. - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ void gtk_print_operation_set_current_page (GtkPrintOperation *op, @@ -1708,8 +1632,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_current_page (GtkPrintOperation *op, * sheet, depending on page orientation and the number of pages per * sheet). Otherwise, the origin is at the top left corner of the * imageable area (i.e. inside the margins). - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_operation_set_use_full_page (GtkPrintOperation *op, @@ -1739,8 +1661,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_use_full_page (GtkPrintOperation *op, * Sets up the transformation for the cairo context obtained from * #GtkPrintContext in such a way that distances are measured in * units of @unit. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_operation_set_unit (GtkPrintOperation *op, @@ -1772,8 +1692,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_unit (GtkPrintOperation *op, * * This function is often implemented using some form of polling, so it should * not be enabled unless needed. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_operation_set_track_print_status (GtkPrintOperation *op, @@ -1840,8 +1758,6 @@ _gtk_print_operation_set_status (GtkPrintOperation *op, * Also see gtk_print_operation_get_status_string(). * * Returns: the status of the print operation - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ GtkPrintStatus gtk_print_operation_get_status (GtkPrintOperation *op) @@ -1865,8 +1781,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_get_status (GtkPrintOperation *op) * * Returns: a string representation of the status * of the print operation - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ const gchar * gtk_print_operation_get_status_string (GtkPrintOperation *op) @@ -1889,8 +1803,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_get_status_string (GtkPrintOperation *op) * the operation status then tracks the print job status on the printer. * * Returns: %TRUE, if the print operation is finished. - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ gboolean gtk_print_operation_is_finished (GtkPrintOperation *op) @@ -1912,8 +1824,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_is_finished (GtkPrintOperation *op) * * If @show_progress is %TRUE, the print operation will show a * progress dialog during the print operation. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_operation_set_show_progress (GtkPrintOperation *op, @@ -1943,8 +1853,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_show_progress (GtkPrintOperation *op, * Sets whether the gtk_print_operation_run() may return * before the print operation is completed. Note that * some platforms may not allow asynchronous operation. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_operation_set_allow_async (GtkPrintOperation *op, @@ -1973,8 +1881,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_allow_async (GtkPrintOperation *op, * @label: (allow-none): the label to use, or %NULL to use the default label * * Sets the label for the tab holding custom widgets. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_operation_set_custom_tab_label (GtkPrintOperation *op, @@ -2006,8 +1912,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_custom_tab_label (GtkPrintOperation *op, * “Print to PDF” support is independent of this and is done * by letting the user pick the “Print to PDF” item from the list * of printers in the print dialog. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_operation_set_export_filename (GtkPrintOperation *op, @@ -2396,8 +2300,6 @@ update_progress (PrintPagesData *data) * be used for drawing page in another thread. * * This function must be called in the callback of “draw-page” signal. - * - * Since: 2.16 **/ void gtk_print_operation_set_defer_drawing (GtkPrintOperation *op) @@ -2416,8 +2318,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_defer_drawing (GtkPrintOperation *op) * * Embed page size combo box and orientation combo box into page setup page. * Selected page setup is stored as default page setup in #GtkPrintOperation. - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ void gtk_print_operation_set_embed_page_setup (GtkPrintOperation *op, @@ -2444,8 +2344,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_embed_page_setup (GtkPrintOperation *op, * Gets the value of #GtkPrintOperation:embed-page-setup property. * * Returns: whether page setup selection combos are embedded - * - * Since: 2.18 */ gboolean gtk_print_operation_get_embed_page_setup (GtkPrintOperation *op) @@ -2466,8 +2364,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_get_embed_page_setup (GtkPrintOperation *op) * If gtk_print_operation_set_defer_drawing() was called before, then this function * has to be called by application. In another case it is called by the library * itself. - * - * Since: 2.16 **/ void gtk_print_operation_draw_page_finish (GtkPrintOperation *op) @@ -3106,8 +3002,6 @@ print_pages (GtkPrintOperation *op, * %GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_ERROR, either as returned by * gtk_print_operation_run(), or in the #GtkPrintOperation::done signal * handler. The returned #GError will contain more details on what went wrong. - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ void gtk_print_operation_get_error (GtkPrintOperation *op, @@ -3192,8 +3086,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_get_error (GtkPrintOperation *op, * %GTK_PRINT_OPERATION_RESULT_IN_PROGRESS means the operation is running * asynchronously, and will emit the #GtkPrintOperation::done signal when * done. - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ GtkPrintOperationResult gtk_print_operation_run (GtkPrintOperation *op, @@ -3289,8 +3181,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_run (GtkPrintOperation *op, * #GtkPrintOperation::paginate or #GtkPrintOperation::draw-page * signal handler to stop the currently running print * operation. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_operation_cancel (GtkPrintOperation *op) @@ -3306,8 +3196,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_cancel (GtkPrintOperation *op) * @support_selection: %TRUE to support selection * * Sets whether selection is supported by #GtkPrintOperation. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ void gtk_print_operation_set_support_selection (GtkPrintOperation *op, @@ -3334,8 +3222,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_support_selection (GtkPrintOperation *op, * Gets the value of #GtkPrintOperation:support-selection property. * * Returns: whether the application supports print of selection - * - * Since: 2.18 */ gboolean gtk_print_operation_get_support_selection (GtkPrintOperation *op) @@ -3355,8 +3241,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_get_support_selection (GtkPrintOperation *op) * Application has to set number of pages to which the selection * will draw by gtk_print_operation_set_n_pages() in a callback of * #GtkPrintOperation::begin-print. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ void gtk_print_operation_set_has_selection (GtkPrintOperation *op, @@ -3383,8 +3267,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_set_has_selection (GtkPrintOperation *op, * Gets the value of #GtkPrintOperation:has-selection property. * * Returns: whether there is a selection - * - * Since: 2.18 */ gboolean gtk_print_operation_get_has_selection (GtkPrintOperation *op) @@ -3409,8 +3291,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_get_has_selection (GtkPrintOperation *op) * This is typically used to track the progress of print operation. * * Returns: the number of pages that will be printed - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ gint gtk_print_operation_get_n_pages_to_print (GtkPrintOperation *op) diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintoperationpreview.c b/gtk/gtkprintoperationpreview.c index b996d35df4..cea332fddd 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkprintoperationpreview.c +++ b/gtk/gtkprintoperationpreview.c @@ -122,8 +122,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_preview_base_init (gpointer g_iface) * * Note that this function requires a suitable cairo context to * be associated with the print context. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_operation_preview_render_page (GtkPrintOperationPreview *preview, @@ -142,8 +140,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_preview_render_page (GtkPrintOperationPreview *preview, * Ends a preview. * * This function must be called to finish a custom print preview. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_operation_preview_end_preview (GtkPrintOperationPreview *preview) @@ -162,8 +158,6 @@ gtk_print_operation_preview_end_preview (GtkPrintOperationPreview *preview) * have been selected for printing. * * Returns: %TRUE if the page has been selected for printing - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_print_operation_preview_is_selected (GtkPrintOperationPreview *preview, diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintsettings.c b/gtk/gtkprintsettings.c index 63e8da9e60..89854cf523 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkprintsettings.c +++ b/gtk/gtkprintsettings.c @@ -101,8 +101,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_class_init (GtkPrintSettingsClass *class) * Creates a new #GtkPrintSettings object. * * Returns: a new #GtkPrintSettings object - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPrintSettings * gtk_print_settings_new (void) @@ -131,8 +129,6 @@ copy_hash_entry (gpointer key, * Copies a #GtkPrintSettings object. * * Returns: (transfer full): a newly allocated copy of @other - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPrintSettings * gtk_print_settings_copy (GtkPrintSettings *other) @@ -161,8 +157,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_copy (GtkPrintSettings *other) * Looks up the string value associated with @key. * * Returns: the string value for @key - * - * Since: 2.10 */ const gchar * gtk_print_settings_get (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -178,8 +172,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * @value: (allow-none): a string value, or %NULL * * Associates @value with @key. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -201,8 +193,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * * Removes any value associated with @key. * This has the same effect as setting the value to %NULL. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_unset (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -219,8 +209,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_unset (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * Returns %TRUE, if a value is associated with @key. * * Returns: %TRUE, if @key has a value - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_print_settings_has_key (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -242,8 +230,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_has_key (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * string %FALSE. * * Returns: %TRUE, if @key maps to a true value. - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ gboolean gtk_print_settings_get_bool (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -272,8 +258,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_bool (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * “false” represents %FALSE. * * Returns: the boolean value associated with @key - * - * Since: 2.10 */ static gboolean gtk_print_settings_get_bool_with_default (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -299,8 +283,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_bool_with_default (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * @value: a boolean * * Sets @key to a boolean value. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_bool (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -326,8 +308,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_bool (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * Floating point numbers are parsed with g_ascii_strtod(). * * Returns: the floating point number associated with @key - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gdouble gtk_print_settings_get_double_with_default (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -351,8 +331,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_double_with_default (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * Returns the double value associated with @key, or 0. * * Returns: the double value of @key - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gdouble gtk_print_settings_get_double (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -368,8 +346,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_double (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * @value: a double value * * Sets @key to a double value. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_double (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -392,8 +368,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_double (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * as a length. The returned value is converted to @units. * * Returns: the length value of @key, converted to @unit - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gdouble gtk_print_settings_get_length (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -412,8 +386,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_length (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * @unit: the unit of @length * * Associates a length in units of @unit with @key. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_length (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -435,8 +407,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_length (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * an integer, or the default value. * * Returns: the integer value of @key - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gint gtk_print_settings_get_int_with_default (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -460,8 +430,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_int_with_default (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * Returns the integer value of @key, or 0. * * Returns: the integer value of @key - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gint gtk_print_settings_get_int (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -477,8 +445,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_int (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * @value: an integer * * Sets @key to an integer value. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_int (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -497,8 +463,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_int (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * @user_data: user data for @func * * Calls @func for each key-value pair of @settings. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_foreach (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -516,8 +480,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_foreach (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER. * * Returns: the printer name - * - * Since: 2.10 */ const gchar * gtk_print_settings_get_printer (GtkPrintSettings *settings) @@ -533,8 +495,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_printer (GtkPrintSettings *settings) * * Convenience function to set %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER * to @printer. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_printer (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -551,8 +511,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_printer (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * converted to a #GtkPageOrientation. * * Returns: the orientation - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPageOrientation gtk_print_settings_get_orientation (GtkPrintSettings *settings) @@ -582,8 +540,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_orientation (GtkPrintSettings *settings) * @orientation: a page orientation * * Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_ORIENTATION. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_orientation (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -618,8 +574,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_orientation (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * converted to a #GtkPaperSize. * * Returns: the paper size - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPaperSize * gtk_print_settings_get_paper_size (GtkPrintSettings *settings) @@ -651,8 +605,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_paper_size (GtkPrintSettings *settings) * Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_FORMAT, * %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_WIDTH and * %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_HEIGHT. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_paper_size (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -695,8 +647,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_paper_size (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * converted to @unit. * * Returns: the paper width, in units of @unit - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gdouble gtk_print_settings_get_paper_width (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -712,8 +662,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_paper_width (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * @unit: the units of @width * * Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_WIDTH. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_paper_width (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -732,8 +680,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_paper_width (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * converted to @unit. * * Returns: the paper height, in units of @unit - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gdouble gtk_print_settings_get_paper_height (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -751,8 +697,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_paper_height (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * @unit: the units of @height * * Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAPER_HEIGHT. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_paper_height (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -771,8 +715,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_paper_height (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_USE_COLOR. * * Returns: whether to use color - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_print_settings_get_use_color (GtkPrintSettings *settings) @@ -788,8 +730,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_use_color (GtkPrintSettings *settings) * @use_color: whether to use color * * Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_USE_COLOR. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_use_color (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -807,8 +747,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_use_color (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_COLLATE. * * Returns: whether to collate the printed pages - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_print_settings_get_collate (GtkPrintSettings *settings) @@ -824,8 +762,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_collate (GtkPrintSettings *settings) * @collate: whether to collate the output * * Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_COLLATE. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_collate (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -843,8 +779,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_collate (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_REVERSE. * * Returns: whether to reverse the order of the printed pages - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_print_settings_get_reverse (GtkPrintSettings *settings) @@ -859,8 +793,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_reverse (GtkPrintSettings *settings) * @reverse: whether to reverse the output * * Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_REVERSE. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_reverse (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -878,8 +810,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_reverse (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DUPLEX. * * Returns: whether to print the output in duplex. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPrintDuplex gtk_print_settings_get_duplex (GtkPrintSettings *settings) @@ -906,8 +836,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_duplex (GtkPrintSettings *settings) * @duplex: a #GtkPrintDuplex value * * Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DUPLEX. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_duplex (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -939,8 +867,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_duplex (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_QUALITY. * * Returns: the print quality - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPrintQuality gtk_print_settings_get_quality (GtkPrintSettings *settings) @@ -970,8 +896,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_quality (GtkPrintSettings *settings) * @quality: a #GtkPrintQuality value * * Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_QUALITY. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_quality (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -1006,8 +930,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_quality (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_SET. * * Returns: the set of pages to print - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPageSet gtk_print_settings_get_page_set (GtkPrintSettings *settings) @@ -1034,8 +956,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_page_set (GtkPrintSettings *settings) * @page_set: a #GtkPageSet value * * Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_SET. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_page_set (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -1067,8 +987,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_page_set (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT. * * Returns: layout of page in number-up mode - * - * Since: 2.14 */ GtkNumberUpLayout gtk_print_settings_get_number_up_layout (GtkPrintSettings *settings) @@ -1107,8 +1025,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_number_up_layout (GtkPrintSettings *settings) * @number_up_layout: a #GtkNumberUpLayout value * * Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP_LAYOUT. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_number_up_layout (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -1134,8 +1050,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_number_up_layout (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_N_COPIES. * * Returns: the number of copies to print - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gint gtk_print_settings_get_n_copies (GtkPrintSettings *settings) @@ -1149,8 +1063,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_n_copies (GtkPrintSettings *settings) * @num_copies: the number of copies * * Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_N_COPIES. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_n_copies (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -1167,8 +1079,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_n_copies (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP. * * Returns: the number of pages per sheet - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gint gtk_print_settings_get_number_up (GtkPrintSettings *settings) @@ -1182,8 +1092,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_number_up (GtkPrintSettings *settings) * @number_up: the number of pages per sheet * * Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_NUMBER_UP. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_number_up (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -1200,8 +1108,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_number_up (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION. * * Returns: the resolution in dpi - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gint gtk_print_settings_get_resolution (GtkPrintSettings *settings) @@ -1217,8 +1123,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_resolution (GtkPrintSettings *settings) * Sets the values of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION, * %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_X and * %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_Y. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_resolution (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -1239,8 +1143,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_resolution (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_X. * * Returns: the horizontal resolution in dpi - * - * Since: 2.16 */ gint gtk_print_settings_get_resolution_x (GtkPrintSettings *settings) @@ -1255,8 +1157,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_resolution_x (GtkPrintSettings *settings) * Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_Y. * * Returns: the vertical resolution in dpi - * - * Since: 2.16 */ gint gtk_print_settings_get_resolution_y (GtkPrintSettings *settings) @@ -1273,8 +1173,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_resolution_y (GtkPrintSettings *settings) * Sets the values of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION, * %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_X and * %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_RESOLUTION_Y. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_resolution_xy (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -1296,8 +1194,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_resolution_xy (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER_LPI. * * Returns: the resolution in lpi (lines per inch) - * - * Since: 2.16 */ gdouble gtk_print_settings_get_printer_lpi (GtkPrintSettings *settings) @@ -1311,8 +1207,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_printer_lpi (GtkPrintSettings *settings) * @lpi: the resolution in lpi (lines per inch) * * Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINTER_LPI. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_printer_lpi (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -1329,8 +1223,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_printer_lpi (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_SCALE. * * Returns: the scale in percent - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gdouble gtk_print_settings_get_scale (GtkPrintSettings *settings) @@ -1346,8 +1238,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_scale (GtkPrintSettings *settings) * @scale: the scale in percent * * Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_SCALE. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_scale (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -1364,8 +1254,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_scale (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINT_PAGES. * * Returns: which pages to print - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPrintPages gtk_print_settings_get_print_pages (GtkPrintSettings *settings) @@ -1395,8 +1283,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_print_pages (GtkPrintSettings *settings) * @pages: a #GtkPrintPages value * * Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PRINT_PAGES. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_print_pages (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -1434,8 +1320,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_print_pages (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * Returns: (array length=num_ranges) (transfer full): an array * of #GtkPageRanges. Use g_free() to free the array when * it is no longer needed. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPageRange * gtk_print_settings_get_page_ranges (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -1494,8 +1378,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_page_ranges (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * @num_ranges: the length of @page_ranges * * Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_PAGE_RANGES. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_page_ranges (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -1533,8 +1415,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_page_ranges (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DEFAULT_SOURCE. * * Returns: the default source - * - * Since: 2.10 */ const gchar * gtk_print_settings_get_default_source (GtkPrintSettings *settings) @@ -1548,8 +1428,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_default_source (GtkPrintSettings *settings) * @default_source: the default source * * Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DEFAULT_SOURCE. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_default_source (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -1567,8 +1445,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_default_source (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * The set of media types is defined in PWG 5101.1-2002 PWG. * * Returns: the media type - * - * Since: 2.10 */ const gchar * gtk_print_settings_get_media_type (GtkPrintSettings *settings) @@ -1584,8 +1460,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_media_type (GtkPrintSettings *settings) * Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_MEDIA_TYPE. * * The set of media types is defined in PWG 5101.1-2002 PWG. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_media_type (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -1601,8 +1475,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_media_type (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DITHER. * * Returns: the dithering that is used - * - * Since: 2.10 */ const gchar * gtk_print_settings_get_dither (GtkPrintSettings *settings) @@ -1616,8 +1488,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_dither (GtkPrintSettings *settings) * @dither: the dithering that is used * * Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_DITHER. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_dither (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -1633,8 +1503,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_dither (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_FINISHINGS. * * Returns: the finishings - * - * Since: 2.10 */ const gchar * gtk_print_settings_get_finishings (GtkPrintSettings *settings) @@ -1648,8 +1516,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_finishings (GtkPrintSettings *settings) * @finishings: the finishings * * Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_FINISHINGS. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_finishings (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -1665,8 +1531,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_finishings (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * Gets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_BIN. * * Returns: the output bin - * - * Since: 2.10 */ const gchar * gtk_print_settings_get_output_bin (GtkPrintSettings *settings) @@ -1680,8 +1544,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_get_output_bin (GtkPrintSettings *settings) * @output_bin: the output bin * * Sets the value of %GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_BIN. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_settings_set_output_bin (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -1701,8 +1563,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_set_output_bin (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * See gtk_print_settings_to_file(). * * Returns: %TRUE on success - * - * Since: 2.14 */ gboolean gtk_print_settings_load_file (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -1737,8 +1597,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_load_file (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * #GKeyFileError. See gtk_print_settings_to_file(). * * Returns: the restored #GtkPrintSettings - * - * Since: 2.12 */ GtkPrintSettings * gtk_print_settings_new_from_file (const gchar *file_name, @@ -1768,8 +1626,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_new_from_file (const gchar *file_name, * #GKeyFileError. * * Returns: %TRUE on success - * - * Since: 2.14 */ gboolean gtk_print_settings_load_key_file (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -1830,8 +1686,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_load_key_file (GtkPrintSettings *settings, * a #GFileError or #GKeyFileError. * * Returns: the restored #GtkPrintSettings - * - * Since: 2.12 */ GtkPrintSettings * gtk_print_settings_new_from_key_file (GKeyFile *key_file, @@ -1861,8 +1715,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_new_from_key_file (GKeyFile *key_file, * #GKeyFileError. * * Returns: %TRUE on success - * - * Since: 2.12 */ gboolean gtk_print_settings_to_file (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -1918,8 +1770,6 @@ add_value_to_key_file (const gchar *key, * %NULL to use the default “Print Settings” * * This function adds the print settings from @settings to @key_file. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_print_settings_to_key_file (GtkPrintSettings *settings, @@ -1958,8 +1808,6 @@ add_to_variant (const gchar *key, * Serialize print settings to an a{sv} variant. * * Returns: (transfer none): a new, floating, #GVariant - * - * Since: 3.22 */ GVariant * gtk_print_settings_to_gvariant (GtkPrintSettings *settings) @@ -1980,8 +1828,6 @@ gtk_print_settings_to_gvariant (GtkPrintSettings *settings) * the format produced by gtk_print_settings_to_gvariant(). * * Returns: (transfer full): a new #GtkPrintSettings object - * - * Since: 3.22 */ GtkPrintSettings * gtk_print_settings_new_from_gvariant (GVariant *variant) diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintsettings.h b/gtk/gtkprintsettings.h index d97b7a3b65..6587400674 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkprintsettings.h +++ b/gtk/gtkprintsettings.h @@ -171,8 +171,6 @@ void gtk_print_settings_set_int (GtkPrintSettings * * The key used by the “Print to file” printer to store the * directory to which the output should be written. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ #define GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_DIR "output-dir" @@ -182,8 +180,6 @@ void gtk_print_settings_set_int (GtkPrintSettings * The key used by the “Print to file” printer to store the file * name of the output without the path to the directory and the * file extension. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ #define GTK_PRINT_SETTINGS_OUTPUT_BASENAME "output-basename" @@ -344,9 +340,9 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_print_settings_set_output_bin (GtkPrintSettings *settings, const gchar *output_bin); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GVariant *gtk_print_settings_to_gvariant (GtkPrintSettings *settings); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkPrintSettings *gtk_print_settings_new_from_gvariant (GVariant *variant); diff --git a/gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c b/gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c index 6feb0aa58a..c4f8e80473 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c +++ b/gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c @@ -3374,8 +3374,6 @@ page_name_func (GtkCellLayout *cell_layout, * Creates a new #GtkPrintUnixDialog. * * Returns: a new #GtkPrintUnixDialog - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkWidget * gtk_print_unix_dialog_new (const gchar *title, @@ -3398,8 +3396,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_new (const gchar *title, * Gets the currently selected printer. * * Returns: (transfer none): the currently selected printer - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPrinter * gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_selected_printer (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog) @@ -3415,8 +3411,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_selected_printer (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog) * @page_setup: a #GtkPageSetup * * Sets the page setup of the #GtkPrintUnixDialog. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_page_setup (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog, @@ -3447,8 +3441,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_page_setup (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog, * Gets the page setup that is used by the #GtkPrintUnixDialog. * * Returns: (transfer none): the page setup of @dialog. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPageSetup * gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_page_setup (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog) @@ -3465,8 +3457,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_page_setup (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog) * Gets the page setup that is used by the #GtkPrintUnixDialog. * * Returns: whether a page setup was set by user. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ gboolean gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_page_setup_set (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog) @@ -3483,8 +3473,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_page_setup_set (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog) * * Sets the current page number. If @current_page is not -1, this enables * the current page choice for the range of pages to print. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_current_page (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog, @@ -3514,8 +3502,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_current_page (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog, * Gets the current page of the #GtkPrintUnixDialog. * * Returns: the current page of @dialog - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gint gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_current_page (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog) @@ -3579,8 +3565,6 @@ set_active_printer (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog, * Sets the #GtkPrintSettings for the #GtkPrintUnixDialog. Typically, * this is used to restore saved print settings from a previous print * operation before the print dialog is shown. - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ void gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_settings (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog, @@ -3646,8 +3630,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_settings (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog, * if don’t want to keep it. * * Returns: a new #GtkPrintSettings object with the values from @dialog - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkPrintSettings * gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_settings (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog) @@ -3714,8 +3696,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_settings (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog) * @tab_label: the widget to use as tab label * * Adds a custom tab to the print dialog. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_unix_dialog_add_custom_tab (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog, @@ -3738,8 +3718,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_add_custom_tab (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog, * you pass #GTK_PRINT_CAPABILITY_SCALE. If you don’t pass that, then * the dialog will only let you select the scale if the printing * system automatically handles scaling. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_manual_capabilities (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog, @@ -3774,8 +3752,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_manual_capabilities (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog, * Gets the value of #GtkPrintUnixDialog:manual-capabilities property. * * Returns: the printing capabilities - * - * Since: 2.18 */ GtkPrintCapabilities gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_manual_capabilities (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog) @@ -3791,8 +3767,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_manual_capabilities (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog) * @support_selection: %TRUE to allow print selection * * Sets whether the print dialog allows user to print a selection. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ void gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_support_selection (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog, @@ -3834,8 +3808,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_support_selection (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog, * Gets the value of #GtkPrintUnixDialog:support-selection property. * * Returns: whether the application supports print of selection - * - * Since: 2.18 */ gboolean gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_support_selection (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog) @@ -3851,8 +3823,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_support_selection (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog) * @has_selection: %TRUE indicates that a selection exists * * Sets whether a selection exists. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ void gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_has_selection (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog, @@ -3888,8 +3858,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_has_selection (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog, * Gets the value of #GtkPrintUnixDialog:has-selection property. * * Returns: whether there is a selection - * - * Since: 2.18 */ gboolean gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_has_selection (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog) @@ -3905,8 +3873,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_has_selection (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog) * @embed: embed page setup selection * * Embed page size combo box and orientation combo box into page setup page. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ void gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_embed_page_setup (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog, @@ -3956,8 +3922,6 @@ gtk_print_unix_dialog_set_embed_page_setup (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog, * Gets the value of #GtkPrintUnixDialog:embed-page-setup property. * * Returns: whether there is a selection - * - * Since: 2.18 */ gboolean gtk_print_unix_dialog_get_embed_page_setup (GtkPrintUnixDialog *dialog) diff --git a/gtk/gtkprogressbar.c b/gtk/gtkprogressbar.c index 5383cdbc31..73aab497c4 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkprogressbar.c +++ b/gtk/gtkprogressbar.c @@ -229,8 +229,6 @@ gtk_progress_bar_class_init (GtkProgressBarClass *class) * showing text (even if the actual text is blank), set * #GtkProgressBar:show-text to %TRUE and #GtkProgressBar:text * to the empty string (not %NULL). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ progress_props[PROP_SHOW_TEXT] = g_param_spec_boolean ("show-text", @@ -250,8 +248,6 @@ gtk_progress_bar_class_init (GtkProgressBarClass *class) * %PANGO_ELLIPSIZE_NONE has the side-effect that the progress bar requests * only enough space to display the ellipsis ("..."). Another means to set a * progress bar's width is gtk_widget_set_size_request(). - * - * Since: 2.6 */ progress_props[PROP_ELLIPSIZE] = g_param_spec_enum ("ellipsize", @@ -1015,8 +1011,6 @@ gtk_progress_bar_set_text (GtkProgressBar *pbar, * To make a progress bar that is styled and sized suitably for containing * text (even if the actual text is blank), set #GtkProgressBar:show-text to * %TRUE and #GtkProgressBar:text to the empty string (not %NULL). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_progress_bar_set_show_text (GtkProgressBar *pbar, @@ -1070,8 +1064,6 @@ gtk_progress_bar_set_show_text (GtkProgressBar *pbar, * See gtk_progress_bar_set_show_text(). * * Returns: %TRUE if text is shown in the progress bar - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gboolean gtk_progress_bar_get_show_text (GtkProgressBar *pbar) @@ -1237,8 +1229,6 @@ gtk_progress_bar_get_inverted (GtkProgressBar *pbar) * * Sets the mode used to ellipsize (add an ellipsis: "...") the * text if there is not enough space to render the entire string. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_progress_bar_set_ellipsize (GtkProgressBar *pbar, @@ -1272,8 +1262,6 @@ gtk_progress_bar_set_ellipsize (GtkProgressBar *pbar, * See gtk_progress_bar_set_ellipsize(). * * Returns: #PangoEllipsizeMode - * - * Since: 2.6 */ PangoEllipsizeMode gtk_progress_bar_get_ellipsize (GtkProgressBar *pbar) diff --git a/gtk/gtkradiobutton.c b/gtk/gtkradiobutton.c index a2cdaaa667..514f274ea1 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkradiobutton.c +++ b/gtk/gtkradiobutton.c @@ -205,8 +205,6 @@ gtk_radio_button_class_init (GtkRadioButtonClass *class) * vice-versa, and when a button is moved from one group of 2 or * more buttons to a different one, but not when the composition * of the group that a button belongs to changes. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ group_changed_signal = g_signal_new (I_("group-changed"), G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (gobject_class), @@ -391,8 +389,6 @@ gtk_radio_button_set_group (GtkRadioButton *radio_button, * last_button = radio_button; * } * ]| - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_radio_button_join_group (GtkRadioButton *radio_button, diff --git a/gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c b/gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c index 43d999a9dd..ec66f8d6cd 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c +++ b/gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.c @@ -300,8 +300,6 @@ gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic (GSList *group, * Creates a new #GtkRadioMenuItem adding it to the same group as @group. * * Returns: (transfer none): The new #GtkRadioMenuItem - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_radio_menu_item_new_from_widget (GtkRadioMenuItem *group) @@ -329,8 +327,6 @@ gtk_radio_menu_item_new_from_widget (GtkRadioMenuItem *group) * The new #GtkRadioMenuItem is added to the same group as @group. * * Returns: (transfer none): The new #GtkRadioMenuItem - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic_from_widget (GtkRadioMenuItem *group, @@ -355,8 +351,6 @@ gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_mnemonic_from_widget (GtkRadioMenuItem *group, * The new #GtkRadioMenuItem is added to the same group as @group. * * Returns: (transfer none): The new #GtkRadioMenuItem - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_label_from_widget (GtkRadioMenuItem *group, @@ -414,8 +408,6 @@ gtk_radio_menu_item_class_init (GtkRadioMenuItemClass *klass) * GtkRadioMenuItem:group: * * The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_GROUP, @@ -435,8 +427,6 @@ gtk_radio_menu_item_class_init (GtkRadioMenuItemClass *klass) * vice-versa, and when a button is moved from one group of 2 or * more menu items ton a different one, but not when the composition * of the group that a menu item belongs to changes. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ group_changed_signal = g_signal_new (I_("group-changed"), G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (gobject_class), @@ -590,8 +580,6 @@ gtk_radio_menu_item_activate (GtkMenuItem *menu_item) * last_item = radio_item; * } * ]| - * - * Since: 3.18 */ void gtk_radio_menu_item_join_group (GtkRadioMenuItem *radio_menu_item, diff --git a/gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.h b/gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.h index b3fe9908e1..02b2ea23e1 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.h +++ b/gtk/gtkradiomenuitem.h @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_radio_menu_item_set_group (GtkRadioMenuItem *radio_menu_item, GSList *group); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_radio_menu_item_join_group (GtkRadioMenuItem *radio_menu_item, GtkRadioMenuItem *group_source); diff --git a/gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c b/gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c index 74e26810ce..a1668672a8 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c +++ b/gtk/gtkradiotoolbutton.c @@ -74,8 +74,6 @@ gtk_radio_tool_button_class_init (GtkRadioToolButtonClass *klass) * GtkRadioToolButton:group: * * Sets a new group for a radio tool button. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_GROUP, @@ -133,8 +131,6 @@ gtk_radio_tool_button_set_property (GObject *object, * Creates a new #GtkRadioToolButton, adding it to @group. * * Returns: The new #GtkRadioToolButton - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkToolItem * gtk_radio_tool_button_new (GSList *group) @@ -156,8 +152,6 @@ gtk_radio_tool_button_new (GSList *group) * Creates a new #GtkRadioToolButton adding it to the same group as @gruup * * Returns: (transfer none): The new #GtkRadioToolButton - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkToolItem * gtk_radio_tool_button_new_from_widget (GtkRadioToolButton *group) @@ -185,8 +179,6 @@ get_radio_button (GtkRadioToolButton *button) * Returns the radio button group @button belongs to. * * Returns: (transfer none) (element-type GtkRadioButton): The group @button belongs to. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GSList * gtk_radio_tool_button_get_group (GtkRadioToolButton *button) @@ -202,8 +194,6 @@ gtk_radio_tool_button_get_group (GtkRadioToolButton *button) * @group: (element-type GtkRadioButton) (allow-none): an existing radio button group, or %NULL * * Adds @button to @group, removing it from the group it belonged to before. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_radio_tool_button_set_group (GtkRadioToolButton *button, diff --git a/gtk/gtkrange.c b/gtk/gtkrange.c index 54b4186af3..4c7c05afee 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkrange.c +++ b/gtk/gtkrange.c @@ -363,8 +363,6 @@ gtk_range_class_init (GtkRangeClass *class) * * Returns: %TRUE to prevent other handlers from being invoked for * the signal, %FALSE to propagate the signal further - * - * Since: 2.6 */ signals[CHANGE_VALUE] = g_signal_new (I_("change-value"), @@ -399,8 +397,6 @@ gtk_range_class_init (GtkRangeClass *class) * The show-fill-level property controls whether fill level indicator * graphics are displayed on the trough. See * gtk_range_set_show_fill_level(). - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ properties[PROP_SHOW_FILL_LEVEL] = g_param_spec_boolean ("show-fill-level", @@ -415,8 +411,6 @@ gtk_range_class_init (GtkRangeClass *class) * The restrict-to-fill-level property controls whether slider * movement is restricted to an upper boundary set by the * fill level. See gtk_range_set_restrict_to_fill_level(). - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ properties[PROP_RESTRICT_TO_FILL_LEVEL] = g_param_spec_boolean ("restrict-to-fill-level", @@ -430,8 +424,6 @@ gtk_range_class_init (GtkRangeClass *class) * * The fill level (e.g. prebuffering of a network stream). * See gtk_range_set_fill_level(). - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ properties[PROP_FILL_LEVEL] = g_param_spec_double ("fill-level", @@ -446,8 +438,6 @@ gtk_range_class_init (GtkRangeClass *class) * * The number of digits to round the value to when * it changes, or -1. See #GtkRange::change-value. - * - * Since: 2.24 */ properties[PROP_ROUND_DIGITS] = g_param_spec_int ("round-digits", @@ -817,8 +807,6 @@ gtk_range_get_inverted (GtkRange *range) * horizontal and its direction is %GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL. * * See gtk_widget_get_direction(). - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ void gtk_range_set_flippable (GtkRange *range, @@ -849,8 +837,6 @@ gtk_range_set_flippable (GtkRange *range, * Gets the value set by gtk_range_set_flippable(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the range is flippable - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ gboolean gtk_range_get_flippable (GtkRange *range) @@ -869,8 +855,6 @@ gtk_range_get_flippable (GtkRange *range) * depends on its adjustment’s page size. * * This function is useful mainly for #GtkRange subclasses. - * - * Since: 2.20 **/ void gtk_range_set_slider_size_fixed (GtkRange *range, @@ -900,8 +884,6 @@ gtk_range_set_slider_size_fixed (GtkRange *range, * See gtk_range_set_slider_size_fixed(). * * Returns: whether the range’s slider has a fixed size. - * - * Since: 2.20 **/ gboolean gtk_range_get_slider_size_fixed (GtkRange *range) @@ -920,8 +902,6 @@ gtk_range_get_slider_size_fixed (GtkRange *range) * in coordinates relative to @range's origin. * * This function is useful mainly for #GtkRange subclasses. - * - * Since: 2.20 **/ void gtk_range_get_range_rect (GtkRange *range, @@ -945,8 +925,6 @@ gtk_range_get_range_rect (GtkRange *range, * in widget->window coordinates. * * This function is useful mainly for #GtkRange subclasses. - * - * Since: 2.20 **/ void gtk_range_get_slider_range (GtkRange *range, @@ -1099,8 +1077,6 @@ gtk_range_get_value (GtkRange *range) * Sets whether a graphical fill level is show on the trough. See * gtk_range_set_fill_level() for a general description of the fill * level concept. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ void gtk_range_set_show_fill_level (GtkRange *range, @@ -1142,8 +1118,6 @@ gtk_range_set_show_fill_level (GtkRange *range, * Gets whether the range displays the fill level graphically. * * Returns: %TRUE if @range shows the fill level. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ gboolean gtk_range_get_show_fill_level (GtkRange *range) @@ -1161,8 +1135,6 @@ gtk_range_get_show_fill_level (GtkRange *range) * Sets whether the slider is restricted to the fill level. See * gtk_range_set_fill_level() for a general description of the fill * level concept. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ void gtk_range_set_restrict_to_fill_level (GtkRange *range, @@ -1192,8 +1164,6 @@ gtk_range_set_restrict_to_fill_level (GtkRange *range, * Gets whether the range is restricted to the fill level. * * Returns: %TRUE if @range is restricted to the fill level. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ gboolean gtk_range_get_restrict_to_fill_level (GtkRange *range) @@ -1225,8 +1195,6 @@ gtk_range_get_restrict_to_fill_level (GtkRange *range) * to values which are smaller than the fill level. This is controller * by gtk_range_set_restrict_to_fill_level() and is by default * enabled. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ void gtk_range_set_fill_level (GtkRange *range, @@ -1258,8 +1226,6 @@ gtk_range_set_fill_level (GtkRange *range, * Gets the current position of the fill level indicator. * * Returns: The current fill level - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ gdouble gtk_range_get_fill_level (GtkRange *range) @@ -3000,8 +2966,6 @@ _gtk_range_get_stop_positions (GtkRange *range, * * Sets the number of digits to round the value to when * it changes. See #GtkRange::change-value. - * - * Since: 2.24 */ void gtk_range_set_round_digits (GtkRange *range, @@ -3025,8 +2989,6 @@ gtk_range_set_round_digits (GtkRange *range, * it changes. See #GtkRange::change-value. * * Returns: the number of digits to round to - * - * Since: 2.24 */ gint gtk_range_get_round_digits (GtkRange *range) diff --git a/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c b/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c index ed370183b3..7d09ce7934 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c +++ b/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c @@ -136,8 +136,6 @@ typedef struct * * #GtkRecentInfo constains all the meta-data * associated with an entry in the recently used files list. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ struct _GtkRecentInfo { @@ -277,8 +275,6 @@ gtk_recent_manager_class_init (GtkRecentManagerClass *klass) * * The full path to the file to be used to store and read the * recently used resources list - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_FILENAME, @@ -292,8 +288,6 @@ gtk_recent_manager_class_init (GtkRecentManagerClass *klass) * GtkRecentManager:size: * * The size of the recently used resources list. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_SIZE, @@ -310,8 +304,6 @@ gtk_recent_manager_class_init (GtkRecentManagerClass *klass) * Emitted when the current recently used resources manager changes * its contents, either by calling gtk_recent_manager_add_item() or * by another application. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ signal_changed = g_signal_new (I_("changed"), @@ -738,8 +730,6 @@ build_recent_items_list (GtkRecentManager *manager) * needed. You should use gtk_recent_manager_get_default() instead. * * Returns: A newly created #GtkRecentManager object - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkRecentManager * gtk_recent_manager_new (void) @@ -755,8 +745,6 @@ gtk_recent_manager_new (void) * * Returns: (transfer none): A unique #GtkRecentManager. Do not ref or * unref it. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkRecentManager * gtk_recent_manager_get_default (void) @@ -845,8 +833,6 @@ gtk_recent_manager_add_item_query_info (GObject *source_object, * * Returns: %TRUE if the new item was successfully added * to the recently used resources list - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_recent_manager_add_item (GtkRecentManager *manager, @@ -900,8 +886,6 @@ gtk_recent_manager_add_item (GtkRecentManager *manager, * * Returns: %TRUE if the new item was successfully added to the * recently used resources list, %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_recent_manager_add_full (GtkRecentManager *manager, @@ -1024,8 +1008,6 @@ gtk_recent_manager_add_full (GtkRecentManager *manager, * * Returns: %TRUE if the item pointed by @uri has been successfully * removed by the recently used resources list, and %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_recent_manager_remove_item (GtkRecentManager *manager, @@ -1082,8 +1064,6 @@ gtk_recent_manager_remove_item (GtkRecentManager *manager, * with @uri inside the recent manager. * * Returns: %TRUE if the resource was found, %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_recent_manager_has_item (GtkRecentManager *manager, @@ -1175,8 +1155,6 @@ build_recent_info (GBookmarkFile *bookmarks, * about the resource pointed by @uri, or %NULL if the URI was * not registered in the recently used resources list. Free with * gtk_recent_info_unref(). - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkRecentInfo * gtk_recent_manager_lookup_item (GtkRecentManager *manager, @@ -1238,8 +1216,6 @@ gtk_recent_manager_lookup_item (GtkRecentManager *manager, * by the URIs, but only the URI used in the recently used resources list. * * Returns: %TRUE on success - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_recent_manager_move_item (GtkRecentManager *recent_manager, @@ -1305,8 +1281,6 @@ gtk_recent_manager_move_item (GtkRecentManager *recent_manager, * newly allocated #GtkRecentInfo objects. Use * gtk_recent_info_unref() on each item inside the list, and then * free the list itself using g_list_free(). - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GList * gtk_recent_manager_get_items (GtkRecentManager *manager) @@ -1365,8 +1339,6 @@ purge_recent_items_list (GtkRecentManager *manager, * * Returns: the number of items that have been removed from the * recently used resources list - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gint gtk_recent_manager_purge_items (GtkRecentManager *manager, @@ -1550,8 +1522,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_free (GtkRecentInfo *recent_info) * * Returns: the recent info object with its reference count * increased by one - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkRecentInfo * gtk_recent_info_ref (GtkRecentInfo *info) @@ -1570,8 +1540,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_ref (GtkRecentInfo *info) * * Decreases the reference count of @info by one. If the reference * count reaches zero, @info is deallocated, and the memory freed. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_recent_info_unref (GtkRecentInfo *info) @@ -1593,8 +1561,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_unref (GtkRecentInfo *info) * * Returns: the URI of the resource. The returned string is * owned by the recent manager, and should not be freed. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ const gchar * gtk_recent_info_get_uri (GtkRecentInfo *info) @@ -1613,8 +1579,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_uri (GtkRecentInfo *info) * * Returns: the display name of the resource. The returned string * is owned by the recent manager, and should not be freed. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ const gchar * gtk_recent_info_get_display_name (GtkRecentInfo *info) @@ -1635,8 +1599,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_display_name (GtkRecentInfo *info) * * Returns: the description of the resource. The returned string * is owned by the recent manager, and should not be freed. - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ const gchar * gtk_recent_info_get_description (GtkRecentInfo *info) @@ -1654,8 +1616,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_description (GtkRecentInfo *info) * * Returns: the MIME type of the resource. The returned string * is owned by the recent manager, and should not be freed. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ const gchar * gtk_recent_info_get_mime_type (GtkRecentInfo *info) @@ -1677,8 +1637,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_mime_type (GtkRecentInfo *info) * * Returns: the number of seconds elapsed from system’s Epoch when * the resource was added to the list, or -1 on failure. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ time_t gtk_recent_info_get_added (GtkRecentInfo *info) @@ -1697,8 +1655,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_added (GtkRecentInfo *info) * * Returns: the number of seconds elapsed from system’s Epoch when * the resource was last modified, or -1 on failure. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ time_t gtk_recent_info_get_modified (GtkRecentInfo *info) @@ -1717,8 +1673,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_modified (GtkRecentInfo *info) * * Returns: the number of seconds elapsed from system’s Epoch when * the resource was last visited, or -1 on failure. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ time_t gtk_recent_info_get_visited (GtkRecentInfo *info) @@ -1737,8 +1691,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_visited (GtkRecentInfo *info) * applications that have registered them. * * Returns: %TRUE if the private flag was found, %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_recent_info_get_private_hint (GtkRecentInfo *info) @@ -1797,8 +1749,6 @@ recent_app_info_free (RecentAppInfo *app_info) * resource inside the recently used list, or %FALSE otherwise. The * @app_exec string is owned by the #GtkRecentInfo and should not be * modified or freed - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_recent_info_get_application_info (GtkRecentInfo *info, @@ -1845,8 +1795,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_application_info (GtkRecentInfo *info, * Returns: (array length=length zero-terminated=1) (transfer full): * a newly allocated %NULL-terminated array of strings. * Use g_strfreev() to free it. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gchar ** gtk_recent_info_get_applications (GtkRecentInfo *info, @@ -1897,8 +1845,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_applications (GtkRecentInfo *info, * * Returns: %TRUE if an application with name @app_name was found, * %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_recent_info_has_application (GtkRecentInfo *info, @@ -1918,8 +1864,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_has_application (GtkRecentInfo *info, * recently used resource represented by @info. * * Returns: an application name. Use g_free() to free it. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gchar * gtk_recent_info_last_application (GtkRecentInfo *info) @@ -1952,8 +1896,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_last_application (GtkRecentInfo *info) * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): a #GIcon containing the icon, or %NULL. * Use g_object_unref() when finished using the icon - * - * Since: 2.22 */ GIcon * gtk_recent_info_get_gicon (GtkRecentInfo *info) @@ -1989,8 +1931,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_gicon (GtkRecentInfo *info) * scheme of its URI. * * Returns: %TRUE if the resource is local - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_recent_info_is_local (GtkRecentInfo *info) @@ -2009,8 +1949,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_is_local (GtkRecentInfo *info) * to local files. * * Returns: %TRUE if the resource exists - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_recent_info_exists (GtkRecentInfo *info) @@ -2047,8 +1985,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_exists (GtkRecentInfo *info) * * Returns: %TRUE if both #GtkRecentInfo-struct point to the same * resource, %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_recent_info_match (GtkRecentInfo *info_a, @@ -2195,8 +2131,6 @@ get_uri_shortname_for_display (const gchar *uri) * * Returns: A newly-allocated string in UTF-8 encoding * free it with g_free() - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gchar * gtk_recent_info_get_short_name (GtkRecentInfo *info) @@ -2223,8 +2157,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_short_name (GtkRecentInfo *info) * * Returns: (nullable): a newly allocated UTF-8 string containing the * resource’s URI or %NULL. Use g_free() when done using it. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gchar * gtk_recent_info_get_uri_display (GtkRecentInfo *info) @@ -2262,8 +2194,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_uri_display (GtkRecentInfo *info) * * Returns: a positive integer containing the number of days * elapsed since the time this resource was last modified - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gint gtk_recent_info_get_age (GtkRecentInfo *info) @@ -2294,8 +2224,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_age (GtkRecentInfo *info) * Returns: (array length=length zero-terminated=1) (transfer full): * a newly allocated %NULL terminated array of strings. * Use g_strfreev() to free it. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gchar ** gtk_recent_info_get_groups (GtkRecentInfo *info, @@ -2346,8 +2274,6 @@ gtk_recent_info_get_groups (GtkRecentInfo *info, * registered for the recently used item @info. * * Returns: %TRUE if the group was found - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_recent_info_has_group (GtkRecentInfo *info, diff --git a/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.h b/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.h index f77684ce32..cd82c6b9f5 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.h +++ b/gtk/gtkrecentmanager.h @@ -86,8 +86,6 @@ struct _GtkRecentData * * #GtkRecentManager-struct contains only private data * and should be accessed using the provided API. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ struct _GtkRecentManager { @@ -101,8 +99,6 @@ struct _GtkRecentManager * GtkRecentManagerClass: * * #GtkRecentManagerClass contains only private data. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ struct _GtkRecentManagerClass { @@ -134,8 +130,6 @@ struct _GtkRecentManagerClass * @GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR_UNKNOWN: unspecified error. * * Error codes for #GtkRecentManager operations - * - * Since: 2.10 */ typedef enum { @@ -152,8 +146,6 @@ typedef enum * GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR: * * The #GError domain for #GtkRecentManager errors. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ #define GTK_RECENT_MANAGER_ERROR (gtk_recent_manager_error_quark ()) GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL diff --git a/gtk/gtkrender.c b/gtk/gtkrender.c index 5c62287ea6..c058f59545 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkrender.c +++ b/gtk/gtkrender.c @@ -79,8 +79,6 @@ gtk_do_render_check (GtkStyleContext *context, * Typical checkmark rendering: * *  - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_render_check (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -137,8 +135,6 @@ gtk_do_render_option (GtkStyleContext *context, * Typical option mark rendering: * *  - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_render_option (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -207,8 +203,6 @@ gtk_do_render_arrow (GtkStyleContext *context, * Typical arrow rendering at 0, 1⁄2 π;, π; and 3⁄2 π: * *  - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_render_arrow (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -242,8 +236,6 @@ gtk_render_arrow (GtkStyleContext *context, * `background-image`, `border-width` and `border-radius`: * *  - * - * Since: 3.0. **/ void gtk_render_background (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -275,8 +267,6 @@ gtk_render_background (GtkStyleContext *context, * Returns the area that will be affected (i.e. drawn to) when * calling gtk_render_background() for the given @context and * rectangle. - * - * Since: 3.20 */ void gtk_render_background_get_clip (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -311,8 +301,6 @@ gtk_render_background_get_clip (GtkStyleContext *context, * `border-color`, `border-width`, `border-radius` and junctions: * *  - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_render_frame (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -387,8 +375,6 @@ gtk_do_render_expander (GtkStyleContext *context, * Typical expander rendering: * *  - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_render_expander (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -421,8 +407,6 @@ gtk_render_expander (GtkStyleContext *context, * Typical focus rendering: * *  - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_render_focus (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -500,8 +484,6 @@ gtk_do_render_layout (GtkStyleContext *context, * @layout: the #PangoLayout to render * * Renders @layout on the coordinates @x, @y - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_render_layout (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -553,8 +535,6 @@ gtk_do_render_line (GtkStyleContext *context, * @y1: Y coordinate for the end of the line * * Renders a line from (x0, y0) to (x1, y1). - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_render_line (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -608,8 +588,6 @@ gtk_do_render_slider (GtkStyleContext *context, * Typical slider rendering: * *  - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_render_slider (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -722,8 +700,6 @@ gtk_css_style_render_frame_gap (GtkCssStyle *style, * Typical rendering of a frame with a gap: * *  - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_render_frame_gap (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -797,8 +773,6 @@ gtk_do_render_handle (GtkStyleContext *context, * Handles rendered for the paned and grip classes: * *  - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_render_handle (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -829,8 +803,6 @@ gtk_render_handle (GtkStyleContext *context, * Renders an activity indicator (such as in #GtkSpinner). * The state %GTK_STATE_FLAG_CHECKED determines whether there is * activity going on. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_render_activity (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -865,8 +837,6 @@ gtk_render_activity (GtkStyleContext *context, * * You probably want to use gtk_render_icon_surface() instead, if you * already have a Cairo surface. - * - * Since: 3.2 **/ void gtk_render_icon (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -899,8 +869,6 @@ gtk_render_icon (GtkStyleContext *context, * @y: Y position for the @incon * * Renders the icon in @surface at the specified @x and @y coordinates. - * - * Since: 3.10 **/ void gtk_render_icon_surface (GtkStyleContext *context, diff --git a/gtk/gtkrender.h b/gtk/gtkrender.h index 21caea9ada..a1408748fe 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkrender.h +++ b/gtk/gtkrender.h @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ void gtk_render_background (GtkStyleContext *context, gdouble width, gdouble height); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_render_background_get_clip (GtkStyleContext *context, gdouble x, gdouble y, @@ -134,13 +134,13 @@ void gtk_render_activity (GtkStyleContext *context, gdouble y, gdouble width, gdouble height); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_render_icon (GtkStyleContext *context, cairo_t *cr, GdkTexture *texture, gdouble x, gdouble y); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_render_icon_surface (GtkStyleContext *context, cairo_t *cr, cairo_surface_t *surface, diff --git a/gtk/gtkrevealer.c b/gtk/gtkrevealer.c index af9a5de66c..8fc7219403 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkrevealer.c +++ b/gtk/gtkrevealer.c @@ -271,8 +271,6 @@ gtk_revealer_class_init (GtkRevealerClass *klass) * Creates a new #GtkRevealer. * * Returns: a newly created #GtkRevealer - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GtkWidget * gtk_revealer_new (void) @@ -497,8 +495,6 @@ gtk_revealer_start_animation (GtkRevealer *revealer, * * The transition will be animated with the current * transition type of @revealer. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_revealer_set_reveal_child (GtkRevealer *revealer, @@ -525,8 +521,6 @@ gtk_revealer_set_reveal_child (GtkRevealer *revealer, * use gtk_revealer_get_child_revealed(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the child is revealed. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ gboolean gtk_revealer_get_reveal_child (GtkRevealer *revealer) @@ -546,8 +540,6 @@ gtk_revealer_get_reveal_child (GtkRevealer *revealer) * the transition to the revealed state is completed. * * Returns: %TRUE if the child is fully revealed - * - * Since: 3.10 */ gboolean gtk_revealer_get_child_revealed (GtkRevealer *revealer) @@ -662,8 +654,6 @@ gtk_revealer_snapshot (GtkWidget *widget, * transitions will take. * * Returns: the transition duration - * - * Since: 3.10 */ guint gtk_revealer_get_transition_duration (GtkRevealer *revealer) @@ -681,8 +671,6 @@ gtk_revealer_get_transition_duration (GtkRevealer *revealer) * @duration: the new duration, in milliseconds * * Sets the duration that transitions will take. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_revealer_set_transition_duration (GtkRevealer *revealer, @@ -707,8 +695,6 @@ gtk_revealer_set_transition_duration (GtkRevealer *revealer, * for transitions in @revealer. * * Returns: the current transition type of @revealer - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GtkRevealerTransitionType gtk_revealer_get_transition_type (GtkRevealer *revealer) @@ -728,8 +714,6 @@ gtk_revealer_get_transition_type (GtkRevealer *revealer) * Sets the type of animation that will be used for * transitions in @revealer. Available types include * various kinds of fades and slides. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_revealer_set_transition_type (GtkRevealer *revealer, diff --git a/gtk/gtkrevealer.h b/gtk/gtkrevealer.h index f37a282447..4faffabfea 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkrevealer.h +++ b/gtk/gtkrevealer.h @@ -58,26 +58,26 @@ struct _GtkRevealerClass { GtkBinClass parent_class; }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_revealer_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_revealer_new (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_revealer_get_reveal_child (GtkRevealer *revealer); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_revealer_set_reveal_child (GtkRevealer *revealer, gboolean reveal_child); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_revealer_get_child_revealed (GtkRevealer *revealer); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL guint gtk_revealer_get_transition_duration (GtkRevealer *revealer); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_revealer_set_transition_duration (GtkRevealer *revealer, guint duration); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_revealer_set_transition_type (GtkRevealer *revealer, GtkRevealerTransitionType transition); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkRevealerTransitionType gtk_revealer_get_transition_type (GtkRevealer *revealer); diff --git a/gtk/gtkscale.c b/gtk/gtkscale.c index 1cf336154b..d71510510a 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkscale.c +++ b/gtk/gtkscale.c @@ -956,8 +956,6 @@ gtk_scale_get_property (GObject *object, * Creates a new #GtkScale. * * Returns: a new #GtkScale - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_scale_new (GtkOrientation orientation, @@ -990,8 +988,6 @@ gtk_scale_new (GtkOrientation orientation, * needs, use gtk_scale_set_digits() to correct it. * * Returns: a new #GtkScale - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkWidget * gtk_scale_new_with_range (GtkOrientation orientation, @@ -1191,8 +1187,6 @@ gtk_scale_get_draw_value (GtkScale *scale) * If #GtkScale:has-origin is set to %TRUE (the default), the scale will * highlight the part of the trough between the origin (bottom or left side) * and the current value. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ void gtk_scale_set_has_origin (GtkScale *scale, @@ -1219,8 +1213,6 @@ gtk_scale_set_has_origin (GtkScale *scale, * Returns whether the scale has an origin. * * Returns: %TRUE if the scale has an origin. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ gboolean gtk_scale_get_has_origin (GtkScale *scale) @@ -1614,8 +1606,6 @@ gtk_scale_finalize (GObject *object) * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the #PangoLayout for this scale, * or %NULL if the #GtkScale:draw-value property is %FALSE. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ PangoLayout * gtk_scale_get_layout (GtkScale *scale) @@ -1641,8 +1631,6 @@ gtk_scale_get_layout (GtkScale *scale) * * If the #GtkScale:draw-value property is %FALSE, the return * values are undefined. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_scale_get_layout_offsets (GtkScale *scale, @@ -1683,8 +1671,6 @@ gtk_scale_mark_free (gpointer data) * @scale: a #GtkScale * * Removes any marks that have been added with gtk_scale_add_mark(). - * - * Since: 2.16 */ void gtk_scale_clear_marks (GtkScale *scale) @@ -1741,8 +1727,6 @@ gtk_scale_clear_marks (GtkScale *scale) * If @markup is not %NULL, text is shown next to the tick mark. * * To remove marks from a scale, use gtk_scale_clear_marks(). - * - * Since: 2.16 */ void gtk_scale_add_mark (GtkScale *scale, diff --git a/gtk/gtkscale.h b/gtk/gtkscale.h index 4e8430953d..e92df525f0 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkscale.h +++ b/gtk/gtkscale.h @@ -93,10 +93,10 @@ void gtk_scale_set_draw_value (GtkScale *scale, gboolean draw_value); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_scale_get_draw_value (GtkScale *scale); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_scale_set_has_origin (GtkScale *scale, gboolean has_origin); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_scale_get_has_origin (GtkScale *scale); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_scale_set_value_pos (GtkScale *scale, diff --git a/gtk/gtkscalebutton.c b/gtk/gtkscalebutton.c index ba415bfa09..ddfa5aa546 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkscalebutton.c +++ b/gtk/gtkscalebutton.c @@ -186,8 +186,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_class_init (GtkScaleButtonClass *klass) * #GtkOrientable interface which has its own @orientation * property. However we redefine the property here in order to * override its default horizontal orientation. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ g_object_class_override_property (gobject_class, PROP_ORIENTATION, @@ -229,8 +227,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_class_init (GtkScaleButtonClass *klass) * It is recommended to use at least 3 icons so that the * #GtkScaleButton reflects the current value of the scale * better for the users. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_ICONS, @@ -247,8 +243,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_class_init (GtkScaleButtonClass *klass) * * The ::value-changed signal is emitted when the value field has * changed. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ signals[VALUE_CHANGED] = g_signal_new (I_("value-changed"), @@ -268,8 +262,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_class_init (GtkScaleButtonClass *klass) * which gets emitted to popup the scale widget. * * The default bindings for this signal are Space, Enter and Return. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ signals[POPUP] = g_signal_new_class_handler (I_("popup"), @@ -289,8 +281,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_class_init (GtkScaleButtonClass *klass) * which gets emitted to popdown the scale widget. * * The default binding for this signal is Escape. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ signals[POPDOWN] = g_signal_new_class_handler (I_("popdown"), @@ -535,8 +525,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_dispose (GObject *object) * a stepping of @step. * * Returns: a new #GtkScaleButton - * - * Since: 2.12 */ GtkWidget * gtk_scale_button_new (gdouble min, @@ -564,8 +552,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_new (gdouble min, * Gets the current value of the scale button. * * Returns: current value of the scale button - * - * Since: 2.12 */ gdouble gtk_scale_button_get_value (GtkScaleButton * button) @@ -588,8 +574,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_get_value (GtkScaleButton * button) * the minimum or maximum range values, it will be clamped to fit * inside them. The scale button emits the #GtkScaleButton::value-changed * signal if the value changes. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_scale_button_set_value (GtkScaleButton *button, @@ -612,8 +596,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_set_value (GtkScaleButton *button, * * Sets the icons to be used by the scale button. * For details, see the #GtkScaleButton:icons property. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_scale_button_set_icons (GtkScaleButton *button, @@ -642,8 +624,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_set_icons (GtkScaleButton *button, * See gtk_range_get_adjustment() for details. * * Returns: (transfer none): the adjustment associated with the scale - * - * Since: 2.12 */ GtkAdjustment* gtk_scale_button_get_adjustment (GtkScaleButton *button) @@ -661,8 +641,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_get_adjustment (GtkScaleButton *button) * Sets the #GtkAdjustment to be used as a model * for the #GtkScaleButton’s scale. * See gtk_range_set_adjustment() for details. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_scale_button_set_adjustment (GtkScaleButton *button, @@ -695,8 +673,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_set_adjustment (GtkScaleButton *button, * Retrieves the plus button of the #GtkScaleButton. * * Returns: (transfer none) (type Gtk.Button): the plus button of the #GtkScaleButton as a #GtkButton - * - * Since: 2.14 */ GtkWidget * gtk_scale_button_get_plus_button (GtkScaleButton *button) @@ -713,8 +689,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_get_plus_button (GtkScaleButton *button) * Retrieves the minus button of the #GtkScaleButton. * * Returns: (transfer none) (type Gtk.Button): the minus button of the #GtkScaleButton as a #GtkButton - * - * Since: 2.14 */ GtkWidget * gtk_scale_button_get_minus_button (GtkScaleButton *button) @@ -731,8 +705,6 @@ gtk_scale_button_get_minus_button (GtkScaleButton *button) * Retrieves the popup of the #GtkScaleButton. * * Returns: (transfer none): the popup of the #GtkScaleButton - * - * Since: 2.14 */ GtkWidget * gtk_scale_button_get_popup (GtkScaleButton *button) diff --git a/gtk/gtkscrollable.c b/gtk/gtkscrollable.c index 6cea0ce989..308cd753f1 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkscrollable.c +++ b/gtk/gtkscrollable.c @@ -70,8 +70,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_default_init (GtkScrollableInterface *iface) * * Horizontal #GtkAdjustment of the scrollable widget. This adjustment is * shared between the scrollable widget and its parent. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ pspec = g_param_spec_object ("hadjustment", P_("Horizontal adjustment"), @@ -87,8 +85,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_default_init (GtkScrollableInterface *iface) * * Verical #GtkAdjustment of the scrollable widget. This adjustment is shared * between the scrollable widget and its parent. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ pspec = g_param_spec_object ("vadjustment", P_("Vertical adjustment"), @@ -104,8 +100,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_default_init (GtkScrollableInterface *iface) * * Determines whether horizontal scrolling should start once the scrollable * widget is allocated less than its minimum width or less than its natural width. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ pspec = g_param_spec_enum ("hscroll-policy", P_("Horizontal Scrollable Policy"), @@ -120,8 +114,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_default_init (GtkScrollableInterface *iface) * * Determines whether vertical scrolling should start once the scrollable * widget is allocated less than its minimum height or less than its natural height. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ pspec = g_param_spec_enum ("vscroll-policy", P_("Vertical Scrollable Policy"), @@ -139,8 +131,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_default_init (GtkScrollableInterface *iface) * Retrieves the #GtkAdjustment used for horizontal scrolling. * * Returns: (transfer none): horizontal #GtkAdjustment. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ GtkAdjustment * gtk_scrollable_get_hadjustment (GtkScrollable *scrollable) @@ -167,8 +157,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_get_hadjustment (GtkScrollable *scrollable) * @hadjustment: (allow-none): a #GtkAdjustment * * Sets the horizontal adjustment of the #GtkScrollable. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_scrollable_set_hadjustment (GtkScrollable *scrollable, @@ -187,8 +175,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_set_hadjustment (GtkScrollable *scrollable, * Retrieves the #GtkAdjustment used for vertical scrolling. * * Returns: (transfer none): vertical #GtkAdjustment. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ GtkAdjustment * gtk_scrollable_get_vadjustment (GtkScrollable *scrollable) @@ -215,8 +201,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_get_vadjustment (GtkScrollable *scrollable) * @vadjustment: (allow-none): a #GtkAdjustment * * Sets the vertical adjustment of the #GtkScrollable. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_scrollable_set_vadjustment (GtkScrollable *scrollable, @@ -236,8 +220,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_set_vadjustment (GtkScrollable *scrollable, * Gets the horizontal #GtkScrollablePolicy. * * Returns: The horizontal #GtkScrollablePolicy. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ GtkScrollablePolicy gtk_scrollable_get_hscroll_policy (GtkScrollable *scrollable) @@ -259,8 +241,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_get_hscroll_policy (GtkScrollable *scrollable) * Sets the #GtkScrollablePolicy to determine whether * horizontal scrolling should start below the minimum width or * below the natural width. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_scrollable_set_hscroll_policy (GtkScrollable *scrollable, @@ -278,8 +258,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_set_hscroll_policy (GtkScrollable *scrollable, * Gets the vertical #GtkScrollablePolicy. * * Returns: The vertical #GtkScrollablePolicy. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ GtkScrollablePolicy gtk_scrollable_get_vscroll_policy (GtkScrollable *scrollable) @@ -301,8 +279,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_get_vscroll_policy (GtkScrollable *scrollable) * Sets the #GtkScrollablePolicy to determine whether * vertical scrolling should start below the minimum height or * below the natural height. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_scrollable_set_vscroll_policy (GtkScrollable *scrollable, @@ -325,8 +301,6 @@ gtk_scrollable_set_vscroll_policy (GtkScrollable *scrollable, * at the right position. * * Returns: %TRUE if @border has been set - * - * Since: 3.16 */ gboolean gtk_scrollable_get_border (GtkScrollable *scrollable, diff --git a/gtk/gtkscrollable.h b/gtk/gtkscrollable.h index a4e0af1f5f..2d619296aa 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkscrollable.h +++ b/gtk/gtkscrollable.h @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_scrollable_set_vscroll_policy (GtkScrollable *scrollable, GtkScrollablePolicy policy); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_scrollable_get_border (GtkScrollable *scrollable, GtkBorder *border); diff --git a/gtk/gtkscrollbar.c b/gtk/gtkscrollbar.c index 8ddb412ad5..131c197c50 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkscrollbar.c +++ b/gtk/gtkscrollbar.c @@ -271,8 +271,6 @@ gtk_scrollbar_init (GtkScrollbar *self) * Creates a new scrollbar with the given orientation. * * Returns: the new #GtkScrollbar. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_scrollbar_new (GtkOrientation orientation, diff --git a/gtk/gtkscrollbar.h b/gtk/gtkscrollbar.h index 0f35a93724..b76d635a50 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkscrollbar.h +++ b/gtk/gtkscrollbar.h @@ -68,12 +68,12 @@ GType gtk_scrollbar_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_scrollbar_new (GtkOrientation orientation, GtkAdjustment *adjustment); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_scrollbar_set_adjustment (GtkScrollbar *self, GtkAdjustment *adjustment); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkAdjustment *gtk_scrollbar_get_adjustment (GtkScrollbar *self); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL double gtk_scrollbar_get_wheel_delta (GtkScrollbar *self, const GdkEventScroll *event); diff --git a/gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c b/gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c index 704d6c1581..56d0d0243f 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c +++ b/gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c @@ -583,8 +583,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_class_init (GtkScrolledWindowClass *class) * GtkScrolledWindow:min-content-width: * * The minimum content width of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ properties[PROP_MIN_CONTENT_WIDTH] = g_param_spec_int ("min-content-width", @@ -597,8 +595,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_class_init (GtkScrolledWindowClass *class) * GtkScrolledWindow:min-content-height: * * The minimum content height of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ properties[PROP_MIN_CONTENT_HEIGHT] = g_param_spec_int ("min-content-height", @@ -612,8 +608,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_class_init (GtkScrolledWindowClass *class) * * Whether kinetic scrolling is enabled or not. Kinetic scrolling * only applies to devices with source %GDK_SOURCE_TOUCHSCREEN. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ properties[PROP_KINETIC_SCROLLING] = g_param_spec_boolean ("kinetic-scrolling", @@ -629,8 +623,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_class_init (GtkScrolledWindowClass *class) * scrollbars are only added as traditional widgets when a mouse * is present. Otherwise, they are overlayed on top of the content, * as narrow indicators. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ properties[PROP_OVERLAY_SCROLLING] = g_param_spec_boolean ("overlay-scrolling", @@ -643,8 +635,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_class_init (GtkScrolledWindowClass *class) * GtkScrolledWindow:max-content-width: * * The maximum content width of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set. - * - * Since: 3.22 */ properties[PROP_MAX_CONTENT_WIDTH] = g_param_spec_int ("max-content-width", @@ -657,8 +647,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_class_init (GtkScrolledWindowClass *class) * GtkScrolledWindow:max-content-height: * * The maximum content height of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set. - * - * Since: 3.22 */ properties[PROP_MAX_CONTENT_HEIGHT] = g_param_spec_int ("max-content-height", @@ -675,8 +663,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_class_init (GtkScrolledWindowClass *class) * * This is useful in cases where an attempt should be made to allocate exactly * enough space for the natural size of the child. - * - * Since: 3.22 */ properties[PROP_PROPAGATE_NATURAL_WIDTH] = g_param_spec_boolean ("propagate-natural-width", @@ -693,8 +679,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_class_init (GtkScrolledWindowClass *class) * * This is useful in cases where an attempt should be made to allocate exactly * enough space for the natural size of the child. - * - * Since: 3.22 */ properties[PROP_PROPAGATE_NATURAL_HEIGHT] = g_param_spec_boolean ("propagate-natural-height", @@ -767,8 +751,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_class_init (GtkScrolledWindowClass *class) * * Note: The @pos argument is LTR/RTL aware, so callers should be aware too * if intending to provide behavior on horizontal edges. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ signals[EDGE_OVERSHOT] = g_signal_new (I_("edge-overshot"), @@ -792,8 +774,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_class_init (GtkScrolledWindowClass *class) * * Note: The @pos argument is LTR/RTL aware, so callers should be aware too * if intending to provide behavior on horizontal edges. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ signals[EDGE_REACHED] = g_signal_new (I_("edge-reached"), @@ -2255,8 +2235,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_get_vadjustment (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window) * Returns the horizontal scrollbar of @scrolled_window. * * Returns: (transfer none): the horizontal scrollbar of the scrolled window. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ GtkWidget* gtk_scrolled_window_get_hscrollbar (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window) @@ -2273,8 +2251,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_get_hscrollbar (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window) * Returns the vertical scrollbar of @scrolled_window. * * Returns: (transfer none): the vertical scrollbar of the scrolled window. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ GtkWidget* gtk_scrolled_window_get_vscrollbar (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window) @@ -2424,8 +2400,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_get_placement (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window) * * See also gtk_scrolled_window_set_placement() and * gtk_scrolled_window_get_placement(). - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ void gtk_scrolled_window_unset_placement (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window) @@ -2499,8 +2473,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_get_shadow_type (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window) * Turns kinetic scrolling on or off. * Kinetic scrolling only applies to devices with source * %GDK_SOURCE_TOUCHSCREEN. - * - * Since: 3.4 **/ void gtk_scrolled_window_set_kinetic_scrolling (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window, @@ -2538,8 +2510,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_set_kinetic_scrolling (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window, * Returns the specified kinetic scrolling behavior. * * Returns: the scrolling behavior flags. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ gboolean gtk_scrolled_window_get_kinetic_scrolling (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window) @@ -2565,8 +2535,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_get_kinetic_scrolling (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window) * to %FALSE. * * This setting only has an effect if kinetic scrolling is enabled. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ void gtk_scrolled_window_set_capture_button_press (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window, @@ -2585,8 +2553,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_set_capture_button_press (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window * scrolling. See gtk_scrolled_window_set_capture_button_press(). * * Returns: %TRUE if button presses are captured during kinetic scrolling - * - * Since: 3.4 */ gboolean gtk_scrolled_window_get_capture_button_press (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window) @@ -3974,8 +3940,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget, * Gets the minimum content width of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set. * * Returns: the minimum content width - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gint gtk_scrolled_window_get_min_content_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window) @@ -3996,8 +3960,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_get_min_content_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window) * * It is a programming error to set the minimum content width to a * value greater than #GtkScrolledWindow:max-content-width. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_scrolled_window_set_min_content_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window, @@ -4028,8 +3990,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_set_min_content_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window, * Gets the minimal content height of @scrolled_window, or -1 if not set. * * Returns: the minimal content height - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gint gtk_scrolled_window_get_min_content_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window) @@ -4050,8 +4010,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_get_min_content_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window) * * It is a programming error to set the minimum content height to a * value greater than #GtkScrolledWindow:max-content-height. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_scrolled_window_set_min_content_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window, @@ -4081,8 +4039,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_set_min_content_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window, * @overlay_scrolling: whether to enable overlay scrolling * * Enables or disables overlay scrolling for this scrolled window. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ void gtk_scrolled_window_set_overlay_scrolling (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window, @@ -4111,8 +4067,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_set_overlay_scrolling (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window, * Returns whether overlay scrolling is enabled for this scrolled window. * * Returns: %TRUE if overlay scrolling is enabled - * - * Since: 3.16 */ gboolean gtk_scrolled_window_get_overlay_scrolling (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window) @@ -4133,8 +4087,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_get_overlay_scrolling (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window) * * It is a programming error to set the maximum content width to a value * smaller than #GtkScrolledWindow:min-content-width. - * - * Since: 3.22 */ void gtk_scrolled_window_set_max_content_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window, @@ -4163,8 +4115,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_set_max_content_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window, * Returns the maximum content width set. * * Returns: the maximum content width, or -1 - * - * Since: 3.22 */ gint gtk_scrolled_window_get_max_content_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window) @@ -4185,8 +4135,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_get_max_content_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window) * * It is a programming error to set the maximum content height to a value * smaller than #GtkScrolledWindow:min-content-height. - * - * Since: 3.22 */ void gtk_scrolled_window_set_max_content_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window, @@ -4215,8 +4163,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_set_max_content_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window, * Returns the maximum content height set. * * Returns: the maximum content height, or -1 - * - * Since: 3.22 */ gint gtk_scrolled_window_get_max_content_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window) @@ -4233,8 +4179,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_get_max_content_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window) * * Sets whether the natural width of the child should be calculated and propagated * through the scrolled windows requested natural width. - * - * Since: 3.22 */ void gtk_scrolled_window_set_propagate_natural_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window, @@ -4264,8 +4208,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_set_propagate_natural_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_win * through the scrolled windows requested natural width. * * Returns: whether natural width propagation is enabled. - * - * Since: 3.22 */ gboolean gtk_scrolled_window_get_propagate_natural_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window) @@ -4282,8 +4224,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_get_propagate_natural_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_win * * Sets whether the natural height of the child should be calculated and propagated * through the scrolled windows requested natural height. - * - * Since: 3.22 */ void gtk_scrolled_window_set_propagate_natural_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window, @@ -4313,8 +4253,6 @@ gtk_scrolled_window_set_propagate_natural_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_wi * through the scrolled windows requested natural height. * * Returns: whether natural height propagation is enabled. - * - * Since: 3.22 */ gboolean gtk_scrolled_window_get_propagate_natural_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window) diff --git a/gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.h b/gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.h index 41355fae31..7197b0a1ac 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.h +++ b/gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.h @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ typedef enum * content determines the size. * @GTK_POLICY_EXTERNAL: Don't show a scrollbar, but don't force the * size to follow the content. This can be used e.g. to make multiple - * scrolled windows share a scrollbar. Since: 3.16 + * scrolled windows share a scrollbar. * * Determines how the size should be computed to achieve the one of the * visibility mode for the scrollbars. @@ -190,46 +190,46 @@ gint gtk_scrolled_window_get_min_content_height (GtkScrolledWindow *sc GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_scrolled_window_set_min_content_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window, gint height); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_scrolled_window_set_kinetic_scrolling (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window, gboolean kinetic_scrolling); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_scrolled_window_get_kinetic_scrolling (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_scrolled_window_set_capture_button_press (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window, gboolean capture_button_press); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_scrolled_window_get_capture_button_press (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_scrolled_window_set_overlay_scrolling (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window, gboolean overlay_scrolling); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_scrolled_window_get_overlay_scrolling (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_scrolled_window_set_max_content_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window, gint width); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_scrolled_window_get_max_content_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_scrolled_window_set_max_content_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window, gint height); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_scrolled_window_get_max_content_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_scrolled_window_set_propagate_natural_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window, gboolean propagate); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_scrolled_window_get_propagate_natural_width (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_scrolled_window_set_propagate_natural_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window, gboolean propagate); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_scrolled_window_get_propagate_natural_height (GtkScrolledWindow *scrolled_window); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtksearchbar.c b/gtk/gtksearchbar.c index 169861f23f..ef1b982b71 100644 --- a/gtk/gtksearchbar.c +++ b/gtk/gtksearchbar.c @@ -77,8 +77,6 @@ * ## Creating a search bar * * [A simple example](https://git.gnome.org/browse/gtk+/tree/examples/search-bar.c) - * - * Since: 3.10 */ typedef struct { @@ -225,8 +223,6 @@ gtk_search_bar_handle_event_for_entry (GtkSearchBar *bar, * Returns: %GDK_EVENT_STOP if the key press event resulted * in text being entered in the search entry (and revealing * the search bar if necessary), %GDK_EVENT_PROPAGATE otherwise. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ gboolean gtk_search_bar_handle_event (GtkSearchBar *bar, @@ -501,8 +497,6 @@ gtk_search_bar_init (GtkSearchBar *bar) * gtk_search_bar_connect_entry(). * * Returns: a new #GtkSearchBar - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GtkWidget * gtk_search_bar_new (void) @@ -548,8 +542,6 @@ gtk_search_bar_set_entry (GtkSearchBar *bar, * this search bar. The entry should be a descendant of the search bar. * This is only required if the entry isn’t the direct child of the * search bar (as in our main example). - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_search_bar_connect_entry (GtkSearchBar *bar, @@ -568,8 +560,6 @@ gtk_search_bar_connect_entry (GtkSearchBar *bar, * Returns whether the search mode is on or off. * * Returns: whether search mode is toggled on - * - * Since: 3.10 */ gboolean gtk_search_bar_get_search_mode (GtkSearchBar *bar) @@ -587,8 +577,6 @@ gtk_search_bar_get_search_mode (GtkSearchBar *bar) * @search_mode: the new state of the search mode * * Switches the search mode on or off. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_search_bar_set_search_mode (GtkSearchBar *bar, @@ -608,8 +596,6 @@ gtk_search_bar_set_search_mode (GtkSearchBar *bar, * Returns whether the close button is shown. * * Returns: whether the close button is shown - * - * Since: 3.10 */ gboolean gtk_search_bar_get_show_close_button (GtkSearchBar *bar) @@ -630,8 +616,6 @@ gtk_search_bar_get_show_close_button (GtkSearchBar *bar) * already have a “search” toggle button should not show a close * button in their search bar, as it duplicates the role of the * toggle button. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_search_bar_set_show_close_button (GtkSearchBar *bar, diff --git a/gtk/gtksearchbar.h b/gtk/gtksearchbar.h index 0d8b075b1f..68f8542d05 100644 --- a/gtk/gtksearchbar.h +++ b/gtk/gtksearchbar.h @@ -69,29 +69,29 @@ struct _GtkSearchBarClass void (*_gtk_reserved4) (void); }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_search_bar_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_search_bar_new (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_search_bar_connect_entry (GtkSearchBar *bar, GtkEntry *entry); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_search_bar_get_search_mode (GtkSearchBar *bar); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_search_bar_set_search_mode (GtkSearchBar *bar, gboolean search_mode); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_search_bar_get_show_close_button (GtkSearchBar *bar); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_search_bar_set_show_close_button (GtkSearchBar *bar, gboolean visible); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_search_bar_handle_event (GtkSearchBar *bar, GdkEvent *event); diff --git a/gtk/gtksearchentry.c b/gtk/gtksearchentry.c index 522463e13e..6cf7da6917 100644 --- a/gtk/gtksearchentry.c +++ b/gtk/gtksearchentry.c @@ -64,8 +64,6 @@ * Often, GtkSearchEntry will be fed events by means of being * placed inside a #GtkSearchBar. If that is not the case, * you can use gtk_search_entry_handle_event() to pass events. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ enum { @@ -169,8 +167,6 @@ gtk_search_entry_class_init (GtkSearchEntryClass *klass) * * The #GtkSearchEntry::search-changed signal is emitted with a short * delay of 150 milliseconds after the last change to the entry text. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ signals[SEARCH_CHANGED] = g_signal_new (I_("search-changed"), @@ -193,8 +189,6 @@ gtk_search_entry_class_init (GtkSearchEntryClass *klass) * matches. * * The default bindings for this signal is Ctrl-g. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ signals[NEXT_MATCH] = g_signal_new (I_("next-match"), @@ -217,8 +211,6 @@ gtk_search_entry_class_init (GtkSearchEntryClass *klass) * matches. * * The default bindings for this signal is Ctrl-Shift-g. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ signals[PREVIOUS_MATCH] = g_signal_new (I_("previous-match"), @@ -240,8 +232,6 @@ gtk_search_entry_class_init (GtkSearchEntryClass *klass) * entry in this case. * * The default bindings for this signal is Escape. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ signals[STOP_SEARCH] = g_signal_new (I_("stop-search"), @@ -380,8 +370,6 @@ gtk_search_entry_init (GtkSearchEntry *entry) * empty, and a clear icon when it isn't. * * Returns: a new #GtkSearchEntry - * - * Since: 3.6 */ GtkWidget * gtk_search_entry_new (void) @@ -438,8 +426,6 @@ gtk_search_entry_is_keynav_event (GdkEvent *event) * Returns: %GDK_EVENT_STOP if the key press event resulted * in a search beginning or continuing, %GDK_EVENT_PROPAGATE * otherwise. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ gboolean gtk_search_entry_handle_event (GtkSearchEntry *entry, diff --git a/gtk/gtksearchentry.h b/gtk/gtksearchentry.h index e73dc8d245..2a8d562df6 100644 --- a/gtk/gtksearchentry.h +++ b/gtk/gtksearchentry.h @@ -61,13 +61,13 @@ struct _GtkSearchEntryClass void (*stop_search) (GtkSearchEntry *entry); }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_search_entry_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_search_entry_new (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_search_entry_handle_event (GtkSearchEntry *entry, GdkEvent *event); diff --git a/gtk/gtkselection.c b/gtk/gtkselection.c index 5dc56a7fca..575cd9bf67 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkselection.c +++ b/gtk/gtkselection.c @@ -149,8 +149,6 @@ init_atoms (void) * * Appends the text targets supported by #GtkSelectionData to * the target list. All targets are added with the same @info. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ GdkContentFormats * gtk_content_formats_add_text_targets (GdkContentFormats *list) @@ -187,8 +185,6 @@ gtk_content_formats_add_text_targets (GdkContentFormats *list) * * Appends the image targets supported by #GtkSelectionData to * the target list. All targets are added with the same @info. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ GdkContentFormats * gtk_content_formats_add_image_targets (GdkContentFormats *list, @@ -252,8 +248,6 @@ gtk_content_formats_add_image_targets (GdkContentFormats *list, * * Appends the URI targets supported by #GtkSelectionData to * the target list. All targets are added with the same @info. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ GdkContentFormats * gtk_content_formats_add_uri_targets (GdkContentFormats *list) @@ -280,8 +274,6 @@ gtk_content_formats_add_uri_targets (GdkContentFormats *list) * Retrieves the target of the selection. * * Returns: (transfer none): the target of the selection. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ GdkAtom gtk_selection_data_get_target (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data) @@ -298,8 +290,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_target (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data) * Retrieves the data type of the selection. * * Returns: (transfer none): the data type of the selection. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ GdkAtom gtk_selection_data_get_data_type (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data) @@ -316,8 +306,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_data_type (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data) * Retrieves the format of the selection. * * Returns: the format of the selection. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ gint gtk_selection_data_get_format (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data) @@ -335,8 +323,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_format (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data) * Retrieves the raw data of the selection. * * Returns: (array) (element-type guint8): the raw data of the selection. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ const guchar* gtk_selection_data_get_data (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data) @@ -353,8 +339,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_data (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data) * Retrieves the length of the raw data of the selection. * * Returns: the length of the data of the selection. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ gint gtk_selection_data_get_length (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data) @@ -372,8 +356,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_length (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data) * Retrieves the raw data of the selection along with its length. * * Returns: (array length=length): the raw data of the selection - * - * Since: 3.0 */ const guchar* gtk_selection_data_get_data_with_length (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data, @@ -393,8 +375,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_data_with_length (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data, * Retrieves the display of the selection. * * Returns: (transfer none): the display of the selection. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ GdkDisplay * gtk_selection_data_get_display (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data) @@ -768,8 +748,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_text (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data) * * Returns: %TRUE if the selection was successfully set, * otherwise %FALSE. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ gboolean gtk_selection_data_set_pixbuf (GtkSelectionData *selection_data, @@ -835,8 +813,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_set_pixbuf (GtkSelectionData *selection_data, * * Returns: %TRUE if the selection was successfully set, * otherwise %FALSE. - * - * Since: 3.94 **/ gboolean gtk_selection_data_set_surface (GtkSelectionData *selection_data, @@ -866,8 +842,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_set_surface (GtkSelectionData *selection_data, * cairo surface, a newly allocated surface is returned, otherwise * %NULL. If the result is non-%NULL it must be freed with * g_object_unref(). - * - * Since: 3.94 **/ cairo_surface_t * gtk_selection_data_get_surface (GtkSelectionData *selection_data) @@ -893,8 +867,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_surface (GtkSelectionData *selection_data) * #GdkPixbuf, a newly allocated pixbuf is returned, otherwise * %NULL. If the result is non-%NULL it must be freed with * g_object_unref(). - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ GdkPixbuf * gtk_selection_data_get_pixbuf (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data) @@ -935,8 +907,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_pixbuf (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data) * * Returns: %TRUE if the selection was successfully set, * otherwise %FALSE. - * - * Since: 3.94 **/ gboolean gtk_selection_data_set_texture (GtkSelectionData *selection_data, @@ -966,8 +936,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_set_texture (GtkSelectionData *selection_data, * #GdkTexture, a newly allocated texture is returned, otherwise * %NULL. If the result is non-%NULL it must be freed with * g_object_unref(). - * - * Since: 3.94 **/ GdkTexture * gtk_selection_data_get_texture (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data) @@ -999,8 +967,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_texture (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data) * * Returns: %TRUE if the selection was successfully set, * otherwise %FALSE. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ gboolean gtk_selection_data_set_uris (GtkSelectionData *selection_data, @@ -1056,8 +1022,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_set_uris (GtkSelectionData *selection_data, * URIs, a newly allocated %NULL-terminated string array * containing the URIs, otherwise %NULL. If the result is * non-%NULL it must be freed with g_strfreev(). - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ gchar ** gtk_selection_data_get_uris (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data) @@ -1143,8 +1107,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_get_targets (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data, * * Returns: %TRUE if @targets include a suitable target for text, * otherwise %FALSE. - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ gboolean gtk_targets_include_text (GdkAtom *targets, @@ -1221,8 +1183,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_targets_include_text (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data) * * Returns: %TRUE if @targets include a suitable target for images, * otherwise %FALSE. - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ gboolean gtk_targets_include_image (GdkAtom *targets, @@ -1262,8 +1222,6 @@ gtk_targets_include_image (GdkAtom *targets, * * Returns: %TRUE if @selection_data holds a list of targets, * and a suitable target for images is included, otherwise %FALSE. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ gboolean gtk_selection_data_targets_include_image (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data, @@ -1296,8 +1254,6 @@ gtk_selection_data_targets_include_image (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data * * Returns: %TRUE if @targets include a suitable target for uri lists, * otherwise %FALSE. - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ gboolean gtk_targets_include_uri (GdkAtom *targets, @@ -1335,8 +1291,6 @@ gtk_targets_include_uri (GdkAtom *targets, * * Returns: %TRUE if @selection_data holds a list of targets, * and a suitable target for URI lists is included, otherwise %FALSE. - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ gboolean gtk_selection_data_targets_include_uri (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data) diff --git a/gtk/gtkselection.h b/gtk/gtkselection.h index a855e04c3c..b98e72656a 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkselection.h +++ b/gtk/gtkselection.h @@ -77,17 +77,17 @@ guchar * gtk_selection_data_get_text (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_selection_data_set_pixbuf (GtkSelectionData *selection_data, GdkPixbuf *pixbuf); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL cairo_surface_t *gtk_selection_data_get_surface (GtkSelectionData *selection_data); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_selection_data_set_surface (GtkSelectionData *selection_data, cairo_surface_t *surface); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkPixbuf *gtk_selection_data_get_pixbuf (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_selection_data_set_texture (GtkSelectionData *selection_data, GdkTexture *texture); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkTexture *gtk_selection_data_get_texture (const GtkSelectionData *selection_data); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_selection_data_set_uris (GtkSelectionData *selection_data, diff --git a/gtk/gtkseparator.c b/gtk/gtkseparator.c index 13d0b6b526..f723c694e0 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkseparator.c +++ b/gtk/gtkseparator.c @@ -144,8 +144,6 @@ gtk_separator_class_init (GtkSeparatorClass *class) * Creates a new #GtkSeparator with the given orientation. * * Returns: a new #GtkSeparator. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkWidget * gtk_separator_new (GtkOrientation orientation) diff --git a/gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c b/gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c index c0cc141bcd..2a305a0920 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c +++ b/gtk/gtkseparatortoolitem.c @@ -180,8 +180,6 @@ gtk_separator_tool_item_get_property (GObject *object, * Create a new #GtkSeparatorToolItem * * Returns: the new #GtkSeparatorToolItem - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GtkToolItem * gtk_separator_tool_item_new (void) @@ -202,8 +200,6 @@ gtk_separator_tool_item_new (void) * See gtk_separator_tool_item_set_draw(). * * Returns: %TRUE if @item is drawn as a line, or just blank. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ gboolean gtk_separator_tool_item_get_draw (GtkSeparatorToolItem *item) @@ -221,8 +217,6 @@ gtk_separator_tool_item_get_draw (GtkSeparatorToolItem *item) * Whether @item is drawn as a vertical line, or just blank. * Setting this to %FALSE along with gtk_tool_item_set_expand() is useful * to create an item that forces following items to the end of the toolbar. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_separator_tool_item_set_draw (GtkSeparatorToolItem *item, diff --git a/gtk/gtksettings.c b/gtk/gtksettings.c index deaa220008..6deb1f05cb 100644 --- a/gtk/gtksettings.c +++ b/gtk/gtksettings.c @@ -388,8 +388,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class) * * Setting this to zero has the same effect as setting * #GtkSettings:gtk-cursor-blink to %FALSE. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ result = settings_install_property_parser (class, g_param_spec_int ("gtk-cursor-blink-timeout", @@ -550,8 +548,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class) * Controls the direction of the sort indicators in sorted list and tree * views. By default an arrow pointing down means the column is sorted * in ascending order. When set to %TRUE, this order will be inverted. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ result = settings_install_property_parser (class, g_param_spec_boolean ("gtk-alternative-sort-arrows", @@ -580,8 +576,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class) * gdk_window_beep(), the windowing system may offer ways to * configure the error bell in many ways, such as flashing the * window or similar visual effects. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ result = settings_install_property_parser (class, g_param_spec_boolean ("gtk-error-bell", @@ -599,8 +593,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class) * A comma-separated list of print backends to use in the print * dialog. Available print backends depend on the GTK+ installation, * and may include "file", "cups", "lpr" or "papi". - * - * Since: 2.10 */ result = settings_install_property_parser (class, g_param_spec_string ("gtk-print-backends", @@ -623,8 +615,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class) * * The preview application is responsible for removing the pdf file * and the print settings file when it is done. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ result = settings_install_property_parser (class, g_param_spec_string ("gtk-print-preview-command", @@ -640,8 +630,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class) * * Whether menu items should have visible accelerators which can be * activated. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ result = settings_install_property_parser (class, g_param_spec_boolean ("gtk-enable-accels", @@ -679,8 +667,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class) * resources list. Items older than this setting will be excised * from the list. If set to 0, the list will always be empty; if * set to -1, no item will be removed. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ result = settings_install_property_parser (class, g_param_spec_int ("gtk-recent-files-max-age", @@ -712,8 +698,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class) * * GTK+ itself does not support event sounds, you have to use a loadable * module like the one that comes with libcanberra. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ result = settings_install_property_parser (class, g_param_spec_string ("gtk-sound-theme-name", @@ -734,8 +718,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class) * * GTK+ itself does not support event sounds, you have to use a loadable * module like the one that comes with libcanberra. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ result = settings_install_property_parser (class, g_param_spec_boolean ("gtk-enable-input-feedback-sounds", @@ -757,8 +739,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class) * * GTK+ itself does not support event sounds, you have to use a loadable * module like the one that comes with libcanberra. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ result = settings_install_property_parser (class, g_param_spec_boolean ("gtk-enable-event-sounds", @@ -780,8 +760,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class) * Whichever action you choose for the primary button, the other action will * be available by holding Shift and primary-clicking, or (since GTK+ 3.22.25) * clicking the middle mouse button. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ result = settings_install_property_parser (class, g_param_spec_boolean ("gtk-primary-button-warps-slider", @@ -806,8 +784,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class) * * Dark themes should not be used for documents, where large spaces are white/light * and the dark chrome creates too much contrast (web browser, text editor...). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ result = settings_install_property_parser (class, g_param_spec_boolean ("gtk-application-prefer-dark-theme", @@ -833,8 +809,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class) * How long to show the last input character in hidden * entries. This value is in milliseconds. 0 disables showing the * last char. 600 is a good value for enabling it. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ result = settings_install_property_parser (class, g_param_spec_uint ("gtk-entry-password-hint-timeout", @@ -908,8 +882,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class) * * Also note that the setting can be overridden with the * #GtkHeaderBar:decoration-layout property. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ result = settings_install_property_parser (class, g_param_spec_string ("gtk-decoration-layout", @@ -927,8 +899,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class) * * Recognized actions are minimize, toggle-maximize, menu, lower * or none. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ result = settings_install_property_parser (class, g_param_spec_string ("gtk-titlebar-double-click", @@ -946,8 +916,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class) * * Recognized actions are minimize, toggle-maximize, menu, lower * or none. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ result = settings_install_property_parser (class, g_param_spec_string ("gtk-titlebar-middle-click", @@ -965,8 +933,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class) * * Recognized actions are minimize, toggle-maximize, menu, lower * or none. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ result = settings_install_property_parser (class, g_param_spec_string ("gtk-titlebar-right-click", @@ -988,8 +954,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class) * * This setting does not affect custom dialogs using GtkDialog * directly, or message dialogs. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ result = settings_install_property_parser (class, g_param_spec_boolean ("gtk-dialogs-use-header", @@ -1005,8 +969,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class) * * Whether a middle click on a mouse should paste the * 'PRIMARY' clipboard content at the cursor location. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ result = settings_install_property_parser (class, g_param_spec_boolean ("gtk-enable-primary-paste", @@ -1022,8 +984,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class) * * Whether GTK+ should keep track of items inside the recently used * resources list. If set to %FALSE, the list will always be empty. - * - * Since: 3.8 */ result = settings_install_property_parser (class, g_param_spec_boolean ("gtk-recent-files-enabled", @@ -1038,8 +998,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class) * GtkSettings:gtk-long-press-time: * * The time for a button or touch press to be considered a "long press". - * - * Since: 3.14 */ result = settings_install_property_parser (class, g_param_spec_uint ("gtk-long-press-time", @@ -1056,8 +1014,6 @@ gtk_settings_class_init (GtkSettingsClass *class) * Whether GTK+ should make sure that text can be navigated with * a caret, even if it is not editable. This is useful when using * a screen reader. - * - * Since: 3.20 */ result = settings_install_property_parser (class, g_param_spec_boolean ("gtk-keynav-use-caret", @@ -1243,8 +1199,6 @@ gtk_settings_create_for_display (GdkDisplay *display) * Gets the #GtkSettings object for @display, creating it if necessary. * * Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkSettings object. - * - * Since: 3.94 */ GtkSettings * gtk_settings_get_for_display (GdkDisplay *display) @@ -2622,8 +2576,6 @@ _gtk_settings_get_setting_source (GtkSettings *settings, * application-specific value for a setting. After this call, * the setting will again follow the session-wide value for * this setting. - * - * Since: 3.20 */ void gtk_settings_reset_property (GtkSettings *settings, diff --git a/gtk/gtksettings.h b/gtk/gtksettings.h index b7b5f89a25..9b1b41d93d 100644 --- a/gtk/gtksettings.h +++ b/gtk/gtksettings.h @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_settings_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkSettings* gtk_settings_get_default (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkSettings* gtk_settings_get_for_display (GdkDisplay *display); /* --- precoded parsing functions --- */ @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ gboolean gtk_rc_property_parse_border (const GParamSpec *pspec, const GString *gstring, GValue *property_value); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_settings_reset_property (GtkSettings *settings, const gchar *name); diff --git a/gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.c b/gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.c index b7003dd94d..6f0b2e39e8 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.c +++ b/gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.c @@ -469,8 +469,6 @@ gtk_shortcut_label_class_init (GtkShortcutLabelClass *klass) * * The accelerator that @self displays. See #GtkShortcutsShortcut:accelerator * for the accepted syntax. - * - * Since: 3.22 */ properties[PROP_ACCELERATOR] = g_param_spec_string ("accelerator", P_("Accelerator"), P_("Accelerator"), @@ -481,8 +479,6 @@ gtk_shortcut_label_class_init (GtkShortcutLabelClass *klass) * GtkShortcutLabel:disabled-text: * * The text that is displayed when no accelerator is set. - * - * Since: 3.22 */ properties[PROP_DISABLED_TEXT] = g_param_spec_string ("disabled-text", P_("Disabled text"), P_("Disabled text"), @@ -508,8 +504,6 @@ gtk_shortcut_label_init (GtkShortcutLabel *self) * Creates a new #GtkShortcutLabel with @accelerator set. * * Returns: (transfer full): a newly-allocated #GtkShortcutLabel - * - * Since: 3.22 */ GtkWidget * gtk_shortcut_label_new (const gchar *accelerator) @@ -526,8 +520,6 @@ gtk_shortcut_label_new (const gchar *accelerator) * Retrieves the current accelerator of @self. * * Returns: (transfer none)(nullable): the current accelerator. - * - * Since: 3.22 */ const gchar * gtk_shortcut_label_get_accelerator (GtkShortcutLabel *self) @@ -543,8 +535,6 @@ gtk_shortcut_label_get_accelerator (GtkShortcutLabel *self) * @accelerator: the new accelerator * * Sets the accelerator to be displayed by @self. - * - * Since: 3.22 */ void gtk_shortcut_label_set_accelerator (GtkShortcutLabel *self, @@ -569,8 +559,6 @@ gtk_shortcut_label_set_accelerator (GtkShortcutLabel *self, * * Returns: (transfer none)(nullable): the current text displayed when no * accelerator is set. - * - * Since: 3.22 */ const gchar * gtk_shortcut_label_get_disabled_text (GtkShortcutLabel *self) @@ -586,8 +574,6 @@ gtk_shortcut_label_get_disabled_text (GtkShortcutLabel *self) * @disabled_text: the text to be displayed when no accelerator is set * * Sets the text to be displayed by @self when no accelerator is set. - * - * Since: 3.22 */ void gtk_shortcut_label_set_disabled_text (GtkShortcutLabel *self, diff --git a/gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.h b/gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.h index a3db3b7f96..9b3dc9be7e 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.h +++ b/gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.h @@ -34,23 +34,23 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS typedef struct _GtkShortcutLabel GtkShortcutLabel; typedef struct _GtkShortcutLabelClass GtkShortcutLabelClass; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_shortcut_label_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget *gtk_shortcut_label_new (const gchar *accelerator); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL const gchar *gtk_shortcut_label_get_accelerator (GtkShortcutLabel *self); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_shortcut_label_set_accelerator (GtkShortcutLabel *self, const gchar *accelerator); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL const gchar *gtk_shortcut_label_get_disabled_text (GtkShortcutLabel *self); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_shortcut_label_set_disabled_text (GtkShortcutLabel *self, const gchar *disabled_text); diff --git a/gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.h b/gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.h index 790d60a855..88048e8a91 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.h +++ b/gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.h @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS typedef struct _GtkShortcutsGroup GtkShortcutsGroup; typedef struct _GtkShortcutsGroupClass GtkShortcutsGroupClass; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_shortcuts_group_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkshortcutssection.h b/gtk/gtkshortcutssection.h index 9d8b5cc432..8b7c3bb394 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkshortcutssection.h +++ b/gtk/gtkshortcutssection.h @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS typedef struct _GtkShortcutsSection GtkShortcutsSection; typedef struct _GtkShortcutsSectionClass GtkShortcutsSectionClass; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_shortcuts_section_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c b/gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c index 2477dd4aa8..81db30163f 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c +++ b/gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c @@ -701,8 +701,6 @@ gtk_shortcuts_shortcut_class_init (GtkShortcutsShortcutClass *klass) * the accelerators that are associated with the action * via gtk_application_set_accels_for_action(), and setting * #GtkShortcutsShortcut::accelerator is not necessary. - * - * Since: 3.22 */ properties[PROP_ACTION_NAME] = g_param_spec_string ("action-name", diff --git a/gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.h b/gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.h index 9f6a1cff71..b8eeeca2c9 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.h +++ b/gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.h @@ -55,14 +55,12 @@ typedef struct _GtkShortcutsShortcutClass GtkShortcutsShortcutClass; * The shortcut is a gesture. The #GtkShortcutsShortcut:icon property will be * used. * @GTK_SHORTCUT_GESTURE_SWIPE_LEFT: - * The shortcut is a swipe gesture. GTK+ provides an icon and subtitle. Since 3.90 + * The shortcut is a swipe gesture. GTK+ provides an icon and subtitle. * @GTK_SHORTCUT_GESTURE_SWIPE_RIGHT: - * The shortcut is a swipe gesture. GTK+ provides an icon and subtitle. Since 3.90 + * The shortcut is a swipe gesture. GTK+ provides an icon and subtitle. * * GtkShortcutType specifies the kind of shortcut that is being described. * More values may be added to this enumeration over time. - * - * Since: 3.20 */ typedef enum { GTK_SHORTCUT_ACCELERATOR, @@ -77,7 +75,7 @@ typedef enum { GTK_SHORTCUT_GESTURE_SWIPE_RIGHT } GtkShortcutType; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_shortcuts_shortcut_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkshortcutswindow.h b/gtk/gtkshortcutswindow.h index 465e40e7fc..f3f5ba44f4 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkshortcutswindow.h +++ b/gtk/gtkshortcutswindow.h @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ struct _GtkShortcutsWindowClass void (*search) (GtkShortcutsWindow *self); }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_shortcuts_window_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; G_DEFINE_AUTOPTR_CLEANUP_FUNC(GtkShortcutsWindow, g_object_unref) diff --git a/gtk/gtkshow.c b/gtk/gtkshow.c index b285d7f635..ee9ae82cfb 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkshow.c +++ b/gtk/gtkshow.c @@ -79,8 +79,6 @@ window_handle_exported (GtkWindow *window, * necessary for sandbox helpers to parent their dialogs properly. * * Returns: %TRUE on success, %FALSE on error - * - * Since: 3.22 */ gboolean gtk_show_uri_on_window (GtkWindow *parent, diff --git a/gtk/gtkshow.h b/gtk/gtkshow.h index 9c751c44af..ac187ff079 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkshow.h +++ b/gtk/gtkshow.h @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_22 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_show_uri_on_window (GtkWindow *parent, const char *uri, guint32 timestamp, diff --git a/gtk/gtksizegroup.c b/gtk/gtksizegroup.c index 2e3e33fea8..6cdba27907 100644 --- a/gtk/gtksizegroup.c +++ b/gtk/gtksizegroup.c @@ -429,8 +429,6 @@ gtk_size_group_remove_widget (GtkSizeGroup *size_group, * * Returns: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer none): a #GSList of * widgets. The list is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified. - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ GSList * gtk_size_group_get_widgets (GtkSizeGroup *size_group) diff --git a/gtk/gtksizerequest.c b/gtk/gtksizerequest.c index 2b8ec8fcbd..606b1c1cd0 100644 --- a/gtk/gtksizerequest.c +++ b/gtk/gtksizerequest.c @@ -395,8 +395,6 @@ gtk_widget_query_size_for_orientation (GtkWidget *widget, * * See [GtkWidget’s geometry management section][geometry-management] for * a more details on implementing #GtkWidgetClass.measure(). - * - * Since: 3.90 */ void gtk_widget_measure (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -484,8 +482,6 @@ gtk_widget_measure (GtkWidget *widget, * capabilities. * * Returns: The #GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by @widget. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkSizeRequestMode gtk_widget_get_request_mode (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -598,8 +594,6 @@ _gtk_widget_get_preferred_size_and_baseline (GtkWidget *widget, * * Use gtk_widget_measure() if you want to support * baseline alignment. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (GtkWidget *widget, diff --git a/gtk/gtksnapshot.c b/gtk/gtksnapshot.c index 45bb205c0c..a4f118cca7 100644 --- a/gtk/gtksnapshot.c +++ b/gtk/gtksnapshot.c @@ -170,8 +170,6 @@ gtk_snapshot_init (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, * * Creates a new render node, appends it to the current render * node of @snapshot, and makes it the new current render node. - * - * Since: 3.90 */ void gtk_snapshot_push (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, @@ -1101,8 +1099,6 @@ gtk_snapshot_finish (GtkSnapshot *snapshot) * * Removes the top element from the stack of render nodes, * and appends it to the node underneath it. - * - * Since: 3.90 */ void gtk_snapshot_pop (GtkSnapshot *snapshot) @@ -1125,8 +1121,6 @@ gtk_snapshot_pop (GtkSnapshot *snapshot) * rendered with. * * Returns: (transfer none): the #GskRenderer - * - * Since: 3.90 */ GskRenderer * gtk_snapshot_get_renderer (const GtkSnapshot *snapshot) @@ -1141,8 +1135,6 @@ gtk_snapshot_get_renderer (const GtkSnapshot *snapshot) * @y: vertical translation * * Appends a translation by (@x, @y) to the current transformation. - * - * Since: 3.90 */ void gtk_snapshot_offset (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, @@ -1230,8 +1222,6 @@ gtk_snapshot_append_node (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, * * Returns: a cairo_t suitable for drawing the contents of the newly * created render node - * - * Since: 3.90 */ cairo_t * gtk_snapshot_append_cairo (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, @@ -1394,8 +1384,6 @@ gtk_snapshot_append_color (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, * Tests whether the rectangle is entirely outside the clip region of @snapshot. * * Returns: %TRUE if @bounds is entirely outside the clip region - * - * Since: 3.90 */ gboolean gtk_snapshot_clips_rect (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, @@ -1427,8 +1415,6 @@ gtk_snapshot_clips_rect (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, * Creates a render node for the CSS background according to @context, * and appends it to the current node of @snapshot, without changing * the current node. - * - * Since: 3.90 */ void gtk_snapshot_render_background (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, @@ -1460,8 +1446,6 @@ gtk_snapshot_render_background (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, * Creates a render node for the CSS border according to @context, * and appends it to the current node of @snapshot, without changing * the current node. - * - * Since: 3.90 */ void gtk_snapshot_render_frame (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, @@ -1493,8 +1477,6 @@ gtk_snapshot_render_frame (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, * Creates a render node for the focus outline according to @context, * and appends it to the current node of @snapshot, without changing * the current node. - * - * Since: 3.90 */ void gtk_snapshot_render_focus (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, @@ -1525,8 +1507,6 @@ gtk_snapshot_render_focus (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, * Creates a render node for rendering @layout according to the style * information in @context, and appends it to the current node of @snapshot, * without changing the current node. - * - * Since: 3.90 */ void gtk_snapshot_render_layout (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, @@ -1568,8 +1548,6 @@ gtk_snapshot_render_layout (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, * @n_stops: the number of elements in @color_stops * * Appends a linear gradient node with the given stops to @snapshot. - * - * Since: 3.94 */ void gtk_snapshot_append_linear_gradient (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, @@ -1648,8 +1626,6 @@ gtk_snapshot_append_linear_gradient (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, * @n_stops: the number of elements in @color_stops * * Appends a repeating linear gradient node with the given stops to @snapshot. - * - * Since: 3.94 */ void gtk_snapshot_append_repeating_linear_gradient (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, diff --git a/gtk/gtksnapshot.h b/gtk/gtksnapshot.h index 5d9657d01b..8a02345f11 100644 --- a/gtk/gtksnapshot.h +++ b/gtk/gtksnapshot.h @@ -36,129 +36,129 @@ G_BEGIN_DECLS -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_snapshot_push (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, gboolean keep_coordinates, const char *name, ...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (3, 4); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_snapshot_push_transform (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, const graphene_matrix_t*transform, const char *name, ...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (3, 4); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_snapshot_push_opacity (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, double opacity, const char *name, ...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (3, 4); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_snapshot_push_blur (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, double radius, const char *name, ...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (3, 4); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_snapshot_push_color_matrix (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, const graphene_matrix_t*color_matrix, const graphene_vec4_t *color_offset, const char *name, ...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (4, 5); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_snapshot_push_repeat (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, const graphene_rect_t *bounds, const graphene_rect_t *child_bounds, const char *name, ...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (4, 5); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_snapshot_push_clip (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, const graphene_rect_t *bounds, const char *name, ...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (3, 4); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_snapshot_push_rounded_clip (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, const GskRoundedRect *bounds, const char *name, ...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (3, 4); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_snapshot_push_shadow (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, const GskShadow *shadow, gsize n_shadows, const char *name, ...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (4, 5); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_snapshot_push_blend (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, GskBlendMode blend_mode, const char *name, ...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (3, 4); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_snapshot_push_cross_fade (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, double progress, const char *name, ...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (3, 4); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_snapshot_pop (GtkSnapshot *snapshot); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_snapshot_offset (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, int x, int y); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_snapshot_get_offset (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, int *x, int *y); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_snapshot_append_node (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, GskRenderNode *node); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL cairo_t * gtk_snapshot_append_cairo (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, const graphene_rect_t *bounds, const char *name, ...) G_GNUC_PRINTF(3, 4); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_snapshot_append_texture (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, GdkTexture *texture, const graphene_rect_t *bounds, const char *name, ...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (4, 5); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_snapshot_append_color (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, const GdkRGBA *color, const graphene_rect_t *bounds, const char *name, ...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (4, 5); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_snapshot_clips_rect (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, const cairo_rectangle_int_t *bounds); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_snapshot_render_background (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, GtkStyleContext *context, gdouble x, gdouble y, gdouble width, gdouble height); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_snapshot_render_frame (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, GtkStyleContext *context, gdouble x, gdouble y, gdouble width, gdouble height); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_snapshot_render_focus (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, GtkStyleContext *context, gdouble x, gdouble y, gdouble width, gdouble height); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_snapshot_render_layout (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, GtkStyleContext *context, gdouble x, gdouble y, PangoLayout *layout); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 /* in gtkstylecontext.c */ +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL /* in gtkstylecontext.c */ void gtk_snapshot_render_insertion_cursor (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, GtkStyleContext *context, gdouble x, @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ void gtk_snapshot_render_insertion_cursor (GtkSnapshot PangoLayout *layout, int index, PangoDirection direction); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_snapshot_append_linear_gradient (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, const graphene_rect_t *bounds, const graphene_point_t *start_point, @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ void gtk_snapshot_append_linear_gradient (GtkSnapshot gsize n_stops, const char *name, ...) G_GNUC_PRINTF (7, 8); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_snapshot_append_repeating_linear_gradient (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, const graphene_rect_t *bounds, const graphene_point_t *start_point, diff --git a/gtk/gtkspinbutton.c b/gtk/gtkspinbutton.c index 1f28ceef2b..c2344316f6 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkspinbutton.c +++ b/gtk/gtkspinbutton.c @@ -508,8 +508,6 @@ gtk_spin_button_class_init (GtkSpinButtonClass *class) * * The ::wrapped signal is emitted right after the spinbutton wraps * from its maximum to minimum value or vice-versa. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ spinbutton_signals[WRAPPED] = g_signal_new (I_("wrapped"), @@ -2269,8 +2267,6 @@ gtk_spin_button_update (GtkSpinButton *spin_button) * @spin_button: a #GtkSpinButton * * Returns: (transfer none): The current text shown in the entry area of @spin_button. - * - * Since: 3.92 */ const char * gtk_spin_button_get_text (GtkSpinButton *spin_button) @@ -2289,8 +2285,6 @@ gtk_spin_button_get_text (GtkSpinButton *spin_button) * * Sets the current text of the spinbutton. Note that setting this will not change * the value of the adjustment @spin_button. - * - * Since: 3.92 */ void gtk_spin_button_set_text (GtkSpinButton *spin_button, @@ -2316,8 +2310,6 @@ gtk_spin_button_set_text (GtkSpinButton *spin_button, * See also #GtkEntry:max-width-chars * * Returns: the maximum width of the spin button, in characters - * - * Since: 3.92 */ int gtk_spin_button_get_max_width_chars (GtkSpinButton *spin_button) @@ -2337,8 +2329,6 @@ gtk_spin_button_get_max_width_chars (GtkSpinButton *spin_button) * Sets the desired maximum width of @spin_button, in characters. * Note that this only applies to the entry area of @spin_button, not the * spin button. This is especially important for horizontal spinbuttons. - * - * Since: 3.92 */ void gtk_spin_button_set_max_width_chars (GtkSpinButton *spin_button, @@ -2364,8 +2354,6 @@ gtk_spin_button_set_max_width_chars (GtkSpinButton *spin_button, * * Returns: The number of characters to request space for in the entry * area of @spin_button - * - * Since: 3.92 */ int gtk_spin_button_get_width_chars (GtkSpinButton *spin_button) @@ -2384,8 +2372,6 @@ gtk_spin_button_get_width_chars (GtkSpinButton *spin_button) * * Changes the size request of the entry area of @spin_button * to be about the right size for @width_chars characters. - * - * Since: 3.92 */ void gtk_spin_button_set_width_chars (GtkSpinButton *spin_button, diff --git a/gtk/gtkspinbutton.h b/gtk/gtkspinbutton.h index b811b5f9a1..029e99dcbf 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkspinbutton.h +++ b/gtk/gtkspinbutton.h @@ -227,19 +227,19 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_spin_button_get_snap_to_ticks (GtkSpinButton *spin_button); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_spin_button_update (GtkSpinButton *spin_button); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL const char * gtk_spin_button_get_text (GtkSpinButton *spin_button); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_spin_button_set_text (GtkSpinButton *spin_button, const char *text); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL int gtk_spin_button_get_max_width_chars (GtkSpinButton *spin_button); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_spin_button_set_max_width_chars (GtkSpinButton *spin_button, int max_width_chars); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL int gtk_spin_button_get_width_chars (GtkSpinButton *spin_button); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_spin_button_set_width_chars (GtkSpinButton *spin_button, int width_chars); diff --git a/gtk/gtkspinner.c b/gtk/gtkspinner.c index 17b0f7d1cd..97239649f6 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkspinner.c +++ b/gtk/gtkspinner.c @@ -192,8 +192,6 @@ gtk_spinner_class_init (GtkSpinnerClass *klass) /* GtkSpinner:active: * * Whether the spinner is active - * - * Since: 2.20 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_ACTIVE, @@ -219,8 +217,6 @@ gtk_spinner_init (GtkSpinner *spinner) * Returns a new spinner widget. Not yet started. * * Returns: a new #GtkSpinner - * - * Since: 2.20 */ GtkWidget * gtk_spinner_new (void) @@ -233,8 +229,6 @@ gtk_spinner_new (void) * @spinner: a #GtkSpinner * * Starts the animation of the spinner. - * - * Since: 2.20 */ void gtk_spinner_start (GtkSpinner *spinner) @@ -249,8 +243,6 @@ gtk_spinner_start (GtkSpinner *spinner) * @spinner: a #GtkSpinner * * Stops the animation of the spinner. - * - * Since: 2.20 */ void gtk_spinner_stop (GtkSpinner *spinner) diff --git a/gtk/gtkstack.c b/gtk/gtkstack.c index 74c681d1a6..b501b77edb 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkstack.c +++ b/gtk/gtkstack.c @@ -69,18 +69,18 @@ * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_DOWN: Slide from top down * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_LEFT_RIGHT: Slide from left or right according to the children order * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_SLIDE_UP_DOWN: Slide from top down or bottom up according to the order - * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_UP: Cover the old page by sliding up. Since 3.12 - * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_DOWN: Cover the old page by sliding down. Since: 3.12 - * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_LEFT: Cover the old page by sliding to the left. Since: 3.12 - * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_RIGHT: Cover the old page by sliding to the right. Since: 3.12 - * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_UP: Uncover the new page by sliding up. Since 3.12 - * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_DOWN: Uncover the new page by sliding down. Since: 3.12 - * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_LEFT: Uncover the new page by sliding to the left. Since: 3.12 - * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_RIGHT: Uncover the new page by sliding to the right. Since: 3.12 - * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_UP_DOWN: Cover the old page sliding up or uncover the new page sliding down, according to order. Since: 3.12 - * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_DOWN_UP: Cover the old page sliding down or uncover the new page sliding up, according to order. Since: 3.14 - * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_LEFT_RIGHT: Cover the old page sliding left or uncover the new page sliding right, according to order. Since: 3.14 - * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_RIGHT_LEFT: Cover the old page sliding right or uncover the new page sliding left, according to order. Since: 3.14 + * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_UP: Cover the old page by sliding up + * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_DOWN: Cover the old page by sliding down + * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_LEFT: Cover the old page by sliding to the left + * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_RIGHT: Cover the old page by sliding to the right + * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_UP: Uncover the new page by sliding up + * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_DOWN: Uncover the new page by sliding down + * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_LEFT: Uncover the new page by sliding to the left + * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_UNDER_RIGHT: Uncover the new page by sliding to the right + * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_UP_DOWN: Cover the old page sliding up or uncover the new page sliding down, according to order + * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_DOWN_UP: Cover the old page sliding down or uncover the new page sliding up, according to order + * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_LEFT_RIGHT: Cover the old page sliding left or uncover the new page sliding right, according to order + * @GTK_STACK_TRANSITION_TYPE_OVER_RIGHT_LEFT: Cover the old page sliding right or uncover the new page sliding left, according to order * * These enumeration values describe the possible transitions * between pages in a #GtkStack widget. @@ -331,8 +331,6 @@ gtk_stack_class_init (GtkStackClass *klass) * GtkStack:hhomogeneous: * * %TRUE if the stack allocates the same width for all children. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ stack_props[PROP_HHOMOGENEOUS] = g_param_spec_boolean ("hhomogeneous", P_("Horizontally homogeneous"), P_("Horizontally homogeneous sizing"), @@ -343,8 +341,6 @@ gtk_stack_class_init (GtkStackClass *klass) * GtkStack:vhomogeneous: * * %TRUE if the stack allocates the same height for all children. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ stack_props[PROP_VHOMOGENEOUS] = g_param_spec_boolean ("vhomogeneous", P_("Vertically homogeneous"), P_("Vertically homogeneous sizing"), @@ -414,8 +410,6 @@ gtk_stack_class_init (GtkStackClass *klass) * This is used by the #GtkStackSwitcher to change the appearance of the * corresponding button when a page needs attention and it is not the * current one. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ stack_child_props[CHILD_PROP_NEEDS_ATTENTION] = g_param_spec_boolean ("needs-attention", @@ -436,8 +430,6 @@ gtk_stack_class_init (GtkStackClass *klass) * Creates a new #GtkStack container. * * Returns: a new #GtkStack - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GtkWidget * gtk_stack_new (void) @@ -1098,8 +1090,6 @@ stack_child_visibility_notify_cb (GObject *obj, * The child is identified by the @name. The @title * will be used by #GtkStackSwitcher to represent * @child in a tab bar, so it should be short. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_stack_add_titled (GtkStack *stack, @@ -1125,8 +1115,6 @@ gtk_stack_add_titled (GtkStack *stack, * * Adds a child to @stack. * The child is identified by the @name. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_stack_add_named (GtkStack *stack, @@ -1233,8 +1221,6 @@ gtk_stack_remove (GtkContainer *container, * name. * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the requested child of the #GtkStack - * - * Since: 3.12 */ GtkWidget * gtk_stack_get_child_by_name (GtkStack *stack, @@ -1270,8 +1256,6 @@ gtk_stack_get_child_by_name (GtkStack *stack, * Since 3.16, homogeneity can be controlled separately * for horizontal and vertical size, with the * #GtkStack:hhomogeneous and #GtkStack:vhomogeneous. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_stack_set_homogeneous (GtkStack *stack, @@ -1315,8 +1299,6 @@ gtk_stack_set_homogeneous (GtkStack *stack, * See gtk_stack_set_homogeneous(). * * Returns: whether @stack is homogeneous. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ gboolean gtk_stack_get_homogeneous (GtkStack *stack) @@ -1337,8 +1319,6 @@ gtk_stack_get_homogeneous (GtkStack *stack) * If it is homogeneous, the #GtkStack will request the same * width for all its children. If it isn't, the stack * may change width when a different child becomes visible. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ void gtk_stack_set_hhomogeneous (GtkStack *stack, @@ -1369,8 +1349,6 @@ gtk_stack_set_hhomogeneous (GtkStack *stack, * See gtk_stack_set_hhomogeneous(). * * Returns: whether @stack is horizontally homogeneous. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ gboolean gtk_stack_get_hhomogeneous (GtkStack *stack) @@ -1391,8 +1369,6 @@ gtk_stack_get_hhomogeneous (GtkStack *stack) * If it is homogeneous, the #GtkStack will request the same * height for all its children. If it isn't, the stack * may change height when a different child becomes visible. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ void gtk_stack_set_vhomogeneous (GtkStack *stack, @@ -1423,8 +1399,6 @@ gtk_stack_set_vhomogeneous (GtkStack *stack, * See gtk_stack_set_vhomogeneous(). * * Returns: whether @stack is vertically homogeneous. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ gboolean gtk_stack_get_vhomogeneous (GtkStack *stack) @@ -1444,8 +1418,6 @@ gtk_stack_get_vhomogeneous (GtkStack *stack) * transitions between pages in @stack will take. * * Returns: the transition duration - * - * Since: 3.10 */ guint gtk_stack_get_transition_duration (GtkStack *stack) @@ -1464,8 +1436,6 @@ gtk_stack_get_transition_duration (GtkStack *stack) * * Sets the duration that transitions between pages in @stack * will take. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_stack_set_transition_duration (GtkStack *stack, @@ -1491,8 +1461,6 @@ gtk_stack_set_transition_duration (GtkStack *stack, * for transitions between pages in @stack. * * Returns: the current transition type of @stack - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GtkStackTransitionType gtk_stack_get_transition_type (GtkStack *stack) @@ -1516,8 +1484,6 @@ gtk_stack_get_transition_type (GtkStack *stack) * The transition type can be changed without problems * at runtime, so it is possible to change the animation * based on the page that is about to become current. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_stack_set_transition_type (GtkStack *stack, @@ -1543,8 +1509,6 @@ gtk_stack_set_transition_type (GtkStack *stack, * another. * * Returns: %TRUE if the transition is currently running, %FALSE otherwise. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ gboolean gtk_stack_get_transition_running (GtkStack *stack) @@ -1566,8 +1530,6 @@ gtk_stack_get_transition_running (GtkStack *stack) * property is set to %TRUE, @stack will interpolate its size between * the current one and the one it'll take after changing the * visible child, according to the set transition duration. - * - * Since: 3.18 */ void gtk_stack_set_interpolate_size (GtkStack *stack, @@ -1594,8 +1556,6 @@ gtk_stack_set_interpolate_size (GtkStack *stack, * the sizes of children on page switch. * * Returns: %TRUE if child sizes are interpolated - * - * Since: 3.18 */ gboolean gtk_stack_get_interpolate_size (GtkStack *stack) @@ -1616,8 +1576,6 @@ gtk_stack_get_interpolate_size (GtkStack *stack) * there are no visible children. * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the visible child of the #GtkStack - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GtkWidget * gtk_stack_get_visible_child (GtkStack *stack) @@ -1637,8 +1595,6 @@ gtk_stack_get_visible_child (GtkStack *stack) * %NULL if there is no visible child. * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the name of the visible child of the #GtkStack - * - * Since: 3.10 */ const gchar * gtk_stack_get_visible_child_name (GtkStack *stack) @@ -1668,8 +1624,6 @@ gtk_stack_get_visible_child_name (GtkStack *stack) * Note that the @child widget has to be visible itself * (see gtk_widget_show()) in order to become the visible * child of @stack. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_stack_set_visible_child (GtkStack *stack, @@ -1710,8 +1664,6 @@ gtk_stack_set_visible_child (GtkStack *stack, * Note that the child widget has to be visible itself * (see gtk_widget_show()) in order to become the visible * child of @stack. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_stack_set_visible_child_name (GtkStack *stack, @@ -1733,8 +1685,6 @@ gtk_stack_set_visible_child_name (GtkStack *stack, * Note that the child widget has to be visible itself * (see gtk_widget_show()) in order to become the visible * child of @stack. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_stack_set_visible_child_full (GtkStack *stack, diff --git a/gtk/gtkstack.h b/gtk/gtkstack.h index 4823a29756..b9b4701cf4 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkstack.h +++ b/gtk/gtkstack.h @@ -72,68 +72,68 @@ struct _GtkStackClass { GtkContainerClass parent_class; }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_stack_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_stack_new (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_stack_add_named (GtkStack *stack, GtkWidget *child, const gchar *name); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_stack_add_titled (GtkStack *stack, GtkWidget *child, const gchar *name, const gchar *title); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_stack_get_child_by_name (GtkStack *stack, const gchar *name); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_stack_set_visible_child (GtkStack *stack, GtkWidget *child); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_stack_get_visible_child (GtkStack *stack); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_stack_set_visible_child_name (GtkStack *stack, const gchar *name); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL const gchar * gtk_stack_get_visible_child_name (GtkStack *stack); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_stack_set_visible_child_full (GtkStack *stack, const gchar *name, GtkStackTransitionType transition); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_stack_set_homogeneous (GtkStack *stack, gboolean homogeneous); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_stack_get_homogeneous (GtkStack *stack); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_stack_set_hhomogeneous (GtkStack *stack, gboolean hhomogeneous); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_stack_get_hhomogeneous (GtkStack *stack); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_stack_set_vhomogeneous (GtkStack *stack, gboolean vhomogeneous); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_stack_get_vhomogeneous (GtkStack *stack); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_stack_set_transition_duration (GtkStack *stack, guint duration); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL guint gtk_stack_get_transition_duration (GtkStack *stack); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_stack_set_transition_type (GtkStack *stack, GtkStackTransitionType transition); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkStackTransitionType gtk_stack_get_transition_type (GtkStack *stack); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_stack_get_transition_running (GtkStack *stack); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_stack_set_interpolate_size (GtkStack *stack, gboolean interpolate_size); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_stack_get_interpolate_size (GtkStack *stack); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkstacksidebar.c b/gtk/gtkstacksidebar.c index 1c1ea03720..552dcab9f8 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkstacksidebar.c +++ b/gtk/gtkstacksidebar.c @@ -52,8 +52,6 @@ * When circumstances require it, GtkStackSidebar adds the * .needs-attention style class to the widgets representing the stack * pages. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ struct _GtkStackSidebarPrivate @@ -459,8 +457,6 @@ gtk_stack_sidebar_class_init (GtkStackSidebarClass *klass) * Creates a new sidebar. * * Returns: the new #GtkStackSidebar - * - * Since: 3.16 */ GtkWidget * gtk_stack_sidebar_new (void) @@ -477,8 +473,6 @@ gtk_stack_sidebar_new (void) * * The sidebar widget will automatically update according to the order * (packing) and items within the given #GtkStack. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ void gtk_stack_sidebar_set_stack (GtkStackSidebar *sidebar, @@ -521,8 +515,6 @@ gtk_stack_sidebar_set_stack (GtkStackSidebar *sidebar, * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the associated #GtkStack or * %NULL if none has been set explicitly - * - * Since: 3.16 */ GtkStack * gtk_stack_sidebar_get_stack (GtkStackSidebar *sidebar) diff --git a/gtk/gtkstacksidebar.h b/gtk/gtkstacksidebar.h index 9bb38d3ebc..33e2e82ad1 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkstacksidebar.h +++ b/gtk/gtkstacksidebar.h @@ -58,14 +58,14 @@ struct _GtkStackSidebarClass void (*_gtk_reserved4) (void); }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_stack_sidebar_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_stack_sidebar_new (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_stack_sidebar_set_stack (GtkStackSidebar *sidebar, GtkStack *stack); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkStack * gtk_stack_sidebar_get_stack (GtkStackSidebar *sidebar); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c b/gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c index 5495591ab8..7c403c3c40 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c +++ b/gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c @@ -500,8 +500,6 @@ connect_stack_signals (GtkStackSwitcher *switcher) * @stack: (allow-none): a #GtkStack * * Sets the stack to control. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_stack_switcher_set_stack (GtkStackSwitcher *switcher, @@ -544,8 +542,6 @@ gtk_stack_switcher_set_stack (GtkStackSwitcher *switcher, * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the stack, or %NULL if * none has been set explicitly. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GtkStack * gtk_stack_switcher_get_stack (GtkStackSwitcher *switcher) @@ -673,8 +669,6 @@ gtk_stack_switcher_class_init (GtkStackSwitcherClass *class) * * Use the "icon-size" property to change the size of the image displayed * when a #GtkStackSwitcher is displaying icons. - * - * Since: 3.20 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_ICON_SIZE, @@ -703,8 +697,6 @@ gtk_stack_switcher_class_init (GtkStackSwitcherClass *class) * Create a new #GtkStackSwitcher. * * Returns: a new #GtkStackSwitcher. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ GtkWidget * gtk_stack_switcher_new (void) diff --git a/gtk/gtkstackswitcher.h b/gtk/gtkstackswitcher.h index 61f3158ea4..d11ed46bb6 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkstackswitcher.h +++ b/gtk/gtkstackswitcher.h @@ -55,14 +55,14 @@ struct _GtkStackSwitcherClass void (*_gtk_reserved4) (void); }; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GType gtk_stack_switcher_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_stack_switcher_new (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_stack_switcher_set_stack (GtkStackSwitcher *switcher, GtkStack *stack); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkStack * gtk_stack_switcher_get_stack (GtkStackSwitcher *switcher); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtkstatusbar.c b/gtk/gtkstatusbar.c index 3edb920424..fc0336cbb2 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkstatusbar.c +++ b/gtk/gtkstatusbar.c @@ -478,8 +478,6 @@ gtk_statusbar_remove (GtkStatusbar *statusbar, * * Forces the removal of all messages from a statusbar's * stack with the exact @context_id. - * - * Since: 2.22 */ void gtk_statusbar_remove_all (GtkStatusbar *statusbar, @@ -539,8 +537,6 @@ gtk_statusbar_remove_all (GtkStatusbar *statusbar, * Retrieves the box containing the label widget. * * Returns: (type Gtk.Box) (transfer none): a #GtkBox - * - * Since: 2.20 */ GtkWidget* gtk_statusbar_get_message_area (GtkStatusbar *statusbar) diff --git a/gtk/gtkstylecontext.c b/gtk/gtkstylecontext.c index b309f15e81..16897067d0 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkstylecontext.c +++ b/gtk/gtkstylecontext.c @@ -194,8 +194,6 @@ gtk_style_context_class_init (GtkStyleContextClass *klass) * #GtkWidget::style-updated signal/vfunc might be more convenient to use. * * This signal is useful when using the theming layer standalone. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ signals[CHANGED] = g_signal_new (I_("changed"), @@ -225,8 +223,6 @@ gtk_style_context_class_init (GtkStyleContextClass *klass) * * Sets or gets the style context’s parent. See gtk_style_context_set_parent() * for details. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ properties[PROP_PARENT] = g_param_spec_object ("parent", @@ -505,8 +501,6 @@ gtk_style_context_new_for_node (GtkCssNode *node) * Note: If both priorities are the same, a #GtkStyleProvider * added through this function takes precedence over another added * through gtk_style_context_add_provider_for_display(). - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_style_context_add_provider (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -542,8 +536,6 @@ gtk_style_context_add_provider (GtkStyleContext *context, * @provider: a #GtkStyleProvider * * Removes @provider from the style providers list in @context. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_style_context_remove_provider (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -570,8 +562,6 @@ gtk_style_context_remove_provider (GtkStyleContext *context, * style, it will both redraw and recompute any cached information about * its appearance. As an example, it is used when the color scheme changes * in the related #GtkSettings object. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_style_context_reset_widgets (GdkDisplay *display) @@ -611,8 +601,6 @@ gtk_style_context_reset_widgets (GdkDisplay *display) * Note: If both priorities are the same, A #GtkStyleProvider * added through gtk_style_context_add_provider() takes precedence * over another added through this function. - * - * Since: 3.94 **/ void gtk_style_context_add_provider_for_display (GdkDisplay *display, @@ -635,8 +623,6 @@ gtk_style_context_add_provider_for_display (GdkDisplay *display, * @provider: a #GtkStyleProvider * * Removes @provider from the global style providers list in @display. - * - * Since: 3.94 **/ void gtk_style_context_remove_provider_for_display (GdkDisplay *display, @@ -713,8 +699,6 @@ gtk_style_context_query_func (guint id, * * When @value is no longer needed, g_value_unset() must be called * to free any allocated memory. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_style_context_get_property (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -761,8 +745,6 @@ gtk_style_context_get_property (GtkStyleContext *context, * memory in the appropriate manner for the type. For example, by calling * g_free() or g_object_unref(). Non-pointer-valued properties, such as * integers, are returned by value and do not need to be freed. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_style_context_get_valist (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -815,8 +797,6 @@ gtk_style_context_get_valist (GtkStyleContext *context, * memory in the appropriate manner for the type. For example, by calling * g_free() or g_object_unref(). Non-pointer-valued properties, such as * integers, are returned by value and do not need to be freed. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_style_context_get (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -875,8 +855,6 @@ gtk_style_context_get_id (GtkStyleContext *context) * @flags: state to represent * * Sets the state to be used for style matching. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_style_context_set_state (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -901,8 +879,6 @@ gtk_style_context_set_state (GtkStyleContext *context, * gtk_widget_get_state_flags(). * * Returns: the state flags - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ GtkStateFlags gtk_style_context_get_state (GtkStyleContext *context) @@ -920,8 +896,6 @@ gtk_style_context_get_state (GtkStyleContext *context) * @scale: scale * * Sets the scale to use when getting image assets for the style. - * - * Since: 3.10 **/ void gtk_style_context_set_scale (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -955,8 +929,6 @@ gtk_style_context_set_scale (GtkStyleContext *context, * Returns the scale used for assets. * * Returns: the scale - * - * Since: 3.10 **/ gint gtk_style_context_get_scale (GtkStyleContext *context) @@ -980,8 +952,6 @@ gtk_style_context_get_scale (GtkStyleContext *context) * If you are using a #GtkStyleContext returned from * gtk_widget_get_style_context(), you do not need to call * this yourself. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_style_context_set_path (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -1019,8 +989,6 @@ gtk_style_context_set_path (GtkStyleContext *context, * Returns the widget path used for style matching. * * Returns: (transfer none): A #GtkWidgetPath - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ const GtkWidgetPath * gtk_style_context_get_path (GtkStyleContext *context) @@ -1040,8 +1008,6 @@ gtk_style_context_get_path (GtkStyleContext *context) * * If you are using a #GtkStyleContext returned from * gtk_widget_get_style_context(), the parent will be set for you. - * - * Since: 3.4 **/ void gtk_style_context_set_parent (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -1084,8 +1050,6 @@ gtk_style_context_set_parent (GtkStyleContext *context, * See that function for details. * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the parent context or %NULL - * - * Since: 3.4 **/ GtkStyleContext * gtk_style_context_get_parent (GtkStyleContext *context) @@ -1160,8 +1124,6 @@ gtk_style_context_save_named (GtkStyleContext *context, * * The matching call to gtk_style_context_restore() must be done * before GTK returns to the main loop. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_style_context_save (GtkStyleContext *context) @@ -1177,8 +1139,6 @@ gtk_style_context_save (GtkStyleContext *context) * * Restores @context state to a previous stage. * See gtk_style_context_save(). - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_style_context_restore (GtkStyleContext *context) @@ -1217,8 +1177,6 @@ gtk_style_context_restore (GtkStyleContext *context) * |[ <!-- language="CSS" --> * .search { ... } * ]| - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_style_context_add_class (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -1241,8 +1199,6 @@ gtk_style_context_add_class (GtkStyleContext *context, * @class_name: class name to remove * * Removes @class_name from @context. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_style_context_remove_class (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -1270,8 +1226,6 @@ gtk_style_context_remove_class (GtkStyleContext *context, * given class name. * * Returns: %TRUE if @context has @class_name defined - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ gboolean gtk_style_context_has_class (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -1300,8 +1254,6 @@ gtk_style_context_has_class (GtkStyleContext *context, * strings with the currently defined classes. The contents * of the list are owned by GTK+, but you must free the list * itself with g_list_free() when you are done with it. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ GList * gtk_style_context_list_classes (GtkStyleContext *context) @@ -1342,8 +1294,6 @@ _gtk_style_context_peek_property (GtkStyleContext *context, * If you are using a #GtkStyleContext returned from * gtk_widget_get_style_context(), you do not need to * call this yourself. - * - * Since: 3.94 **/ void gtk_style_context_set_display (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -1382,8 +1332,6 @@ gtk_style_context_set_display (GtkStyleContext *context, * Returns the #GdkDisplay to which @context is attached. * * Returns: (transfer none): a #GdkDisplay. - * - * Since: 3.94 **/ GdkDisplay * gtk_style_context_get_display (GtkStyleContext *context) @@ -1407,8 +1355,6 @@ gtk_style_context_get_display (GtkStyleContext *context) * If you are using a #GtkStyleContext returned from * gtk_widget_get_style_context(), you do not need to * call this yourself. - * - * Since: 3.8 **/ void gtk_style_context_set_frame_clock (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -1431,8 +1377,6 @@ gtk_style_context_set_frame_clock (GtkStyleContext *context, * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GdkFrameClock, or %NULL * if @context does not have an attached frame clock. - * - * Since: 3.8 **/ GdkFrameClock * gtk_style_context_get_frame_clock (GtkStyleContext *context) @@ -1530,8 +1474,6 @@ gtk_style_context_validate (GtkStyleContext *context, * * See gtk_style_context_get_property() and * #GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_COLOR for details. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_style_context_get_color (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -1566,8 +1508,6 @@ gtk_style_context_get_color (GtkStyleContext *context, * achieve this result is to use gtk_render_background() instead, along with CSS * style classes to modify the color to be rendered. * - * Since: 3.0 - * * Deprecated: 3.16: Use gtk_render_background() instead. **/ void @@ -1594,8 +1534,6 @@ gtk_style_context_get_background_color (GtkStyleContext *context, * * Gets the border color for a given state. * - * Since: 3.0 - * * Deprecated: 3.16: Use gtk_render_frame() instead. **/ void @@ -1624,8 +1562,6 @@ gtk_style_context_get_border_color (GtkStyleContext *context, * * See gtk_style_context_get_property() and * #GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_BORDER_WIDTH for details. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_style_context_get_border (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -1658,8 +1594,6 @@ gtk_style_context_get_border (GtkStyleContext *context, * Gets the padding for a given state as a #GtkBorder. * See gtk_style_context_get() and #GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_PADDING * for details. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_style_context_get_padding (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -1692,8 +1626,6 @@ gtk_style_context_get_padding (GtkStyleContext *context, * Gets the margin for a given state as a #GtkBorder. * See gtk_style_property_get() and #GTK_STYLE_PROPERTY_MARGIN * for details. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_style_context_get_margin (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -1879,8 +1811,6 @@ snapshot_insertion_cursor (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, * @direction: the #PangoDirection of the text * * Draws a text caret on @cr at the specified index of @layout. - * - * Since: 3.4 **/ void gtk_render_insertion_cursor (GtkStyleContext *context, @@ -1964,8 +1894,6 @@ gtk_render_insertion_cursor (GtkStyleContext *context, * @direction: the #PangoDirection of the text * * Draws a text caret using @snapshot at the specified index of @layout. - * - * Since: 3.90 **/ void gtk_snapshot_render_insertion_cursor (GtkSnapshot *snapshot, @@ -2176,8 +2104,6 @@ G_GNUC_END_IGNORE_DEPRECATIONS * the format of the returned string, it may change. * * Returns: a newly allocated string representing @context - * - * Since: 3.20 */ char * gtk_style_context_to_string (GtkStyleContext *context, diff --git a/gtk/gtkstylecontext.h b/gtk/gtkstylecontext.h index 0b58d5e2f0..bfe513067f 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkstylecontext.h +++ b/gtk/gtkstylecontext.h @@ -178,8 +178,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass * A CSS class to match labels. * * Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ #define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_LABEL "label" @@ -261,8 +259,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass * A CSS class that gets added to windows which have client-side decorations. * * Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ #define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_CSD "csd" @@ -300,8 +296,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass * and text views. * * Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ #define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_TOUCH_SELECTION "touch-selection" @@ -356,8 +350,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass * A CSS class to match statusbars. * * Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ #define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_STATUSBAR "statusbar" @@ -792,8 +784,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass * a toplevel window. * * Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ #define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_TITLE "title" @@ -804,8 +794,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass * a toplevel window. * * Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ #define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SUBTITLE "subtitle" @@ -817,8 +805,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass * a hidden page that changed state. * * Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ #define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_NEEDS_ATTENTION "needs-attention" @@ -829,8 +815,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass * primary suggested action in a specific context. * * Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ #define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_SUGGESTED_ACTION "suggested-action" @@ -842,8 +826,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass * to the user. * * Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ #define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_DESTRUCTIVE_ACTION "destructive-action" @@ -853,8 +835,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass * A CSS class that matches popovers. * * Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ #define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_POPOVER "popover" @@ -866,8 +846,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass * A CSS class that is added to the toplevel windows used for menus. * * Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ #define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_POPUP "popup" @@ -877,8 +855,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass * A CSS class that is added to message dialogs. * * Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ #define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_MESSAGE_DIALOG "message-dialog" @@ -890,8 +866,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass * without it. * * Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ #define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_FLAT "flat" @@ -912,8 +886,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass * area. * * Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ #define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_OVERSHOOT "overshoot" @@ -925,8 +897,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass * by scrolling. * * Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ #define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_UNDERSHOOT "undershoot" @@ -939,8 +909,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass * style it as black text on white background. * * Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ #define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_PAPER "paper" @@ -951,8 +919,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass * a monospace font. * * Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ #define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_MONOSPACE "monospace" @@ -963,8 +929,6 @@ struct _GtkStyleContextClass * Used by #GtkPaned. * * Refer to individual widget documentation for used style classes. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ #define GTK_STYLE_CLASS_WIDE "wide" @@ -974,11 +938,11 @@ GType gtk_style_context_get_type (void) G_GNUC_CONST; GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkStyleContext * gtk_style_context_new (void); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_style_context_add_provider_for_display (GdkDisplay *display, GtkStyleProvider *provider, guint priority); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_style_context_remove_provider_for_display (GdkDisplay *display, GtkStyleProvider *provider); @@ -1018,10 +982,10 @@ void gtk_style_context_set_state (GtkStyleContext *context, GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkStateFlags gtk_style_context_get_state (GtkStyleContext *context); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_style_context_set_scale (GtkStyleContext *context, gint scale); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_style_context_get_scale (GtkStyleContext *context); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL @@ -1029,7 +993,7 @@ void gtk_style_context_set_path (GtkStyleContext *context, GtkWidgetPath *path); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL const GtkWidgetPath * gtk_style_context_get_path (GtkStyleContext *context); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_style_context_set_parent (GtkStyleContext *context, GtkStyleContext *parent); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL @@ -1054,10 +1018,10 @@ void gtk_style_context_set_display (GtkStyleContext *context, GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkDisplay *gtk_style_context_get_display (GtkStyleContext *context); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_style_context_set_frame_clock (GtkStyleContext *context, GdkFrameClock *frame_clock); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkFrameClock *gtk_style_context_get_frame_clock (GtkStyleContext *context); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL @@ -1069,10 +1033,10 @@ gboolean gtk_style_context_lookup_color (GtkStyleContext *context, GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_style_context_get_color (GtkStyleContext *context, GdkRGBA *color); -GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_16_FOR(gtk_render_background) +GDK_DEPRECATED_FOR(gtk_render_background) void gtk_style_context_get_background_color (GtkStyleContext *context, GdkRGBA *color); -GDK_DEPRECATED_IN_3_16_FOR(gtk_render_frame) +GDK_DEPRECATED_FOR(gtk_render_frame) void gtk_style_context_get_border_color (GtkStyleContext *context, GdkRGBA *color); @@ -1089,7 +1053,7 @@ void gtk_style_context_get_margin (GtkStyleContext *context, GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_style_context_reset_widgets (GdkDisplay *display); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_render_insertion_cursor (GtkStyleContext *context, cairo_t *cr, @@ -1105,7 +1069,7 @@ typedef enum { GTK_STYLE_CONTEXT_PRINT_SHOW_STYLE = 1 << 1 } GtkStyleContextPrintFlags; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL char * gtk_style_context_to_string (GtkStyleContext *context, GtkStyleContextPrintFlags flags); diff --git a/gtk/gtkswitch.c b/gtk/gtkswitch.c index a4d7d38015..b25ffc9e01 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkswitch.c +++ b/gtk/gtkswitch.c @@ -533,8 +533,6 @@ gtk_switch_class_init (GtkSwitchClass *klass) * * The backend state that is controlled by the switch. * See #GtkSwitch::state-set for details. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ switch_props[PROP_STATE] = g_param_spec_boolean ("state", @@ -595,8 +593,6 @@ gtk_switch_class_init (GtkSwitchClass *klass) * position of the switch. * * Returns: %TRUE to stop the signal emission - * - * Since: 3.14 */ signals[STATE_SET] = g_signal_new (I_("state-set"), @@ -672,8 +668,6 @@ gtk_switch_init (GtkSwitch *self) * Creates a new #GtkSwitch widget. * * Returns: the newly created #GtkSwitch instance - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkWidget * gtk_switch_new (void) @@ -687,8 +681,6 @@ gtk_switch_new (void) * @is_active: %TRUE if @sw should be active, and %FALSE otherwise * * Changes the state of @sw to the desired one. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_switch_set_active (GtkSwitch *sw, @@ -732,8 +724,6 @@ gtk_switch_set_active (GtkSwitch *sw, * Gets whether the #GtkSwitch is in its “on” or “off” state. * * Returns: %TRUE if the #GtkSwitch is active, and %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gboolean gtk_switch_get_active (GtkSwitch *sw) @@ -757,8 +747,6 @@ gtk_switch_get_active (GtkSwitch *sw) * called from a #GtkSwitch::state-set signal handler. * * See #GtkSwitch::state-set for details. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ void gtk_switch_set_state (GtkSwitch *sw, @@ -795,8 +783,6 @@ gtk_switch_set_state (GtkSwitch *sw, * Gets the underlying state of the #GtkSwitch. * * Returns: the underlying state - * - * Since: 3.14 */ gboolean gtk_switch_get_state (GtkSwitch *sw) diff --git a/gtk/gtkswitch.h b/gtk/gtkswitch.h index da1979559d..f5253645bb 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkswitch.h +++ b/gtk/gtkswitch.h @@ -92,10 +92,10 @@ void gtk_switch_set_active (GtkSwitch *sw, GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_switch_get_active (GtkSwitch *sw); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_switch_set_state (GtkSwitch *sw, gboolean state); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_switch_get_state (GtkSwitch *sw); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtktestutils.c b/gtk/gtktestutils.c index 1a35d2e034..43293c9eec 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktestutils.c +++ b/gtk/gtktestutils.c @@ -70,8 +70,6 @@ * * Like gtk_init() and g_test_init(), any known arguments will be * processed and stripped from @argc and @argv. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ void gtk_test_init (int *argcp, @@ -126,8 +124,6 @@ quit_main_loop_callback (GtkWidget *widget, * This function is intended to be used for syncing with actions that * depend on @widget relayouting or on interaction with the display * server. - * - * Since: 3.10 **/ void gtk_test_widget_wait_for_draw (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -158,8 +154,6 @@ static guint n_all_registered_types = 0; * * Returns: (array length=n_types zero-terminated=1) (transfer none): * 0-terminated array of type ids - * - * Since: 2.14 */ const GType* gtk_test_list_all_types (guint *n_types) @@ -175,8 +169,6 @@ gtk_test_list_all_types (guint *n_types) * Force registration of all core Gtk+ and Gdk object types. * This allowes to refer to any of those object types via * g_type_from_name() after calling this function. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ void gtk_test_register_all_types (void) diff --git a/gtk/gtktestutils.h b/gtk/gtktestutils.h index a64e2db4d6..1ea7c0a1b9 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktestutils.h +++ b/gtk/gtktestutils.h @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_test_register_all_types (void); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL const GType* gtk_test_list_all_types (guint *n_types); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_test_widget_wait_for_draw (GtkWidget *widget); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtktextbuffer.c b/gtk/gtktextbuffer.c index 5e601887f5..e6c1a6c62f 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktextbuffer.c +++ b/gtk/gtktextbuffer.c @@ -419,8 +419,6 @@ gtk_text_buffer_class_init (GtkTextBufferClass *klass) * * The text content of the buffer. Without child widgets and images, * see gtk_text_buffer_get_text() for more information. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ text_buffer_props[PROP_TEXT] = g_param_spec_string ("text", @@ -433,8 +431,6 @@ gtk_text_buffer_class_init (GtkTextBufferClass *klass) * GtkTextBuffer:has-selection: * * Whether the buffer has some text currently selected. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ text_buffer_props[PROP_HAS_SELECTION] = g_param_spec_boolean ("has-selection", @@ -449,8 +445,6 @@ gtk_text_buffer_class_init (GtkTextBufferClass *klass) * The position of the insert mark (as offset from the beginning * of the buffer). It is useful for getting notified when the * cursor moves. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ text_buffer_props[PROP_CURSOR_POSITION] = g_param_spec_int ("cursor-position", @@ -465,8 +459,6 @@ gtk_text_buffer_class_init (GtkTextBufferClass *klass) * * The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying * and as DND source. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ text_buffer_props[PROP_COPY_TARGET_LIST] = g_param_spec_boxed ("copy-target-list", @@ -480,8 +472,6 @@ gtk_text_buffer_class_init (GtkTextBufferClass *klass) * * The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting * and as DND destination. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ text_buffer_props[PROP_PASTE_TARGET_LIST] = g_param_spec_boxed ("paste-target-list", @@ -838,8 +828,6 @@ gtk_text_buffer_class_init (GtkTextBufferClass *klass) * The paste-done signal is emitted after paste operation has been completed. * This is useful to properly scroll the view to the end of the pasted text. * See gtk_text_buffer_paste_clipboard() for more details. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ signals[PASTE_DONE] = g_signal_new (I_("paste-done"), @@ -2338,8 +2326,6 @@ gtk_text_buffer_create_mark (GtkTextBuffer *buffer, * * Emits the #GtkTextBuffer::mark-set signal as notification of the mark's * initial placement. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ void gtk_text_buffer_add_mark (GtkTextBuffer *buffer, @@ -2628,8 +2614,6 @@ gtk_text_buffer_place_cursor (GtkTextBuffer *buffer, * inefficient since the temporarily-selected region will force stuff * to be recalculated. This function moves them as a unit, which can * be optimized. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_text_buffer_select_range (GtkTextBuffer *buffer, @@ -3314,8 +3298,6 @@ gtk_text_buffer_set_modified (GtkTextBuffer *buffer, * Indicates whether the buffer has some text currently selected. * * Returns: %TRUE if the there is text selected - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ gboolean gtk_text_buffer_get_has_selection (GtkTextBuffer *buffer) @@ -3821,8 +3803,6 @@ gtk_text_buffer_delete_selection (GtkTextBuffer *buffer, * re-initialized to point to the location where text was deleted. * * Returns: %TRUE if the buffer was modified - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ gboolean gtk_text_buffer_backspace (GtkTextBuffer *buffer, @@ -4722,8 +4702,6 @@ gtk_text_buffer_insert_with_attributes (GtkTextBuffer *buffer, * #GtkTextBuffer::insert-text signal, possibly multiple times; insertion * actually occurs in the default handler for the signal. @iter will point * to the end of the inserted text on return. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ void gtk_text_buffer_insert_markup (GtkTextBuffer *buffer, diff --git a/gtk/gtktextbuffer.h b/gtk/gtktextbuffer.h index 2181c5efb5..51668cbb6e 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktextbuffer.h +++ b/gtk/gtktextbuffer.h @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ void gtk_text_buffer_insert_with_tags_by_name (GtkTextBuffer *buffer, const gchar *first_tag_name, ...) G_GNUC_NULL_TERMINATED; -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_text_buffer_insert_markup (GtkTextBuffer *buffer, GtkTextIter *iter, const gchar *markup, diff --git a/gtk/gtktextiter.c b/gtk/gtktextiter.c index e7dd2c8dc2..e16f3a5796 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktextiter.c +++ b/gtk/gtktextiter.c @@ -452,8 +452,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_free (GtkTextIter *iter) * is not useful in applications, because iterators can be assigned * with `GtkTextIter i = j;`. The * function is used by language bindings. - * - * Since: 3.2 **/ void gtk_text_iter_assign (GtkTextIter *iter, @@ -1166,7 +1164,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_get_toggled_tags (const GtkTextIter *iter, * parameters. * * Returns: whether @iter is the start of a range tagged with @tag - * Since: 3.20 **/ gboolean gtk_text_iter_starts_tag (const GtkTextIter *iter, @@ -2710,8 +2707,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_lines (GtkTextIter *iter, gint count) * already at the end of the buffer. * * Returns: whether @iter can be dereferenced - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ gboolean gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_line (GtkTextIter *iter) @@ -2750,8 +2745,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_line (GtkTextIter *iter) * every iteration, if your first iteration is on line 0.) * * Returns: whether @iter moved - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ gboolean gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_line (GtkTextIter *iter) @@ -2791,8 +2784,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_line (GtkTextIter *iter) * moves backward by 0 - @count lines. * * Returns: whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ gboolean gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_lines (GtkTextIter *iter, @@ -2831,8 +2822,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_lines (GtkTextIter *iter, * moves forward by 0 - @count lines. * * Returns: whether @iter moved and is dereferenceable - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ gboolean gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_lines (GtkTextIter *iter, @@ -3297,8 +3286,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_word_starts (GtkTextIter *iter, * algorithms). * * Returns: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_word_end (GtkTextIter *iter) @@ -3317,8 +3304,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_word_end (GtkTextIter *iter) * algorithms). * * Returns: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_word_start (GtkTextIter *iter) @@ -3334,8 +3319,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_word_start (GtkTextIter *iter) * Calls gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_word_end() up to @count times. * * Returns: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_word_ends (GtkTextIter *iter, @@ -3354,8 +3337,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_word_ends (GtkTextIter *iter, * Calls gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_word_start() up to @count times. * * Returns: %TRUE if @iter moved and is not the end iterator - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_word_starts (GtkTextIter *iter, @@ -3691,8 +3672,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_cursor_positions (GtkTextIter *iter, * gtk_text_iter_forward_cursor_position() for details. * * Returns: %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_cursor_position (GtkTextIter *iter) @@ -3708,8 +3687,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_cursor_position (GtkTextIter *iter) * gtk_text_iter_backward_cursor_position() for details. * * Returns: %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_cursor_position (GtkTextIter *iter) @@ -3726,8 +3703,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_cursor_position (GtkTextIter *iter) * gtk_text_iter_forward_cursor_position() for details. * * Returns: %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_cursor_positions (GtkTextIter *iter, @@ -3747,8 +3722,6 @@ gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_cursor_positions (GtkTextIter *iter, * gtk_text_iter_backward_cursor_position() for details. * * Returns: %TRUE if we moved and the new position is dereferenceable - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_text_iter_backward_visible_cursor_positions (GtkTextIter *iter, diff --git a/gtk/gtktextiter.h b/gtk/gtktextiter.h index dbc89d1264..890244e459 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktextiter.h +++ b/gtk/gtktextiter.h @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkTextIter *gtk_text_iter_copy (const GtkTextIter *iter); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_text_iter_free (GtkTextIter *iter); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_text_iter_assign (GtkTextIter *iter, const GtkTextIter *other); @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GSList *gtk_text_iter_get_toggled_tags (const GtkTextIter *iter, gboolean toggled_on); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_text_iter_starts_tag (const GtkTextIter *iter, GtkTextTag *tag); @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ gboolean gtk_text_iter_forward_word_ends (GtkTextIter *iter, GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_text_iter_backward_word_starts (GtkTextIter *iter, gint count); - + GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_text_iter_forward_visible_line (GtkTextIter *iter); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL diff --git a/gtk/gtktextmark.c b/gtk/gtktextmark.c index 4e966ce284..12c6e2d846 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktextmark.c +++ b/gtk/gtktextmark.c @@ -255,8 +255,6 @@ gtk_text_mark_get_property (GObject *object, * side of the text you’re typing). * * Returns: new #GtkTextMark - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ GtkTextMark * gtk_text_mark_new (const gchar *name, diff --git a/gtk/gtktexttag.c b/gtk/gtktexttag.c index d6c1a552c9..f357b3eba8 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktexttag.c +++ b/gtk/gtktexttag.c @@ -210,8 +210,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass) * GtkTextTag:background-rgba: * * Background color as a #GdkRGBA. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_BACKGROUND_RGBA, @@ -241,8 +239,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass) * GtkTextTag:foreground-rgba: * * Foreground color as a #GdkRGBA. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_FOREGROUND_RGBA, @@ -494,8 +490,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass) * If #GtkTextTag:underline is set to %PANGO_UNDERLINE_ERROR, an alternate * color may be applied instead of the foreground. Setting this property * will always override those defaults. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_UNDERLINE_RGBA, @@ -510,8 +504,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass) * * This property modifies the color of strikeouts. If not set, strikeouts * will use the forground color. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_STRIKETHROUGH_RGBA, @@ -547,8 +539,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass) * Note that there may still be problems with the support for invisible * text, in particular when navigating programmatically inside a buffer * containing invisible segments. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_INVISIBLE, @@ -562,8 +552,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass) * GtkTextTag:paragraph-background: * * The paragraph background color as a string. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_PARAGRAPH_BACKGROUND, @@ -577,8 +565,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass) * GtkTextTag:paragraph-background-rgba: * * The paragraph background color as a #GdkRGBA. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_PARAGRAPH_BACKGROUND_RGBA, @@ -595,8 +581,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass) * * When set to %TRUE, other fonts will be substituted * where the current font is missing glyphs. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_FALLBACK, @@ -610,8 +594,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass) * GtkTextTag:letter-spacing: * * Extra spacing between graphemes, in Pango units. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_LETTER_SPACING, @@ -625,8 +607,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass) * GtkTextTag:font-features: * * OpenType font features, as a string. - * - * Since: 3.18 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_FONT_FEATURES, @@ -644,8 +624,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass) * When set to %TRUE the margins of this tag are added to the margins * of any other non-accumulative margins present. When set to %FALSE * the margins override one another (the default). - * - * Since: 2.12 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_ACCUMULATIVE_MARGIN, @@ -751,8 +729,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass) * GtkTextTag:underline-rgba-set: * * If the #GtkTextTag:underline-rgba property has been set. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ ADD_SET_PROP ("underline-rgba-set", PROP_UNDERLINE_RGBA_SET, P_("Underline RGBA set"), @@ -762,8 +738,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_class_init (GtkTextTagClass *klass) * GtkTextTag:strikethrough-rgba-set: * * If the #GtkTextTag:strikethrough-rgba property has been set. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ ADD_SET_PROP ("strikethrough-rgba-set", PROP_STRIKETHROUGH_RGBA_SET, P_("Strikethrough RGBA set"), @@ -2039,8 +2013,6 @@ gtk_text_tag_set_priority (GtkTextTag *tag, * * The signal is already emitted when setting a #GtkTextTag property. This * function is useful for a #GtkTextTag subclass. - * - * Since: 3.20 */ void gtk_text_tag_changed (GtkTextTag *tag, diff --git a/gtk/gtktexttag.h b/gtk/gtktexttag.h index b6daa7c5db..454cd93861 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktexttag.h +++ b/gtk/gtktexttag.h @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ gint gtk_text_tag_get_priority (GtkTextTag *tag); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_text_tag_set_priority (GtkTextTag *tag, gint priority); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_text_tag_changed (GtkTextTag *tag, gboolean size_changed); diff --git a/gtk/gtktextview.c b/gtk/gtktextview.c index 171467c0b0..9e6964727d 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktextview.c +++ b/gtk/gtktextview.c @@ -857,8 +857,6 @@ gtk_text_view_class_init (GtkTextViewClass *klass) * to the padding from the theme. * * Don't confuse this property with #GtkWidget:margin-top. - * - * Since: 3.18 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_TOP_MARGIN, @@ -878,8 +876,6 @@ gtk_text_view_class_init (GtkTextViewClass *klass) * to the padding from the theme. * * Don't confuse this property with #GtkWidget:margin-bottom. - * - * Since: 3.18 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_BOTTOM_MARGIN, @@ -946,8 +942,6 @@ gtk_text_view_class_init (GtkTextViewClass *klass) * Setting this to a non-%NULL value overrides the * system-wide IM module setting. See the GtkSettings * #GtkSettings:gtk-im-module property. - * - * Since: 2.16 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_IM_MODULE, @@ -964,8 +958,6 @@ gtk_text_view_class_init (GtkTextViewClass *klass) * * This property can be used by on-screen keyboards and other input * methods to adjust their behaviour. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_INPUT_PURPOSE, @@ -982,8 +974,6 @@ gtk_text_view_class_init (GtkTextViewClass *klass) * * Additional hints (beyond #GtkTextView:input-purpose) that * allow input methods to fine-tune their behaviour. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_INPUT_HINTS, @@ -999,8 +989,6 @@ gtk_text_view_class_init (GtkTextViewClass *klass) * * If :populate-all is %TRUE, the #GtkTextView::populate-popup * signal is also emitted for touch popups. - * - * Since: 3.8 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_POPULATE_ALL, @@ -1015,8 +1003,6 @@ gtk_text_view_class_init (GtkTextViewClass *klass) * * If %TRUE, set the %GTK_STYLE_CLASS_MONOSPACE style class on the * text view to indicate that a monospace font is desired. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_MONOSPACE, @@ -1358,8 +1344,6 @@ gtk_text_view_class_init (GtkTextViewClass *klass) * * This signal is only emitted if the text at the given position * is actually editable. - * - * Since: 2.20 */ signals[PREEDIT_CHANGED] = g_signal_new_class_handler (I_("preedit-changed"), @@ -1384,7 +1368,6 @@ gtk_text_view_class_init (GtkTextViewClass *klass) * * Returns: %GDK_EVENT_STOP to stop other handlers from being invoked for the * event. %GDK_EVENT_PROPAGATE to propagate the event further. - * Since: 3.16 */ signals[EXTEND_SELECTION] = g_signal_new (I_("extend-selection"), @@ -1408,8 +1391,6 @@ gtk_text_view_class_init (GtkTextViewClass *klass) * which gets emitted to present the Emoji chooser for the @text_view. * * The default bindings for this signal are Ctrl-. and Ctrl-; - * - * Since: 3.22.27 */ signals[INSERT_EMOJI] = g_signal_new (I_("insert-emoji"), @@ -2024,8 +2005,6 @@ gtk_text_view_get_buffer (GtkTextView *text_view) * The rectangle position is in buffer coordinates; use * gtk_text_view_buffer_to_window_coords() to convert these * coordinates to coordinates for one of the windows in the text view. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_text_view_get_cursor_locations (GtkTextView *text_view, @@ -2103,8 +2082,6 @@ gtk_text_view_get_iter_at_location (GtkTextView *text_view, * characters. * * Returns: %TRUE if the position is over text - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ gboolean gtk_text_view_get_iter_at_position (GtkTextView *text_view, @@ -3252,8 +3229,6 @@ gtk_text_view_get_right_margin (GtkTextView *text_view) * * Note that this function is confusingly named. * In CSS terms, the value set here is padding. - * - * Since: 3.18 */ void gtk_text_view_set_top_margin (GtkTextView *text_view, @@ -3286,8 +3261,6 @@ gtk_text_view_set_top_margin (GtkTextView *text_view, * Gets the top margin for text in the @text_view. * * Returns: top margin in pixels - * - * Since: 3.18 **/ gint gtk_text_view_get_top_margin (GtkTextView *text_view) @@ -3306,8 +3279,6 @@ gtk_text_view_get_top_margin (GtkTextView *text_view) * * Note that this function is confusingly named. * In CSS terms, the value set here is padding. - * - * Since: 3.18 */ void gtk_text_view_set_bottom_margin (GtkTextView *text_view, @@ -3336,8 +3307,6 @@ gtk_text_view_set_bottom_margin (GtkTextView *text_view, * Gets the bottom margin for text in the @text_view. * * Returns: bottom margin in pixels - * - * Since: 3.18 */ gint gtk_text_view_get_bottom_margin (GtkTextView *text_view) @@ -3528,8 +3497,6 @@ gtk_text_view_get_cursor_visible (GtkTextView *text_view) * This function should be called in response to user input * (e.g. from derived classes that override the textview's * #GtkWidget::key-press-event handler). - * - * Since: 3.20 */ void gtk_text_view_reset_cursor_blink (GtkTextView *text_view) @@ -6857,8 +6824,6 @@ gtk_text_view_toggle_overwrite (GtkTextView *text_view) * Returns whether the #GtkTextView is in overwrite mode or not. * * Returns: whether @text_view is in overwrite mode or not. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_text_view_get_overwrite (GtkTextView *text_view) @@ -6874,8 +6839,6 @@ gtk_text_view_get_overwrite (GtkTextView *text_view) * @overwrite: %TRUE to turn on overwrite mode, %FALSE to turn it off * * Changes the #GtkTextView overwrite mode. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_text_view_set_overwrite (GtkTextView *text_view, @@ -6899,8 +6862,6 @@ gtk_text_view_set_overwrite (GtkTextView *text_view, * If @accepts_tab is %TRUE, a tab character is inserted. If @accepts_tab * is %FALSE the keyboard focus is moved to the next widget in the focus * chain. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_text_view_set_accepts_tab (GtkTextView *text_view, @@ -6927,8 +6888,6 @@ gtk_text_view_set_accepts_tab (GtkTextView *text_view, * * Returns: %TRUE if pressing the Tab key inserts a tab character, * %FALSE if pressing the Tab key moves the keyboard focus. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_text_view_get_accepts_tab (GtkTextView *text_view) @@ -7725,8 +7684,6 @@ gtk_text_view_destroy_layout (GtkTextView *text_view) * * This can be necessary in the case where modifying the buffer * would confuse on-going input method behavior. - * - * Since: 2.22 */ void gtk_text_view_reset_im_context (GtkTextView *text_view) @@ -7777,8 +7734,6 @@ gtk_text_view_reset_im_context (GtkTextView *text_view) * ]| * * Returns: %TRUE if the input method handled the key event. - * - * Since: 2.22 */ gboolean gtk_text_view_im_context_filter_keypress (GtkTextView *text_view, @@ -10058,8 +10013,6 @@ gtk_text_view_move_visually (GtkTextView *text_view, * Sets the #GtkTextView:input-purpose property which * can be used by on-screen keyboards and other input * methods to adjust their behaviour. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ void @@ -10084,10 +10037,7 @@ gtk_text_view_set_input_purpose (GtkTextView *text_view, * @text_view: a #GtkTextView * * Gets the value of the #GtkTextView:input-purpose property. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ - GtkInputPurpose gtk_text_view_get_input_purpose (GtkTextView *text_view) { @@ -10109,8 +10059,6 @@ gtk_text_view_get_input_purpose (GtkTextView *text_view) * * Sets the #GtkTextView:input-hints property, which * allows input methods to fine-tune their behaviour. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ void @@ -10135,10 +10083,7 @@ gtk_text_view_set_input_hints (GtkTextView *text_view, * @text_view: a #GtkTextView * * Gets the value of the #GtkTextView:input-hints property. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ - GtkInputHints gtk_text_view_get_input_hints (GtkTextView *text_view) { @@ -10161,8 +10106,6 @@ gtk_text_view_get_input_hints (GtkTextView *text_view) * Sets the #GtkTextView:monospace property, which * indicates that the text view should use monospace * fonts. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ void gtk_text_view_set_monospace (GtkTextView *text_view, @@ -10193,8 +10136,6 @@ gtk_text_view_set_monospace (GtkTextView *text_view, * Gets the value of the #GtkTextView:monospace property. * * Return: %TRUE if monospace fonts are desired - * - * Since: 3.16 */ gboolean gtk_text_view_get_monospace (GtkTextView *text_view) diff --git a/gtk/gtktextview.h b/gtk/gtktextview.h index 9881e4c983..2fa4fe3daa 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktextview.h +++ b/gtk/gtktextview.h @@ -68,8 +68,8 @@ typedef enum /** * GtkTextViewLayer: - * @GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_BELOW_TEXT: The layer rendered below the text (but above the background). Since: 3.20 - * @GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_ABOVE_TEXT: The layer rendered above the text. Since: 3.20 + * @GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_BELOW_TEXT: The layer rendered below the text (but above the background). + * @GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_ABOVE_TEXT: The layer rendered above the text. * * Used to reference the layers of #GtkTextView for the purpose of customized * drawing with the ::draw_layer vfunc. @@ -89,8 +89,6 @@ typedef enum * * Granularity types that extend the text selection. Use the * #GtkTextView::extend-selection signal to customize the selection. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ typedef enum { @@ -144,16 +142,15 @@ struct _GtkTextView * keybinding signal. * @create_buffer: The create_buffer vfunc is called to create a #GtkTextBuffer * for the text view. The default implementation is to just call - * gtk_text_buffer_new(). Since: 3.10 + * gtk_text_buffer_new(). * @draw_layer: The draw_layer vfunc is called before and after the text * view is drawing its own text. Applications can override this vfunc * in a subclass to draw customized content underneath or above the * text. In the %GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_BELOW_TEXT and %GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_ABOVE_TEXT * the drawing is done in the buffer coordinate space, but the older (deprecated) * layers %GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_BELOW and %GTK_TEXT_VIEW_LAYER_ABOVE work in viewport - * coordinates, which makes them unnecessarily hard to use. Since: 3.14 - * @extend_selection: The class handler for the #GtkTextView::extend-selection - * signal. Since 3.16 + * coordinates, which makes them unnecessarily hard to use. + * @extend_selection: The class handler for the #GtkTextView::extend-selection signal. */ struct _GtkTextViewClass { @@ -241,7 +238,7 @@ void gtk_text_view_set_cursor_visible (GtkTextView *text_view, GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_text_view_get_cursor_visible (GtkTextView *text_view); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_text_view_reset_cursor_blink (GtkTextView *text_view); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL @@ -398,15 +395,15 @@ void gtk_text_view_set_right_margin (GtkTextView *text_vi gint right_margin); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_text_view_get_right_margin (GtkTextView *text_view); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_text_view_set_top_margin (GtkTextView *text_view, gint top_margin); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_text_view_get_top_margin (GtkTextView *text_view); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_text_view_set_bottom_margin (GtkTextView *text_view, gint bottom_margin); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_text_view_get_bottom_margin (GtkTextView *text_view); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_text_view_set_indent (GtkTextView *text_view, @@ -419,22 +416,22 @@ void gtk_text_view_set_tabs (GtkTextView *text_vi GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL PangoTabArray* gtk_text_view_get_tabs (GtkTextView *text_view); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_text_view_set_input_purpose (GtkTextView *text_view, GtkInputPurpose purpose); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkInputPurpose gtk_text_view_get_input_purpose (GtkTextView *text_view); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_text_view_set_input_hints (GtkTextView *text_view, GtkInputHints hints); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkInputHints gtk_text_view_get_input_hints (GtkTextView *text_view); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_text_view_set_monospace (GtkTextView *text_view, gboolean monospace); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_text_view_get_monospace (GtkTextView *text_view); G_END_DECLS diff --git a/gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c b/gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c index 074d507d3b..eed4321fe1 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c +++ b/gtk/gtktoggletoolbutton.c @@ -106,8 +106,6 @@ gtk_toggle_tool_button_class_init (GtkToggleToolButtonClass *klass) * GtkToggleToolButton:active: * * If the toggle tool button should be pressed in. - * - * Since: 2.8 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_ACTIVE, @@ -311,8 +309,6 @@ button_toggled (GtkWidget *widget, * Returns a new #GtkToggleToolButton * * Returns: a newly created #GtkToggleToolButton - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkToolItem * gtk_toggle_tool_button_new (void) @@ -333,8 +329,6 @@ gtk_toggle_tool_button_new (void) * Sets the status of the toggle tool button. Set to %TRUE if you * want the GtkToggleButton to be “pressed in”, and %FALSE to raise it. * This action causes the toggled signal to be emitted. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_toggle_tool_button_set_active (GtkToggleToolButton *button, @@ -359,8 +353,6 @@ gtk_toggle_tool_button_set_active (GtkToggleToolButton *button, * Returns %TRUE if the toggle button is pressed in and %FALSE if it is raised. * * Returns: %TRUE if the toggle tool button is pressed in, %FALSE if not - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_toggle_tool_button_get_active (GtkToggleToolButton *button) diff --git a/gtk/gtktoolbar.c b/gtk/gtktoolbar.c index 262ab9f760..5d923e8223 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktoolbar.c +++ b/gtk/gtktoolbar.c @@ -1929,8 +1929,6 @@ logical_to_physical (GtkToolbar *toolbar, * hierarchy. When an item is set as drop highlight item it can not * added to any widget hierarchy or used as highlight item for another * toolbar. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_toolbar_set_drop_highlight_item (GtkToolbar *toolbar, @@ -2371,8 +2369,6 @@ gtk_toolbar_new (void) * Insert a #GtkToolItem into the toolbar at position @pos. If @pos is * 0 the item is prepended to the start of the toolbar. If @pos is * negative, the item is appended to the end of the toolbar. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_toolbar_insert (GtkToolbar *toolbar, @@ -2399,8 +2395,6 @@ gtk_toolbar_insert (GtkToolbar *toolbar, * It is an error if @item is not a child of the toolbar. * * Returns: the position of item on the toolbar. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gint gtk_toolbar_get_item_index (GtkToolbar *toolbar, @@ -2506,8 +2500,6 @@ gtk_toolbar_unset_style (GtkToolbar *toolbar) * Returns the number of items on the toolbar. * * Returns: the number of items on the toolbar - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gint gtk_toolbar_get_n_items (GtkToolbar *toolbar) @@ -2531,8 +2523,6 @@ gtk_toolbar_get_n_items (GtkToolbar *toolbar) * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The @n'th #GtkToolItem on @toolbar, * or %NULL if there isn’t an @n'th item. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkToolItem * gtk_toolbar_get_nth_item (GtkToolbar *toolbar, @@ -2570,8 +2560,6 @@ gtk_toolbar_get_nth_item (GtkToolbar *toolbar, * or #GtkToolItem::create-menu-proxy, will be available in an overflow menu, * which can be opened by an added arrow button. If %FALSE, @toolbar will * request enough size to fit all of its child items without any overflow. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_toolbar_set_show_arrow (GtkToolbar *toolbar, @@ -2605,8 +2593,6 @@ gtk_toolbar_set_show_arrow (GtkToolbar *toolbar, * See gtk_toolbar_set_show_arrow(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the toolbar has an overflow menu. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_toolbar_get_show_arrow (GtkToolbar *toolbar) @@ -2630,8 +2616,6 @@ gtk_toolbar_get_show_arrow (GtkToolbar *toolbar) * @x and @y are in @toolbar coordinates. * * Returns: The position corresponding to the point (@x, @y) on the toolbar. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gint gtk_toolbar_get_drop_index (GtkToolbar *toolbar, diff --git a/gtk/gtktoolbutton.c b/gtk/gtktoolbutton.c index 5f25715863..bd317d69f9 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktoolbutton.c +++ b/gtk/gtktoolbutton.c @@ -233,8 +233,6 @@ gtk_tool_button_class_init (GtkToolButtonClass *klass) * The name of the themed icon displayed on the item. * This property only has an effect if not overridden by * #GtkToolButton:label-widget or #GtkToolButton:icon-widget - * - * Since: 2.8 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_ICON_NAME, @@ -832,8 +830,6 @@ gtk_tool_button_toolbar_reconfigured (GtkToolItem *tool_item) * label. * * Returns: A new #GtkToolButton - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkToolItem * gtk_tool_button_new (GtkWidget *icon_widget, @@ -860,8 +856,6 @@ gtk_tool_button_new (GtkWidget *icon_widget, * property only has an effect if not overridden by a non-%NULL * #GtkToolButton:label-widget property. If both the #GtkToolButton:label-widget * and #GtkToolButton:label properties are %NULL, @button will not have a label. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_tool_button_set_label (GtkToolButton *button, @@ -900,8 +894,6 @@ gtk_tool_button_set_label (GtkToolButton *button, * string is owned by GTK+, and must not be modified or freed. * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The label, or %NULL - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ const gchar * gtk_tool_button_get_label (GtkToolButton *button) @@ -924,8 +916,6 @@ gtk_tool_button_get_label (GtkToolButton *button) * * Labels shown on tool buttons never have mnemonics on them; this property * only affects the menu item on the overflow menu. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_tool_button_set_use_underline (GtkToolButton *button, @@ -953,8 +943,6 @@ gtk_tool_button_set_use_underline (GtkToolButton *button, * * Returns: %TRUE if underscores in the label property are used as * mnemonics on menu items on the overflow menu. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_tool_button_get_use_underline (GtkToolButton *button) @@ -974,8 +962,6 @@ gtk_tool_button_get_use_underline (GtkToolButton *button) * The #GtkToolButton:icon-name property only has an effect if not * overridden by non-%NULL #GtkToolButton:label-widget or * #GtkToolButton:icon-widget properties. - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ void gtk_tool_button_set_icon_name (GtkToolButton *button, @@ -1004,8 +990,6 @@ gtk_tool_button_set_icon_name (GtkToolButton *button, * * Returns: (nullable): the icon name or %NULL if the tool button has * no themed icon - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ const gchar* gtk_tool_button_get_icon_name (GtkToolButton *button) @@ -1021,8 +1005,6 @@ gtk_tool_button_get_icon_name (GtkToolButton *button) * @icon_widget: (allow-none): the widget used as icon, or %NULL * * Sets @icon as the widget used as icon on @button. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_tool_button_set_icon_widget (GtkToolButton *button, @@ -1063,8 +1045,6 @@ gtk_tool_button_set_icon_widget (GtkToolButton *button, * Sets @label_widget as the widget that will be used as the label * for @button. If @label_widget is %NULL the #GtkToolButton:label property is used * as label. If #GtkToolButton:label is also %NULL, @button does not have a label. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_tool_button_set_label_widget (GtkToolButton *button, @@ -1106,8 +1086,6 @@ gtk_tool_button_set_label_widget (GtkToolButton *button, * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The widget used as label * on @button, or %NULL. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_tool_button_get_label_widget (GtkToolButton *button) @@ -1126,8 +1104,6 @@ gtk_tool_button_get_label_widget (GtkToolButton *button) * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The widget used as icon * on @button, or %NULL. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_tool_button_get_icon_widget (GtkToolButton *button) diff --git a/gtk/gtktoolitem.c b/gtk/gtktoolitem.c index ad132a0513..ab0f78b7ef 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktoolitem.c +++ b/gtk/gtktoolitem.c @@ -318,8 +318,6 @@ _gtk_tool_item_create_menu_proxy (GtkToolItem *item) * Creates a new #GtkToolItem * * Returns: the new #GtkToolItem - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkToolItem * gtk_tool_item_new (void) @@ -341,8 +339,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_new (void) * * Returns: a #PangoEllipsizeMode indicating how text in @tool_item * should be ellipsized. - * - * Since: 2.20 **/ PangoEllipsizeMode gtk_tool_item_get_ellipsize_mode (GtkToolItem *tool_item) @@ -368,8 +364,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_ellipsize_mode (GtkToolItem *tool_item) * * Returns: a #GtkOrientation indicating the orientation * used for @tool_item - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkOrientation gtk_tool_item_get_orientation (GtkToolItem *tool_item) @@ -404,8 +398,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_orientation (GtkToolItem *tool_item) * * Returns: A #GtkToolbarStyle indicating the toolbar style used * for @tool_item. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkToolbarStyle gtk_tool_item_get_toolbar_style (GtkToolItem *tool_item) @@ -431,8 +423,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_toolbar_style (GtkToolItem *tool_item) * * Returns: a #gfloat indicating the horizontal text alignment * used for @tool_item - * - * Since: 2.20 **/ gfloat gtk_tool_item_get_text_alignment (GtkToolItem *tool_item) @@ -458,8 +448,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_text_alignment (GtkToolItem *tool_item) * * Returns: a #GtkOrientation indicating the text orientation * used for @tool_item - * - * Since: 2.20 */ GtkOrientation gtk_tool_item_get_text_orientation (GtkToolItem *tool_item) @@ -484,8 +472,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_text_orientation (GtkToolItem *tool_item) * and use the size group for labels. * * Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkSizeGroup - * - * Since: 2.20 */ GtkSizeGroup * gtk_tool_item_get_text_size_group (GtkToolItem *tool_item) @@ -510,8 +496,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_text_size_group (GtkToolItem *tool_item) * is more room on the toolbar then needed for the items. The * effect is that the item gets bigger when the toolbar gets bigger * and smaller when the toolbar gets smaller. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_tool_item_set_expand (GtkToolItem *tool_item, @@ -537,8 +521,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_set_expand (GtkToolItem *tool_item, * See gtk_tool_item_set_expand(). * * Returns: %TRUE if @tool_item is allocated extra space. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_tool_item_get_expand (GtkToolItem *tool_item) @@ -556,8 +538,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_expand (GtkToolItem *tool_item) * Sets whether @tool_item is to be allocated the same size as other * homogeneous items. The effect is that all homogeneous items will have * the same width as the widest of the items. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_tool_item_set_homogeneous (GtkToolItem *tool_item, @@ -584,8 +564,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_set_homogeneous (GtkToolItem *tool_item, * * Returns: %TRUE if the item is the same size as other homogeneous * items. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_tool_item_get_homogeneous (GtkToolItem *tool_item) @@ -603,8 +581,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_homogeneous (GtkToolItem *tool_item) * gtk_tool_item_set_is_important() * * Returns: %TRUE if @tool_item is considered important. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_tool_item_get_is_important (GtkToolItem *tool_item) @@ -624,8 +600,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_is_important (GtkToolItem *tool_item) * when the toolbar style is %GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ. The result is that * only tool buttons with the “is_important” property set have labels, an * effect known as “priority text” - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_tool_item_set_is_important (GtkToolItem *tool_item, gboolean is_important) @@ -651,8 +625,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_set_is_important (GtkToolItem *tool_item, gboolean is_important) * * Sets the text to be displayed as tooltip on the item. * See gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text(). - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ void gtk_tool_item_set_tooltip_text (GtkToolItem *tool_item, @@ -674,8 +646,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_set_tooltip_text (GtkToolItem *tool_item, * * Sets the markup text to be displayed as tooltip on the item. * See gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup(). - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ void gtk_tool_item_set_tooltip_markup (GtkToolItem *tool_item, @@ -696,8 +666,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_set_tooltip_markup (GtkToolItem *tool_item, * @visible_horizontal: Whether @tool_item is visible when in horizontal mode * * Sets whether @tool_item is visible when the toolbar is docked horizontally. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_tool_item_set_visible_horizontal (GtkToolItem *toolitem, @@ -726,8 +694,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_set_visible_horizontal (GtkToolItem *toolitem, * * Returns: %TRUE if @tool_item is visible on toolbars that are * docked horizontally. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_tool_item_get_visible_horizontal (GtkToolItem *toolitem) @@ -747,8 +713,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_visible_horizontal (GtkToolItem *toolitem) * vertically. Some tool items, such as text entries, are too wide to be * useful on a vertically docked toolbar. If @visible_vertical is %FALSE * @tool_item will not appear on toolbars that are docked vertically. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_tool_item_set_visible_vertical (GtkToolItem *toolitem, @@ -776,8 +740,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_set_visible_vertical (GtkToolItem *toolitem, * See gtk_tool_item_set_visible_vertical(). * * Returns: Whether @tool_item is visible when the toolbar is docked vertically - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_tool_item_get_visible_vertical (GtkToolItem *toolitem) @@ -797,8 +759,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_visible_vertical (GtkToolItem *toolitem) * * Returns: (transfer none): The #GtkMenuItem that is going to appear in the * overflow menu for @tool_item. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_tool_item_retrieve_proxy_menu_item (GtkToolItem *tool_item) @@ -829,8 +789,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_retrieve_proxy_menu_item (GtkToolItem *tool_item) * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The #GtkMenuItem passed to * gtk_tool_item_set_proxy_menu_item(), if the @menu_item_ids * match. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_tool_item_get_proxy_menu_item (GtkToolItem *tool_item, @@ -856,8 +814,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_get_proxy_menu_item (GtkToolItem *tool_item, * * The function must be called when the tool item changes what it * will do in response to the #GtkToolItem::create-menu-proxy signal. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_tool_item_rebuild_menu (GtkToolItem *tool_item) @@ -885,8 +841,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_rebuild_menu (GtkToolItem *tool_item) * should also be used with gtk_tool_item_get_proxy_menu_item(). * * See also #GtkToolItem::create-menu-proxy. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_tool_item_set_proxy_menu_item (GtkToolItem *tool_item, @@ -925,8 +879,6 @@ gtk_tool_item_set_proxy_menu_item (GtkToolItem *tool_item, * Emits the signal #GtkToolItem::toolbar_reconfigured on @tool_item. * #GtkToolbar and other #GtkToolShell implementations use this function * to notify children, when some aspect of their configuration changes. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ void gtk_tool_item_toolbar_reconfigured (GtkToolItem *tool_item) diff --git a/gtk/gtktoolshell.c b/gtk/gtktoolshell.c index caa75d1111..ba1cf70409 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktoolshell.c +++ b/gtk/gtktoolshell.c @@ -84,8 +84,6 @@ gtk_tool_shell_real_get_ellipsize_mode (GtkToolShell *shell) * instead. * * Returns: the current orientation of @shell - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ GtkOrientation gtk_tool_shell_get_orientation (GtkToolShell *shell) @@ -102,8 +100,6 @@ gtk_tool_shell_get_orientation (GtkToolShell *shell) * instead. * * Returns: the current style of @shell - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ GtkToolbarStyle gtk_tool_shell_get_style (GtkToolShell *shell) @@ -121,8 +117,6 @@ gtk_tool_shell_get_style (GtkToolShell *shell) * * Tool items must not call this function directly, but rely on * gtk_tool_item_rebuild_menu() instead. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ void gtk_tool_shell_rebuild_menu (GtkToolShell *shell) @@ -142,8 +136,6 @@ gtk_tool_shell_rebuild_menu (GtkToolShell *shell) * instead. * * Returns: the current text orientation of @shell - * - * Since: 2.20 **/ GtkOrientation gtk_tool_shell_get_text_orientation (GtkToolShell *shell) @@ -162,8 +154,6 @@ gtk_tool_shell_get_text_orientation (GtkToolShell *shell) * instead. * * Returns: the current text alignment of @shell - * - * Since: 2.20 **/ gfloat gtk_tool_shell_get_text_alignment (GtkToolShell *shell) @@ -182,8 +172,6 @@ gtk_tool_shell_get_text_alignment (GtkToolShell *shell) * instead. * * Returns: the current ellipsize mode of @shell - * - * Since: 2.20 **/ PangoEllipsizeMode gtk_tool_shell_get_ellipsize_mode (GtkToolShell *shell) @@ -202,8 +190,6 @@ gtk_tool_shell_get_ellipsize_mode (GtkToolShell *shell) * instead. * * Returns: (transfer none): the current text size group of @shell - * - * Since: 2.20 **/ GtkSizeGroup * gtk_tool_shell_get_text_size_group (GtkToolShell *shell) diff --git a/gtk/gtktooltip.c b/gtk/gtktooltip.c index 80b340a70a..6d9c6e3a94 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktooltip.c +++ b/gtk/gtktooltip.c @@ -234,8 +234,6 @@ gtk_tooltip_dispose (GObject *object) * Sets the text of the tooltip to be @markup, which is marked up * with the [Pango text markup language][PangoMarkupFormat]. * If @markup is %NULL, the label will be hidden. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_tooltip_set_markup (GtkTooltip *tooltip, @@ -253,8 +251,6 @@ gtk_tooltip_set_markup (GtkTooltip *tooltip, * * Sets the text of the tooltip to be @text. If @text is %NULL, the label * will be hidden. See also gtk_tooltip_set_markup(). - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_tooltip_set_text (GtkTooltip *tooltip, @@ -272,8 +268,6 @@ gtk_tooltip_set_text (GtkTooltip *tooltip, * * Sets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text) to be * @texture. If @texure is %NULL, the image will be hidden. - * - * Since: 3.94 */ void gtk_tooltip_set_icon (GtkTooltip *tooltip, @@ -293,8 +287,6 @@ gtk_tooltip_set_icon (GtkTooltip *tooltip, * Sets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text) to be * the icon indicated by @icon_name with the size indicated * by @size. If @icon_name is %NULL, the image will be hidden. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ void gtk_tooltip_set_icon_from_icon_name (GtkTooltip *tooltip, @@ -314,8 +306,6 @@ gtk_tooltip_set_icon_from_icon_name (GtkTooltip *tooltip, * Sets the icon of the tooltip (which is in front of the text) * to be the icon indicated by @gicon with the size indicated * by @size. If @gicon is %NULL, the image will be hidden. - * - * Since: 2.20 */ void gtk_tooltip_set_icon_from_gicon (GtkTooltip *tooltip, @@ -338,9 +328,6 @@ gtk_tooltip_set_icon_from_gicon (GtkTooltip *tooltip, * By default a box with a #GtkImage and #GtkLabel is embedded in * the tooltip, which can be configured using gtk_tooltip_set_markup() * and gtk_tooltip_set_icon(). - - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_tooltip_set_custom (GtkTooltip *tooltip, @@ -370,8 +357,6 @@ gtk_tooltip_set_custom (GtkTooltip *tooltip, * For setting tooltips on #GtkTreeView, please refer to the convenience * functions for this: gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_row() and * gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_cell(). - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area (GtkTooltip *tooltip, @@ -396,8 +381,6 @@ gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area (GtkTooltip *tooltip, * visible tooltip, or to show/hide the current tooltip. This function is * useful to call when, for example, the state of the widget changed by a * key press. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query (GdkDisplay *display) diff --git a/gtk/gtktooltip.h b/gtk/gtktooltip.h index 70091f8548..1c826d5b4a 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktooltip.h +++ b/gtk/gtktooltip.h @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ void gtk_tooltip_set_markup (GtkTooltip *tooltip, GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_tooltip_set_text (GtkTooltip *tooltip, const gchar *text); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_tooltip_set_icon (GtkTooltip *tooltip, GdkTexture *texture); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL diff --git a/gtk/gtktreemenu.c b/gtk/gtktreemenu.c index 13b9fb486a..16d5959e26 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktreemenu.c +++ b/gtk/gtktreemenu.c @@ -226,8 +226,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_class_init (GtkTreeMenuClass *class) * This signal is emitted to notify that a menu item in the #GtkTreeMenu * was activated and provides the path string from the #GtkTreeModel * to specify which row was selected. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ tree_menu_signals[SIGNAL_MENU_ACTIVATE] = g_signal_new (I_("menu-activate"), @@ -242,8 +240,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_class_init (GtkTreeMenuClass *class) * GtkTreeMenu:model: * * The #GtkTreeModel from which the menu is constructed. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_MODEL, @@ -265,8 +261,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_class_init (GtkTreeMenuClass *class) * If you dont provide a root for the #GtkTreeMenu then the whole * model will be added to the menu. Specifying a root allows you * to build a menu for a given #GtkTreePath and its children. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_ROOT, @@ -284,8 +278,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_class_init (GtkTreeMenuClass *class) * * You can provide a different cell area at object construction * time, otherwise the #GtkTreeMenu will use a #GtkCellAreaBox. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_CELL_AREA, @@ -300,8 +292,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_class_init (GtkTreeMenuClass *class) * * If wrap-width is set to a positive value, items in the popup will be laid * out along multiple columns, starting a new row on reaching the wrap width. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_WRAP_WIDTH, @@ -320,8 +310,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_class_init (GtkTreeMenuClass *class) * of type %G_TYPE_INT in the model. The value in that column for each item * will determine how many rows that item will span in the popup. Therefore, * values in this column must be greater than zero. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_ROW_SPAN_COL, @@ -341,8 +329,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_class_init (GtkTreeMenuClass *class) * will determine how many columns that item will span in the popup. * Therefore, values in this column must be greater than zero, and the sum of * an item’s column position + span should not exceed #GtkTreeMenu:wrap-width. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ g_object_class_install_property (object_class, PROP_COL_SPAN_COL, @@ -1396,8 +1382,6 @@ gtk_tree_menu_set_model_internal (GtkTreeMenu *menu, * Creates a new #GtkTreeMenu. * * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreeMenu with no model or root. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkWidget * _gtk_tree_menu_new (void) @@ -1412,8 +1396,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_new (void) * Creates a new #GtkTreeMenu using @area to render its cells. * * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreeMenu with no model or root. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkWidget * _gtk_tree_menu_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area) @@ -1432,8 +1414,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area) * Creates a new #GtkTreeMenu hierarchy from the provided @model and @root using @area to render its cells. * * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreeMenu. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkWidget * _gtk_tree_menu_new_full (GtkCellArea *area, @@ -1453,8 +1433,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_new_full (GtkCellArea *area, * @model: (allow-none): the #GtkTreeModel to build the menu hierarchy from, or %NULL. * * Sets @model to be used to build the menu heirarhcy. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void _gtk_tree_menu_set_model (GtkTreeMenu *menu, @@ -1476,8 +1454,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_set_model (GtkTreeMenu *menu, * * Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkTreeModel which is used * for @menu’s hierarchy. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkTreeModel * _gtk_tree_menu_get_model (GtkTreeMenu *menu) @@ -1498,8 +1474,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_get_model (GtkTreeMenu *menu) * * Sets the root of a @menu’s hierarchy to be @path. @menu must already * have a model set and @path must point to a valid path inside the model. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void _gtk_tree_menu_set_root (GtkTreeMenu *menu, @@ -1532,8 +1506,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_set_root (GtkTreeMenu *menu, * * Returns: (transfer full) (allow-none): A newly created #GtkTreePath * pointing to the root of @menu which must be freed with gtk_tree_path_free(). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkTreePath * _gtk_tree_menu_get_root (GtkTreeMenu *menu) @@ -1558,8 +1530,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_get_root (GtkTreeMenu *menu) * for @menu. If the wrap width is larger than 1, @menu is in table mode. * * Returns: the wrap width. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gint _gtk_tree_menu_get_wrap_width (GtkTreeMenu *menu) @@ -1580,8 +1550,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_get_wrap_width (GtkTreeMenu *menu) * * Sets the wrap width which is used to determine the number of columns * for @menu. If the wrap width is larger than 1, @menu is in table mode. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void _gtk_tree_menu_set_wrap_width (GtkTreeMenu *menu, @@ -1613,8 +1581,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_set_wrap_width (GtkTreeMenu *menu, * a menu item should span. * * Returns: the column in @menu’s model containing row span information, or -1. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gint _gtk_tree_menu_get_row_span_column (GtkTreeMenu *menu) @@ -1636,8 +1602,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_get_row_span_column (GtkTreeMenu *menu) * Sets the column with row span information for @menu to be @row_span. * The row span column contains integers which indicate how many rows * a menu item should span. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void _gtk_tree_menu_set_row_span_column (GtkTreeMenu *menu, @@ -1669,8 +1633,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_set_row_span_column (GtkTreeMenu *menu, * a menu item should span. * * Returns: the column in @menu’s model containing column span information, or -1. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gint _gtk_tree_menu_get_column_span_column (GtkTreeMenu *menu) @@ -1692,8 +1654,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_get_column_span_column (GtkTreeMenu *menu) * Sets the column with column span information for @menu to be @column_span. * The column span column contains integers which indicate how many columns * a menu item should span. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void _gtk_tree_menu_set_column_span_column (GtkTreeMenu *menu, @@ -1723,8 +1683,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_set_column_span_column (GtkTreeMenu *menu, * Gets the current #GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc separator function. * * Returns: the current row separator function. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc _gtk_tree_menu_get_row_separator_func (GtkTreeMenu *menu) @@ -1748,8 +1706,6 @@ _gtk_tree_menu_get_row_separator_func (GtkTreeMenu *menu) * Sets the row separator function, which is used to determine * whether a row should be drawn as a separator. If the row separator * function is %NULL, no separators are drawn. This is the default value. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void _gtk_tree_menu_set_row_separator_func (GtkTreeMenu *menu, diff --git a/gtk/gtktreemodel.c b/gtk/gtktreemodel.c index 303a91106f..7c00a880b1 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktreemodel.c +++ b/gtk/gtktreemodel.c @@ -660,8 +660,6 @@ gtk_tree_path_new_from_string (const gchar *path) * Creates a new path with @first_index and @varargs as indices. * * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreePath-struct - * - * Since: 2.2 */ GtkTreePath * gtk_tree_path_new_from_indices (gint first_index, @@ -695,8 +693,6 @@ gtk_tree_path_new_from_indices (gint first_index, * Creates a new path with the given @indices array of @length. * * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreePath-struct - * - * Since: 3.12 */ GtkTreePath * gtk_tree_path_new_from_indicesv (gint *indices, @@ -886,8 +882,6 @@ gtk_tree_path_get_indices (GtkTreePath *path) * * Returns: (array length=depth) (transfer none): The current * indices, or %NULL - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gint * gtk_tree_path_get_indices_with_depth (GtkTreePath *path, @@ -1316,8 +1310,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_get_iter_from_string (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, * * Returns: a newly-allocated string. * Must be freed with g_free(). - * - * Since: 2.2 */ gchar * gtk_tree_model_get_string_from_iter (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, @@ -1482,8 +1474,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_iter_previous_default (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, * set to be invalid. * * Returns: %TRUE if @iter has been changed to the previous node - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gboolean gtk_tree_model_iter_previous (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, @@ -1948,8 +1938,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_rows_reordered (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, * * This should be called by models when their rows have been * reordered. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_tree_model_rows_reordered_with_length (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, @@ -2426,8 +2414,6 @@ gtk_tree_row_reference_get_path (GtkTreeRowReference *reference) * Returns the model that the row reference is monitoring. * * Returns: (transfer none): the model - * - * Since: 2.8 */ GtkTreeModel * gtk_tree_row_reference_get_model (GtkTreeRowReference *reference) @@ -2463,8 +2449,6 @@ gtk_tree_row_reference_valid (GtkTreeRowReference *reference) * Copies a #GtkTreeRowReference. * * Returns: a copy of @reference - * - * Since: 2.2 */ GtkTreeRowReference * gtk_tree_row_reference_copy (GtkTreeRowReference *reference) diff --git a/gtk/gtktreemodel.h b/gtk/gtktreemodel.h index 3edece2695..9d6ad211b5 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktreemodel.h +++ b/gtk/gtktreemodel.h @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ GtkTreePath *gtk_tree_path_new_from_string (const gchar *path); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkTreePath *gtk_tree_path_new_from_indices (gint first_index, ...); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkTreePath *gtk_tree_path_new_from_indicesv (gint *indices, gsize length); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ void gtk_tree_model_rows_reordered (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, GtkTreePath *path, GtkTreeIter *iter, gint *new_order); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_tree_model_rows_reordered_with_length (GtkTreeModel *tree_model, GtkTreePath *path, GtkTreeIter *iter, diff --git a/gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c b/gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c index 46d2b8ebff..a371caedbe 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c +++ b/gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c @@ -3763,8 +3763,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_set_root (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter, * and @root as the virtual root. * * Returns: (transfer full): A new #GtkTreeModel. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GtkTreeModel * gtk_tree_model_filter_new (GtkTreeModel *child_model, @@ -3785,8 +3783,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_new (GtkTreeModel *child_model, * Returns a pointer to the child model of @filter. * * Returns: (transfer none): A pointer to a #GtkTreeModel. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GtkTreeModel * gtk_tree_model_filter_get_model (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter) @@ -3838,8 +3834,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_get_model (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter) * Note that gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_func() or * gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_column() can only be called * once for a given filter model. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_func (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter, @@ -3877,8 +3871,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_func (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter, * * Note that gtk_tree_model_filter_set_modify_func() * can only be called once for a given filter model. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_tree_model_filter_set_modify_func (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter, @@ -3915,8 +3907,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_set_modify_func (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter, * Note that gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_func() or * gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_column() can only be called * once for a given filter model. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_column (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter, @@ -3945,8 +3935,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_set_visible_column (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter, * * Returns: %TRUE, if @filter_iter was set, i.e. if @child_iter is a * valid iterator pointing to a visible row in child model. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ gboolean gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_child_iter_to_iter (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter, @@ -3987,8 +3975,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_child_iter_to_iter (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter, * @filter_iter: A valid #GtkTreeIter pointing to a row on @filter. * * Sets @child_iter to point to the row pointed to by @filter_iter. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_iter_to_child_iter (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter, @@ -4126,8 +4112,6 @@ gtk_real_tree_model_filter_convert_child_path_to_path (GtkTreeModelFilter *filte * is returned. * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): A newly allocated #GtkTreePath, or %NULL. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GtkTreePath * gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_child_path_to_path (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter, @@ -4169,8 +4153,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_child_path_to_path (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter, * does not point to a location in the child model, %NULL is returned. * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer full): A newly allocated #GtkTreePath, or %NULL. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ GtkTreePath * gtk_tree_model_filter_convert_path_to_child_path (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter, @@ -4252,8 +4234,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_refilter_helper (GtkTreeModel *model, * * Emits ::row_changed for each row in the child model, which causes * the filter to re-evaluate whether a row is visible or not. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_tree_model_filter_refilter (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter) @@ -4276,8 +4256,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_filter_refilter (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter) * being filtered is static (and doesn’t change often) and there has been * a lot of unreffed access to nodes. As a side effect of this function, * all unreffed iters will be invalid. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ void gtk_tree_model_filter_clear_cache (GtkTreeModelFilter *filter) diff --git a/gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c b/gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c index aeffee9cb7..2e3b808e75 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c +++ b/gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c @@ -2766,8 +2766,6 @@ gtk_tree_model_sort_iter_is_valid_helper (GtkTreeIter *iter, * Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkTreeModelSort. * * Returns: %TRUE if the iter is valid, %FALSE if the iter is invalid. - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ gboolean gtk_tree_model_sort_iter_is_valid (GtkTreeModelSort *tree_model_sort, diff --git a/gtk/gtktreeselection.c b/gtk/gtktreeselection.c index 1a4db396ef..3bafad7092 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktreeselection.c +++ b/gtk/gtktreeselection.c @@ -123,8 +123,6 @@ gtk_tree_selection_class_init (GtkTreeSelectionClass *class) * * Selection mode. * See gtk_tree_selection_set_mode() for more information on this property. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ properties[PROP_MODE] = g_param_spec_enum ("mode", P_("Mode"), @@ -414,8 +412,6 @@ gtk_tree_selection_set_select_function (GtkTreeSelection *selection, * Returns the current selection function. * * Returns: The function. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ GtkTreeSelectionFunc gtk_tree_selection_get_select_function (GtkTreeSelection *selection) @@ -547,8 +543,6 @@ gtk_tree_selection_get_selected (GtkTreeSelection *selection, * ]| * * Returns: (element-type GtkTreePath) (transfer full): A #GList containing a #GtkTreePath for each selected row. - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ GList * gtk_tree_selection_get_selected_rows (GtkTreeSelection *selection, @@ -668,8 +662,6 @@ gtk_tree_selection_count_selected_rows_helper (GtkRBTree *tree, * Returns the number of rows that have been selected in @tree. * * Returns: The number of rows selected. - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ gint gtk_tree_selection_count_selected_rows (GtkTreeSelection *selection) @@ -1409,8 +1401,6 @@ gtk_tree_selection_select_range (GtkTreeSelection *selection, * * Unselects a range of nodes, determined by @start_path and @end_path * inclusive. - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ void gtk_tree_selection_unselect_range (GtkTreeSelection *selection, diff --git a/gtk/gtktreestore.c b/gtk/gtktreestore.c index 332be4ee23..4da0576532 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktreestore.c +++ b/gtk/gtktreestore.c @@ -1088,8 +1088,6 @@ gtk_tree_store_set_valist_internal (GtkTreeStore *tree_store, * the columns and values as two arrays, instead of varargs. This * function is mainly intended for language bindings or in case * the number of columns to change is not known until run-time. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ void gtk_tree_store_set_valuesv (GtkTreeStore *tree_store, @@ -1510,8 +1508,6 @@ gtk_tree_store_insert_after (GtkTreeStore *tree_store, * repeatedly can affect the performance of the program, * gtk_tree_store_insert_with_values() should generally be preferred when * inserting rows in a sorted tree store. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_tree_store_insert_with_values (GtkTreeStore *tree_store, @@ -1589,8 +1585,6 @@ gtk_tree_store_insert_with_values (GtkTreeStore *tree_store, * A variant of gtk_tree_store_insert_with_values() which takes * the columns and values as two arrays, instead of varargs. This * function is mainly intended for language bindings. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_tree_store_insert_with_valuesv (GtkTreeStore *tree_store, @@ -1919,8 +1913,6 @@ gtk_tree_store_iter_is_valid_helper (GtkTreeIter *iter, * Checks if the given iter is a valid iter for this #GtkTreeStore. * * Returns: %TRUE if the iter is valid, %FALSE if the iter is invalid. - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ gboolean gtk_tree_store_iter_is_valid (GtkTreeStore *tree_store, @@ -2261,8 +2253,6 @@ gtk_tree_store_reorder_func (gconstpointer a, * Reorders the children of @parent in @tree_store to follow the order * indicated by @new_order. Note that this function only works with * unsorted stores. - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ void gtk_tree_store_reorder (GtkTreeStore *tree_store, @@ -2349,8 +2339,6 @@ gtk_tree_store_reorder (GtkTreeStore *tree_store, * * Swaps @a and @b in the same level of @tree_store. Note that this function * only works with unsorted stores. - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ void gtk_tree_store_swap (GtkTreeStore *tree_store, @@ -2815,8 +2803,6 @@ free_paths_and_out: * @position should be in the same level. Note that this function only * works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter will be * moved to the end of the level. - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ void gtk_tree_store_move_before (GtkTreeStore *tree_store, @@ -2836,8 +2822,6 @@ gtk_tree_store_move_before (GtkTreeStore *tree_store, * @position should be in the same level. Note that this function only * works with unsorted stores. If @position is %NULL, @iter will be moved * to the start of the level. - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ void gtk_tree_store_move_after (GtkTreeStore *tree_store, diff --git a/gtk/gtktreeview.c b/gtk/gtktreeview.c index c392531874..4a4bd86d2f 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktreeview.c +++ b/gtk/gtktreeview.c @@ -1071,8 +1071,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_class_init (GtkTreeViewClass *class) * Only enable this option if all rows are the same height. * Please see gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode() for more * information on this option. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ tree_view_props[PROP_FIXED_HEIGHT_MODE] = g_param_spec_boolean ("fixed-height-mode", @@ -1091,8 +1089,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_class_init (GtkTreeViewClass *class) * * This mode is primarily intended for treeviews in popups, e.g. * in #GtkComboBox or #GtkEntryCompletion. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ tree_view_props[PROP_HOVER_SELECTION] = g_param_spec_boolean ("hover-selection", @@ -1110,8 +1106,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_class_init (GtkTreeViewClass *class) * * This mode is primarily intended for treeviews in popups, e.g. * in #GtkComboBox or #GtkEntryCompletion. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ tree_view_props[PROP_HOVER_EXPAND] = g_param_spec_boolean ("hover-expand", @@ -1124,8 +1118,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_class_init (GtkTreeViewClass *class) * GtkTreeView:show-expanders: * * %TRUE if the view has expanders. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ tree_view_props[PROP_SHOW_EXPANDERS] = g_param_spec_boolean ("show-expanders", @@ -1138,8 +1130,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_class_init (GtkTreeViewClass *class) * GtkTreeView:level-indentation: * * Extra indentation for each level. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ tree_view_props[PROP_LEVEL_INDENTATION] = g_param_spec_int ("level-indentation", @@ -1184,8 +1174,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_class_init (GtkTreeViewClass *class) * * The activate-on-single-click property specifies whether the "row-activated" signal * will be emitted after a single click. - * - * Since: 3.8 */ tree_view_props[PROP_ACTIVATE_ON_SINGLE_CLICK] = g_param_spec_boolean ("activate-on-single-click", @@ -8011,8 +7999,6 @@ column_sizing_notify (GObject *object, * rows have the same height. * Only enable this option if all rows are the same height and all * columns are of type %GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -8062,8 +8048,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * Returns whether fixed height mode is turned on for @tree_view. * * Returns: %TRUE if @tree_view is in fixed height mode - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ gboolean gtk_tree_view_get_fixed_height_mode (GtkTreeView *tree_view) @@ -11277,8 +11261,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_headers_clickable (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * Returns whether all header columns are clickable. * * Returns: %TRUE if all header columns are clickable, otherwise %FALSE - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ gboolean gtk_tree_view_get_headers_clickable (GtkTreeView *tree_view) @@ -11301,8 +11283,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_headers_clickable (GtkTreeView *tree_view) * * Cause the #GtkTreeView::row-activated signal to be emitted * on a single click instead of a double click. - * - * Since: 3.8 **/ void gtk_tree_view_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -11326,8 +11306,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * Gets the setting set by gtk_tree_view_set_activate_on_single_click(). * * Returns: %TRUE if row-activated will be emitted on a single click - * - * Since: 3.8 **/ gboolean gtk_tree_view_get_activate_on_single_click (GtkTreeView *tree_view) @@ -11597,8 +11575,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_insert_column_with_data_func (GtkTreeView *tree_vie * Queries the number of columns in the given @tree_view. * * Returns: The number of columns in the @tree_view - * - * Since: 3.4 **/ guint gtk_tree_view_get_n_columns (GtkTreeView *tree_view) @@ -12066,8 +12042,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_collapse_all (GtkTreeView *tree_view) * * Expands the row at @path. This will also expand all parent rows of * @path as necessary. - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ void gtk_tree_view_expand_to_path (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -12706,8 +12680,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_cursor (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * * If @path is invalid for @model, the current cursor (if any) will be unset * and the function will return without failing. - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ void gtk_tree_view_set_cursor_on_cell (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -13151,8 +13123,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_visible_rect (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * * Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the * tree (the full scrollable area of the tree). - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ void gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_tree_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -13183,8 +13153,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_tree_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * * Converts tree coordinates (coordinates in full scrollable area of the tree) * to widget coordinates. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ void gtk_tree_view_convert_tree_to_widget_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -13214,8 +13182,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_convert_tree_to_widget_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * @by: (out): return location for bin_window Y coordinate * * Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the bin_window. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ void gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -13241,8 +13207,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * @wy: (out): return location for widget Y coordinate * * Converts bin_window coordinates to widget relative coordinates. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ void gtk_tree_view_convert_bin_window_to_widget_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -13269,8 +13233,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_convert_bin_window_to_widget_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * * Converts tree coordinates (coordinates in full scrollable area of the tree) * to bin_window coordinates. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ void gtk_tree_view_convert_tree_to_bin_window_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -13297,8 +13259,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_convert_tree_to_bin_window_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * * Converts bin_window coordinates to coordinates for the * tree (the full scrollable area of the tree). - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ void gtk_tree_view_convert_bin_window_to_tree_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -13330,8 +13290,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_convert_bin_window_to_tree_coords (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * The paths should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free() after use. * * Returns: %TRUE, if valid paths were placed in @start_path and @end_path. - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ gboolean gtk_tree_view_get_visible_range (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -13409,8 +13367,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_visible_range (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * * Returns: %TRUE if the area at the given coordinates is blank, * %FALSE otherwise. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gboolean gtk_tree_view_is_blank_at_pos (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -14156,8 +14112,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_search_equal_func (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * will be returned. * * Returns: (transfer none): the entry currently in use as search entry. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkEntry * gtk_tree_view_get_search_entry (GtkTreeView *tree_view) @@ -14180,8 +14134,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_search_entry (GtkTreeView *tree_view) * in our interface at all time at a fixed position. Passing %NULL for * @entry will make the interactive search code use the built-in popup * entry again. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_tree_view_set_search_entry (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -14244,8 +14196,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_search_entry (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * @destroy: (allow-none): Destroy notifier for @data, or %NULL * * Sets the function to use when positioning the search dialog. - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ void gtk_tree_view_set_search_position_func (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -14272,8 +14222,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_search_position_func (GtkTreeView *tree_view * Returns the positioning function currently in use. * * Returns: the currently used function for positioning the search dialog. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkTreeViewSearchPositionFunc gtk_tree_view_get_search_position_func (GtkTreeView *tree_view) @@ -14961,8 +14909,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_stop_editing (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * Hover selection makes the selected row follow the pointer. * Currently, this works only for the selection modes * %GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE and %GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_tree_view_set_hover_selection (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -14985,8 +14931,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_hover_selection (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * Returns whether hover selection mode is turned on for @tree_view. * * Returns: %TRUE if @tree_view is in hover selection mode - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ gboolean gtk_tree_view_get_hover_selection (GtkTreeView *tree_view) @@ -15002,8 +14946,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_hover_selection (GtkTreeView *tree_view) * Enables or disables the hover expansion mode of @tree_view. * Hover expansion makes rows expand or collapse if the pointer * moves over them. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_tree_view_set_hover_expand (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -15026,8 +14968,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_hover_expand (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * Returns whether hover expansion mode is turned on for @tree_view. * * Returns: %TRUE if @tree_view is in hover expansion mode - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ gboolean gtk_tree_view_get_hover_expand (GtkTreeView *tree_view) @@ -15043,8 +14983,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_hover_expand (GtkTreeView *tree_view) * Enables or disables rubber banding in @tree_view. If the selection mode * is #GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubber banding will allow the user to select * multiple rows by dragging the mouse. - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ void gtk_tree_view_set_rubber_banding (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -15069,8 +15007,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_rubber_banding (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * user to select multiple rows by dragging the mouse. * * Returns: %TRUE if rubber banding in @tree_view is enabled. - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ gboolean gtk_tree_view_get_rubber_banding (GtkTreeView *tree_view) @@ -15087,8 +15023,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_rubber_banding (GtkTreeView *tree_view) * * Returns: %TRUE if a rubber banding operation is currently being * done in @tree_view. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ gboolean gtk_tree_view_is_rubber_banding_active (GtkTreeView *tree_view) @@ -15109,8 +15043,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_is_rubber_banding_active (GtkTreeView *tree_view) * Returns the current row separator function. * * Returns: the current row separator function. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc gtk_tree_view_get_row_separator_func (GtkTreeView *tree_view) @@ -15130,8 +15062,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_row_separator_func (GtkTreeView *tree_view) * Sets the row separator function, which is used to determine * whether a row should be drawn as a separator. If the row separator * function is %NULL, no separators are drawn. This is the default value. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_tree_view_set_row_separator_func (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -15161,8 +15091,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_row_separator_func (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * * Returns: a #GtkTreeViewGridLines value indicating which grid lines * are enabled. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkTreeViewGridLines gtk_tree_view_get_grid_lines (GtkTreeView *tree_view) @@ -15179,8 +15107,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_grid_lines (GtkTreeView *tree_view) * enable. * * Sets which grid lines to draw in @tree_view. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_tree_view_set_grid_lines (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -15224,8 +15150,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_grid_lines (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * * Returns: %TRUE if tree lines are drawn in @tree_view, %FALSE * otherwise. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ gboolean gtk_tree_view_get_enable_tree_lines (GtkTreeView *tree_view) @@ -15242,8 +15166,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_enable_tree_lines (GtkTreeView *tree_view) * * Sets whether to draw lines interconnecting the expanders in @tree_view. * This does not have any visible effects for lists. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_tree_view_set_enable_tree_lines (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -15294,8 +15216,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_enable_tree_lines (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * can set a custom indentation in this case using * gtk_tree_view_set_level_indentation(). * This does not have any visible effects for lists. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_tree_view_set_show_expanders (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -15320,8 +15240,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_show_expanders (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * * Returns: %TRUE if expanders are drawn in @tree_view, %FALSE * otherwise. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ gboolean gtk_tree_view_get_show_expanders (GtkTreeView *tree_view) @@ -15341,8 +15259,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_show_expanders (GtkTreeView *tree_view) * pixels, a value of 0 disables this feature and in this case only the default * indentation will be used. * This does not have any visible effects for lists. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_tree_view_set_level_indentation (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -15362,8 +15278,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_level_indentation (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * * Returns: the amount of extra indentation for child levels in * @tree_view. A return value of 0 means that this feature is disabled. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ gint gtk_tree_view_get_level_indentation (GtkTreeView *tree_view) @@ -15382,8 +15296,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_get_level_indentation (GtkTreeView *tree_view) * Sets the tip area of @tooltip to be the area covered by the row at @path. * See also gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative. * See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area(). - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_row (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -15415,8 +15327,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_row (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * mouse cursor for this function to operate correctly. * * See also gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_cell (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -15513,8 +15423,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_cell (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * to be relative to @tree_view’s bin_window if @keyboard_tooltip is %FALSE. * * Returns: whether or not the given tooltip context points to a row. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ gboolean gtk_tree_view_get_tooltip_context (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -15631,8 +15539,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_query_cb (GtkWidget *widget, * * Note that the signal handler sets the text with gtk_tooltip_set_markup(), * so &, <, etc have to be escaped in the text. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view, @@ -15673,8 +15579,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view, * * Returns: the index of the tooltip column that is currently being * used, or -1 if this is disabled. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ gint gtk_tree_view_get_tooltip_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view) diff --git a/gtk/gtktreeview.h b/gtk/gtktreeview.h index c4c0879a77..61348106b1 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktreeview.h +++ b/gtk/gtktreeview.h @@ -230,9 +230,9 @@ gboolean gtk_tree_view_get_headers_clickable (GtkTreeView GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_tree_view_set_headers_clickable (GtkTreeView *tree_view, gboolean setting); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_tree_view_get_activate_on_single_click (GtkTreeView *tree_view); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_tree_view_set_activate_on_single_click (GtkTreeView *tree_view, gboolean single); @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ gint gtk_tree_view_insert_column_with_data_func (GtkTreeView gpointer data, GDestroyNotify dnotify); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL guint gtk_tree_view_get_n_columns (GtkTreeView *tree_view); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkTreeViewColumn *gtk_tree_view_get_column (GtkTreeView *tree_view, diff --git a/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c b/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c index f688d9e344..578b5ecbc3 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c +++ b/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c @@ -372,8 +372,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_class_init (GtkTreeViewColumnClass *class) * * Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting. Setting the sort column ID makes the column header * clickable. Set to -1 to make the column unsortable. - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ tree_column_props[PROP_SORT_COLUMN_ID] = g_param_spec_int ("sort-column-id", @@ -390,8 +388,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_class_init (GtkTreeViewColumnClass *class) * * If no area is specified when creating the tree view column with gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_area() * a horizontally oriented #GtkCellAreaBox will be used. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ tree_column_props[PROP_CELL_AREA] = g_param_spec_object ("cell-area", @@ -1500,8 +1496,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_new (void) * Creates a new #GtkTreeViewColumn using @area to render its cells. * * Returns: A newly created #GtkTreeViewColumn. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkTreeViewColumn * gtk_tree_view_column_new_with_area (GtkCellArea *area) @@ -1954,8 +1948,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_width (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column) * Returns the current X offset of @tree_column in pixels. * * Returns: The current X offset of @tree_column. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ gint gtk_tree_view_column_get_x_offset (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column) @@ -2309,8 +2301,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_title (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column) * * Along with “fixed-width”, the “expand” property changes when the column is * resized by the user. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_tree_view_column_set_expand (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column, @@ -2344,8 +2334,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_set_expand (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column, * Returns %TRUE if the column expands to fill available space. * * Returns: %TRUE if the column expands to fill available space. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_tree_view_column_get_expand (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column) @@ -2888,8 +2876,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_cell_is_visible (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column) * * Sets the current keyboard focus to be at @cell, if the column contains * 2 or more editable and activatable cells. - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ void gtk_tree_view_column_focus_cell (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column, @@ -2992,8 +2978,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_cell_get_position (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column, * * Flags the column, and the cell renderers added to this column, to have * their sizes renegotiated. - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ void gtk_tree_view_column_queue_resize (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column) @@ -3014,8 +2998,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_queue_resize (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column) * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The tree view wherein @column has * been inserted if any, %NULL otherwise. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ GtkWidget * gtk_tree_view_column_get_tree_view (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column) @@ -3032,8 +3014,6 @@ gtk_tree_view_column_get_tree_view (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column) * Returns the button used in the treeview column header * * Returns: (transfer none): The button for the column header. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkWidget * gtk_tree_view_column_get_button (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column) diff --git a/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.h b/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.h index 97649dc9bb..0c5d022f59 100644 --- a/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.h +++ b/gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.h @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ void gtk_tree_view_column_set_sizing (GtkTreeViewCol GtkTreeViewColumnSizing type); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkTreeViewColumnSizing gtk_tree_view_column_get_sizing (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_tree_view_column_get_x_offset (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_tree_view_column_get_width (GtkTreeViewColumn *tree_column); diff --git a/gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c b/gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c index 4dcf4ff8ca..71b5fc1208 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c +++ b/gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c @@ -160,8 +160,6 @@ gtk_volume_button_class_init (GtkVolumeButtonClass *klass) * if the symbolic icons are not available in your installed * theme, then the normal (potentially colorful) icons will * be used. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class, PROP_SYMBOLIC, @@ -198,8 +196,6 @@ gtk_volume_button_init (GtkVolumeButton *button) * the functions from #GtkScaleButton. * * Returns: a new #GtkVolumeButton - * - * Since: 2.12 */ GtkWidget * gtk_volume_button_new (void) diff --git a/gtk/gtkwidget.c b/gtk/gtkwidget.c index b2e80c990e..d74e12665b 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkwidget.c +++ b/gtk/gtkwidget.c @@ -1074,8 +1074,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * * Before 3.20, several widgets (GtkButton, GtkFileChooserButton, * GtkComboBox) implemented this property individually. - * - * Since: 3.20 */ widget_props[PROP_FOCUS_ON_CLICK] = g_param_spec_boolean ("focus-on-click", @@ -1109,8 +1107,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * GtkWidget:cursor: * * The cursor used by @widget. See gtk_widget_set_cursor() for details. - * - * Since: 3.94 */ widget_props[PROP_CURSOR] = g_param_spec_object("cursor", @@ -1126,8 +1122,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * A value of %TRUE indicates that @widget can have a tooltip, in this case * the widget will be queried using #GtkWidget::query-tooltip to determine * whether it will provide a tooltip or not. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ widget_props[PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP] = g_param_spec_boolean ("has-tooltip", @@ -1150,8 +1144,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * * Note that if both #GtkWidget:tooltip-text and #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup * are set, the last one wins. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ widget_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT] = g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-text", @@ -1174,8 +1166,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * * Note that if both #GtkWidget:tooltip-text and #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup * are set, the last one wins. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ widget_props[PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP] = g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-markup", @@ -1188,8 +1178,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * GtkWidget:window: * * The widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ widget_props[PROP_WINDOW] = g_param_spec_object ("window", @@ -1202,8 +1190,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * GtkWidget:halign: * * How to distribute horizontal space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign - * - * Since: 3.0 */ widget_props[PROP_HALIGN] = g_param_spec_enum ("halign", @@ -1217,8 +1203,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * GtkWidget:valign: * * How to distribute vertical space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign - * - * Since: 3.0 */ widget_props[PROP_VALIGN] = g_param_spec_enum ("valign", @@ -1237,8 +1221,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_START] = g_param_spec_int ("margin-start", @@ -1257,8 +1239,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_END] = g_param_spec_int ("margin-end", @@ -1276,8 +1256,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_TOP] = g_param_spec_int ("margin-top", @@ -1295,8 +1273,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ widget_props[PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM] = g_param_spec_int ("margin-bottom", @@ -1311,8 +1287,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * * Sets all four sides' margin at once. If read, returns max * margin on any side. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ widget_props[PROP_MARGIN] = g_param_spec_int ("margin", @@ -1326,8 +1300,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * GtkWidget:hexpand: * * Whether to expand horizontally. See gtk_widget_set_hexpand(). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ widget_props[PROP_HEXPAND] = g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand", @@ -1340,8 +1312,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * GtkWidget:hexpand-set: * * Whether to use the #GtkWidget:hexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set(). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ widget_props[PROP_HEXPAND_SET] = g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand-set", @@ -1354,8 +1324,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * GtkWidget:vexpand: * * Whether to expand vertically. See gtk_widget_set_vexpand(). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ widget_props[PROP_VEXPAND] = g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand", @@ -1368,8 +1336,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * GtkWidget:vexpand-set: * * Whether to use the #GtkWidget:vexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set(). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ widget_props[PROP_VEXPAND_SET] = g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand-set", @@ -1382,8 +1348,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * GtkWidget:expand: * * Whether to expand in both directions. Setting this sets both #GtkWidget:hexpand and #GtkWidget:vexpand - * - * Since: 3.0 */ widget_props[PROP_EXPAND] = g_param_spec_boolean ("expand", @@ -1399,8 +1363,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * more details about window opacity. * * Before 3.8 this was only available in GtkWindow - * - * Since: 3.8 */ widget_props[PROP_OPACITY] = g_param_spec_double ("opacity", @@ -1415,8 +1377,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * * The scale factor of the widget. See gtk_widget_get_scale_factor() for * more details about widget scaling. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ widget_props[PROP_SCALE_FACTOR] = g_param_spec_int ("scale-factor", @@ -1430,8 +1390,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * GtkWidget:css-name: * * The name of this widget in the CSS tree. - * - * Since: 3.90 */ widget_props[PROP_CSS_NAME] = g_param_spec_string ("css-name", @@ -1597,8 +1555,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * * The ::state-flags-changed signal is emitted when the widget state * changes, see gtk_widget_get_state_flags(). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED] = g_signal_new (I_("state-flags-changed"), @@ -1639,8 +1595,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * The ::style-updated signal is a convenience signal that is emitted when the * #GtkStyleContext::changed signal is emitted on the @widget's associated * #GtkStyleContext as returned by gtk_widget_get_style_context(). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED] = g_signal_new (I_("style-updated"), @@ -1738,8 +1692,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. * %FALSE to propagate the event further. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ widget_signals[DRAW] = g_signal_new (I_("draw"), @@ -1831,8 +1783,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE * if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard * navigation attempt in its parent widget(s). - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED] = g_signal_new (I_("keynav-failed"), @@ -2030,8 +1980,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * animation), otherwise it returns %FALSE. * * Returns: %TRUE if the failed drag operation has been already handled. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ widget_signals[DRAG_FAILED] = g_signal_new (I_("drag-failed"), @@ -2321,8 +2269,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass) * destined function calls. * * Returns: %TRUE if @tooltip should be shown right now, %FALSE otherwise. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ widget_signals[QUERY_TOOLTIP] = g_signal_new (I_("query-tooltip"), @@ -3778,8 +3724,6 @@ static guint tick_callback_id; * * Returns: an id for the connection of this callback. Remove the callback * by passing it to gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback() - * - * Since: 3.8 */ guint gtk_widget_add_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -3829,8 +3773,6 @@ gtk_widget_add_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget, * * Removes a tick callback previously registered with * gtk_widget_add_tick_callback(). - * - * Since: 3.8 */ void gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -4133,8 +4075,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget); * reposition its contents. * * An example user of this function is gtk_widget_set_halign(). - * - * Since: 3.20 */ void gtk_widget_queue_allocate (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -4224,8 +4164,6 @@ gtk_widget_queue_resize (GtkWidget *widget) * * This function works like gtk_widget_queue_resize(), * except that the widget is not invalidated. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -4263,8 +4201,6 @@ gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw (GtkWidget *widget) * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GdkFrameClock, * or %NULL if widget is unrealized - * - * Since: 3.8 */ GdkFrameClock* gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -4345,8 +4281,6 @@ get_box_padding (GtkCssStyle *style, * Normally you would only use this function in widget * implementations. You might also use it to schedule a redraw of a * #GtkDrawingArea or some portion thereof. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_widget_queue_draw_region (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -4444,8 +4378,6 @@ invalidate: * In this function, the allocation and baseline may be adjusted. The given * allocation will be forced to be bigger than the widget's minimum size, * as well as at least 0×0 in size. - * - * Since: 3.10 **/ void gtk_widget_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -5029,8 +4961,6 @@ gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget, * its ancestors mapped. * * Returns: %TRUE if the accelerator can be activated. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -5585,8 +5515,6 @@ gtk_widget_draw_internal (GtkWidget *widget, * Note that special-purpose widgets may contain special code for * rendering to the screen and might appear differently on screen * and when rendered using gtk_widget_draw(). - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_widget_draw (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -6042,8 +5970,6 @@ gtk_widget_intersect (GtkWidget *widget, * @was_grabbed: whether a grab is now in effect * * Emits the #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal on @widget. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void _gtk_widget_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -6331,8 +6257,6 @@ gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget, * Specifies whether @widget can own the input focus. See * gtk_widget_grab_focus() for actually setting the input focus on a * widget. - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ void gtk_widget_set_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -6357,8 +6281,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget, * gtk_widget_set_can_focus(). * * Returns: %TRUE if @widget can own the input focus, %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ gboolean gtk_widget_get_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -6377,8 +6299,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget) * input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel. * * Returns: %TRUE if the widget has the global input focus. - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ gboolean gtk_widget_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -6403,8 +6323,6 @@ gtk_widget_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget) * gtk_widget_has_focus(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the widget should display a “focus rectangle” - * - * Since: 3.2 */ gboolean gtk_widget_has_visible_focus (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -6465,8 +6383,6 @@ gtk_widget_is_focus (GtkWidget *widget) * Making mouse clicks not grab focus is useful in places like toolbars where * you don’t want the keyboard focus removed from the main area of the * application. - * - * Since: 3.20 **/ void gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -6497,8 +6413,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click (GtkWidget *widget, * * Returns: %TRUE if the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with * the mouse. - * - * Since: 3.20 **/ gboolean gtk_widget_get_focus_on_click (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -6517,8 +6431,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_focus_on_click (GtkWidget *widget) * Specifies whether @widget can be a default widget. See * gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of * “default”. - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ void gtk_widget_set_can_default (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -6543,8 +6455,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_can_default (GtkWidget *widget, * gtk_widget_set_can_default(). * * Returns: %TRUE if @widget can be a default widget, %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ gboolean gtk_widget_get_can_default (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -6563,8 +6473,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_can_default (GtkWidget *widget) * * Returns: %TRUE if @widget is the current default widget within * its toplevel, %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 2.18 */ gboolean gtk_widget_has_default (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -6631,8 +6539,6 @@ gtk_widget_grab_default (GtkWidget *widget) * * See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of * “default”. - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ void gtk_widget_set_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -6660,8 +6566,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget, * * Returns: %TRUE if @widget acts as the default widget when focused, * %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ gboolean gtk_widget_get_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -6681,8 +6585,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget) * See also gtk_grab_add(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ gboolean gtk_widget_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -6712,8 +6614,6 @@ _gtk_widget_set_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget, * * Returns: %TRUE if there is an ongoing grab on @device * by another #GtkWidget than @widget. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ gboolean gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -6864,8 +6764,6 @@ gtk_widget_update_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget, * down to all #GtkContainer children by different means than turning on the * state flag down the hierarchy, both gtk_widget_get_state_flags() and * gtk_widget_is_sensitive() will make use of these. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_widget_set_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -6896,8 +6794,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget, * This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns off flag * values for the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.). * See gtk_widget_set_state_flags(). - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -6925,8 +6821,6 @@ gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget, * should look at gtk_style_context_get_state(). * * Returns: The state flags for widget - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ GtkStateFlags gtk_widget_get_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -6948,8 +6842,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget) * This function simply calls gtk_widget_show() or gtk_widget_hide() * but is nicer to use when the visibility of the widget depends on * some condition. - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ void gtk_widget_set_visible (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -6996,8 +6888,6 @@ _gtk_widget_set_visible_flag (GtkWidget *widget, * See gtk_widget_set_visible(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is visible - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ gboolean gtk_widget_get_visible (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -7019,8 +6909,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_visible (GtkWidget *widget) * See also gtk_widget_get_visible() and gtk_widget_set_visible() * * Returns: %TRUE if the widget and all its parents are visible - * - * Since: 3.8 **/ gboolean gtk_widget_is_visible (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -7055,8 +6943,6 @@ gtk_widget_is_visible (GtkWidget *widget) * * This function should only be called by widget implementations, * and they should call it in their init() function. - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ void gtk_widget_set_has_window (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -7080,8 +6966,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_has_window (GtkWidget *widget, * gtk_widget_set_has_window(). * * Returns: %TRUE if @widget has a window, %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ gboolean gtk_widget_get_has_window (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -7101,8 +6985,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_has_window (GtkWidget *widget) * Toplevel widgets have no parent widget. * * Returns: %TRUE if @widget is a toplevel, %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ gboolean gtk_widget_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -7127,8 +7009,6 @@ _gtk_widget_set_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget, * to if it is mapped and visible. * * Returns: %TRUE if @widget is drawable, %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 2.18 **/ gboolean gtk_widget_is_drawable (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -7146,8 +7026,6 @@ gtk_widget_is_drawable (GtkWidget *widget) * Determines whether @widget is realized. * * Returns: %TRUE if @widget is realized, %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 2.20 **/ gboolean gtk_widget_get_realized (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -7168,8 +7046,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_realized (GtkWidget *widget) * * This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's * “realize” or “unrealize” implementation. - * - * Since: 2.20 */ void gtk_widget_set_realized (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -7187,8 +7063,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_realized (GtkWidget *widget, * Whether the widget is mapped. * * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is mapped, %FALSE otherwise. - * - * Since: 2.20 */ gboolean gtk_widget_get_mapped (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -7262,8 +7136,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget, * own and its parent widget’s sensitivity. See gtk_widget_is_sensitive(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is sensitive - * - * Since: 2.18 */ gboolean gtk_widget_get_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -7281,8 +7153,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget) * it is sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensitive * * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is effectively sensitive - * - * Since: 2.18 */ gboolean gtk_widget_is_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -7652,8 +7522,6 @@ reset_style_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer user_data) * by updating its widget path. #GtkContainers may want * to use this on a child when reordering it in a way that a different * style might apply to it. See also gtk_container_get_path_for_child(). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_widget_reset_style (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -7975,8 +7843,6 @@ gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget) * * Sets the #cairo_font_options_t used for Pango rendering in this widget. * When not set, the default font options for the #GdkDisplay will be used. - * - * Since: 3.18 **/ void gtk_widget_set_font_options (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -8006,8 +7872,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_font_options (GtkWidget *widget, * the defaults font options for the #GdkDisplay will be used. * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): the #cairo_font_options_t or %NULL if not set - * - * Since: 3.18 **/ const cairo_font_options_t * gtk_widget_get_font_options (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -8036,8 +7900,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_font_map_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer user_data) * * Sets the font map to use for Pango rendering. When not set, the widget * will inherit the font map from its parent. - * - * Since: 3.18 */ void gtk_widget_set_font_map (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -8068,8 +7930,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_font_map (GtkWidget *widget, * Gets the font map that has been set with gtk_widget_set_font_map(). * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): A #PangoFontMap, or %NULL - * - * Since: 3.18 */ PangoFontMap * gtk_widget_get_font_map (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -8315,8 +8175,6 @@ _gtk_widget_scale_changed (GtkWidget *widget) * See gdk_window_get_scale_factor(). * * Returns: the scale factor for @widget - * - * Since: 3.10 */ gint gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -8356,8 +8214,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (GtkWidget *widget) * free those resources when the widget is unrealized. * * Returns: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget. - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ GdkDisplay* gtk_widget_get_display (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -8467,8 +8323,6 @@ gtk_widget_child_focus (GtkWidget *widget, * Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE * if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard * navigation attempt in its parent container(s). - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ gboolean gtk_widget_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -8495,8 +8349,6 @@ gtk_widget_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget, * Note that the effect of gdk_window_beep() can be configured in many * ways, depending on the windowing backend and the desktop environment * or window manager that is used. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ void gtk_widget_error_bell (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -9818,8 +9670,6 @@ gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget, * Sets a shape for this widget’s GDK window. This allows for * transparent windows etc., see gdk_window_shape_combine_region() * for more information. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_widget_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -9919,8 +9769,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_csd_input_shape (GtkWidget *widget, * Sets an input shape for this widget’s GDK window. This allows for * windows which react to mouse click in a nonrectangular region, see * gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region() for more information. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -9946,8 +9794,6 @@ gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget, * * Returns: a new empty #GtkRequisition. The newly allocated #GtkRequisition should * be freed with gtk_requisition_free(). - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkRequisition * gtk_requisition_new (void) @@ -9995,8 +9841,6 @@ G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GtkRequisition, gtk_requisition, * accessibles of the parent class. * * This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets. - * - * Since: 3.2 **/ void gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class, @@ -10033,8 +9877,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class, * and the accessible’s default role will be used instead. * * This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets. - * - * Since: 3.2 **/ void gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_role (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class, @@ -11340,8 +11182,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_valign (GtkWidget *widget, * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-start property. * * Returns: The start margin of @widget - * - * Since: 3.12 */ gint gtk_widget_get_margin_start (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -11358,8 +11198,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_margin_start (GtkWidget *widget) * * Sets the start margin of @widget. * See the #GtkWidget:margin-start property. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_widget_set_margin_start (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -11385,8 +11223,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_margin_start (GtkWidget *widget, * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-end property. * * Returns: The end margin of @widget - * - * Since: 3.12 */ gint gtk_widget_get_margin_end (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -11403,8 +11239,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_margin_end (GtkWidget *widget) * * Sets the end margin of @widget. * See the #GtkWidget:margin-end property. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ void gtk_widget_set_margin_end (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -11430,8 +11264,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_margin_end (GtkWidget *widget, * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-top property. * * Returns: The top margin of @widget - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gint gtk_widget_get_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -11448,8 +11280,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget) * * Sets the top margin of @widget. * See the #GtkWidget:margin-top property. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_widget_set_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -11473,8 +11303,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget, * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property. * * Returns: The bottom margin of @widget - * - * Since: 3.0 */ gint gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -11491,8 +11319,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget) * * Sets the bottom margin of @widget. * See the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -11520,8 +11346,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget, * realized yet. * * Returns: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object. - * - * Since: 3.94 **/ GdkClipboard * gtk_widget_get_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -11542,8 +11366,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget) * realized yet. * * Returns: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object. - * - * Since: 3.94 **/ GdkClipboard * gtk_widget_get_primary_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -11571,8 +11393,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_primary_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget) * Returns: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): the list of * mnemonic labels; free this list * with g_list_free() when you are done with it. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ GList * gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -11599,8 +11419,6 @@ gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels (GtkWidget *widget) * widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to update * its internal state at this point as well, by using a connection * to the #GtkWidget::destroy signal or a weak notifier. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -11628,8 +11446,6 @@ gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget, * this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). The widget * must have previously been added to the list with * gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label(). - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -11673,8 +11489,6 @@ gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget, * hiding @custom_window at the right moment, to behave likewise as * the default tooltip window. If @custom_window is %NULL, the default * tooltip window will be used. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -11710,8 +11524,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget, * using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window(). * * Returns: (transfer none): The #GtkWindow of the current tooltip. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ GtkWindow * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -11728,8 +11540,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget) * Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of @widget * is located. See gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query() for more * information. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -11779,8 +11589,6 @@ gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget) * handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal. * * See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text(). - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -11799,8 +11607,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget, * * Returns: (nullable): the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the * returned string with g_free() when done. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ gchar * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -11827,8 +11633,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget) * * See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup property and * gtk_tooltip_set_markup(). - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -11847,8 +11651,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget, * * Returns: (nullable): the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the * returned string with g_free() when done. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ gchar * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -11869,8 +11671,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget) * * Sets the has-tooltip property on @widget to @has_tooltip. See * #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ void gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -11889,8 +11689,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget, * #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information. * * Returns: current value of has-tooltip on @widget. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ gboolean gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -11912,8 +11710,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget) * * Historically, in GTK+ the clip area has been equal to the allocation * retrieved via gtk_widget_get_allocation(). - * - * Since: 3.14 */ void gtk_widget_get_clip (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -12023,8 +11819,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_clip (GtkWidget *widget, * the value returned by this function. * * If a widget is not visible, its allocated size is 0. - * - * Since: 3.20 */ void gtk_widget_get_allocated_size (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -12062,8 +11856,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_allocated_size (GtkWidget *widget, * gtk_widget_size_allocate() allocation, however. So a #GtkContainer * is guaranteed that its children stay inside the assigned bounds, * but not that they have exactly the bounds the container assigned. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ void gtk_widget_get_allocation (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -12098,8 +11890,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_allocation (GtkWidget *widget, * details about those functions. * * Returns: %TRUE if @widget contains (@x, @y). - * - * Since: 3.94 **/ gboolean gtk_widget_contains (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -12137,8 +11927,6 @@ gtk_widget_contains (GtkWidget *widget, * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The widget descendant at the given * coordinate or %NULL if none. - * - * Since: 3.94 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_widget_pick (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -12239,8 +12027,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_allocated_height (GtkWidget *widget) * widgets in #GtkWidget::size_allocate. * * Returns: the baseline of the @widget, or -1 if none - * - * Since: 3.10 **/ int gtk_widget_get_allocated_baseline (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -12266,8 +12052,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_allocated_baseline (GtkWidget *widget) * widget’s init() function. * * Note that this function does not add any reference to @window. - * - * Since: 2.18 */ void gtk_widget_set_window (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -12301,8 +12085,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_window (GtkWidget *widget, * this up. This is now deprecated and you should use gtk_widget_register_window() * instead. Old code will keep working as is, although some new features like * transparency might not work perfectly. - * - * Since: 3.8 */ void gtk_widget_register_window (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -12331,8 +12113,6 @@ gtk_widget_register_window (GtkWidget *widget, * Unregisters a #GdkWindow from the widget that was previously set up with * gtk_widget_register_window(). You need to call this when the window is * no longer used by the widget, such as when you destroy it. - * - * Since: 3.8 */ void gtk_widget_unregister_window (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -12359,8 +12139,6 @@ gtk_widget_unregister_window (GtkWidget *widget, * Returns the widget’s window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): @widget’s window. - * - * Since: 2.14 */ GdkWindow* gtk_widget_get_window (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -12396,8 +12174,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget) * @widget will start receiving multiple, per device enter/leave events. Note * that if custom #GdkWindows are created in #GtkWidget::realize, * gdk_window_set_support_multidevice() will have to be called manually on them. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -12470,8 +12246,6 @@ gtk_widget_update_alpha (GtkWidget *widget) * shown causes it to flicker once on Windows. * * For child widgets it doesn’t work if any affected widget has a native window. - * - * Since: 3.8 **/ void gtk_widget_set_opacity (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -12506,8 +12280,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_opacity (GtkWidget *widget, * See gtk_widget_set_opacity(). * * Returns: the requested opacity for this widget. - * - * Since: 3.8 **/ gdouble gtk_widget_get_opacity (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -12548,8 +12320,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_opacity (GtkWidget *widget) * * Returns: the return value from the event signal emission: %TRUE * if the event was handled, and %FALSE otherwise - * - * Since: 2.20 */ gboolean gtk_widget_send_focus_change (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -12778,8 +12548,6 @@ _gtk_widget_remove_attached_window (GtkWidget *widget, * adding the style classes from @widget. * * Returns: the position where the data was inserted - * - * Since: 3.2 */ gint gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget (GtkWidgetPath *path, @@ -12892,8 +12660,6 @@ gtk_widget_clear_path (GtkWidget *widget) * * If this function is not called for a given class, the name * of the parent class is used. - * - * Since: 3.20 */ void gtk_widget_class_set_css_name (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class, @@ -12924,8 +12690,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_get_visible_by_default (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class) * gtk_widget_class_set_css_name() for details. * * Returns: the CSS name of the given class - * - * Since: 3.20 */ const char * gtk_widget_class_get_css_name (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class) @@ -13011,8 +12775,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_style_context (GtkWidget *widget) * See gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask(). * * Returns: the modifier mask used for @intent. - * - * Since: 3.4 **/ GdkModifierType gtk_widget_get_modifier_mask (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -13101,8 +12863,6 @@ _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (GtkWidget *widget, * * If @group is %NULL, a previously inserted group for @name is removed * from @widget. - * - * Since: 3.6 */ void gtk_widget_insert_action_group (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -13286,8 +13046,6 @@ setup_template_child (GtkWidgetTemplate *template_data, * composite templates, it’s important to build the composite widgets * before the construct properties are set. Properties passed to g_object_new() * should take precedence over properties set in the private template XML. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_widget_init_template (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -13384,8 +13142,6 @@ gtk_widget_init_template (GtkWidget *widget) * * Note that any class that installs templates must call gtk_widget_init_template() * in the widget’s instance initializer. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_widget_class_set_template (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class, @@ -13408,8 +13164,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_set_template (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class, * * Note that any class that installs templates must call gtk_widget_init_template() * in the widget’s instance initializer. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class, @@ -13453,8 +13207,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class, * * Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes class * initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template(). - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback_full (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class, @@ -13485,8 +13237,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback_full (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class, * * Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes class * initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template(). - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_widget_class_set_connect_func (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class, @@ -13538,8 +13288,6 @@ gtk_widget_class_set_connect_func (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class, * * Note that this must be called from a composite widget classes class * initializer after calling gtk_widget_class_set_template(). - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class, @@ -13606,8 +13354,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_template_child (GtkWidget *widget, * #GActionGroup's available to @widget. * * Returns: (transfer container): a %NULL-terminated array of strings. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ const gchar ** gtk_widget_list_action_prefixes (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -13635,8 +13381,6 @@ gtk_widget_list_action_prefixes (GtkWidget *widget) * If no action group was found matching @prefix, then %NULL is returned. * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): A #GActionGroup or %NULL. - * - * Since: 3.16 */ GActionGroup * gtk_widget_get_action_group (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -14225,8 +13969,6 @@ gtk_widget_render (GtkWidget *widget, * @widget: a #GtkWidget * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The widget's first child - * - * Since: 3.90 */ GtkWidget * gtk_widget_get_first_child (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -14241,8 +13983,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_first_child (GtkWidget *widget) * @widget: a #GtkWidget * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The widget's last child - * - * Since: 3.90 */ GtkWidget * gtk_widget_get_last_child (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -14257,8 +13997,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_last_child (GtkWidget *widget) * @widget: a #GtkWidget * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The widget's next sibling - * - * Since: 3.90 */ GtkWidget * gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -14273,8 +14011,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (GtkWidget *widget) * @widget: a #GtkWidget * * Returns: (transfer none) (nullable): The widget's previous sibling - * - * Since: 3.90 */ GtkWidget * gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -14297,8 +14033,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling (GtkWidget *widget) * * If @parent is already set as the parent widget of @widget, this function can also be used * to reorder @widget in the child widget list of @parent. - * - * Since: 3.92 */ void gtk_widget_insert_after (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -14335,8 +14069,6 @@ gtk_widget_insert_after (GtkWidget *widget, * * If @parent is already set as the parent widget of @widget, this function can also be used * to reorder @widget in the child widget list of @parent. - * - * Since: 3.92 */ void gtk_widget_insert_before (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -14476,8 +14208,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_focus_child (GtkWidget *widget) * * If the @cursor is NULL, @widget will use the cursor inherited from the * parent widget. - * - * Since: 3.94 **/ void gtk_widget_set_cursor (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -14512,8 +14242,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_cursor (GtkWidget *widget, * * On top of that, this function allows @name to be %NULL, which will * do the same as calling gtk_widget_set_cursor() with a %NULL cursor. - * - * Since: 3.94 **/ void gtk_widget_set_cursor_from_name (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -14544,8 +14272,6 @@ gtk_widget_set_cursor_from_name (GtkWidget *widget, * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the cursor curently in use or %NULL * to use the default. - * - * Since: 3.94 **/ GdkCursor * gtk_widget_get_cursor (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -14587,8 +14313,6 @@ gtk_widget_init_legacy_controller (GtkWidget *widget) * events, see gtk_widget_contains(). * * Returns: The width of @widget - * - * Since: 3.94 */ int gtk_widget_get_width (GtkWidget *widget) @@ -14619,8 +14343,6 @@ gtk_widget_get_width (GtkWidget *widget) * events, see gtk_widget_contains(). * * Returns: The height of @widget - * - * Since: 3.94 */ int gtk_widget_get_height (GtkWidget *widget) diff --git a/gtk/gtkwidget.h b/gtk/gtkwidget.h index 0e7a7cb874..58b7f3df90 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkwidget.h +++ b/gtk/gtkwidget.h @@ -90,8 +90,6 @@ typedef void (*GtkCallback) (GtkWidget *widget, * * Returns: %G_SOURCE_CONTINUE if the tick callback should continue to be called, * %G_SOURCE_REMOVE if the tick callback should be removed. - * - * Since: 3.8 */ typedef gboolean (*GtkTickCallback) (GtkWidget *widget, GdkFrameClock *frame_clock, @@ -430,9 +428,9 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_queue_resize (GtkWidget *widget); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_queue_allocate (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkFrameClock* gtk_widget_get_frame_clock (GtkWidget *widget); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL @@ -443,7 +441,7 @@ void gtk_widget_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget, GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkSizeRequestMode gtk_widget_get_request_mode (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_measure (GtkWidget *widget, GtkOrientation orientation, int for_size, @@ -512,14 +510,14 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_widget_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_widget_is_focus (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_widget_has_visible_focus (GtkWidget *widget); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_grab_focus (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_set_focus_on_click (GtkWidget *widget, gboolean focus_on_click); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_widget_get_focus_on_click (GtkWidget *widget); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL @@ -620,10 +618,10 @@ void gtk_widget_set_window (GtkWidget *widget, GdkWindow *window); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkWindow * gtk_widget_get_window (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_register_window (GtkWidget *widget, GdkWindow *window); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_unregister_window (GtkWidget *widget, GdkWindow *window); @@ -631,9 +629,9 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL int gtk_widget_get_allocated_width (GtkWidget *widget); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL int gtk_widget_get_allocated_height (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL int gtk_widget_get_allocated_baseline (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_get_allocated_size (GtkWidget *widget, GtkAllocation *allocation, int *baseline); @@ -641,12 +639,12 @@ void gtk_widget_get_allocated_size (GtkWidget *widget, GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_get_allocation (GtkWidget *widget, GtkAllocation *allocation); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL int gtk_widget_get_width (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL int gtk_widget_get_height (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_get_clip (GtkWidget *widget, GtkAllocation *clip); @@ -667,10 +665,10 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_get_size_request (GtkWidget *widget, gint *width, gint *height); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_set_opacity (GtkWidget *widget, double opacity); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL double gtk_widget_get_opacity (GtkWidget *widget); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL @@ -679,15 +677,15 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget* gtk_widget_get_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget, GType widget_type); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_widget_get_scale_factor (GtkWidget *widget); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkDisplay * gtk_widget_get_display (GtkWidget *widget); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkSettings* gtk_widget_get_settings (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkClipboard *gtk_widget_get_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkClipboard *gtk_widget_get_primary_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget); @@ -727,10 +725,10 @@ void gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget, gboolean support_multidevice); /* Accessibility support */ -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class, GType type); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_role (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class, AtkRole role); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL @@ -748,14 +746,14 @@ GtkAlign gtk_widget_get_valign (GtkWidget *widget); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_set_valign (GtkWidget *widget, GtkAlign align); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_widget_get_margin_start (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_set_margin_start (GtkWidget *widget, gint margin); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_widget_get_margin_end (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_set_margin_end (GtkWidget *widget, gint margin); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL @@ -781,11 +779,11 @@ gboolean gtk_widget_translate_coordinates (GtkWidget *src_widget, gint *dest_x, gint *dest_y); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_widget_contains (GtkWidget *widget, gdouble x, gdouble y); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_widget_pick (GtkWidget *widget, gdouble x, gdouble y); @@ -797,10 +795,10 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL PangoContext *gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL PangoContext *gtk_widget_get_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_set_font_options (GtkWidget *widget, const cairo_font_options_t *options); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL const cairo_font_options_t *gtk_widget_get_font_options (GtkWidget *widget); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL PangoLayout *gtk_widget_create_pango_layout (GtkWidget *widget, @@ -828,13 +826,13 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget, cairo_region_t *region); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_set_cursor (GtkWidget *widget, GdkCursor *cursor); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_set_cursor_from_name (GtkWidget *widget, const char *name); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkCursor * gtk_widget_get_cursor (GtkWidget *widget); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL @@ -887,30 +885,30 @@ GtkStyleContext * gtk_widget_get_style_context (GtkWidget *widget); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidgetPath * gtk_widget_get_path (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_class_set_css_name (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class, const char *name); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL const char * gtk_widget_class_get_css_name (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkModifierType gtk_widget_get_modifier_mask (GtkWidget *widget, GdkModifierIntent intent); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_6 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_insert_action_group (GtkWidget *widget, const gchar *name, GActionGroup *group); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL guint gtk_widget_add_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GtkTickCallback callback, gpointer user_data, GDestroyNotify notify); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_8 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget, guint id); @@ -923,8 +921,6 @@ void gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget, * * This macro is a convenience wrapper around the * gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback_full() function. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ #define gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback(widget_class, callback) \ gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback_full (GTK_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class), \ @@ -944,8 +940,6 @@ void gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget, * * This macro will use the offset of the @member_name inside the @TypeName * instance structure. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ #define gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child(widget_class, TypeName, member_name) \ gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full (widget_class, \ @@ -968,8 +962,6 @@ void gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget, * * This macro will use the offset of the @member_name inside the @TypeName * instance structure. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ #define gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_internal(widget_class, TypeName, member_name) \ gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full (widget_class, \ @@ -991,8 +983,6 @@ void gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget, * This macro will use the offset of the @member_name inside the @TypeName * private data structure (it uses G_PRIVATE_OFFSET(), so the private struct * must be added with G_ADD_PRIVATE()). - * - * Since: 3.10 */ #define gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_private(widget_class, TypeName, member_name) \ gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full (widget_class, \ @@ -1015,8 +1005,6 @@ void gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget, * * This macro will use the offset of the @member_name inside the @TypeName * private data structure. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ #define gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_internal_private(widget_class, TypeName, member_name) \ gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full (widget_class, \ @@ -1024,66 +1012,66 @@ void gtk_widget_remove_tick_callback (GtkWidget *widget, TRUE, \ G_PRIVATE_OFFSET (TypeName, member_name)) -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_init_template (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GObject *gtk_widget_get_template_child (GtkWidget *widget, GType widget_type, const gchar *name); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_class_set_template (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class, GBytes *template_bytes); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_class_set_template_from_resource (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class, const gchar *resource_name); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_class_bind_template_callback_full (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class, const gchar *callback_name, GCallback callback_symbol); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_class_set_connect_func (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class, GtkBuilderConnectFunc connect_func, gpointer connect_data, GDestroyNotify connect_data_destroy); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_class_bind_template_child_full (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class, const gchar *name, gboolean internal_child, gssize struct_offset); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GActionGroup *gtk_widget_get_action_group (GtkWidget *widget, const gchar *prefix); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL const gchar ** gtk_widget_list_action_prefixes (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_set_font_map (GtkWidget *widget, PangoFontMap *font_map); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL PangoFontMap * gtk_widget_get_font_map (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_widget_get_first_child (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_widget_get_last_child (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_widget_get_next_sibling (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget * gtk_widget_get_prev_sibling (GtkWidget *widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_insert_after (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *parent, GtkWidget *previous_sibling); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_92 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_insert_before (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *parent, GtkWidget *next_sibling); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_set_focus_child (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_90 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_snapshot_child (GtkWidget *widget, GtkWidget *child, GtkSnapshot *snapshot); diff --git a/gtk/gtkwidgetpath.c b/gtk/gtkwidgetpath.c index 8f15f148de..c82f1704b0 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkwidgetpath.c +++ b/gtk/gtkwidgetpath.c @@ -109,8 +109,6 @@ struct _GtkWidgetPath * Returns an empty widget path. * * Returns: (transfer full): A newly created, empty, #GtkWidgetPath - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ GtkWidgetPath * gtk_widget_path_new (void) @@ -143,8 +141,6 @@ gtk_path_element_copy (GtkPathElement *dest, * Returns a copy of @path * * Returns: (transfer full): a copy of @path - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ GtkWidgetPath * gtk_widget_path_copy (const GtkWidgetPath *path) @@ -178,8 +174,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_copy (const GtkWidgetPath *path) * Increments the reference count on @path. * * Returns: @path itself. - * - * Since: 3.2 **/ GtkWidgetPath * gtk_widget_path_ref (GtkWidgetPath *path) @@ -197,8 +191,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_ref (GtkWidgetPath *path) * * Decrements the reference count on @path, freeing the structure * if the reference count reaches 0. - * - * Since: 3.2 **/ void gtk_widget_path_unref (GtkWidgetPath *path) @@ -232,8 +224,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_unref (GtkWidgetPath *path) * * Decrements the reference count on @path, freeing the structure * if the reference count reaches 0. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_widget_path_free (GtkWidgetPath *path) @@ -251,8 +241,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_free (GtkWidgetPath *path) * widget and its topmost container. * * Returns: the number of elements in the path - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ gint gtk_widget_path_length (const GtkWidgetPath *path) @@ -274,8 +262,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_length (const GtkWidgetPath *path) * g_print() the path or dump it in a gdb session. * * Returns: A new string describing @path. - * - * Since: 3.2 **/ char * gtk_widget_path_to_string (const GtkWidgetPath *path) @@ -349,8 +335,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_to_string (const GtkWidgetPath *path) * @type: widget type to prepend * * Prepends a widget type to the widget hierachy represented by @path. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_widget_path_prepend_type (GtkWidgetPath *path, @@ -374,8 +358,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_prepend_type (GtkWidgetPath *path, * Appends a widget type to the widget hierarchy represented by @path. * * Returns: the position where the element was inserted - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ gint gtk_widget_path_append_type (GtkWidgetPath *path, @@ -410,8 +392,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_append_type (GtkWidgetPath *path, * involved widgets when the @siblings path changes. * * Returns: the position where the element was inserted. - * - * Since: 3.2 **/ gint gtk_widget_path_append_with_siblings (GtkWidgetPath *path, @@ -495,8 +475,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_get_sibling_index (const GtkWidgetPath *path, * hierarchy defined in @path. * * Returns: (nullable): the name or %NULL - * - * Since: 3.20 **/ const char * gtk_widget_path_iter_get_object_name (const GtkWidgetPath *path, @@ -525,8 +503,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_get_object_name (const GtkWidgetPath *path, * * When set, the object name overrides the object type when matching * CSS. - * - * Since: 3.20 **/ void gtk_widget_path_iter_set_object_name (GtkWidgetPath *path, @@ -554,8 +530,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_set_object_name (GtkWidgetPath *path, * hierarchy defined in @path. * * Returns: a widget type - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ GType gtk_widget_path_iter_get_object_type (const GtkWidgetPath *path, @@ -581,8 +555,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_get_object_type (const GtkWidgetPath *path, * * Sets the object type for a given position in the widget hierarchy * defined by @path. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_widget_path_iter_set_object_type (GtkWidgetPath *path, @@ -611,8 +583,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_set_object_type (GtkWidgetPath *path, * @path * * Returns: The state flags - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ GtkStateFlags gtk_widget_path_iter_get_state (const GtkWidgetPath *path, @@ -653,9 +623,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_get_state (const GtkWidgetPath *path, * |[<!-- language="C" --> * gtk_widget_path_iter_set_state (path, pos, gtk_widget_path_iter_get_state (path, pos) & ~flag); * ]| - * - * - * Since: 3.14 **/ void gtk_widget_path_iter_set_state (GtkWidgetPath *path, @@ -710,8 +677,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_get_name (const GtkWidgetPath *path, * * Sets the widget name for the widget found at position @pos * in the widget hierarchy defined by @path. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_widget_path_iter_set_name (GtkWidgetPath *path, @@ -742,8 +707,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_set_name (GtkWidgetPath *path, * that operates on #GQuarks. * * Returns: %TRUE if the widget at @pos has this name - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ gboolean gtk_widget_path_iter_has_qname (const GtkWidgetPath *path, @@ -767,8 +730,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_has_qname (const GtkWidgetPath *path, * %FALSE otherwise. * * Returns: %TRUE if the widget at @pos has this name - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ gboolean gtk_widget_path_iter_has_name (const GtkWidgetPath *path, @@ -798,8 +759,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_has_name (const GtkWidgetPath *path, * Adds the class @name to the widget at position @pos in * the hierarchy defined in @path. See * gtk_style_context_add_class(). - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_widget_path_iter_add_class (GtkWidgetPath *path, @@ -836,8 +795,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_add_qclass (GtkWidgetPath *path, * * Removes the class @name from the widget at position @pos in * the hierarchy defined in @path. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_widget_path_iter_remove_class (GtkWidgetPath *path, @@ -869,8 +826,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_remove_class (GtkWidgetPath *path, * * Removes all classes from the widget at position @pos in the * hierarchy defined in @path. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_widget_path_iter_clear_classes (GtkWidgetPath *path, @@ -901,8 +856,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_clear_classes (GtkWidgetPath *path, * classes, This is a list of strings, the #GSList contents * are owned by GTK+, but you should use g_slist_free() to * free the list itself. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ GSList * gtk_widget_path_iter_list_classes (const GtkWidgetPath *path, @@ -940,8 +893,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_list_classes (const GtkWidgetPath *path, * with GQuarks. * * Returns: %TRUE if the widget at @pos has the class defined. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ gboolean gtk_widget_path_iter_has_qclass (const GtkWidgetPath *path, @@ -972,8 +923,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_has_qclass (const GtkWidgetPath *path, * defined, %FALSE otherwise. * * Returns: %TRUE if the class @name is defined for the widget at @pos - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ gboolean gtk_widget_path_iter_has_class (const GtkWidgetPath *path, @@ -1005,8 +954,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_iter_has_class (const GtkWidgetPath *path, * is representing. * * Returns: The object type - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ GType gtk_widget_path_get_object_type (const GtkWidgetPath *path) @@ -1029,8 +976,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_get_object_type (const GtkWidgetPath *path) * is @type, or a subtype of it. * * Returns: %TRUE if the widget represented by @path is of type @type - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ gboolean gtk_widget_path_is_type (const GtkWidgetPath *path, @@ -1055,8 +1000,6 @@ gtk_widget_path_is_type (const GtkWidgetPath *path, * in @path is of type @type, or any subtype of it. * * Returns: %TRUE if any parent is of type @type - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ gboolean gtk_widget_path_has_parent (const GtkWidgetPath *path, diff --git a/gtk/gtkwidgetpath.h b/gtk/gtkwidgetpath.h index 6fcc49bc0c..5a03775985 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkwidgetpath.h +++ b/gtk/gtkwidgetpath.h @@ -38,14 +38,14 @@ GtkWidgetPath * gtk_widget_path_new (void); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidgetPath * gtk_widget_path_copy (const GtkWidgetPath *path); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidgetPath * gtk_widget_path_ref (GtkWidgetPath *path); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_path_unref (GtkWidgetPath *path); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_path_free (GtkWidgetPath *path); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL char * gtk_widget_path_to_string (const GtkWidgetPath *path); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_widget_path_length (const GtkWidgetPath *path); @@ -56,12 +56,12 @@ gint gtk_widget_path_append_type (GtkWidgetPath *path, GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_path_prepend_type (GtkWidgetPath *path, GType type); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_widget_path_append_with_siblings(GtkWidgetPath *path, GtkWidgetPath *siblings, guint sibling_index); /* gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget() is declared in gtkwidget.c */ -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gint gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget (GtkWidgetPath *path, GtkWidget *widget); @@ -72,10 +72,10 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_path_iter_set_object_type (GtkWidgetPath *path, gint pos, GType type); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL const char * gtk_widget_path_iter_get_object_name (const GtkWidgetPath *path, gint pos); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_20 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_path_iter_set_object_name (GtkWidgetPath *path, gint pos, const char *name); @@ -102,10 +102,10 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_widget_path_iter_has_qname (const GtkWidgetPath *path, gint pos, GQuark qname); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkStateFlags gtk_widget_path_iter_get_state (const GtkWidgetPath *path, gint pos); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_widget_path_iter_set_state (GtkWidgetPath *path, gint pos, GtkStateFlags state); diff --git a/gtk/gtkwindow.c b/gtk/gtkwindow.c index 3e20ca80c7..45e109b0ad 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkwindow.c +++ b/gtk/gtkwindow.c @@ -850,8 +850,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass) * The :startup-id is a write-only property for setting window's * startup notification identifier. See gtk_window_set_startup_id() * for more details. - * - * Since: 2.12 */ window_props[PROP_STARTUP_ID] = g_param_spec_string ("startup-id", @@ -927,8 +925,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass) * * This property is maintained by GTK+ based on user input, * and should not be set by applications. - * - * Since: 2.20 */ window_props[PROP_MNEMONICS_VISIBLE] = g_param_spec_boolean ("mnemonics-visible", @@ -944,8 +940,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass) * * This property is maintained by GTK+ based on user input * and should not be set by applications. - * - * Since: 2.20 */ window_props[PROP_FOCUS_VISIBLE] = g_param_spec_boolean ("focus-visible", @@ -959,8 +953,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass) * * The :icon-name property specifies the name of the themed icon to * use as the window icon. See #GtkIconTheme for more details. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ window_props[PROP_ICON_NAME] = g_param_spec_string ("icon-name", @@ -1016,8 +1008,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass) * GtkWindow:accept-focus: * * Whether the window should receive the input focus. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ window_props[PROP_ACCEPT_FOCUS] = g_param_spec_boolean ("accept-focus", @@ -1030,8 +1020,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass) * GtkWindow:focus-on-map: * * Whether the window should receive the input focus when mapped. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ window_props[PROP_FOCUS_ON_MAP] = g_param_spec_boolean ("focus-on-map", @@ -1044,8 +1032,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass) * GtkWindow:decorated: * * Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ window_props[PROP_DECORATED] = g_param_spec_boolean ("decorated", @@ -1058,8 +1044,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass) * GtkWindow:deletable: * * Whether the window frame should have a close button. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ window_props[PROP_DELETABLE] = g_param_spec_boolean ("deletable", @@ -1073,8 +1057,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass) * * The window gravity of the window. See gtk_window_move() and #GdkGravity for * more details about window gravity. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ window_props[PROP_GRAVITY] = g_param_spec_enum ("gravity", @@ -1089,8 +1071,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass) * * The transient parent of the window. See gtk_window_set_transient_for() for * more details about transient windows. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ window_props[PROP_TRANSIENT_FOR] = g_param_spec_object ("transient-for", @@ -1109,8 +1089,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass) * for instance a #GtkMenu created by a #GtkComboBox, a completion * popup window created by #GtkEntry or a typeahead search entry * created by #GtkTreeView. - * - * Since: 3.4 */ window_props[PROP_ATTACHED_TO] = g_param_spec_object ("attached-to", @@ -1138,8 +1116,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass) * Normally, the connection between the application and the window * will remain until the window is destroyed, but you can explicitly * remove it by setting the :application property to %NULL. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ window_props[PROP_APPLICATION] = g_param_spec_object ("application", @@ -1157,8 +1133,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass) * * This signal is emitted whenever the currently focused widget in * this window changes. - * - * Since: 2.24 */ window_signals[SET_FOCUS] = g_signal_new (I_("set-focus"), @@ -1322,8 +1296,6 @@ gtk_window_class_init (GtkWindowClass *klass) * gtk_window_maximize() or gtk_window_unmaximize(). * * Returns: whether the window has a maximized state. - * - * Since: 3.12 */ gboolean gtk_window_is_maximized (GtkWindow *window) @@ -1355,8 +1327,6 @@ _gtk_window_toggle_maximized (GtkWindow *window) * * This function can be used with close buttons in custom * titlebars. - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_window_close (GtkWindow *window) @@ -2687,8 +2657,6 @@ gtk_window_set_role (GtkWindow *window, * function generating a window map event. * * This function is only useful on X11, not with other GTK+ targets. - * - * Since: 2.12 **/ void gtk_window_set_startup_id (GtkWindow *window, @@ -2895,8 +2863,6 @@ gtk_window_set_default (GtkWindow *window, * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the default widget, or %NULL * if there is none. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_window_get_default_widget (GtkWindow *window) @@ -3567,8 +3533,6 @@ gtk_window_get_transient_for (GtkWindow *window) * between two toplevels instead. * * Passing %NULL for @attach_widget detaches the window. - * - * Since: 3.4 **/ void gtk_window_set_attached_to (GtkWindow *window, @@ -3613,8 +3577,6 @@ gtk_window_set_attached_to (GtkWindow *window, * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the widget where the window * is attached, or %NULL if the window is not attached to any widget. - * - * Since: 3.4 **/ GtkWidget * gtk_window_get_attached_to (GtkWindow *window) @@ -3631,8 +3593,6 @@ gtk_window_get_attached_to (GtkWindow *window) * Gets the #GtkApplication associated with the window (if any). * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): a #GtkApplication, or %NULL - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ GtkApplication * gtk_window_get_application (GtkWindow *window) @@ -3675,8 +3635,6 @@ gtk_window_release_application (GtkWindow *window) * * This is equivalent to calling gtk_application_remove_window() and/or * gtk_application_add_window() on the old/new applications as relevant. - * - * Since: 3.0 **/ void gtk_window_set_application (GtkWindow *window, @@ -3771,8 +3729,6 @@ gtk_window_get_type_hint (GtkWindow *window) * * Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to display * the window in the task bar. This function sets this hint. - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ void gtk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint (GtkWindow *window, @@ -3803,8 +3759,6 @@ gtk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint (GtkWindow *window, * Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_skip_taskbar_hint() * * Returns: %TRUE if window shouldn’t be in taskbar - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ gboolean gtk_window_get_skip_taskbar_hint (GtkWindow *window) @@ -3824,8 +3778,6 @@ gtk_window_get_skip_taskbar_hint (GtkWindow *window) * (A "pager" is any desktop navigation tool such as a workspace * switcher that displays a thumbnail representation of the windows * on the screen.) - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ void gtk_window_set_skip_pager_hint (GtkWindow *window, @@ -3856,8 +3808,6 @@ gtk_window_set_skip_pager_hint (GtkWindow *window, * Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_skip_pager_hint(). * * Returns: %TRUE if window shouldn’t be in pager - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ gboolean gtk_window_get_skip_pager_hint (GtkWindow *window) @@ -3874,8 +3824,6 @@ gtk_window_get_skip_pager_hint (GtkWindow *window) * * Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment to draw * the users attention to the window. This function sets this hint. - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ void gtk_window_set_urgency_hint (GtkWindow *window, @@ -3906,8 +3854,6 @@ gtk_window_set_urgency_hint (GtkWindow *window, * Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_urgency_hint() * * Returns: %TRUE if window is urgent - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ gboolean gtk_window_get_urgency_hint (GtkWindow *window) @@ -3924,8 +3870,6 @@ gtk_window_get_urgency_hint (GtkWindow *window) * * Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to receive * the input focus. This function sets this hint. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_window_set_accept_focus (GtkWindow *window, @@ -3956,8 +3900,6 @@ gtk_window_set_accept_focus (GtkWindow *window, * Gets the value set by gtk_window_set_accept_focus(). * * Returns: %TRUE if window should receive the input focus - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_window_get_accept_focus (GtkWindow *window) @@ -3975,8 +3917,6 @@ gtk_window_get_accept_focus (GtkWindow *window) * Windows may set a hint asking the desktop environment not to receive * the input focus when the window is mapped. This function sets this * hint. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_window_set_focus_on_map (GtkWindow *window, @@ -4008,8 +3948,6 @@ gtk_window_set_focus_on_map (GtkWindow *window, * * Returns: %TRUE if window should receive the input focus when * mapped. - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ gboolean gtk_window_get_focus_on_map (GtkWindow *window) @@ -4080,8 +4018,6 @@ gtk_window_get_destroy_with_parent (GtkWindow *window) * * If @setting is %TRUE, then clicking the close button on the window * will not destroy it, but only hide it. - * - * Since: 3.94 */ void gtk_window_set_hide_on_close (GtkWindow *window, @@ -4106,8 +4042,6 @@ gtk_window_set_hide_on_close (GtkWindow *window, * Returns whether the window will be hidden when the close button is clicked. * * Returns: %TRUE if the window will be hidden - * - * Since: 3.94 */ gboolean gtk_window_get_hide_on_close (GtkWindow *window) @@ -4233,8 +4167,6 @@ on_titlebar_title_notify (GtkHeaderBar *titlebar, * Depending on the system, this function may not work for a window * that is already visible, so you set the titlebar before calling * gtk_widget_show(). - * - * Since: 3.10 */ void gtk_window_set_titlebar (GtkWindow *window, @@ -4301,8 +4233,6 @@ out: * gtk_window_set_titlebar(). * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): the custom titlebar, or %NULL - * - * Since: 3.16 */ GtkWidget * gtk_window_get_titlebar (GtkWindow *window) @@ -4417,8 +4347,6 @@ gtk_window_get_decorated (GtkWindow *window) * * On Windows, this function always works, since there’s no window manager * policy involved. - * - * Since: 2.10 */ void gtk_window_set_deletable (GtkWindow *window, @@ -4462,8 +4390,6 @@ gtk_window_set_deletable (GtkWindow *window, * via gtk_window_set_deletable(). * * Returns: %TRUE if the window has been set to have a close button - * - * Since: 2.10 **/ gboolean gtk_window_get_deletable (GtkWindow *window) @@ -4900,8 +4826,6 @@ update_themed_icon (GtkWindow *window) * * Note that this has nothing to do with the WM_ICON_NAME * property which is mentioned in the ICCCM. - * - * Since: 2.6 */ void gtk_window_set_icon_name (GtkWindow *window, @@ -4938,8 +4862,6 @@ gtk_window_set_icon_name (GtkWindow *window, * * Returns: (nullable): the icon name or %NULL if the window has * no themed icon - * - * Since: 2.6 */ const gchar * gtk_window_get_icon_name (GtkWindow *window) @@ -5020,8 +4942,6 @@ load_texture_verbosely (const char *filename, * with a surface created by loading the image from @filename. * * Returns: %TRUE if setting the icon succeeded. - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ gboolean gtk_window_set_icon_from_file (GtkWindow *window, @@ -5099,8 +5019,6 @@ gtk_window_set_default_icon_list (GList *list) * * Sets an icon to be used as fallback for windows that haven't * had gtk_window_set_icon() called on them from a surface. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_window_set_default_icon (GdkTexture *icon) @@ -5121,8 +5039,6 @@ gtk_window_set_default_icon (GdkTexture *icon) * Sets an icon to be used as fallback for windows that haven't * had gtk_window_set_icon_list() called on them from a named * themed icon, see gtk_window_set_icon_name(). - * - * Since: 2.6 **/ void gtk_window_set_default_icon_name (const gchar *name) @@ -5171,8 +5087,6 @@ gtk_window_set_default_icon_name (const gchar *name) * gtk_window_set_default_icon_name(). * * Returns: the fallback icon name for windows - * - * Since: 2.16 */ const gchar * gtk_window_get_default_icon_name (void) @@ -5190,8 +5104,6 @@ gtk_window_get_default_icon_name (void) * on disk. Warns on failure if @err is %NULL. * * Returns: %TRUE if setting the icon succeeded. - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ gboolean gtk_window_set_default_icon_from_file (const gchar *filename, @@ -7460,8 +7372,6 @@ _gtk_window_query_nonaccels (GtkWindow *window, * overriding the standard key handling for a toplevel window. * * Returns: %TRUE if a widget in the focus chain handled the event. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ gboolean gtk_window_propagate_key_event (GtkWindow *window, @@ -9431,8 +9341,6 @@ gtk_window_present (GtkWindow *window) * Presents a window to the user in response to a user interaction. * If you need to present a window without a timestamp, use * gtk_window_present(). See gtk_window_present() for details. - * - * Since: 2.8 **/ void gtk_window_present_with_time (GtkWindow *window, @@ -9674,8 +9582,6 @@ gtk_window_unmaximize (GtkWindow *window) * don’t write code that crashes if not. * * You can track iconification via the #GdkWindow::state property - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ void gtk_window_fullscreen (GtkWindow *window) @@ -9759,8 +9665,6 @@ gtk_window_fullscreen_on_monitor (GtkWindow *window, * state. Just don’t write code that crashes if not. * * You can track iconification via the #GdkWindow::state property - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ void gtk_window_unfullscreen (GtkWindow *window) @@ -9802,8 +9706,6 @@ gtk_window_unfullscreen (GtkWindow *window) * the above state is mainly meant for user preferences and should not * be used by applications e.g. for drawing attention to their * dialogs. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_window_set_keep_above (GtkWindow *window, @@ -9848,8 +9750,6 @@ gtk_window_set_keep_above (GtkWindow *window, * the above state is mainly meant for user preferences and should not * be used by applications e.g. for drawing attention to their * dialogs. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ void gtk_window_set_keep_below (GtkWindow *window, @@ -10053,8 +9953,6 @@ gtk_window_begin_move_drag (GtkWindow *window, * Sets the #GdkDisplay where the @window is displayed; if * the window is already mapped, it will be unmapped, and * then remapped on the new display. - * - * Since: 3.94 */ void gtk_window_set_display (GtkWindow *window, @@ -10156,8 +10054,6 @@ gtk_window_get_display (GtkWindow *window) * differently in an active window from a widget in an inactive window. * * Returns: %TRUE if the window part of the current active window. - * - * Since: 2.4 **/ gboolean gtk_window_is_active (GtkWindow *window) @@ -10176,8 +10072,6 @@ gtk_window_is_active (GtkWindow *window) * window group. * * Returns: (transfer none): the #GtkWindowGroup for a window or the default group - * - * Since: 2.10 */ GtkWindowGroup * gtk_window_get_group (GtkWindow *window) @@ -10437,8 +10331,6 @@ gtk_window_free_key_hash (GtkWindow *window) * overriding the standard key handling for a toplevel window. * * Returns: %TRUE if a mnemonic or accelerator was found and activated. - * - * Since: 2.4 */ gboolean gtk_window_activate_key (GtkWindow *window, @@ -10587,8 +10479,6 @@ _gtk_window_set_is_active (GtkWindow *window, * In that example, you would disable startup notification * temporarily, show your splash screen, then re-enable it so that * showing the main window would automatically result in notification. - * - * Since: 2.2 **/ void gtk_window_set_auto_startup_notification (gboolean setting) @@ -10603,8 +10493,6 @@ gtk_window_set_auto_startup_notification (gboolean setting) * Gets the type of the window. See #GtkWindowType. * * Returns: the type of the window - * - * Since: 2.20 **/ GtkWindowType gtk_window_get_window_type (GtkWindow *window) @@ -10622,8 +10510,6 @@ gtk_window_get_window_type (GtkWindow *window) * * Returns: %TRUE if mnemonics are supposed to be visible * in this window. - * - * Since: 2.20 */ gboolean gtk_window_get_mnemonics_visible (GtkWindow *window) @@ -10639,8 +10525,6 @@ gtk_window_get_mnemonics_visible (GtkWindow *window) * @setting: the new value * * Sets the #GtkWindow:mnemonics-visible property. - * - * Since: 2.20 */ void gtk_window_set_mnemonics_visible (GtkWindow *window, @@ -10702,8 +10586,6 @@ _gtk_window_schedule_mnemonics_visible (GtkWindow *window) * * Returns: %TRUE if “focus rectangles” are supposed to be visible * in this window. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ gboolean gtk_window_get_focus_visible (GtkWindow *window) @@ -10719,8 +10601,6 @@ gtk_window_get_focus_visible (GtkWindow *window) * @setting: the new value * * Sets the #GtkWindow:focus-visible property. - * - * Since: 3.2 */ void gtk_window_set_focus_visible (GtkWindow *window, @@ -10753,8 +10633,6 @@ gtk_window_set_focus_visible (GtkWindow *window, * bindings which may need to keep the window alive until their * wrapper object is garbage collected. There is no justification * for ever calling this function in an application. - * - * Since: 3.0 */ void gtk_window_set_has_user_ref_count (GtkWindow *window, @@ -11098,8 +10976,6 @@ gtk_window_set_debugging (gboolean enable, * Opens or closes the [interactive debugger][interactive-debugging], * which offers access to the widget hierarchy of the application * and to useful debugging tools. - * - * Since: 3.14 */ void gtk_window_set_interactive_debugging (gboolean enable) diff --git a/gtk/gtkwindow.h b/gtk/gtkwindow.h index e1960308fa..89547fb0a4 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkwindow.h +++ b/gtk/gtkwindow.h @@ -66,8 +66,8 @@ struct _GtkWindow * @keys_changed: Signal gets emitted when the set of accelerators or * mnemonics that are associated with window changes. * @enable_debugging: Class handler for the #GtkWindow::enable-debugging - * keybinding signal. Since: 3.14 - * @close_request: Class handler for the #GtkWindow::close-request signal. Since: 3.94 + * keybinding signal. + * @close_request: Class handler for the #GtkWindow::close-request signal. */ struct _GtkWindowClass { @@ -189,10 +189,10 @@ void gtk_window_set_transient_for (GtkWindow *window, GtkWindow *parent); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWindow *gtk_window_get_transient_for (GtkWindow *window); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_window_set_attached_to (GtkWindow *window, GtkWidget *attach_widget); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_4 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget *gtk_window_get_attached_to (GtkWindow *window); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_window_set_type_hint (GtkWindow *window, @@ -229,20 +229,20 @@ void gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GtkWindow *window, gboolean setting); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_window_get_destroy_with_parent (GtkWindow *window); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_window_set_hide_on_close (GtkWindow *window, gboolean setting); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_window_get_hide_on_close (GtkWindow *window); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_window_set_mnemonics_visible (GtkWindow *window, gboolean setting); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_window_get_mnemonics_visible (GtkWindow *window); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_window_set_focus_visible (GtkWindow *window, gboolean setting); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_2 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_window_get_focus_visible (GtkWindow *window); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ void gtk_window_set_gravity (GtkWindow *window, GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GdkGravity gtk_window_get_gravity (GtkWindow *window); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_94 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_window_set_display (GtkWindow *window, GdkDisplay *display); @@ -369,10 +369,10 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_window_fullscreen (GtkWindow *window); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_window_unfullscreen (GtkWindow *window); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_18 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_window_fullscreen_on_monitor (GtkWindow *window, GdkMonitor *monitor); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_window_close (GtkWindow *window); GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_window_set_keep_above (GtkWindow *window, gboolean setting); @@ -436,16 +436,16 @@ GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_window_set_application (GtkWindow *window, GtkApplication *application); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_10 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_window_set_titlebar (GtkWindow *window, GtkWidget *titlebar); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_16 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL GtkWidget *gtk_window_get_titlebar (GtkWindow *window); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_12 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL gboolean gtk_window_is_maximized (GtkWindow *window); -GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_3_14 +GDK_AVAILABLE_IN_ALL void gtk_window_set_interactive_debugging (gboolean enable); G_DEFINE_AUTOPTR_CLEANUP_FUNC(GtkWindow, g_object_unref) diff --git a/gtk/gtkwindowgroup.c b/gtk/gtkwindowgroup.c index 38befc5a4c..da1ddc92fc 100644 --- a/gtk/gtkwindowgroup.c +++ b/gtk/gtkwindowgroup.c @@ -206,8 +206,6 @@ gtk_window_group_remove_window (GtkWindowGroup *window_group, * * Returns: (element-type GtkWindow) (transfer container): A * newly-allocated list of windows inside the group. - * - * Since: 2.14 **/ GList * gtk_window_group_list_windows (GtkWindowGroup *window_group) @@ -240,8 +238,6 @@ gtk_window_group_list_windows (GtkWindowGroup *window_group) * see gtk_grab_add(). * * Returns: (transfer none): the current grab widget of the group - * - * Since: 2.22 */ GtkWidget * gtk_window_group_get_current_grab (GtkWindowGroup *window_group) @@ -361,8 +357,6 @@ _gtk_window_group_remove_device_grab (GtkWindowGroup *window_group, * Returns the current grab widget for @device, or %NULL if none. * * Returns: (nullable) (transfer none): The grab widget, or %NULL - * - * Since: 3.0 */ GtkWidget * gtk_window_group_get_current_device_grab (GtkWindowGroup *window_group, |